《Chimera Wandering The Dead Roads》


 Chapter -1 - Heads Up

    So if you look at the walking dead area you see its basically empty, that is because I''ve deleted those chapters to rework, save, and add stuff in between them if needed to make that world a bit longer so this may be my way of updating the book, so until then uh have fun getting ahead only for it to change in the future soon

 Chapter -2 - The character and abilities

    I''m gonna do this my way mostly but I''m open for suggestions! just no harem that gets stale and can ruine things.


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer


    lvl- 1 0/100


    Stats


    HP: 150/150


    Mana: 500/500 (Locked)


    Agi: 15


    Cha: 14


    Dex: 16


    Wis: 26


    Int: 24


    Luk: 20


    Points: 0


    Money: $0


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max


    Gamer''s Mind - Passive - lv Max


    Allows the user to calmy and logically think things through in any circumstance. Also provides a peaceful state of mind allowing the user immunity to psychological and mental status effects.


    Gamer''s Body - Passive - lv Max


    Grants a body that allows the user to live real life like it were a game. Pain from damage does not last continuously. Sleeping restores HP, MP, and heals all temporary status effects.


    Appearance Default - Passive - Lv Max


    No matter what your appearance always stays the same . Your always clean and neat looking, after a few seconds no matter what. Though Injuries and scars are exceptions to this. If your clothing is damaged it shall slowly fix its self, no matter the state.


    Biazar is a man in his early twentys who joined the army right out of highschool. He stands at Six feet and five inches tall, with brown hair shaggy hair. He''s a a white cacausion male with normal hazel eyes, albeit a little dead looking.


    Usually he''s wearing navy blue and gray steel framed glasses that have some tinting, a ragged looking brown trench coat, gray tank top, steel plated kevlar combat gloves, gray boxers, black jeans, and black steel-toed combat boots.

 Chapter 1 - So Ive died huh?

    Everyone was going about there usual lives during December. The season thats usually supposed to be jolly and merry for many people. In the state of New York however, it got stained by a little blood on one tragic day. A group of angry protestors surrounded a court building chanting death threats and hand them over. They demanded the head of a man being sent to prison for killing hundreds with a smile.


    One protestor got a little out of hand and brought a bomb secretly. When the criminal was boarding a police cruiser. they chucked the bomb like a football player towards the car. Many screamed and ran, the police tackled the protestor. Who cackled like a mad man from a horror movie gutting a idiot.


    One person however, an average man passing by picked up the bomb. With little than thirty seconds they ran like a mad man to a nearby empty park. As it went off and destroyed half the park, the man basically vaporized by the blast.


    Thus his soul wanders between the living and the dead. Till a being pulled his soul into a white space like one from a fantasy novel. In the middle of the space, sat an old man in a blue robe drinking some green tea. As the soul of our unfortunate hero materialized before him. With a blank look on his face till he guessed the situation.


    "So I''ve died in the blast haven''t I, god-san?"


    "Mm I''m afraid thats quite so young man, but for your deed I''ll give you lets say three wishes."


    So our main character started thinking till he came up with somethings. He''d like and where to go next since he got fairly bored of the old world. He wanted to fight and kill, but fantasy monsters will have to wait. For now zombies seem perfectly fine to hunt and prey on.


    "Then first, I''d like to go the walking dead world but four months before the outbreak as an ex- military soldier, with all the knowledge and skills of that profession drilled into me. However, I''d like to visit other worlds later on if possible at a later time, like say if I die a list of options appear on the next one.


    Second, I want the gamer ability with a minimum of a 10x10 inventory that gives me at least hundred slots to work with. Which will greatly help me in that world and survive the daily nonsense. That occurs so I can have a few hidden trump cards on hand. However if possible could you have a starter kit prepared in it for basic stuff. Granted I''ll probably get some more dangerous stuff later on in my start and travels.


    Third, I want a phone and head phones that have a microphone, that can connect to the gamer. If possible that can act like a gobal walkie talkie, never dying of battery or either breaking on me. But! There is one feature I want desperately and thats a lab like function. So I can collect samples of the dead to make a cure or delay medicine for the infection."


    The old god had a small smile at this detailed yet simple wishes. So the old man took another sip of his green tea before, setting the cup down on a table that appeared.


    "hm those seem fair enough and quite well thought out in my opinion. So I''ll grant you them younge man just have a fun time in your next life."


    soon our MC is waking up on a recliner in a hotel suite. first thing he decides to do is get up and go find a mirror. To see what he looks like before he does anything else yet. Finding one he took a look at his looks and what he''s wearing.


    His hair being a shaggy brown hair that goes pass his ears a bit. His body being average looking but you can tell there''s a bit of muscle underneath. His eye''s are a nice simple hazel in colorization. He then moves on to see what he is wearing, noticing what all he is wearing.


    Is some navy blue and gray steel framed glasses that have some tinting. A ragged looking brown trench coat, dark gray tank top, steel plated kevlar combat gloves. Gray boxers, black jeans, black sock and black steel-toed combat boots. With a pleasantly satisfied smile our mc thanks the old god.


    Next he moves on to checking his status and what his name in this world is.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer


    Stats


    HP: 150/150


    Mana: 500/500 (Locked)


    Str: 20


    Agi: 15


    Cha: 14


    Dex: 16


    Wis: 26


    Int: 24


    Points: 50


    Money: $60.9mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max


    =======================================


    everything there seems quite as expected well expect for the whole money thing. Guess I really saved and b?r?ly spent anything and have a shop function at least. Also my Name is Biazar and I''m an ex-second lieutenant. Pretty decent rank if I have to say anything about that.


    The title mad man however is a bit worrying but i likely got that fron running with a bomb. Now lets see my inventory to check it all out and sort it. Pulling up my inventory I see its like what I''ve asked for. Before anything else I pull out my phone and head phones from it and equip them.


    Looking at my phone it seems to be a android and a galaxy s10. My headphones look like some standard gray black military ones issued out. They seem be wireless too so thats a great boone for no cord hassles. Taking a glance back to inventory I see a few other items.


    One is a PMR30 handgun with about two hundred .22 magnum ammo for it. Pretty generous gift but I''ll run out if not careful. Next up is a M16A2 rifle with four hundred 5.56 rounds. I''ll save this for extreme cases since I currently have no way make ammo. The rest is six grenades, three moltovs, a 17x6 tent, and a combat knife.


    seems like a decent starter kit to be given but, i can quickly run out of ammo with how much walkers appear. Now I need to secure food, water and medical supplies. Maybe even some base building supplies so I can make a temporary little base. Maybe in somewhere like an abandoned building on the outskirts of a town.

 Chapter 2 - Preparing to stalk Rick Grimes

    Its been four and a half months since I reincarnated here. In that time span I''ve learned I''m near the hospital Rick Grimes, gets admitted to. So to meet up with him a little early on and help him acumate to hell coming. I''ve set up a temporary base in a abandoned house near there.


    I''ve also secured 40 kilo''s of biscuits, 10k kilo''s of water, seeds for various things, a lot of tools for everything even tech building, and ten crates of 500 kilo''s of medicine. I''ve locked the seeds and medicine, and tools off for now in my inventory. Since those should only be for when a good permanent spot is found. I also downloaded songs and games onto my phone for entertainment.


    I''ve also looked through my phone and found the radio and lab features i asked for. Then in the shop provided by the gamer I found some other useful apps. So I bought them and added them to it though they costed real money. The apps were "Ammo Refinery" - $6000, "Material Gathering" - $450,000, "Gun Repair" - $600, "Money Generator" - $900 and "Workshop" - $20,000.


    So I''ve at least secured ways to make stuff for my own means. I''ll just wait to make anything though but I have the material gathering app constantly running. Just in case and to build up a good stock of supplies. Just after everything I''m a bit in the red for cash, the gen only makes about twenty bucks. Every ten hours so i can''t rely on it to much unfortunately.


    I also added those stat points to my status for better odds. Since I plan to be a ???kroach bastard you cant get rid of easily. Cause hey I wanna enjoy this after all.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer


    lvl- 7 8/700


    Stats


    HP: 150/150


    Mana: 500/500 (Locked)


    Str: 20


    Cha: 20


    Dex: 21


    Wis: 26


    Int: 29


    luck: 50


    Points: 0


    Money: $600


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max


    =======================================


    With that I''m pretty much set right now, all I''m doing now is observing the hospital. Since Rick admitted not to long ago and messing around with my phones radio. I''ve learned of some signs that things are already in motion all around the around the world. So now i just wait for the fun to begin and to get Rick.


    Well its been about twelve weeks since the world ended. I''ve watched people get torn apart, watched them get up and rip someone else apart. Now Rick has come tumbling out of the hospital. So I pack up and head out to meet him while he works his way down the route from the show. As he gets out of the parking lot, I''m standing there with a small smile.


    My PMR30 holstered to my waste, my M16A2 over my shoulder, and combat knife strapped to my leg. Both guns fully loaded and ready while Rick seems a little skeptical and reassured to see someone else. That''s not so bitey and flesh hungry after him on his first day.


    "Morning I''m Ex-second lieutenant Chimera, I was holed up in an abandoned house nearby. when I saw you basically tumbling out of the hospital. So i came to check on you and make sure your not bitten sir."


    Rick gawks at me a little before answering back to me.


    "Uh hi Lt. Chimera.... I''m Rick Grimes, do you know what''s going on exactly? Where is everyone? Why are those people tried bitting me? and what do you mean by bitten?"


    Rick fired off in fast motion with questions causing me to smile wryly.


    "Well first off the world ended Rick, everyone is either undead or hiding, they want your flesh, and if your bitten you turn into one of them."


    At these answers he goes through several emotions first. Before, eventually accepting it quite frankly as he has several pieces of proof. He takes a glance towards me before sighing and starting to walk. So I can''t help but follow him since he is still basically defenseless.


    "So where you heading to Rick?"


    "Police Department they should have guns and ammo."


    "Then I''ll be tagging along with you for a while."


    With grunt as acknowledgement from Rick we head to the police Department. To get him some gear, just I may take a few things of swat armor. Along the way we ran into the father son duo from the show. Spending a few days with them we all then left for the police department. Just along the way after seeing warnings mainly "They wear their faces".


    I can guess the creepy Whispers faction was in this area already. So I give the others a little warning about it just to be safe l, since thereccould be splinter cells. As we reach the department, we enter and Rick gets us into the armory. While Rick and Morgan are looting all the guns, I stash some of the riot gear into my inventory.


    While putting on some of the guards, and put a riotshield onto my back over my M16A2. Soon we leave the place killing a walker on the way out. After a few more days with Morgan and his son me and rick leave. Heading off towards Atlanta, where I can''t wait to kill Shane before he becomes a problem.

 Chapter 3 - Arriving in Atlanta

    Its been I dont know two months? Me and Rick did have a police car while heading to Atlanta. It while driving however, like from dead rising a police walker still had its gun. Guess its hand got stuck holding it some how though, so its finger was stuck on the trigger. It flailed it around at us driving up while walking towards us, hit an abandoned car right I guess.


    Which took the safety of its gun and it shot the car, then I proceeded to run it over a few times. For the stupid look on its face as it bit the gun since it made a noise. Then well we came upon the blocked highway, so we got out and saw that the car was leaking gas. Knowing how fu?k?d that city is I suggested we cause a chain explosion. In order to draw out a mass chunck of the walkers in Atlanta.


    Now we''re in the present time riding on a horse, down one of the less used highway roads into Atlanta. As a literal chain reaction is going off down the highway in many directions. On the way we passed by the area where Clementine and Lee first met. From the TellTale the walking dead season one game which gotta love lee. But it looks like they''ve already left there''s a few bodies freshly killed in the road.


    Now a few more blocks and we come up the horde that chased Rick in the show. The horse managed to get around six blocks before tumbling. Three blocks in front of the tank, Me and Rick went flying, my rioat shield skidded after us and M16A2 with it. Getting up and grabbing it quickly I pull Rick up afterwards. Walkers already eating the horse Alive like hyenas.


    So Rick pulls out his gun and shoots at we beeline for the tank. Sliding under the tank shield down feet acting as breaks. I quickly open the hatch under it and shimmy inside of it quickly after storing my shield. Rick follows soon after shooting a walker that grabbed his shoe. Once he''s inside I shoot the dead soldier in the head without warning. Ricks ears may be ringing but mine are fine I got my headphones on 24/7.


    pulling my phone out I start switching through frequencies in this area. Till I hear Glenn talking on one to his unfortunate group. Before he can call me and idiot, I abruptly chime in. while grabbing the soldiers radio and putting it on the same band wave.


    "Hello survivors trapped cause of us likely! This is ex-second Lt. Chimera, with my companion Rick. We''re sorta trapped in a military tank with a horde of undead on the tank. Can someone help us escape this situation?"


    Rick was looting all the ammo and pistol off the soldier while I did this. Before he clipped the radio to his belt, and waited with me for a response.


    "Hello? Second lt.? Rick? This is Glenn Rhee''s I''m on the roof of a near by jewlery store. There''s an old service tunnel in the sewers. That lead into the building, where that tank is parked there should be manhole under its hatch. If you can get it open then in the sewers I can guide you to us."


    Inside of a building Glenn standing there cutting the chains off for us. Walking into the building my shield back on my back with rick none the wiser. We meet the trapped survivors and have a nice talk with them. Glenn being the same peppy brave guy fron the show. With the big lug of a man T-Dog who unfortunately, got his stomach eaten when capturing the prison. Giving us a warm welcome with a smile on his face.


    meanwhile miss prissy Andrea glaring daggers at us and ready to curse us. I just point at Rick and mouth silently complain to him. Jacqui, and Morales just give us some simple greetings. When suddenly shooting goes off, guess Merle is shooting zombies. The first to rush off is T-Dog then Glenn, we all follow afterwards. Then the scene of the arguing plays out in front of me.


    Before cuffs him to the building though, I stop him. Picking Merle up by his shirt and standing him up near the ledge. I smile at him and speak softly towards him, my eyes aren''t smiling though.


    "Mister Merle I believe I have a deal for you, if you''d like it! You see I''d like to rebuild my old Military squad. You seem to be the type thats a brawler, so I''d like to recruit you! But you''d have follow my orders... we can''t have you going nuts now. So you can join my squad or i can just kick you off this ledge into those walkers. To remove a "liability" from coming back to kill us later on."


    Everyone still on the roof is shocked by my proposal. The man in question however, looked at me smiling like a beast.


    "Fine then but you better let me cut loose at times, ''sir''."


    "Then come on man we got some corpses to remove. Rick go with Glenn to see if we can get out of this some how. Merle get your gun and blast till your empty! Then meet us down stairs I''ll be at the front ready to open fire!"

 Chapter 4 - Brick Zombies Suck!

    Standing in the shops front entrance with Andrea, and Jacqui. Watching as zombies pile on the door and bang on it. Glenn and Rick are out getting the same truck from the show. Since we may get lost in the sewers if we took them as an escape route. While waiting the shooting from above stops and Merle comes down into the entrance.


    "That was fun but those things keep coming! Hey is that one holding a brick?"


    At those words we all take a good hard look as the one pointed out. Starts beating the glass with a brick to get in. Right as Glenn and Rick come back with the truck. The glass doors shatter the brick zombie being pushed forward. Its brick sent flying and hitting a display thats still intact. Which for some god forsaken reason triggers a random alarm, that riled them all up even more!


    When there is seemingly no power running at all! Taking that as our warning though every rushes aboard the truck. As we''re leaving we see zombies coming out the back doors. So to gain some levels hopefully, I start picking off a few on the way. Earning me four nice rings that I''ve leveled up! Seemingly every ten walkers was very high level. Since for one i got a whole 150exp while one gave a measly 4exp. Pulling my status up quickly to distribute the points I''ve earned.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader


    lvl- 11 0/1,100


    Stats


    Mana: 1000/1000 (Locked)


    Str: 20 - 30


    Agi: 19 - 29


    Cha: 20


    Dex: 21 - 29


    Wis: 26


    Int: 29 - 30


    luck: 50


    Points: 25 - 0


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lvl 1


    =======================================


    Pretty nice looks like leveling up also grants me money along with the money generator. After awhile we arrive at the camp everyone is at. Along with dead man Shane! I''m gonna trip him into a zombie then shoot his brains out. Now this may bring up some questions as to what i have and where I got it.


    I''ve collected enough samples during mine and Ricks travels. Well some were whole bodies give or take, that i have at least over. Twenty five percent in the lab app for a cure to this damn plague. That I can make a weak delay medicine for about fives hours. So I can save that poor man, who got ditched on the road later on to die as he turned.


    As we arrive at the camp the back of the truck opens. So we pile out and reunions happen, Shane occasionally looks over at me. Before eventually coming up to me, and no thank you given. Just a jackass remark about who I am while pulls his gun on me. So I gave him a "gentle" smack on the arm by grabbing his wrist with my left hand. While my right smacked into his shoulder with a nasty bone crunching sound.


    just to add insult to injury I kick out his feet and let him fall backwards. Into some mud on the ground while hecdrops his gun finally. Then i give him a big warm smile and introduced myself.


    "Names Biazar, I''m ex-military and I don''t like idiots in my face. How are you sir? Having a pleasant day?"


    Shane got dragged off afterwards but that hateful look was pleasant. I''m gonna enjoy killing him off sooner rather than later. Since the bastard sacrifices a really nice guy by shooting him in the leg. To let walkers feast on him while he came running back to the farm! Then tried killing Rick and turned into a walker afterwards!


    Looking around though with observe the camp has at least fourty-five people. bigger than shown in the tv show at least, yet they got over ran. Daryl came back later though and though he wanted to punch me, thanked me for getting his brother back alive. Even offered to join my team so while Merle is the brawler, Daryl makes an excellent scout!

 Chapter 5 - Hershel Were Home!

    looks at me a little confusedAfter a couple nights in camp it got over ran by walkers. While everyone was working on surviving I hunted Shane down. Tripped him then shoved a walker onto his back as one tried bitting me. Watching it rip his throat out, I suddenly unzip my pants and take a leak. On both of their heads, before shooting their brains out.


    Zipping my pants up I walked around smashing my Riot Shield, into zombies. That are trying to eat someone, if they''re being eaten I waste them them together. After three hours of screaming and gun shots the camp is calm. Bodies are burned and pickaxed in the head by Merle. I send Daryl off to scout the woods for stragglers, while heading to Glenn. I''ve been thinking for a while and I want to recruit Glenn as my teams all-rounder.


    When I reach him he looks at me a little confused as to what I want. I reach my hand out and offer it to him as i smile softly. He seems to be slowly getting what I''m up to as he smiles. I never even had to ask before getting a yes.


    "Then since you''ll be joining me, Daryl, and Merle on my team. while Daryl is the scout, Merle is the brawler, and you''ll be the all-rounder but mainly a mechanic Glenn."


    "Alright then, I hope we can survive long enough together."


    With that I ask Glenn to go check all the vehicles that are here. When people start making a noise about a bite, looking over. Its the same man from the show, walking over to the group. The delay medicine hidden, getting behind the man I stick him. Shocking everyone as I put my hands up with the empty syringe.


    "Well he got five hours before i gotta stick him again. Before you ask no I wont share or teach you anything on what I used. After all its not even done being made yet."


    Everyone looks at me but sighs after all I went around last night. Bashing walkers with a shield that some became frontal paste. Along with the fact they don''t have to worry about killing a man. So they all prepare to leave camp, those that weren''t show in the show. Leave early towards Florida hoping to find a boat to sail on.


    While rest of us drive off towards elsewhere, aka Hershel Greene''s farm. Since I have the only working phone with a map it was easy. To find it getting there it took us a few days of driving. Daryl and Merle occasionally driving a motorcycle''s ahead to scout. As we approach the farm Carl, who took a break outside suddenly gets shot by a sniper. so Everyone really picks up the speed so this kid doesn''t die.


    As we approach I have Daryl and Merle start making a racket with their bikes. Drawing out Hershel and his family of his house. Rick and Lori getting out of the RV screaming help. Seeing a bleeding kid Hershels kids and big teddy bear of a man Bobby. Who I saved from Shane killing him off by walkers.


    Hurry to get him inside and tended to as fast as possible. Granted this place is where that child Sophia became a walker at. I''ll be emptying the barn out tonight since thats a horde of samples. while Hershel and hidls kids tend to Carl, I ask Bobby if he''ll take Daryl and Merle to get medicine. Which the big man agreed to happily guess charisma, works wonders if mixed with leadership!


    After Bobby, Daryl, and Merle leave to the highschool from the show. Rick, Glenn and T-dog leave as well for supplies, hopefully they don''t get shot. While everyone else works away at something I look on my phone''s radio for Abraham''s unit. Also those soldiers who the Governor and his men shot down to rob them.


    Took a while but I got in touch with both squads luckily. The soldiers were glad to know there''s some survivors and are coming to join up with us. Abraham''s unit reluctantly agreed to make a temporary base and rest. While training that scientist how to shoot, after I asked if he could. With those sorted. and night upon us, I climb up the barn. Open the top part, put a makeshift silencer from the workshop app. On my M16A2 and open fire on all the walkers.

 Chapter 5 - Passing The Days In The Camp

    So since the camp would soon be getting overrun by the dead I decided to buy a certain skill I found in the shop named after a character from a certain mechanic book. As he thought such knowledge may be useful to him on his journey so he took the plunge and bought the skill with a smile of sastification.


    ¡º Bought: Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge for $30 Million ¡»


    ¡º Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge - passive lvl max (EX):


    This skill grants the holder the knowledge of machines and how to do various things involving them for various methods and projects. This skill is etched into your soul and the gods can not remove it, may you rule the world with machines in your journey.¡»


    After having bought that skill I was at an even one thousand dollars, with this skill though I started a project around upgrading my sword into something like a plasma sword. This is made possible due to a rare thing that my material-gathering phone had collected somehow, Sun Ore. It''s literally just eternally burning steel on par with I say adamantine from fantasy stories. While I worked on this upgrade slowly over the days after while hiding near the city in an abandoned repair shop. I would occasionally take breaks at the request of several camp dwellers and Rick to teach them some combat drills.


    Which I must say... I enjoy going easy on everyone by a degree but whenever Shane stepped up. Well just say he''s on his way to becoming unable to ever make kids again the cuck, and get an erection with how much I bully him once I trust in my past combat knowledge from this life. People seemed to have noticed my distaste for him after a while but some looked on with approval meaning some things have happened behind the scenes. When I would consult with these individuals about their unhidden approval I would learn some rather vile things he had done in secret.


    When Shane had brought Rick''s wife and son here everything was still virtually okay until the military lost control of the situation. Shane during the escape with soldiers from Atlanta to this location had in the chaos shot several soldiers, doctors, and civilians in the legs to delay the chasing horde. No one really noticed this but those who he had shot or those who caught a glimpse of it in the panic of gunfire and the dead eating people. Any soldiers and real doctors who would''ve been in this group if they had all made it out of Atlanta had been killed by Shane in order to escape and they joined the undead horde shortly after.


    Having learned these facts I had made a silent promise to make sure he suffers in the upcoming camp battle against the dead. The man may of save Rick''s family which makes him think he owes the man a debt but trying to return that favor in the future leads to a blue-balled Shane trying to murder him. I also have to be wary of anyone dying suddenly even if they aren''t bit because even though it''s foggy I believe in the CDC episode, and the neck-breaking episode. It was proven and said that everyone is infected being bit just makes the undying process speed up to swell the undead ranks. This seems to have been frustratingly forgotten in later seasons as I''m certain they never found a cure that uninfected them to stop the process from happening after natural death, being murdered, or suicide.


    During the remaining days before the first event for these survivors, I had completed my now upgraded long sword. Which now had a few new parts added to the blade, guard, and handle for the new effects to happen upon being triggered via two methods. One is making people think I need to press a bu??on to turn the effect on, or after two swings the blade will self-ignite and become a destructive blade of fire. The blade its self however had been replaced and remade with the Sun Ore, giving the blade a nice finishing touching to the new sword look. The blade in the center from the tip to the guard has a burning orange look, with the rest of the blade looking charred with burning cracks through the blade.


    A metallic vibrating device that looks like an exoskeleton along the blade and connected to the guard, that rubs the Sun Ore into action with some high-frequency rubbing and friction. Which will ignite the blade with a minimum of two swings at most four swings before it lights up and become some sort of Dead Island-like weapon. After I had finished that project I made small modifications to my PMR30 handgun which made it bulkier but entering the stages of a prototype railgun that should be able to pierce maybe two rotting corpses before the bullet stops or melts.


    Thus the day of the camp raid had arrived after what seemed like three weeks due to me, Merle, and Daryl thinning numbers till now when I said they can have some free time. This means tonight we are gonna be getting rid of a problematic Shane and proceeding on towards the farm soon after. Before turning I checked my status and saw something new added to it besides my bought skill.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Lazurus Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    lvl- 14 0/1,400


    Stats


    HP: 1550/1550


    Mana: 1550/1550 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 24


    Cha: 20


    Dex: 26


    Wis: 26


    luck: 50


    Points: 0


    Money: $1,690


    Abilities: Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lvl max, Gamer''s Body- passive lvl max, Appearance Default- Passive lvl max, CQC- passive lvl 5, leadership- passive lvl 4, Marksmanship- passive lvl 170, Blade Mastery- passive lvl 50, Blunt Mastery- passive lvl 15 Stealth- active lvl 40, Observe- active lvl 99, Spy- passive lvl max, Thief- active/passive lvl 50, Technician- active/passive lvl 80, Doctor- active/passive lvl 125, Radio Operator- active lvl 150, Psychosis- passive lvl 569, PTSD- passive lvl 469, Soldier- passive lvl 900, Assassination- active lvl 80, Builder- passive lvl 100, Multi-Lingual- passive lvl 800 Negotiating- active lvl 60, Point Gain Efficiency- Passive lvl max, Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge - passive lvl max (EX)


    Gear: Prototype PMR30 railgun (handgun (200 .22 magnum ammo), M16A2 rifle with (360 5.56 rounds), Dawn Blade (long sword (6ft long), quarterstaff, grenades (6), Molotov''s (3), thieves tools, Varying Tech Tools, combat knife.


    =======================================

 Chapter 6 - Onwards to Making a Fortress!

    Climbing out of the barn I made my way to the RV to get some shut eye. On the way I see bobby, Daryl, and Merle dragging the one kid Shane killed in the woods. He was never bitten neither was shane in the show yet they turned into walkers. So there was something going on there but later on in the show you died you stayed dead.


    Just I remember when the doctor at CDC said everyone was infected. With trace amounts of the virus in their blood streams lying inactive. So that seems like a plot hole to me, but oh well I guess. After dealing with the kid and sleeping, Glenn, Rick, and T-Dog came back. Rick had a bullet in the left shoulder but other wise they we''re fine. Deciding I let my team know what i found in the barn I call them together.


    After about two hours I explained the barn and about the soldiers coming. I had to watch Daryl and Merle slug eachother though. Since Merle was screaming "I''ll gut those fu?k! What if they tried feeding us to them!" After that was done I explained, that sometimes people have kept dead bodies of family before. So likely one of those walkers was family, to keep them company however.


    They lured and stuffed walkers into the barn to do just that. Hershel likely will be extremely mad once he learns I killed his wife and pets. But keeping them wasn''t healthy for the man to do. It would of eventually costed him his family and more his own life. Sooner on in the morning the lost soldiers arrived at the farm. Everyone wasn''t so surprised but what their leader did. Even I was surprised at, him and his squad all faced me and saluted with a loud hoorah.


    "Second Lt. Chimera! I''m Sergeant Major Brandwell these are my men. Welles, Wilson, Brady, Carmen, Higson, Cromwell, and Johnson. Thank you for giving us a chance to join a group we lost our old one. It was over ran by the undead after someone opened the gate."


    "Your welcome Sgt. Brandwell, this is my group from Merle, Daryl, Glenn, Rick, T-Dog, Lori, Andrea, Jacqui, Morales, Dale, and Carl though the kid got shot is being treated. The ones who mainly live here are an old man and his family."


    Speaking of old men Hershel came out since we we''re making a racket. Otherwise he says that the kid is fine and will pull through, Rick and Lori sigh happily. That everyone sat around a bone fire eatting some marhmallows and Maggie and Beth singing. Bobby and Hershel playing some instruments making the occasion lively.


    Even have the kid Randall joining us after I said bring him out of his hole. Which the kid is enjoying himself. While I had one of Brandwell''s men draw blood from everyone. After going to a local abandoned CDC and stealing everything. To eventually help set up our own lab somewhere. Surprisingly Higson was an army doctor so I set up some equipment and had him study the blood. Since we sorta skipped the CDC episode, I wanted to get everyone on the same page.


    After a while Higson returns, with the reports on everyone. While I''m giving Jim, the man who was bitten another delay shot but it''ll keep him alive. Without it for at max four days before he needs another one. Higson sorting through the reports coughs to get everyones attention. Getting all eyes on him he begins to speak about what he found and read over.


    "Looking at the files and using equipment from the CDC second Lt. Chimera got. I found out that in all of our blood is the virus reanimating people. Just its lying in an inactive state however, when one of dies. For any reason at all we''ll reanimate as a walker. However, luckily second Lt. is working on a cure it seems. Just as of now its a delay of sorts, so you''ll turn if you dont get it after an amount of time."


    With that the festive mood dies down, but thats disturbed by a hooded figure walking up. with Two armless walkers on chains guiding them along. Before anyone can do anything I hold my hand up high. To let our new friend introduce themselves, though I know its Michonne.


    "You all seem to be having a great time here... mind if i join you? The names Michonne by the way."


    With that she pulls off her hood, showing the figure of woman. Who''s tired and worn out but a fighter with cold eye''s watching us. Before anyone can say anything I motion her to join but tie up her pets. Everyone one was cautious at first but later warmed up to the modern samurai. Which Andrea and her seem to have really hit it off like in the show.


    Calling Welles over I ask if its possible to fly the helicopter they brought. To look around for a sturdy place thats fortified. He agree''s and later that morning is seen flying off with Brady to look. While the rest of us do chores or maintenance, I''ve convinced Hershel if anything happens. To join us and leave the farm if it falls to the walkers.


    Later that night after Welles and Brady returned reporting about a prison a few miles out. The undead over ran the farm but we lost no luckily! So a few days later after escaping the farm as it burned. We all met up at the prison, and a place I''m determined to clear out. Turning it into a town as I replace the wire fencing, making this a future settlement permanently.

 Chapter 6 - Night Of Feasting And Hunting

    Tonight was the night that the camp would get over ran and thus I sat by a campfire near the RV so I can save one person who got surprised munched. As I sat by the camp fire I strummed away at a guitar singing my own little song after getting this strange sensation that I loved this song for a morbid reason. It wouldn''t be until after I sang this song and looked at a random notification that''d I''d know why it seemed I liked this song.


    "You think you can stand against the coming tide that your might and gods will save your life, but you shall fall under our might. We are the legion of the damned, we are the bringers of eternal damnation that seek out the flame of life to sustain ourselves. We can never know the joys of eternal rest for we are a cursed bunch left to rot and wander the world in eternal damnation. You can gun us down, cut us down, smash us into a paste but we will never relent we will march on and add those unlucky enough to our ranks. We are the eternal damned legion, we know no rest, we know no salvation only the cold darkness left inside of our hearts.


    We will feast and we will dominate the battlefield for we are the Eternal Legion.


    We will feast and we will dominate the battlefield for we are the Eternal Legion.


    You think us just a bunch of damned souls turned to hollow monsters, but you will learn you are wrong. We may be damned souls, we may be left to wander this damned and forgotten world but we are the ones who march on towards the fire of eternity spreading our horizons! We will seek out the embers of life and we will feast to sate our eternal hunger. We are, we are, we are the Eternal Legion that marches on towards the end of everything regardless of the price we pay along the way. Forever damned but forever march on towards our final feast, towards the fire of eternal life that taunts us so."


    ¡º Ballad of the Gray Guardian has been sung, Unlocking the right to live through the fall, unlocking one future skill¡»


    ¡º Necromancer(EX) - active/passive lvl god, has been unlocked, due to restrictions of this world you can only influence the source of the infection to a degree ¡»


    Looking at this notification I couldn''t help but wonder what the fu?k gray guardian means and why the fu?k its tied to necromancy. Or even why I fu?k?n? knew the song if its from the damn future like that''s just some sort of shenanigan probably caused by a future me. Anyways while strumming away I saw the corpse shambling up towards the RV as the door was opening, so I stored the guitar into my inventory for safe keeping. Getting up I drew my sword got into a sprinting stance then took off my swords blade illuminating the night as the blade reacted to the stimulation of the air and being swung. As the blade sunk into the walkers head from a over head downward swing the blade flickered with a bit of fire.


    The girl who I forget the name of that was coming out of the RV got a bit of blood sprayed onto her face from my actions. But she should be glad her throat didn''t get ripped out because then I''d just cleave her head in with the walkers head. She looked at me blankly but I pulled my sword from the walkers head kicking the body aside before walking off towards the starting chaos.


    My sword flickering with flames after the second swing I make towards a zombie feasting on a fifteen year old girl, my sword sinking into both of their skulls as the walker ate her face. Pulling the now flaming blade free from the skulls as the bodies ignited I pulled my riot shield from my inventory and marched on. Swinging my flaming sword towards anyone getting feasted on or chased by a walker, honestly I''ve killed ten survivors and twenty zombies in five minutes already. However, I spotted my target he was currently being delayed by three of the dead but he was heading towards Rick''s family tent where his wife was.


    "Okay you damn cuck time to die before you cause problems since I don''t want to deal with your shit."


    Saying so I headed towards Shane cutting a large fat bastard of a walker down through the middle as they caught on fire from my swords flickering flames. I had made it towards Shane after shield bashing a surprise sprinting walker of one fresh turned camp dweller, though they didn''t live long after my shield met their face. Shane though was to preoccupied with his dear friends trying to munch on him that I felt like I should give him a hand. So I swung my sword up from below and cut his left arm off cauterizing the wound with the flames before repeating it to his other arm with a smile.


    Shane screamed in pain and looked back at me with a look asking why I would do such a thing but I just smiled at him, a walker taking the chance and biting into his face. Chuckling I watched the walkers push Shane down and start feasting on him as he choked on his own blood after his throat got torn out. Watching his demise I doused the flames of my sword by pressing a bu??on on the underside of the guard before sheathing it. Promptly followed by unzipping my pants and pulling my d??k out as I took a piss on the disbelieving Shane''s face as he died before me.


    Finishing my little break I zipped my pants back up before slamming my shield into the walkers feasting on Shane, pulverizing their skulls. Shane though heh his throat was missing basically, the right half of his face had been eaten off, and his stomach ripped open as his guts hung out. Shrugging I looked into his lifeless eyes before stomping his head in with my boot, thinking a bit I stored his body into my inventory along with his arms. I''ll be disposing of my handiwork soon and away from prying eyes since can''t let people think something bad now can I?


    Since if they do they''ll do something drastic and if they do something drastic I have to murder them or cripple them forever. So yeah disposing of my work is the best option so I don''t have to murder anyone from the caste or camp dwellers, although all the zombies I''ve killed gave me eighty-four experience in total, while the survivors gave me six hundred each, Shane gave me a thousand. So I looked at my status since well looking around everything is dying down and being sorted out now by everyone else.


    =====================


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader


    lvl- 18 884/1,800


    Stats


    HP: 18,500/18,500


    Mana: 18,500/18,500 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 24


    Dex: 26


    Wis: 26


    Int: 30


    luck: 50


    Points: 40


    Money: $3,000


    Abilities: Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lvl max, Gamer''s Body- passive lvl max, Appearance Default- Passive lvl max, CQC- passive lvl 5, leadership- passive lvl 4, Marksmanship- passive lvl 170, Blade Mastery- passive lvl 50, Blunt Mastery- passive lvl 15 Stealth- active lvl 40, Observe- active lvl 99, Spy- passive lvl max, Thief- active/passive lvl 50, Technician- active/passive lvl 80, Doctor- active/passive lvl 125, Radio Operator- active lvl 150, Psychosis- passive lvl 569, PTSD- passive lvl 469, Soldier- passive lvl 900, Assassination- active lvl 80, Builder- passive lvl 100, Multi-Lingual- passive lvl 800 Negotiating- active lvl 60, Point Gain Efficiency- Passive lvl max, Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge- passive lvl max (EX), Necromancer(EX)- active/passive lvl god


    Gear: Prototype PMR30 railgun (handgun (200 .22 magnum ammo), M16A2 rifle with (360 5.56 rounds), Dawn Blade (long sword (6ft long), quarterstaff, grenades (6), Molotov''s (3), thieves tools, Varying Tech Tools, combat knife, Guitar


    ===========================


    Hm nice forty points this time, I think I''ll save those till I know what exactly I want to use them on, since I got no clue honestly.

 Chapter 7 - Welcome to Fort Chronicle

    Its been a few days since we met up at the prison first we all moved in four teams teams. Rick, Glenn, Hershel, T-dog, Daryl, and Merle cleaned out the eastern cell block. Michonne, Lori, Maggie, Beth, Andrea, Jacqui, and Morales. moved in after them and started setting the place up to be liveable. Sgt. Brandwell, Welles, Wilson, Brady, Carmen, and Higson brought the vehicle''s and supplies inside the prison.


    Me, Jim, Carl, Cromwell, Bobby Dale, and Johnson moved around the fence checking it and also took a look on the roof as well. The roof seems viable to build a temporary farm for food to grow. The watch tower that we passed by along the fence. It was unlocked so we took a peak inside it and found a few flashlights, radio''s and a deck of cards. So later that night I had everyone gather up.


    "Okay everyone I plan on turning this place into our home. To do so we''ll probably need to remove the fencing entirely and rebuild it. once thats done we could likely, build some farms for now we''ll make temporary ones on the roof. Also a shop for our vehicles daily matience and upgrades. But for anything like the shop we''d need to clean out more sections of the prison. Doing so means we''d be stuck here for a while not really able to leave. Does anyone have any problems with that?"


    No said anything but instead gave me some intese stares. The soldiers doing a stamp and salute as approval.


    "Then everyone for tonight get some rest and we''ll begin tomorrow!"


    With a clap of my hands everyone broke up and turned in for the night. While I left and entered one cell block alone my M16A2 ready. As a suppressor blocked any noise made by it. I swept through the northern cell block top and bottom. Nearly getting bitten a few times or surrounded but, i kept cool and shot steady.


    By the end of the night although I was covered in blood and guts. Cut up and brusied here and there from some fights and breaking things. My appearance and smell turned back to normal after a few seconds. Hiding my activities pretty well enough while I smiled to my self. From clearing out this cell block completely I''ve leveled up fifteen times! Also the cure percentage has gone up to a whole sixty percent! Thats how many walkers were in this one cell block and the eastern one!


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Age: 21 (22 after time skip)


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughter


    lvl- 26 0/260,000


    Stats


    HP: 1,550/1,550


    Mana: 150,000/150,000 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 35


    Cha: 30


    Wis: 26


    Int: 50


    luck: 50


    Points: 65 - 0


    Money: $1,400 - $70,000


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lvl 4


    =======================================


    With my status out of the way I remember there being this one giant walker. It was very fu?k?n? fat and bloated that it looked like a boomer from L4Dead 2. Just when i shot it from around a corner it popped like a balloon. With everything it ate rocketing everywhere like bullets. Since it probably had methane trapped inside its body. However, popping it still killed a horde of walkers which gave me lots of experience.


    But now I''m going to turn in for the night and be busy for a while. Turning this prison into a safe haven, if that governor shows up. I''ll fu?k?n? spam build rpgs and scream at everyone to nuke his ?ss to hell! Cause this is my prison and my people in it not his or his murder squads home!


    Well its been a year since we came to the prison and well we''ve grown to a whole fourty people. Some of them the prisoners who used to live here. They had it rough at first getting into the group. We of course executed Tomas when he suddenly tried killing Big Tiny. Who is actually a big teddy bear and surprisingly great with kids. Axel and Oscar unlike wanting to leave stayed and helped us build.


    Then Tyreese, Sasha, Ben, Allen, and Donna showed up. After fighting a walker herd in the forest west of us. Donna was of course bitten but Carl didn''t insist to kill her. Instead he dragged me and Jim to meet her and explain stuff. So now she still fine but her and jim have been restricted from ?nt?r??urs?. Since no one one wants a zombie baby to deal with. Lori however gave birth to Judith, who came safely with her mom alive. Since we had long then set up an actual hospital with Higson, Hershel, Maggie, Beth, and a new friend Carol.


    As the doctors of it for us, with one of the crates of medicine i had locked away in my inventory. Which Glenn and Maggie had two kids last month. Big Tiny basically runs the day care while everyone works. The fence however has been entirely rebuilt with bricks. The soldiers moved tirelessly to get it done for everyone safely. Even built some six by twelve farms that produce some nice stuff.


    Then oh about five months ago? I sent Rick and a few of the guys to go get the guns Rick lost. They were gone for two weeks with some of the heavy duty trucks. But they came back with the gangsters and elderly people in tow. Since Rick contacted me over the radio to convince them. Now we have some great car specialist building a shop in the prison court yard.


    Then well Morgan and his son showed up a month after that. I had some how gotten a hold of him and had Welles go pick them up. Merle has actually mellowed out over the year, becoming a fighting teacher. Albeit a dirty fighting one since he cheats in training people. Daryl found his dog from the show and then some! So we have a pack of shepherds roaming the prison.


    The governor however did show up, and when he saw all of us aiming fu?k?n? rpgs. Along with Welles hovering in his upgraded helicopter. He literally shit him self cause, a man came running out from behind him screaming gross! Needless to say we killed them all cause we couldn''t trust them.

 Chapter 8 - Daryl and Merle

    Before the whole world went to hell all the way to bumfuck shit. Daryl and Merle used to be among the rougher crowd in life. Merle since he was five would randomly start fights with anyone that angered him. Daryl would mostly be his shadow but try keeping him out of stuff or he would end up dead in a ditch. Which in highschool Merle did get hospitilized for randomly starting a fight. After he was found half dead in a ditch with a broken arm and ribs by Daryl.


    When time came for them to graduate highschool, Merle partied a little to hard the night before. In turn puking all over the school principal Mrs. Franal the next day. Daryl however, joined the army after highschool at nineteen years old. Leaving Merle to their dad for a while to try straightening him out hopefully. After spending about four years in the army before being discharged.


    Daryl came out having some tricks as pointman from the army. He was discharged for occasionally going rogue during missions suddenly. Along with the final straw being when he beat his co after a mission. In which was him being ordered to shoot a woman wearing a bomb vest. That just couldnt be removed no matter what they did to get it off of her. Which after he did beat his for that, it earned him a few months of federal prison before being set loose.


    while Daryl spent his time serving and in federal jail. Merle joined a biker gang that did some shady stuff. They sometimes bought drugs from a bald man who called everyone bitch. While his ?ssistant Jessie usually delivered them their drugs. When Daryl got out their dad had invited Merle to come hunting with him and Daryl. Merle didn''t go with but stayed with the gang.


    Where in the gang hangout after trying of some of the blue meth they had bought. From the usual bitch caller and Jessie, some of the members turned into walkers. While Merle was killing his old gang members to live as the city outside turned. Meanwhile out hunting with their dad Daryl had to watch some of his dads friends. Get jumped and eaten by walkers in the woods that used to be campers.


    As Daryl traveled through infested towns to find Merle. Merle was skulking and occasionally taking on a couple walkers. That when Daryl had found him Merle was sitting on a lawn chair drinking beer. As a bloody cleaver sat in his ??p, and corpses were strewn about on the ground. They hugged each other when Merle saw who just came up to him.


    Soon both of them got some old choppers from the old gang members. Where they soon drove around from place to place dodging hordes along the way. Till eventually they arrived in Atlanta meeting other members of the future cast.

 Chapter 8 - FUCKIN SCHOOL!

    As we got out of the car, I decided to pull some night vision goggles I had scavenged from some undead military personnel near Atlanta and handed them to everyone. After everyone had put them on, I instructed Daryl and Merle to keep this spot safe. At the same time, I followed Bobby to the temporary medical area as I sling my M16A2 rifle over my left shoulder after attaching a silencer to it and keeping one hand near my combat knife''s holster on my waist. I need to be ready for silent takedowns, not shooting on sight even with a silenced gun as it still makes noise when fired. My long sword will not be very effective in tight quarters, and well, it lights on fire, so it''d blind us given the night vision goggles!


    As Bobby and I made our way up to the school, I peeked inside one of the doors and saw nothing was inside, seemingly except for a few random blood splatters on the floor and lockers. Looking at Bobby, I gently open the school doors some before slipping inside quietly as Bobby opened the door wider for him to get in.


    "Okay big guy, where would they have kept their medical stuff at?"


    "I believe either the nurse office or one of the science labs... or all of them given how much supplies they should''ve had."


    "Then guide me, big guy, leave the frontal fighting to be okay? You navigate I murder shit since that seems easy enough."


    With a nod from Bobby, we carried on and crept our way through the school, even taking the longer paths if only to avoid an area like the gym, which may be crawling with the dead, till we found one of the science labs locked. Looking inside, though, there was definitely some medical stuff. Looking at Bobby, I told him to be on watch as I pulled my thieves tools from my inventory, making it look like I did so from one of my pockets. As I got out my lock-picking gear, I slowly and carefully picked the lab door before hearing an excellent click, meaning I had unlocked it. Opening the door, we slipped into the room before closing it behind us as we didn''t want any uninvited guest biting us. As we rummaged through the room as quietly as we could, we luckily found the right medical stuff we had come looking for.


    We quickly and carefully started to leave the school with the objective achieved till we heard someone bash a window out and enter the school from somewhere. Looking at Bobby, I signaled we needed to move now; no more being quiet may cost us our lives. Thus we started sprinting through the halls to our entry point when the sounds of gunfire went off, followed by screams and what sounded like doors being thrown open violently. As we burst through the doors we had entered from, I took one look behind us to see a group of undead scarily navigating the halls after us like experts. Pushing Bobby on ahead, I looked towards one of the walkers and mumbled something trying to command it since Necromancer said I could influence the dead here somewhat.


    "Attack your friends."


    When I had finished this command, a walker in the middle of the group grabbed one on the left by the head and shoved its head into a locker with a loud bang before eating them. The others momentarily looked back at the lone walker that suddenly acted out and snarled at them before continuing on as it pinned their friend and ate them still. Seeing that my command had worked, I focused on two more walkers before giving out another one.


    "You two are strong; you two hunger for your friend''s flesh."


    With that, two more acted out with inhuman strength as nothing is limiting their body''s functions anymore. Two from the front turned around and swung their arms violently into the bunch behind them; with a cracking sound, heads got busted in as their arms were destroyed due to rotting and suddenly getting violent. Turning forward once more, I caught up with Bobby after having a nice little experiment with one of my skills; he was out of breath but alive. Frankly, that was all that mattered to me right now; we got the shit, Bobby is alive, and we get to save a kid from dying tonight. Getting into the car while Daryl and Merle cleared away some bodies from the area we headed back to the farm.


    ¡º You have tested out the skill Necromancer while under restrictions¡»


    ¡º You gained some insight into how to use this skill in a restricted world, for this small achievement you are awarded forty points¡»

 Chapter 9 - Jims Struggles

    Its about a year since i got bit when the camp got attacked. So much happened since then that I can''t believe it at all. The others certainly can''t either, can''t blame them really. Since some mysterious ex-second Lt. claimed to be working on a cure for this hell. But I''m still alive cause of his imperfect cure thats delayed the virus so far.


    At first while on the road to Hershels farm I had Andrea watching me closely. With a hand axe being cleaned in her hands. If wasn''t her it was Glenn who looked like a sad puppy at the thought. Everytime i get that shot though I feel a very unpleasant calm while something feels alive. Where my bite is everytime I get the medicine it feels like.... like the bite is squirming to escape.


    It''s very unpleasant honestly not to mention when its about to wear off. I get this hunger to suddenly bite someones neck, to savoir their flesh. That''s probably the virus creeping back up along my veins. I told this to Chimera and Higson they both took me to an isolated room. With tons of stolen equipment from a CDC, and a hospital that Chimera and Higson raided. Next thing I knew I''m strapped down to a table with a cloth in my mouth.


    With what felt like hours of being drugged and cut open then sewen shut. They finally let me sit up and let me rest while Higson sorted through stuff. Turns out the found the virus around and in my bite was clumped together. Melding into one mass trapped by the medicine, then beelining as it starts wearing off. However, they showed me this violently flailing worm like thing in a jar.


    Said this is what formed by the virus trying to find a new way to take over. The thing in the jar however, looked between us all hissing sorta. But one look at Chimera and it starts trying to destroy the jar. Like he''s its mortal enemy that killed its family off in front of it as a kid. We couldn''t exactly keep it around if its a worm virus.


    So Higson used some sorta of experimental medicine and dumped it in through a syringe hole into the jar rapidly. Till the bottom was covered in it, the creature melted into it. Before Higson sealed the jar off tightly in a box of bullet proof glass. Before I left they said that creature will be called "Waker", and that more could form. If they do I''m to find them immediately no questions.


    So I spent a few days thinking of it and looked at my bite. I poked it a few times to see if more were there and nothing squirmed. But that doesn''t make me happy..... they may be lurking as the grow inside my bite. On the seventh vday of this routine, I felt like i was standing in a void. Infront of me stands me as a walker staring at me as his flesh decays. He lunges at me trying to bite me, before he could I get woken up by Carl about new people.


    One seems to be bitten so as Carl dragged me around looking for our mysterious Lt. We found him standing against a stairwell on his phone that still works. Looking at some pictures of walkers and moving some to a folder marked cult. Carl manages to get his attention after an hour of him sorting the pics between folders. Thus Carl began guiding two grown men again to our guest.


    Upon seeing them behind a locked door with a bar window. We''re introduced to the group of people that Carl locked in after finding them. The brother sister pair are decent people to have around. Sasha, Ben, and Allen were weary it seems but they''re okay I guess for now. While the woman Donna who was bitten, looks terrible after being bit. So for the better of seven hours we all had a talk about things. Tyreese of the duo was quite the cautious but honest man. Asking careful questions about the situation at hand.


    Before he relented and said to help Donna out, Allen tried punching the Lt. a few times throughout the talk. But he got his arm shattered by the inhuman strength the Lt. hides. Since I mean the man back at the camp simply bashed a walker. With a riot shield and it turned into a paste mess against it as he walked through the mayhem smiling.


    Donna wasn''t happy with being basically a guine pig or having "Waker''s" form in her bite. But if she could live and eventually get rid of the possibility. She would be happy so like me she''s now on daily watch and medical administration. Since no one wants two infected walking about freely in camp.


    Even the dog pack Daryl found and brought back silently watch us. While at night As me and Donna are locked in cells with only a iron door. That has a bar window to look through we still under watch by someone. At times its the Lt. since we can hear music playing in the dark and silent hallway of the cell block.

 Chapter 10 - Dales Relay Station

    Its been a while since we''ve captured and remodeled this prison. Everyone has set it up pretty nicely but, there''s not much an old man can do. So I asked our mysterious Lt. if he could help me get a relay station up. Which turned his usually blank and serious look ecstatic. Since we could cover more places and find people.


    But then his face contorted in an ugly frown, like someone flung shit at him. He didn''t say anything at first before he grabbed my shoulders, in a light yet serious manner.


    "Dale your idea is wonderful but if we were to include radio''s to it. Then we''d have to set up encrypted messages and always be on guard. Since anyone smart can get a radio working again, even if by dumb luck. Which means they could also track us back, which I know for certain there''s a military faction. Somewhere out there likely conducting experiments with humans and walkers. If they found our frequency they could trace it back to us and likely storm us."


    Hearing this it was very logical and a great point of worry. So I asked if he could get all the military people we have here. To see if they all could come up with something, since this will help us. Soon after about a week all the military people vwe have delivered me a program. Saying that its the best encryption, they could make on hand using the prisons old systems.


    Soon after that I started exploring the prison, and found the old main security room. In the center of the prison so calling in over one our radio''s. I asked if those free could help set up everything. Which the first arrive was the Lt. in his usual clothing, just with lots of tools strapped on him. So I guess he''s excited to do this kind of thing, after him Glenn, Rick, Merle, Daryl, Welles, Tyreese, and Big Tiny showed up.


    Getting to work the old security room became a relay station slowly. Welles and the Lt. did most of the technical stuff for communication and cameras. Daryl, Merle, and Big Tiny slowly built two radio towers, by reassembling some big towers. That the others in the base went and took from a weather and radio station. Don''t really know how they did so but at least they got them! So over about seven months this went on before everything was set up properly.


    The Lt. and Welles some how made a miniature world map. That is functioning showing uscthe current areas working in the world. They said something about troublesome hacking of satellites. Apparently Welles and the Lt. used to do a little of work with computers in the military. Which I don''t really get but at least I have my relay station now. So first thing I did was kick back in a chair, turn on the radio and played some classic rock. While occasionally asking if anyones out there and kicking or just dead.


    Which I didn''t expect this but I got a reply from someone living. Said their name is Zae and basically a mad scientist with tech. So while playing my classic rock over air, I listened to this person. Who explained the situation near California while occasionally, screaming YinYang bad cat. This continued on with us talking back and forth with each other. Just when I mentioned the Lt. I heard banging and laughing on the lads side.


    "How is that sly yet caring ?ss? He''s still alive and kicking right? Since well last I heard from him was he was going home before all this. Oh and this may seem weird but I call him dad. Since that weirdo treated a few people like family just don''t say hit me or anything. He''ll hit you like a truck without hesitation and it hurts!"


    This I couldn''t help but give a wry and dry chuckle at. Since I learned a bit about his personality from a random survivor. So guess this is already bearing fruit in being useful in gathering information on stuff. Guess I''ll keep in touch with this Zae fellow for information bon things, mainly our secretive Lt.

 Chapter 10 - The CDC and Skeleton Walkers

    We arrived at the CDC shortly after waking up at three am in the morning and flying towards it, where we eventually spot the CDC still standing and not destroyed yet. So we landed in a clear spot in front of the building before dismounting from the helicopter. Just in case, I dismounted from it first in full riot gear covering my body, shield out, and sword drawn, ready to strike down any undead freaks. After I was, Higson with a standard-issued military pistol drawn along with a combat knife as a cold storage bag containing extra samples for the doctor to test was strapped to his back. After him, Bradly got off with a fully decked out Stoner 63/63A Commando, a modified LMG used by American Navy Seals in Vietnam. After him, Welles got off with a Stoner 63/63A Rifle, which he treated like his baby and called it Granny.


    We all got fu?k?d up in the military with the shit we saw and did; I mean, I committed a total of thirty war crimes by using white phosphorous. I had done them accidentally by shooting a grenade crate in the middle of a Taliban group firefight after one jumped me. Anyways after we had all dismounted, we approached at a slow but quick jogging pace, watching out for anything that would''ve been attracted by our helicopter. Luckily nothing had come after us, so we approached the front doors, which were shut tight while in sight of a camera. Banging my sword pommel onto the shutter doors, which acted as blast doors to incinerate the whole building''s insides in case a pandemic broke out inside and needed everything to be purged, workers included.


    After banging on the shutter doors for a short bit, when Higson pointed at the security camera, which had slowly started to turn towards us, shortly after it got a good look at us, the voice of a tired man who''s given up on life sounded through the outside intercom.


    "What do you want? There''s nothing left here we failed to find a cure, so please leave..."


    "Sorry, but we need your medical opinion on some samples we have collected to confirm a suspicion of ours, sir."


    Higson replied, but the other end''s voice went silent for a bit before speaking up again.


    "Samples? Wait... you are all military, aren''t you? If so, what''s your unit?"


    "Staff Sergeant Higson of the ranger''s, my squad is under Captain Jefferson, but he is KIA along with the rest, besides seven others from our team. The man in riot gear is Second Lieutenant Chimera; he used to be Spec Ops tasked with the real dirty work."


    "Alright then, I''ll let you, boys, in so I can double-check these samples of yours don''t disturb the building. The others aren''t really sane anymore, although I''ve locked them all up in a different wing that only has one way in and out. They sometimes stare at the doors expecting something to happen; it''s honestly nerve-wracking..."


    As he said that last bit, the shutter doors opened up slowly, making some noise in the process, but we all took different defensive positions with Higson as our protection target. Once they were open wide enough to slide the bag under then enter, we slowly filed in one by one, with me being last as I held the line after hearing some weird cry from somewhere. Seeing nothing appear, though, I slid under the doors and got in as they began to shut once more, sealing us inside of the CDC.


    After I had entered, our sole living resident of the CDC had appeared a little out of breath as he likely hurried over to us. Greeting the doctor, we followed after him while the others stored their weapons away. I kept my sword and shield ready just in case something decided to appear or some other shit since there was that weird cry before I slid in under the door. Deciding I should ask the doctor as I had a bad feeling about something to come, I bluntly asked him about the dead staff.


    "Doc, just in case I must ask this, and it is crucial, so DO NOT lie to me, okay?"


    "What is it?"


    "Are any of the dead you have locked up acting weirdly besides looking at the door? Like any seemingly missing from that wing?"


    ".... Four are missing from that wing; they are dr. Bradshaw, dr. Gunther, Security Chief Todson, and Chief Ladderson of the upkeep team. They vanished a day ago suddenly from all cameras inside of the wing. I have no clue where they could be at as that wing had no exits besides the doors and possibly the vents."


    Welles turned to look at me after he heard vents; Higson became alert and pointed his gun at any vents we passed by, Bradly getting his gun ready as well. We had all heard the cry earlier except for the doctor, apparently. Thus I made him get in the middle of us after Higson handed him the samples, so if a fight does happen, nothing will damage them. We slowly advanced, cautious of any vents since it''s good to be paranoid at times like this, given four walkers had vanished. Soon we reached the labs, where we escorted the doctor in with everyone but me casing the vents in the room as I guarded the doctor.


    After the others had checked the vents, they slowly walked back towards us with their guns still aimed at any vent they saw; Higson had ???ked the hammer of his gun in his nervousness. We each stayed at the ready while the doctor worked; it had been four hours since he began when we heard something in the vents above. Looking at the others, I pointed for them to escort the doc into a safe chamber inside the lab that had no vents. Once he had stepped in was when one of our four missing friends had violently busted out a vent in the far back right of the lab by a fleshy tendon and boney hand. Welles snapped to the vent and aimed into it, firing four rounds in succession, but we only heard the sounds of a vent being shot.


    "Well then... these guys are walking tendon skeletons, and they''re fu?k?n? smart, just great..."


    Bradly snarked as he looked around the room at the vents with his gun at the ready as his finger rested just next to the trigger.


    "This must be a rare case, meaning these things got hungry enough to ditch the meat suite''s outer shell and hunt for food in confined spaces..."


    Welles, who had failed to kill one of the new walker types, commented as he looked up the ceiling just in case they were traveling above us.


    ------------


    To be continued, cliff hanger intentional

 Chapter 11 - Moonlit Wedding

    Everyone in the prison has been questioning when to do this. That when Lt. Chimera suddenly called everyone even the kids into a meeting. Pulling Glenn and his shy, from the sudden attention, to be wife Maggie. Announcing to everyone that in five days at midnight will be a moonlit wedding. For the two most obvious and obsessed love birds in the prison! Even the new people that came during the conquest were annoyed at times by them.


    So by having this wedding of sorts we''ll at least be practicing some old customs. That are rarely done now a days since hell on earth started. So everyone but the kids seemed a little excited, since the kids only know zombies really. So with a loud clap everyone was dismissed to begin preperations. Rick and Tyreese dragged glenn off to find a tux, though it doesn''t seem important. While Beth and Lori dragged Maggie off to find a dress. Which I guess makes sense as girls like to pretty for the most part, and in this hell they rarely get the chance.


    While everyone was running around preparing everything for the wedding day. Michonne was teaching the older kids what to do for the wedding. Dale had actually gotten more responses besides on the station. That when he mentioned the wedding, people with working radio''s chimed in. Even a loud boisterous Russian screamed over the radio about how wonderful this sounds. Granted there was gun fire in the background for them, since a horde was seiging them.


    From a few other countries like poland we got some people. Who we ?ssumed were saying some blessings since none of us understood them! The mechanics were actually rigging some car horns together for improve bells. Which will attract walkers but, we''ll deal with them a few minutes in so everyone can attend. For the final day of preperations though some of the girls who could cook. Took over the kitchen that Big Tiny and the other surviving inmates were trapped in. To make food for everyone and a bunch of cakes that can be eaten in a day.


    Since we cant really waste the power to run the old prison generators. For days on end like before in the old worlds time. But during the cooking the girls teased Maggie about this event. While all the guys had Glenn somewhere else having a good time with him. Thus the day of the wedding came where everyone, but the bride and groom, were dressed normally. With Glenn, Rick, T-Dog, and Daryl up at the little make shift alter. Waiting for the bride and her group to come out to start the wedding.


    Glenn didn''t have to wait long though as Maggie came down the isle, with Hershel guiding her. Wearing a black dress tight fitting that you''d likely see at ball dance. That perfectly showed off Maggie''s portions to the eye. That some guys and girls couldn''t help but give some playful banter. Making Maggie turn bright pink in embarrassment, while Michonne, Lori, and Beth who followed her giggled. As Hershel gave his daughts arm a gentle surrportive squeeze to his daughter.


    Dale had brought a portable radio and speakers to the wedding since people from everywhere requested it. As even they wanted some normalcy back in their lives even if foreign to them. So in actuality even though there was there group, theres about a hundred people listening on the wedding. Which once our improve of a priest aka Big Tiny started speaking. Everyone even the radio got dead silent to listen to this little slice of normalcy.


    "Now I''m no priest or anything that good I''m just an ex-inmate glad to be alive. You all have really given me and my friends some peace in life. But today is a very joyus day to be honest with you all. As we shall be marrying off to annoyingly affectionate love birds together. Though the world is shit, Glenn do you promise to look after Maggie in sickness, fighting the dead, health, and in death?"


    With a slightly loud pitched voiced Glenn screams I do. Prompting Big Tiny to turn towards Maggie.


    "Maggie, do you promise to look after Glenn in sickness, fighting the undead, health, and in death?"


    With a loud squeal but happy laughter Maggie screamed yes. Before jumping on Glenn and giving him a sudden deep kiss. Getting a good chuckle from everyone there, as those listening in guessed what happened. Thus without anything further the mechanics started their car horn bells. While Morgan with Glenn and Maggie''s kids walked down the isle with rings. As some people left with their guns to pick off any walkers attracted by the "bells". With the moon high in the midnight sky the festivities began.

 Chapter 11 - The CDC and Skeleton Walkers part Two

    While the tension of vent crawling tendon skeletons was running high with everyone in the group, the ceiling above Higson was broken out as a pair of skeletal arms with basically tendons still attached to them reaching to grab him. Doing a quick pivot on my right foot, I swung my sword violently, cutting the arms off while shielding Higson. Welles snapped around and unloaded into the ceiling with a corpse missing its arms falling through and bouncing off my shield that I had positioned to cover Higson''s head. Looking at the others, I made them enter the safe room with the doctor rather f?r??b?? while I stood outside it, knocking my shields bottom onto the floor.


    I kept doing this as I advanced to the far end of the lab with the sounds of something scurrying in the ceiling above me, seemingly trying to pinpoint me. I made it halfway when two figures clawed their way out of two vents, the one above me now scratching rather impatiently at the ceiling from the vents. Looking at the two emerging figures, I knocked my shield onto the ground rather violently as I took a stance to charge slash one.


    "You scrapped autonomy class statues are fu?k?n? ugly. I prefer if you had kept the rotting flesh on you."


    They seem to have taken offense to my insult, but I don''t really care. I had eighty points, and I think I knew where I wanted to put them. I turned my forty strength into sixty, my twenty-four agility into forty-four, my twenty-six dex into forty-six, and my fifty luck into seventy. Mid charge towards the one on my left as I raised my sword and swung down as the Skeleton Walker approached me. My sword cleaved it in two down the middle, along with half of a lab table. The third one had attempted to sneak attack me, but I luckily had dodged by pulling my sword free from the lab table.


    My new stats already show an effect as I dispatched the third one after it hit the table. I had nearly cleaved fully in half by stabbing it in the back of the head. That was when the fourth had clawed its way through the ceiling finally and used its boney fingers to dig into the ceiling along with its toes. It had released a screech at me before it came charging at me while on the ceiling; it didn''t get far though before two bullets took out its arms. Causing the torso of a ribcage to be swung down from the sudden loss of arms, making it nearly fall off the ceiling as it clung on by its toes still.


    Not missing the chance, I lunged towards it and stabbed my sword through its skull as the blade caught fire, roasting the brain inside the exposed, somewhat fleshy skull. Looking at where the bullets had come from, I saw that everyone else had left the safe room, with Bradly having fired his gun. As smoke was still coming from the muzzle of it, giving them a little fist raise with my sword, I watched Higson shoot them all, but the one which was cooked and cut in half, through the head to make sure they were dead. Looking at the doctor, I told him to please confirm if we''re all infected or just a fluke chance. It took another two hours, but we had our answer; after he finished, we all really were infected somehow, and it is not something you can shrug off like, "He died; he wasn''t bit so that he won''t turn."


    "Well, thanks for confirming our theory, doctor... Would you like to come with us? We could use someone with your skills."


    "No... I''ve lost all reason to continue in this hell hole, but I hope you gentlemen can make something of this world. I already set the CDC to purge the infected in here, but if you would like, you can have all the drives and files we have on the various other diseases, so you''re not clueless. Just do better than my wife and I ever could with this mess... She died trying to help; I want to join her soon... So please consider the files as my parting gift to the still-living survivors."


    We all knew when a man was set on dying; we''re soldiers. We''ve seen our men and women give us that look daily. So we didn''t argue with the doctor; we left him to his d?s?r? as we split up; I went to the server room and then the archives while the others secured the helicopter. I cleaned the rooms out by storing everything but a few things into a big box to make it look like I had something, at least. With that, our CDC adventure ended with us just getting air born when the building sealed shut tightly and rumbling slightly; fire escaping some outside vents. We gave the doctor a silent send-off as we headed towards the farm once more; we''ve been gone for almost an entire day.


    Name: Biazar Lazurus Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 21


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader


    lvl- 18 1,045/1,800


    Stats


    HP: 18,500/18,500


    Mana: 18,500/18,500 (Locked)


    Str: 60


    Cha: 20


    Dex: 46


    Wis: 26


    Int: 30


    luck: 70


    Points:


    Money: $8,000


    Abilities: Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lvl max, Gamer''s Body- passive lvl max, Appearance Default- Passive lvl max, CQC- passive lvl 5, leadership- passive lvl 4, Marksmanship- passive lvl 195, Blade Mastery- passive lvl 230, Blunt Mastery- passive lvl 120 Stealth- active lvl 200, Observe- active lvl 603, Spy- passive lvl max, Thief- active/passive lvl 600, Technician- active/passive lvl 400, Doctor- active/passive lvl 300, Radio Operator- active lvl 299, Psychosis- passive lvl 800, PTSD- passive lvl 800, Soldier- passive lvl max, Assassination- active lvl 200, Builder- passive lvl 600, Multi-Lingual- passive lvl 900 Negotiating- active lvl 300, Point Gain Efficiency- Passive lvl max, Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge- passive lvl max (EX), Necromancer(EX)- active/passive lvl god


    Gear: Prototype PMR30 railgun (handgun (200 .22 magnum ammo), M16A2 rifle with (360 5.56 rounds), Dawn Blade (long sword (6ft long), quarterstaff, grenades (6), Molotov''s (3), thieves tools, Varying Tech Tools, combat knife, Guita

 Chapter 12 - Making a Drone

    I''ve been thinking for a while we have plenty of bodies around everywhere. So why not make something that will use of them? Thinking such I opened up the workshop app on my phone. I''ve rarely used this besides the times to make ammo or those RPG''s. Which surprisingly the only people that know of my unique "Psychic" abilities", as I sorta just called them on the spot. Are Carl who witnessed me using them one night during my hunting. Then well Michonne who held a sword to my neck if I didn''t explain it!


    I got them to keep silent by saying I''ll let Carl in on any projects I do. While for Michonne I said I''ll make better swords and even modify them for her. Which i had to do for her old sword which helped me learn the workshop can modify existing weapons. So I gave her sword basically a danngerous mod and fine tuning, I remember from a game. Diamond Edge and making the swords material a stable hundred folded, vanadium with chromium as a coating.


    Once she swung it at random brick, she sorta made a very clean cut. While one piece flew as she cut it in half, hitting a wall. So she was pleased but more scary than before! So before I start my little mad project I go get Carl from wherever he is. Once he learned what I was doing he got pretty excited with a very dark smile. So with this probably dark side of Carl over my shoulder as I sit. I start designing the drone that will be able to control walkers.


    By hijacking its body through the brain stem after burrowing into its neck. Through this grueling eight hour designing with help from the workshop and Carls ideas. We made a mechanical slightly large wasp drone for the first test. If it works as intended then I could use it to hunt the skin wearing cult. Or even use it to control one of those people working for those crazy people. That were abducting people in one of the newer seasons for stuff thats dangerous.


    If someone broke or captured the drone however I Installed a surprise. which is condensed volatile napalm that uses the hosts fluids to spread. While well a mix of mustard gas and green poison are released, using the methan and gases inside the body. just where the stinger is on a wasp is a very powerful yet small drill for escape if captured. Before it begins its suicide mission to prevent being replicated or hacked if possible.


    But enough explaining me and Carl with Michonne left Fort Chronicle. To find a walker group to test our unlawful war drone on. So after exploring around for a while we found a school. Stopping outside I used my phone to activate "Hive 0" and set it free to get inside the school. With us watching the screen we saw it go in through a bloody window. A bloody skeleton below it picked clean of flesh from likely a horde dragging it back it inside. Looking around the room that seemed to be a closet of sorts, we hade Hive 0 exit it.


    Upon exiting we entered a hallway with a walker of a ten year old girl in it. Against Michonne''s glare I had Hive 0 burrow into her neck from the back. Taking control of her brainstem against the infections will, I have the girl stand infront of piece of glass. Seeing that her eye''s care glowing green slightly, is indication she''s ours. Raising her hands we see they''re disturbingly sharp and blood. So either this is an actual witch enemy from a classic game, or she is special. Her hair seems to be brown with bits of flesh in it. While her skin is pretty pale, but she wearing a used to be nice dress. Just there''s a bite through it on her ?h?st showing her still heart. Looking at her long enough Carl ask if we can explore to find a filled class room.


    Agreeing with that suggestion we have the girl wander around till we find an open door. Inside are twelve walkers of different ages groaning at the sun. Thus the test to see if we can use this drone ti use walkers for combat began. The girls body moved surprisingly fast before her fingers dug into a ?du?t walkers leg. Ripping it off slightly knocking it down before she bit into its skull and brain. The other walkers watched this unsure what was happening exactly. Before an elderly womans corpse was on the floor with her head caved in by the girls foot after jumping on her. Soon the other walkers got violent but died as well shortly after.


    Watching this me, Michonne, and Carl had blank looks. Because this is working to well in all honesty! So we went to schools front glass doors and had the girl come to them. A few feet away however the drone, had to seize her body forcefully a couple times. So this shows she''s still hostile to humans and will fight for control. so carefully we let her out of the building. Having the drone look every muscle up, so we could restrain her hands and cover her mouth. So we could start our return journey home for the day.


    On the way we ran into a bald man who threatened us. So uncovering the girls mouth and telling the drone kill. We watched a little girl topple a grown man and violently eat his brain. Before continuing home and locking her in a solitary cell by Dale''s relay. After all that I can only say this was probably a success but we may of found real variations! So thats definitely a dangerous thing to know likely exist in the walker population!

 Chapter 13 - Time To Conquer Washington

    These arent evolved zombies or anything like that but those rare few zombies that are likely around but never found.


    =======================================


    After adding a few more unique zombies that arent evovled or anything. But using what happened to them to hunt people, after "Rory'', the witch looking one. I had a Hive controlled group of six walkers locked in besides Dales station. The other five are all a bit special since they like that cursed brick zombie! All have some habbits and intelligence it seems to do these things. So I''ll explain them before going over what i did to them.


    "Hank" is a walker that seems to have the habit of stalking. As he was wearing a special forces suite its safe to ?ssume he was US military. Hank when we found him, had literally and scarily silently stalked a armored bandit. Without a sound before tackling his waist and pinning him. Before biting between his armor and helmet at his neck.


    "Frogger" is a strange one with his habit as he jumps everywhere. Which when we found him Carl recognized him as an Olympic pole jumper and shot putter. He put on a great show of jumping around survivors and ripping heads off. Before landing on a fleeing woman and eating her.


    "Alice" is well a walker who apparently as she died went out stabbing, so hard that her corpse remembered it and kept doing it. We found her after we had found Frogger jumping on people. She was grappling a teen and stabbing him to death while eating him. She was wearing a national guard uniform so she probably died in an evac zone. Her knife however was a bone spike that used to be her left arm.


    "Halley" like Frogger apparently was apparently an Olympic runner. So makes sense her corpse remembers to run like her since that''s probably how she died. She was found sprinting after car just before jumping on it and getting in. Through one of those openable sun roof things some cars have. The car crashed and a man got out running but she came out as well. Unfortunately he got basically hugged by a sprinting walker and ate.


    "Thine" is a rather large muscular walker who we found wearing armored football gear. The big guy smeared a group of bandits onto things. Cause he both hit and tackled hard in his get up. He couldn''t bite but that didnt stop deaths occuring.


    Now what i did for them all after ?ssembling them all together. Was once again the almighty workshop to make them self preserving suits. That prevented their decay and made armor for them in places, Thine just got full armor. The others at Fort Chronicle were weary of the zombie team. Well accept for Carl and Michonne who were with me capturing them. So I had everyone work with them while I monitored the Hive''s. Which I have a swarm of six hundred spares in my inventory just in case.


    I did learn that I gain experience by having my well zombies kill. Since I leveled up two times while they all were out with different groups.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 22


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller


    Stats


    HP: 2,800/2,800


    Mana: 300,000/300,000 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 35


    Cha: 40


    Dex: 49


    Wis: 36


    Int: 50


    Points: 20-0


    Money: $9,600


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv 4, Necromancer- unique lv 6


    =======================================


    Looking at the necromancer skill that was added I click it for more information.


    Necromancer: You''ve found away to control the dead in a non-magical world. In a world with a type of magic/energy you shall have greater control on and over the undead. For being creative in finding a way to control them in your current world.


    After reading that my phone rang which I dont really have contacts on it. So pulling it out from my pocket I see the caller is labeled as "God". Sighing a little I answer the call from the one who gave me this life a year ago.


    "Hello Biazar, its been sometime since we last spoke. I see you''ve been doing quite well for yourself in that world. However because of you doing so well in it I''ll be meddling. So for the first time I''m gonna have your ability enforce a quest. On you to complete before you leave that world, in light of that I added three new apps to your phone. Free of charge of course since you''ll be suffering a bit because of this."


    As the call aburptly hung up a notification appeared before me. Just that old man didn''t even let me talk..... I wanted to ask him things. But first this quest then looking at those new apps.


    Quest: Re:Establish a working world


    God has given you the quest to get the world functioning again. That means you must reconnect every country together. With a working system of trade, defense, attack, and contruction. For these God has given you three new apps on your phone.


    Terrain Editor, will allow to edit things around you using your locked mana. You still can''t use spells but this still needs a power source so its your mana. Still this feature will be useful in you quest given to you. So don''t complain about wanting to cast spells like "EXPLOOOOSION!!!"


    Supply Spawner, this will allow to set a self resupplying area. For any camps you establish for your people to use. Anyone else and it becomes useless forever in event of take over. This doesn''t use mana but operates like a dungeon core option. That supplies things once they drop below an amount you set. Supplies still rot and decay however so its not always new.


    Vehicle Bay, Allows for creating and modifying existing vehicles. Can make the buildings required for maintenance and runways for others.


    =======================================


    looking at these I can only groan a loud in frustration! Sure these sound great but now I''ll look more strange! With another groan I head to the kitchen, garage, workshop, hospital, and farms at night. To set up spawners for supplies if anyone ask I''ll just say I have supply running zombies.


    The following morning a meeting was called by everyone. Who immediately looked at me about the mysterious supply stocks they found. So I used my supply running zombies excuse on them. Everytime they tried gaining more knowledge I only repeated supply running zombies. Which seeing I wouldn''t budge they gave up in frustration. Once they were leaving however I gave them a little surprise notification.


    "I''m leaving to conquer the white house soon, so I can start up a major project. So I''ll be entrusting this place to you all, however I''d like to take Carl with me Rick, Lori."

 Chapter 13 - Fort Chronicle part Two: The Soul is Whole

    Heads up first feelings are gonna hit hard likely for those who read this all before, and second for those who''ve read through this before or are doing so again, you shall be seeing the early return of a critical companion that is always beside the mc later on in the story. Along with the reason why he went mad, so enjoy some mythology.


    ----------------------


    After a good night of rest, everyone had gotten to work on making the place more livable and checking our stock of stuff before commencing the plan of cleaning the prison out of the dead. Meanwhile, I was on the radio after receiving a transmission from Japan surprisingly, so I am answering their call since it could be substantial.


    "Come in Chimera; this is Japan Defense Force commander Kanzaki Chiasa."


    "This is Chimera, what can I do for you?"


    "I''m sorry, Second Lieutenant Chimera, Japan, is about to fall completely. Thus I am asking with a heavy heart and mind if we were to send a plane with refugees to you if you''d be able to accept them. We''re not asking you this for free or to do so out of kindness; we will compensate you by sending what little supplies we can. Please save these people as we have failed our countrymen."


    Hearing this, I went silent Japan was going to fall, and they are requesting a random military survivor with his own set of problems to help save some of their people. Weighing the pros and cons, I had to ask what the group of survivors would be made up of and what would be sent.


    "What all would the survivor group that''d you be sending consist of? What of the supplies that should I expect to be with them?"


    "The group would consist of four doctors, two farmers, ten soldiers, four of which are some of our best, like your rangers, a mechanic, a hunter, and six children. The supplies would then mainly consist of rice and other specialties of our country that could be grown there with the right requirements. Tools for construction, mechanical parts, manuals for smithing, and other needed blueprints for making daily life in this hell easier, and lastly, the plane it would all come on. This... This all we can do given our current situation, so please help us."


    Weighing the price of human life and their request, I leaned against a cell wall as I closed my eyes and thought this over seriously. My choice would be deciding the fate of an entire country''s future generations with how I go about this, I''m no hero or saint, and I wouldn''t want to fu?k?n? be. After weighing everything through a process of internal debates, I finally responded to the request that had been made of me.


    "I accept, prep them now, and get them in the air by the morning commander. My people shall be clearing up space to welcome them. Sending you the coordinates they will need to be able to come here."


    "Thank you"


    Closing the line of communication, I set out to get everyone into high gear; we''ve got a prison to conquer and survivors to welcome. All while silently sending a quick prayer for Japan that is about to go dark on us entirely soon enough, the moments I had with various military leaders worldwide during the beginning outbreak till now in secret. Had given me new friends and many names to carve into my memory as they perished one after another.


    ¡º Hidden Quest Line: Savior tier Zero has been completed; you''ve been granted one wish from the gods to make. This reward has been decided based on how you have acted till now and your mental state; the standard reward would have just been a dildo. Saying to go fu?k yourself for being some weird heroic freak doing everything without expecting something back.¡»


    "System, you pick some horrible moments... Anyways use the wish."


    ¡º All restrictions lifted temporarily! Time freezing, connecting to the realm of gods. State your wish now before the gods, or be granted some worthless random wish.¡»


    "I wish to have what I feel is missing at my side, as it feels like I am missing a part of my soul or something."


    ¡º Host found clues of history being rewritten, the gods although wary shall grant this request in hopes that it is a positive effect on you.¡»


    ¡º Entities: Myriad Chimera and Laura R. Chimera, are being returned to your side¡»


    Feeling that this could be bad if seen, so I snuck out of prison and into the woods a good a bit away till I was a clearing after giving everyone their respective task and ?ssignments. Once I was in the clearing, the system commenced the summoning, blinding me a bit as I swear I heard a snicker from it! After being overwhelmed suddenly with no warnings, I blinked a few times to get my sight to working order. Looking in front of me, I saw two things that made me feel like I found why I didn''t feel whole a wolf and woman looking back at me with slight smiles on their lips.


    There stood a girl with raven black hair that had some silver highlights, which looked honestly lovely in her hair if you asked me. Amethyst-colored eyes that''d have the pupils switching between human and wolf a bit every so often as if bugging out. Big fuzzy ears and a fluffy tail stiff from nervousness as she stared at me with a regretful and sad look. In a black dress like what you''d wear at a ball with black boots, which didn''t go together but with this shit going on, it''s needed. Finally, around her neck hung a silver moon in front of a hazard sign as a necklace.


    On the other hand, the wolf was pretty outlandish looking if you judged her by her looks normally. It''s a black and red Fenrir, with gold highlights in its fur that almost seemed to sometimes spark with something. With some metallic dragon scale-like armor around its feet and claws that looked like it could easily rip apart flesh and bones. While six burning white gold angelic wings were coming out from its back, you could feel some heatwave and a gust of air when they flapped. While it has some black fog seeping out of it at times like that of a Barghest but hopefully, it won''t cause diseases intentionally, right?


    ¡ºName: Myriad Chimera


    Race: Mythological Beast


    Age: 20


    Title: Guardian Beast, Pampered Princess, The beast of eternity and all six elements, The one who walks with man yet also not


    Soul Contract: Biazar L. Chimera


    Parents: Biazar L. Chimera & Laura R. Chimera


    Stats


    Str: 500


    Cha: 600


    Dex: 100


    Wis: 100


    Int: 400


    Luk: 100


    Abilities: Howl- active lvl 10, Begging- active lvl 20, Puppy Eye''s- active lvl 14, Flight- active lvl 16, Claw- active lvl 14, Bite- Active lvl 14, Wind Magic- active lvl 5, Fire Magic- active lvl 5, Earth Magic- active lvl 5, Water Magic- active lvl 5, Light Magic- active lvl 5, Dark Magic- active lvl 10, Necromancer- Active lvl 1, Soul Guard- passive lvl 1¡»


    Before I could be startled by the sudden screen appearing before me, another one appeared after it!


    ¡ºName: Laura Relic Chimera


    Race: Mythological Beast


    Title: Wife, Mother, Fenrir''s Daughter, Child of Disease, Guardian Angel


    Stats


    Str: 60,000


    Agi: 100,000,000


    Cha: 4,000


    Dex: 26,900


    Wis: 90,000


    Int: 80,000


    Luk: 10,000


    Abilities: Howl- active lvl max, Begging- active lvl max, Puppy Eye''s- active lvl max, Claw- active lvl max, Bite- Active lvl max, Wind Magic- active lvl 500, Fire Magic- active lvl 50, Earth Magic- active lvl 100, Water Magic- active lvl 300, Light Magic- active lvl 10, Dark Magic- active lvl max, Soul Guard- passive lvl max, Plague - passive/active lvl max, Devour - passive/active lvl max, Cooking - passive lvl 605, Sewing. Passive lvl 800, Avatar Creation - active lvl max¡»


    "It''s been a long time, even if time has been reset... Welcome home, dear I missed you."


    Hearing a soft and pained voice from the woman, who is very likely Laura, I blanked a bit before processing something. Which made my following few words made her down along with the pup beside her that I can safely say is Myriad, my cherished pup.


    "I missed you too Laura, I messed up, and I''ve paid a heavy price.... But it''s good to have you back and you as well, Myriad... Sorry, I broke down on you, it seems..."


    ""You stupid fool!""


    Scratching my cheek I slowly made my over to the two crying women and hugged them after taking a knee before them as they both sat there after breaking down. Although I can''t remember the future I know with all my heart though that I''ve hurt these two more then I could ever make up for.


    "Sorry I''m horrible husband and father ya two..."

 Chapter 14 - The Governor Returns

    So as we left Fort Chronicle, I stopped the transport truck we took. After we are about six miles away from it to use the vehicle bay app. So once Carl, Jim, Donna, and the Hive squad got off. I started editing the truck before them, Jim and Donna nearly fainted. As they say the truck basically completely change in every aspect. While Carl watched completely entranced by my work. I made the truck a bit bigger and wider with more tires.


    For the outside I made it black with a long in closed bed behind it. That has some sides that come out like an RV. As small but stronge radio dishes were a top it. While the right side of the bed had a door and steps that lead inside of it. The driver cabin has a bed in it for the driver for breaks. While the back has a eight different cells. a coms station with bolted spinning chairs. About ten beds divided by five walls along the left wall behind it that are divided by thick walls. With ladders between the five rows of beds for people to enter them all safely and things.


    The rest of the space had weapons, ammo, food, and medicine stored in it. Once I was done I had Carl help put the Hive''s in their cells. When Jim and Donna said they could feel something wiggling in their bites. I hand them sit down outside and cut out the "Wakers" that formed. As a result of me delaying their infection but I''m very close to a full cure. Just a bit more walkers and I''ll have it done at one hundred percent. However I put the wakers in a box then put it in my inventory. Since I may use them to cause mayhem some day on my enemies.


    After that all was taken care of I had Jim and Donna talk on the coms. While Carl rode shotgun with me to our first stop of the trip. Picking up Abraham, his squad, and the doc from their camp. It was a pretty peaceful drive that I put on "A Bird With A Broken Wing" while driving. Eventually after half a day of driving we came upon a town. Where the government office had been turned into a camp with plenty of people. So getting out of the truck a burly redheaded man, a rowdy woman, and the fake scientists greeted us.


    "You must be Sergeant Abraham Ford, Rosita Espinosa, and Eugene Porter correct?"


    "Yes sir I''m Sergeant Abraham Ford, and these two are as you said. Last we heard from you was a year ago sir. However because of your suggestion we found people and made a thriving camp. Granted it turns out Mr. Porter here lied about being a scientist. But nonetheless we''d like to accompany you to Washington D.C. after you contacted us about it."


    I didn''t need a upright speech or anything i just stuck out my hand to the man. Who took it and became apart of our merry band. Who I led over to our truck and let them look around first. Afterwards they came back with some surprised looks on them. Rosita spoke up first before Abraham and Eugene could talk.


    "Nice place you got there but whats with the freaks in cells? They your pets or something else huh?"


    "Sir I am wondering the same thing as Ms. Rosita here pointed out."


    Abraham and Rosita were up front but Eugene was silent as he listened. Trying to likely think of something but its likely very wrong.


    "Well in those cells are some unique walkers I found and captured. Using special means so their apart of the fighting power of the group. The truck its self I made through means in which I''ll be frank about. Most of the things I do can be labeled as supernatural even the cure I''m working on. Though made through my means its actually working but it can only delay for now. I need about over 40% more progress to finish it. Jim and Donna who you saw in there are infected but alive cause of me so far."


    To emphasize this I made my Riot shield appear and disappear infront of them. Which Abraham had a hard look on his face, Rosita looked slightly amused, and Eugene looked stupified by it. But questions didnt end there we all spoke for the rest of the day. In the morning once everyone was loaded up, our drive started once again! While on the road we had some interesting camp outs. One of which I made Thine lift Eugene up and left drunk Abraham. Basically beat the shit out of him for lying to him about being a scientist.


    As we drove for a week through abandoned streets. We ran into the Governor again and his new men. While behind them were some very familiar faces for example Lee from the TellTale series! All in binds like they just got recently captured by the Governor. So I stopped the truck once they noticed us, while stopping I remotely opened the cells in back. So once the Governor demanded we get out of our vehicle all of us got out. Once we did the Governor''s men moved to surround us and try getting in our transport. But the first to touch the door to the bed, was a rough looking woman. That got her head promptly ripped off by Frogger suddenly. The governor''s men tried aiming at us but their boss stopped them.


    "Lower your weapons! So it''s you again you prison devil, what are you doing out here so far from home? Where''s the rest of your group huh?!"


    "At home everyone here is going to Washington D.C. but I''m surprised your alive. Thought the RPG storm killed you but nope your here. With prisoners and new men to boot!"


    The Governor scoffed with a scowl at me, but before he could say anything. On my phone from my pocket I gave the Hive drones the order to kill. Just not those in bindings around limbs at the back with kids. With that order Rory, Frogger, Alice, Thine, Hank, and Halley started a mass slaughter. While I kicked the Governor to Abraham, who shot him in the eye without hesitation. Looking back towards their prisoners I saw Bill, Lee, Kenny, Clementine, Doug, Carly, and Duck. Don''t exactly get why the hero who died in left four dead is in this world.


    When they were half way through finding a camp for the night. They saw us coming and guessed from the exchange earlier that we''re from the prison. But seeing as how some of us are moving along to D.C. as I said earlier. Lee asked if they could join us on the road trip there. To which I gladly invited them all to join us just to not mind the supernatural things I do. Along with not to harm my "pets" unless needed otherwise we''re fine.

 Chapter 14 - So cameo

    well in the spirit of giving some long-time people who read this that I would consider friends I''m gonna do a cameo and a bit of a contest, just pain19441944 since ya seem to be very active how ya wanna appear? A weapon, item, skill, person, animal? As for the contest welp give me a good idea for say an event and the best one gets that event thrown in

 Chapter 14 - Fort Chronicle part Three: Journal (Short)

    "Well, it has been a while... Four years if I had to be honest, while I''m writing this in my journal, I started after moving into the prison. Although I still know jack shit about the whole "rewrite" stuff, I''ve been enjoying my time with Laura, Myriad, and Glacial, honestly, pretty much as they are an exciting trio in the prison camp. After I had the two reunited with me though frankly, I don''t remember them at all really, we returned to the prison with Laura in her well black wolf form, which surprised me because SHE''S A GIANT FUCKING WOLF THAT REACHES THE LOWER HALF OF MY CHEST! She nearly gave me a heart attack saying she can be bigger than that, tempting to see, but I feel like I would have a significant headache explaining Godzilla-sized wolf lady.


    After returning to the prison, I tiredly explained I left to get some fresh air when I found these two wolves having no clue who the fu?k?d owned them to give one armored paw and claws or have such a giant one. Which everyone thought it must be some freak genetic mutation which I helplessly agreed to as well; it''s the best excuse given by well... Merle, who I quote, said, "Well damn, that''s a big girl! Her daddy must have been a fu?k?n? elephant! Mother nature sure is fu?k?d up, but not as fu?k?d up as Tommy Larson, who tried to steal my baby brother''s girl for prom." Merle is a man who is very vocal about beating the shit out of people I learned over the weeks of knowing him.


    After the whole wolf thing, I was then stared at by a tiger while trapped in a cell by two wolves; it''s not fair getting ganged up on by your friends, ya know? Sorting that out, I then had well a tiger constantly on my left, a normal-sized wolf on my right, then Laura being a giant scary wolf behind me. We managed to clear out two whole areas of the prison in the first year with no rushing, which got T-Dog killed in the show as we had supplies on us still. We did find those prisoners with no one being a bit like in the show, though when I saw the guy who killed the big nice black guy in the show, he well got his head popped by my pistol.


    When everyone asked why the fu?k I shot him, suddenly which I had an apparent reason as in my life I had previously met him before I took over this world''s me. You see, Tomas, the prisoner''s leader, had quiet the deep rabbit hole on why he was here and not in an Interpol prison. Tomas used to be a drug dealer for some Italian cartel while also being one of James Grung Shepherd''s men in helping him unknowingly spread this everywhere. As those in the military called it, he had been busted a year before "Zero Day," in which everything entirely took form as a full-on outbreak. Interpol caught him after a drug bust, but one of the higher-ups in the military that Grung wrapped around his finger pulled the man back to the states.


    So Tomas had helped that man make an undead world and never got to see his work take effect until the prison went crazy and he got locked in a closet. Then he met me which he had a look of brief recognition before I shot him with my prototype railgun pistol; he just couldn''t be left to live as he would try to murder us all. After that and some convincing, I managed to get the remaining prisoners, who are alright people, into our little group but told them anything serious like **** and its execution. Three months after that day, we had begun to clear the next area when the Japanese survivors had arrived. Though I don''t correctly remember their names, they are interesting people since I don''t want to say confusing shit daily. I call them random nicknames instead.


    Not after even a month of them being here, though, one woman in their group who hit Carl for no real reason tried to seduce me. Which the thing with Carl wasn''t the only problem with her since she arrived, so when she f?r??b?? tried to get into my pants while saying shit like "Make me the queen!" I bashed her head onto some cell bars and cuffed her hands and feet together before dragging her to the area in the courtyard we had all deemed the "Punishment Square" as I told the girls to howl or make tiger noises to notify everyone to ?ssemble.


    This is a fun system that Daryl and Rick mentioned we should try after talking some, so it works like this; one howl is to notify everyone about the food. Hence, they gather up for lunch and such, two howls are for meetings such as emergency ones when there is howling, and Glacial''s roars it means someone is getting punished. However, one roar is school time for people wanting to learn something, and two roars are the time to rest; that''s our minor notification system. It was a lovely idea and had been working wonderfully as if anyone needs to send one of those they find the girls rather quickly, usually sunbathing outside. As they watched me, I worked on slow yet painful combat training motions to reinforce my training and techniques against shadow enemies.


    That woman well she was banished but I can''t let people just walk away if they have bad intentions so I had the girls follow her. Then well... lets just say they had a chew toy and tug a war rope to play with before returning to the prison that night with blood on their mouths... Everything else has well been we''ve met with random survivors looking to trade or such so we got a small system for them. If they need a play stay for the night they can rent one cell for five hours of work, if they need supplies then we''ll trade for something of equal value, if they cause trouble its death no questions, if they want to join then they get put in an area for screening over four months but we don''t tell them how long it''ll take just that we need to convince everyone."


    ¡ºName: Biazar Lazurus Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 25


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Fort Chronicle President, Wolf Pack Leader, Tiger Keeper, Executioner, Judge, Jury, Nightmare, Walker Whisperer, Community Leader, Trader, Trainer, Favored Merchant by Visitors


    lvl- 40 0/40,00


    HP: 40,00/40,00


    Mana: 40,00/40,00 (Locked)


    Str: 260


    Agi: 244


    Cha: 200


    Dex: 199


    Wis: 130


    Int: 180


    luck: 200


    Money: $1,000


    Abilities: Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lvl max, Gamer''s Body- passive lvl max, Appearance Default- Passive lvl max, CQC- passive lvl 5, leadership- passive lvl 4, Marksmanship- passive lvl 195, Blade Mastery- passive lvl 230, Blunt Mastery- passive lvl 120 Stealth- active lvl 200, Observe- active lvl 603, Spy- passive lvl max, Thief- active/passive lvl 600, Technician- active/passive lvl 400, Doctor- active/passive lvl 300, Radio Operator- active lvl 299, Psychosis- passive lvl 800, PTSD- passive lvl 800, Soldier- passive lvl max, Assassination- active lvl 200, Builder- passive lvl 600, Multi-Lingual- passive lvl 900 Negotiating- active lvl 300, Point Gain Efficiency- Passive lvl max, Han Xiao''s Machine Knowledge- passive lvl max (EX), Necromancer(EX)- active/passive lvl god, Ki Sensing - passive lvl 400, Ki Manipulation - active lvl 999, Nature Attunement - active/passive lvl max


    Gear: Prototype PMR30 railgun (handgun (200 .22 magnum ammo), M16A2 rifle with (360 5.56 rounds), Dawn Blade (long sword (6ft long), quarterstaff, grenades (6), Molotov''s (3), thieves tools, Varying Tech Tools, combat knife, Guitar¡»

 Chapter 15 - Negan Becomes A Slave

    So my mind is in a toss up between Destiny and a book I''ve reading where a demon lord named Procell is building a town but I may do destiny before you the Guardian are around to shake up everything to the core and I''ve made a reference to another book by an amazing author their book is called Endless Path: Infinite Cosmos, the guy does great in it and i love them so give them a bit of love!


    =======================================


    Its been been a couple months of driving and it seems Negan, who was supposed to jump us at the border. Hasn''t yet made it to Georgia for some reason or another. So while our trip was basically uneventful, I explained everything to our new members. Who seemed pretty interested in it all mainly Duck the hyper rascal. So i used the workshop to modify my glasses, linking them to show my status when I think of it. So i passed them around to everyone interested. Which turned out to mainly be Bill, Kenny, Clementine, Duck, Carl, and Lee that were.


    Bill however was very interested when I mentioned the Wakers. So I showed him the two live ones in the box after pulling it from my inventory. Seeing the hissing creatures Bill had a crazy war veteran smile. When I said they arent exactly an existing virus made of anything we know. Bill looked at us all then spoke something crazy but probable seeing how the world works.


    "Lt. Chimera you said your abilities are basically supernatural. Something young and old people in places claim exist. Then what if the world pulled a fast one on us for being harmful?"


    While Bill explained that the Wakers got extremely violent. That the box had a small round dent in it. Seems like they already hated my cure but really hate their role being guessed. That their hissing is solely towards Bill, who looks at the box smugly. Puffing a cloud of smoke from his Cuban 1980 cigar. Before handing the box back which I stored again. Where Carl, Clementine, and Duck screamed in unison.


    "Can you create skills! Like how you created necromancer in our world!"


    All of us ?du?ts looked at each other in utter confusion. Then it clicked if I could make skills, then why not make one to make use of these Wakers? So I laughed loudly like a mad Bill joining after he got the idea. Only Jim, Donna, Kenny, Doug, and Carly seemed lost. But explaining now will take to much time! I give my fellow war buddy Bill my glasses once again. While I take a praying stance real quick and pray towards the old god loudly.


    "Old god who has given me these powers and this hell mode quest! If your watching please grant me away to make skills, for my survival and these peoples safety!"


    While I hoping for an answer everyone heard my phone go off. With everyone looking at me gesturing to answer. I pull my phone out and put the call on speaker for everyone to hear.


    "Hahaha! You really have met some interesting children my boy! So in compliance with your request I''ll give you an app for that on your phone. Even some more money to make these skills of yours. But for those three children and old soul, for being interesting and making a good guess. I''ll be giving you a little help by giving you a little power.


    Clementine, you are courageous while young so your power will be a double edged sword. Its name is thus "Lions Heart" when in a dangerous situation you''ll gain power to escape, but suffer backlash afterwards. Duck, you seem like a good child that tries cheering others up. Yours will be "Jesters Gail" if you try your best to motivate others. They''ll gain the strength to push on and not linger on things. Carl, your a bit of a hard one but you do everything for the group.


    Thus "Wolves Pack" is yours, if you find those you can trust they become your pack. Meaning everything is shared between you but when together your stronger. Finally Bill, you are a selfless man who will sacrifice himself for his friends. I give you "Emporers Sacrifice" its a one sided power that once you are alone on the battlefield. You''ll gain the power and will to kill everything till no more enemies come. Just once it wears off your body shall turn to dust, your soul will become a guardian angel for your friends."


    With that god hangs up and with that rather long call done. Four orbs of light appear before us all as they each shot into their host. peacefully merging with their souls, my phone vibrates as a golden app appears on it. However while we are all distracted with these events. Negan and his gang appears behind us as Negan whistles.


    "Look at what we have here! Some brats, two old men, a black man, a wimp, a bitch, a pretty lady, a fat guy, and a weirdo! Now what do you all say to quietly surrendering and joining us?"


    Negan had this smug proud look on his face while his bat was on his shoulder. His men surrounding us, but I don''t have time for this so I just release Thine, and Rory. Once they step out of the truck, a guy tries stabbing Thine. Only to become a blood smear on the truck by Thine back handing him. Rory rushes around and kills his gang slowly, almost as if she wants Thine to play. Negan is watching this while confused as his men suddenly are being slaughtered. That he didn''t even notice Bill sneak off and take him down.


    "Bill don''t kill him, I''m gonna use him as a Waker breeding slave!"


    "What are you doing?! What are those freaks?! What did you mean by Wakers and breeding slave?! Answer me you fu?k?n? ?unt faced bastard!!"


    "Weeeell you see I have a cure thats not fully done yet, but it makes these things called Wakers. That are the virus in a physical form, but I''ve started thinking of using the little critters. You look like a criminal so I''ll have Rory here bite you ten times! Then once I''m ready I''ll start harvesting Wakers from you, never letting you turn!"


    Negan could only scream curses at me as I showed his stomach and ?h?st. To everyone before Rory bit him several times, a little over ten. So before she could make a thirteenth bite the Hive forced her back to the cell inside. Giving Negan a more powerful version of the cure, he was then guided to a free cell in the truck. Where he was strapped to the wall a bit roughly. By Bill, Lee, and Kenny as the rest of us remained outside. Killing walkers that approached us, before adding them to lab progress. Getting it right at the edge of a hundred, so I used one of the captured Wakers.


    Once the cure was done it gave me the option to make a full one or delayed one! So I quickly gave two full ones to Jim and Donna as they are friends. Once administered their bites vanished completely leaving only scars. But remembering all of us have the virus in us ready to activate upon death. I have everyone else take it quickly before doing some blood test on the lab app. Grinning once I saw we''re all clean! We''ll die as humans peacefully now unless eaten by walkers.


    Now without further delay I open up the golden app on my phone. To create some new skills for my self, but I noticed in the top left. Was the amount of money I have, God seems to have no sense of money. As I had more money than when I started in this world! Ninety-nine million plus my already good amount that finally updated from nine thousand six hundred. To one million guess humans count as exp but anyways I shall us this gladly!


    Waker Control- $10k - Control the physical form of the zombie virus to do your bidding.


    Sleep Gain- $20k - Level up while sleeping, being one step closer to god.


    Emporers Guidance- $10k - Those who follow you gain extra power in fields they excell at. They don''t gain anything from your power otherwise. But their potential to grow is easier to progress making them worthy of your followers.


    "Bill you got my glasses so take a look at the new skills!"


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 22


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller


    lvl- 28 70,00/280,000


    Stats


    HP: 2,800/2,800


    Mana: 300,000/300,000 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Cha: 40


    Dex: 49


    Wis: 36


    Int: 50


    luck: 50


    Points: 0


    Money: $60mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv 4, Necromancer- unique lv 6, Emporers Guidance- unique lv 1, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv 1


    =======================================


    With a loud laugh from bill and some explaining about the skills. Everyone couldn''t help nodding in approval but pitied the Waker breeder. Those experimenting on people and those skin wearers better be ready. Its time for war you lurking bastards, none of you will live!

 Chapter 16 - The Skin Wearers Suffer

    After getting my glasses back from Bill, we continued on driving. But I gave Bill ten things of a strong delaying cure, made to specifically spped up Waker production. I should probably feel bad about turning Negan into a breeding bed. However why would I pity a man who constantly did fu?k?d up things? This is a mercy if you ask me, he''s being useful and not a killer! So its all good honestly, in my not so sane opinion though.


    Thus in about eight days we''re at the half way mark to Washington. When suddenly some skin wearing freak tried shooting the tires! Coming to a violent halt, I hope out of the truck immediately. Then take off faster than Usane Bolt and grab the fu?ker by the face. Bringing them back to the truck kicking and screaming, they sound like a girl though. But that doesn''t matter she''s with that cult, so its already a death penalty for her.


    Interrogation didn''t take long before we had a guide to her group. So for preparation I''ve readied two boxes of full of fifty wiggling tamed Wakers each. That Bill has farmed for me so graciously, since Negan became our slave four weeks ago. For a little fun and testing on these freaks that will be happening with my Wakers. Thus Abraham, Eugene, Kenny, Doug, and me left with our terrified guide. Once we ran into a few other of the cult members, they slowly increased the walkers. Following our lead as they have become infected through the Wakers. Gratefully they are still under my control, so I''ve become a true necromancer. Even normal walkers that I used the Wakers on fell in line nicely.


    Soon we arrived at our destination so I turned our guide. While we observed the makeshift camp there are sixty people in all there. While behind my small group is seventy Waker walkers. Waiting to feast on these unsuspecting cultists, Abraham, Eugene, Kenny, and Doug got in their positions so no one escapes. Once they gave me a thumbs up I walked into sight of the camp. In which once I was, with a loud clap grom behind me. The Waker Walkers sprinted out of the forest and swarmed the camp.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, I''m your host of death for the night! Just call me Necromancer as these are my walkers! Now be good and become their meals you filthy cultists!"


    One of the panicking cultists tried to shoot me, but Abraham shot their head. While one of my pets tackled the body and feasted. After an hour the fighting ended and any new walkers getting up were killed. As they aren''t under my control so their useless! Slowly one by one the surviving Wakers returned to their boxes, killing their host upon leaving. Which them killing the cultist and exiting their host earned me at least two levels. Where I immediately put the points into my lacking stats.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Age: 22


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King


    lvl- 40 4,000/400,000


    Stats


    HP: 50,000/50,000


    Mana: 1,000,000/1,000,000 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 40


    Cha: 40


    Wis: 40


    Int: 50


    luck: 50


    Points: 0


    Money: $60mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 5, leadership- passive lv 4, marksmanship- passive lv 6, Blade Mastery- passive lv 3, Stealth- active lv 4, Observe- active lv 6, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv 4, Necromancer- unique lv 6, Emporers Guidance- unique lv 4, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv 5


    =======================================


    Guess with all my sleeping and this trip I''ve nearly hit level fifty. Nice that means in the next world I won''t easily get pushed around. Hopefully, oh who the fu?k am I kidding I''m gonna get bullied likely! Since people from that world have used basically magic longer than me their who lives! I''ll just be starting out! I''ll be a magic newbie compared to them! Enough self ranting as I feel the gamer calming me down. Returning me back to a completely neutral and unphased state of mind.


    Once I collected the Waker boxes back up everyone left the area. We have safely destroyed one of the more problematic cells of the Whisperers. Then we''re once again on the road towards Washington, destroying a few more cultist cells along the way. That after a year of constant stops we''ve reached the outskirts of Washington. Which is Packed full of walkers but using of the new truck features. I launch hundreds of Waker boxes into them. That shattered upon contact with the ground.


    "Women even in death come to kill their ?sshole husbands."


    "Yep they sure do sonny"


    "Was that a person or a cheeto Lee?


    "Kenny that was a rich man named Trump, but he''s dead now"


    "I used to work for him before I had my other job, got fired cause I didn''t please him."


    """"This is great to watch, but you had it rough Doug.""""


    All of us ?du?ts watched this with bitter smiles on our faces. The kids however looked confused and could only shrug. As we wouldn''t answer their questions likely if they asked us. While we watched I got flooded with annoying leveling up dings. So as I''m the only one who can hear this I suffered silently alone. Wishing for it to stop eventually, It didnt stop till five days later. Sure i Slept but I had dinging nightmares during it all!


    On the sixth day I imagined mass storing the bodies. Sucking them all up into. My inventory leaving only a bloody mess everywhere else. While the bodies numbered over thirty thousand in one slot. I had well over three hundred points to distribute to stats.... yay I guess. T_T Yay for leveling up yay I say.


    =======================================


    Race: Human


    Age: 23


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King


    lvl- 90 4,000/1,000,000


    Stats


    HP: 160,000/160,000


    Mana: 1,400,000/1,400,000 (Locked)


    Str: 40


    Agi: 40


    Dex: 49


    Wis: 40


    Int: 50


    luck: 50


    Points: 590


    Money: $60mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 11, leadership- passive lv 40, marksmanship- passive lv 21, Blade Mastery- passive lv 12, Stealth- active lv 14, Observe- active lv 20, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv 10, Necromancer- unique lv 50, Emporers Guidance- unique lv 20, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv 50


    =======================================

 Chapter 17 - The White House Is Broken

    Its been what? Eight fu?k?n? weeks of repairing everything. Making so many god damn annoying walls that I''ve perfected the art of walling. Don''t even get me started on the white house! The place was fu?k?n? riddled in holes and had a fu?k plane through it! Even the underground passages below it were fu?k?d up! However, we did find a lot of good shit down there and surprisingly we found Zae with his cat! Apparently before D.C. got swamped in walkers Zae had broken into here. After hacking a working computer and finding out about these underground facilities.


    Also Dale apparently left a message for us that left Fort Chronicle. About Rick and the guys all taking over town, expanding the settlements area. So guess there''ll be lots of survivors there if I ever return. That long area by that pointy pillar thats usually full of water. I turned that into a runway for an aircraft and put a giant cargo plane on it. Which I mean its quite literally giant that it''ll hold five hundred of the future robots I''ll be sending overseas. To start helping out those settlements still kicking and killing. But for now I''ve had people set up base in the white house. Which they all forced me to use the oval office, guess I''m the leader of the new world now.


    And so with everything going some what smoothly for us. I started mass producing androids for the world recapture plan. Bill, Lee, Abraham and Kenny have been training the new arrivals we get. From areas but anyone with ulterior motives gets executed on the spot. Doug, Zae, Eugene, and Carly have been setting up working communication and internet again. Rosita, Donna, Jim, Carl, Clementine, and Duck have all been helping out where needed. So slowly but surely we''re rebuilding things on our end.


    My android army was finished in about two years, as I sent five hundred to each country. The constant dinging if the gamer, wasn''t around would of driven me crazy. Which each android had a box of fifty Wakers on them. But Russia i sent five thousand androids to as they''re bigger. Which from around the world when people saw literal androids and controlled walkers. Taking down walkers I got flooded with thanks from people. But in some area''s the walkers actually tore apart the androids violently. So I had them only protect settlements after that started.


    As I didn''t want to pointlessly waste two years of work! So after another three years of work, America is partly back up. So are a few other countries like China and Japan. Thanks to supply drops I sent them over these years by drone planes. Soon I shall start the plan to bring everyone together back into a working world. Before I eventually move onto the next world and get bullied by fu?kers!


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 25


    lvl- 600 0/6000mil


    Stats


    HP: ????????/????????


    Mana: ????????/???????? (Locked)


    Str: 100


    Agi: 100


    Cha: 90


    Dex: 109


    Wis: 150


    luck: 200


    Points: 0


    Money: $60mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 70, leadership- passive lv max, marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max


    =======================================

 Chapter 18 - A Warning

    Its been a while since I''ve last dreamt of anything but this dream is like hell. All my hard work has been overrun as the outskirts of D.C. are ablaze. Walkers and unknown soldiers attacking everyone in sight. In one area of the settlement, I see Carl and a group of fourteen others working like one. Before being swallowed up in a sea of walkers devouring them. Then a chain explosion from within the sea of dead. Likely Carl and his "pack" had explosives on them that just went off. Destroying a city block of D.C. in its wake leaving a burning rubble wall.


    In another area I see Lee, Carly, Doug, Kenny, and the Hive''s. Fighting off soldiers and a tank while survivors from Russia are bleeding out. From lost limbs while doctors hurry to save them. The tank eventually overruns the group, soldiers executing people. While a working fighter jet squadron streaks across the sky dropping bombs across the place. The Hive''s still some how alive thanks to Thine using a concrete shield. But they all eventually suicide to release my nasty surprises. Napalm and neurological mustard gas halting the soldiers advances. Upon the settlement for now, they may of been undead but they did great.


    From around the Abraham Lincoln monument are Abraham, Rosita, Eugene, and some survivors of japan. On some repurposed AA guns shooting down aircraft. A wall of Waker walkers covering them from other undead rushing them. Before eventually a group of strange walkers charge into the mix. Likely experiments as some have chains and tubs on their bodies. Then Abraham and them are no more as Eugene destroys the whole area. With a very dangerous bomb that sat on Lincoln''s ??p ready to go off. Taking everything around there out with a violent blaze of glory, leaving only a pit in their place.


    In the middle of the runway is Bill fighting like a demon with a halbred. Piles of bodies of both soldiers and walkers making a wall that seals off the area. Before he starts taking care of the remaining ones still within the wall. Cleaving a soldier in half beforing doing a powerful spin with his halbred. A wave of air saturated with a faint golden aura, cleaves away enemies around him. Some building crumbling from the abnormal spining cut he made. From the golden aura it must be Emporers Sacrifice in over time. As Bill''s body is starting to crack with light emerging. Knowing he''ll be dying here Bill impales his halbred into the runway. Golden ripples shredding the remaining foes in the area. As Bill''s body turns to dust and a golden soul zips around. Saving those it can before eventually growing weak and going ethereal.


    With a silent prayer I look towards Clementine and Duck. Guarding a escape route with some androids of mine. While African survivors guide people out of the war zone. Clementine swinging a katana around with the least movements. Duck throwing knives with strings on them before pulling them back to him. All while cracking jokes to lighten the mood of the evacuation. Not noticing the experimental infected with bladed fingers. As it impales him from behind through the ?h?st, lopping the top half of his head off. Clementine manages to to cleave it down the middle. But another one already sunk its fingers into her stomach violently. Next thing I see is a ball of inferno when, Clementine and the African survivors smashed some grenade on the ground. The Evacuation point erased of the map in a smoldering mess, Clementine''s katana melting in the center.


    Looking up I see Jim, Donna, and surprisingly Welles. In a scavenged apache helicopter in a dog fight with jets. The fight only goes on gor a few minutes longer. Before the apache crashes into a building after being outnumbered.


    At the white house I see myself who likely made a skill that overrided the laws. As he is summoning spirits and the chimera''s I''ve made. In a bloody fight to hold the white house while, Zae is behind me pinned up against the wall. A giant metal shard through his gut, YingYang in his arms. Both master and pet sleeping peacefully forevermore now. Myself eventually leaving the battlefield missing an arm. While he sinks the white house into Hades, countless undead pulling it to a void.


    Then time freezes and before me in my battered self. A giant fiery orange chimera creature with a scarf and tattered wings, behind him. Looking between us with interest as it lets out a soft childish coo. Finding it interesting to see two of its master, before lowering its head as it sees the bleeding stump. On the future me where his left arm used to be at, no longer now though its been cut off.


    "I see that old god has something interesting here. Guess he wanted to give you a warning huh? Then let me tell you one thing, don''t trust the pope. That whole group was those bastards who kidnapped people in the show. They let in their forces and caused this hell you see below us."


    "Then whats the popes name? So I can be ready for these bastards."


    As myself finished speaking the dream starts collasping around us. So I give myself and pat on the shoulder, and pet the big child behind him affectionately. Before everything becomes nothing and I''m forced awake. Looking around the oval office, my eyes gaining a dangerous gleam to them.

 Chapter 19 - Christmas

Well for those celebrate Christmas I''ll probably be just taking this time to hang out with friends and stuff but if you want a Christmas and new years special page(s) then just tell me or we can just chat in the comments freely of this little notice if anyone of you''d like to do so

 Chapter 19 - Santas Here To Stay

    Its the end of of my fourth year here in the walking dead universe basically. Christmas is tomorrow the new years shortly after. The D.C. settlement is pretty well built with survivors around. That even though its a shitty cold morning, everyone''s happy. Even some kids are running around outside the school Donna set up.


    So while walking around D.C. I am using the creation app. Making that one power the future me had, Laws Reform. Since I plan to do something a little special this year for everyone. That while thinking of it I notice a crowd of people looking at something. Which Turns out to literally be the real Santa Claus, who''s got a nasty bite wound on his arm. Guess the north pole has fallen and he escaped or something?


    "What are you all gawking at? Get the man and his deer help!"


    When I bellowed that out at the crowd everyone scattered. To get many things while I approached the old man who''s smiling. But before anything else since he likely got bit. I suddenly inject the full cure into the old man in the neck. Which earned me a look of surprise by him before, he likely got.the hint. Seeing some dragging a violent walker of an old lady down the street. Before a graveyard where they execute the walker infront of it. Then someone drags the body into it to bury it inside.


    "Ho ho.... I don''t entirely know whats going on but i guess you helped? When you suddenly injected with the strange medicine from no where?"


    "Yep old saint Nick, the worlds fallen to chaos, the dead roam. Bites mean you turn, well if your not near me really. There are survivor settlements around but the dead are everywhere. Though I guess if the dead roam, you myths are also suffering?"


    "I''m afraid so my boy the north pole fell to those things. My elves, wife, and children all couldn''t kill each other thus it spread fast. Mrs. Claus forced me out of the north pole with my reindeers. But she turned as well and bit my arm as I took off. Now the north pole no longer exist, I''m the only Christmas spirit left."


    "What about the other myths like Jack Frost, the Easter Bunny, ect? Any of them still kicking or are you literally the last myth standing?"


    "Ho ho your curious? Then since you helped me I''ll tell you. Easter Bunny sealed himself off in his own pocket space. Jack Frost when I left destroyed my old place. Ice soldiers killing my friends and family who turned. He is likely to show up soon to look for me. Everyone else has sealed off their domains from the humans."


    "I see so the holiday myths have shut themselves away. But the myths like Big Foot, the Hydra, and more are still probably around. Though monsters like the hydra should be still sealed."


    "You have a great head on your shoulders my boy! Ho ho ho! However sadly Christmas shall likely be cancelled forever now. So I''m sadly no longer Santa Claus likely my boy."


    "Who said that? Instead of regular gifts, why not deliver the good survivors supplies? The bad ones get a noise maker to attract walkers? I can even help you out, as you likely saw around me I''m not natural."


    "Ho ho? I guess thats fair and yes any of us holiday spirits can notice. Your soul is like a burning rainbow, signs that your likely from elsewhere. A soul reborn but with a gods favor am I right?"


    With a crooked smile I give Santa a thumbs up for confirmation. Which earns me a rather joyus smile from the old man with a hearty laugh. So I quickly guide Santa and his reindeer to a old hanger we found. Where I help the old man set up everything even a small farm area. Where his reindeer can graze and breed at while the inside. Has been completely redone with a little Christmas magic and my own means, a few skeletons helped too.


    But we didn''t rest me and the old man worked tirelessly. Making normal gifts, weapons, ammo, and noise makers in his new workshop. Carl, Duck, and Clementine dropped by as well to see me. But when they saw this place and the reindeer the screamed a little bit. Which got a laugh out of Santa before he made them his honorary elves. Who loaded his sleigh with everything in interesting boxes. That old saint Nick apparently used for bigger gifts. But these were filled with food, water and medical supplies. Marked with each surviving settlements names some how!


    Thus into the night we worked before Santa took off into the night. While Jack Frost finally appeared before us. Just with a smile as he is likely glad the old guy survived. So before he could disappear I talked him into staying. Gaining Santa a roommate to help him as they both likely need this new home. So with two myths of holidays now apart of the settlement. I guide Duck, Carl, Jack, and Clementine towards the center of D.C. Where there''s a Christmas tree and decorations everywhere. With people and kids partying on the night before Christmas.


    This has been one strange day but we learned that the myths do exist. Wonder what the new years party will have for us? But before that in a discreet location out of sight. I make basically a firework magic, and add a little extra festive cheer. To close this event off in a grand manner with the settlement in cheers.

 Chapter 20 - Stunning Myths On New Years

    since I''ve introduced the myths into this i shall continue doing so, as again my story and my whims on the direction it goes as I''m purely doing this for fun!, plus someone challenged me by saying i gotta step it up after the Christmas one so I''m making a new myth that will essentially follow the mc from now on, Some may complain that this ruins the world but from the start you can''t expect this have been normal with game elements and other things involved plus I''m English but even i suck at my own language!


    ======================================


    Well todays its the thirty-first of the year, what year I don''t know. My phone doesn''t tell me so I don''t care! Santa and Jack have both actually become quite famous amongst survivors. In just six days they''ve done quite a lot of things. Jack''s even running a ice cream shop with Santa. Its only open in the mornings from six o''clock to twelve in the afternoon. Before they start working on taking care of the reindeer, Prancer is pregnant. Seems Dasher knocked them up and its interesting to learn that they count as myths.


    So Prancer got pregnant pretty fast, Santa explained its cause they finally get a break. Since they no longer really have a duty to Christmas anymore. That now they''ll start reproducing like normal reindeer, but a bit faster since they''re magical still. So I occasionally stop by the ranch and give those reindeer some attention. Donner Likes to lift me up in his antlers and basically kidnap me. While making loud and slightly annoying happy noises at his idea of fun. Though anyone that passes by gets a laugh at seeing the settlement leader being deernapped.


    Today however Jack kidnapped me into a small blizzard. Bringing me to a strange place where around me are six different terrains. Where six giant creatures, representing earth, fire, water, air, light, and darkness. Are looking down at me while Jack is just playing with a snow soldier behind me. So I sigh and take a look at the creatures all looking down at me. Seeing some pretty typical mythical creatures among them.


    For fire it was a big majestic looking Phoenix wreathed in golden flames. Water was a Hydra that had four heads and aquamarine scales. Earth had a giant Golem Earth Dragon that looked to be made of a mix of the strongest metals. Air had a pretty big but appealing mothery Sylph woman. Light had a typical angelic looking annoying fu?k that had a fake smile. That was eaten by a Ancient Holy Dragon soon after so guess thats representative! Finally Darkness had a Fenrir and Barghest mixed wolf. That looked at me with I guess a smile, that made me the safest from all the others. So since nothings happened yet I walked to it.


    Where it stuck its face into mine pretty quickly but I just chuckled. While I started hugging and petting the giant wolf which surprised it. Since most would be scared of the moon devouring Fenrir, and the Barghest that has some dangerous stuff in its myths. However, I only saw a big fluffy puppy and loved on it. Before the Phoenix interrupted me with a exasperated screech. The other myths seemed rather curious though at what I did. So with a cough I sat down in front of the darkness representative. Jack couldn''t help but burst out laughing like a mad man.


    "You really don''t give a damn do you kid? Your meeting some pretty dangerous mythological creatures. Yet you treat one like its a puppy you''ve had for years! If the others hadn''t sealed their domains they''d love this!"


    As Jack finished his little mad laughter spree, a new voice spoke up.


    "Jack Frost Guardian of eternal winter! What is the meaning of this! Why have you brought a mortal into the space between our seals! Answer before I roast you both alive!"


    "Chill out you over grown ire chicken! This Biazar Chimera, a human who''s died once. A god apparently favours him a fair bit that he''s been reincarnated. Into this world but once he dies or wills it he will move onto another world I guess. As his soul from what me and Santa Claus can see is a blazing rainbow. Thats bound to exist forever until its some how snuffed out."


    When Jack finished that long explanation, the motherly sylph spoke up.


    "Oh? So this child is special.... but you mentioned his soul is like a blaze. So that must mean you need something from us right? Since his soul likely has no breaks to stop it from growung to fast. Eventually making this strange but unique child die forever right?"


    "As expected from such a motherly but stunning lady. You figured it out pretty fast unlike the fire chicken there!"


    With a chuckle from the Hydra and Earth Dragon representatives. While the Holy Dragon gave a small nod of understanding. The Phoenix kept screeching angrily at Jack for insulting it. The Fenrir behind me though suddenly grabbed my collar and threw me onto its back. Before a childish voice spoke out making the others stop.


    "I like this child of man, he didn''t mind my appearance or looks. He just treated me like a life long friend of his when he saw me. Sure its a little demeaning as the daughter of Fenrir and a ancient Barghest to be treated like a puppy. But its nice to have a friend, even among the mythological community. People avoid me cause of father being the devouring moon wolf, and mother spreading diesease wherever she walks.


    But this child doesn''t seem to mind our looks much, Hydra got a curious look when he saw her. Earth Dragon got a very interested look when he saw them. Sylph got a although sleazy look a very genuine look of interest. That angel from before got a disgusted look, but Holy Dragon got a very approving smile. While you Phoenix got a slightly normal look but he was still pleased. So guardian of eternal winter, I''d like to know your plan for this child!"


    Everyone had a rather stunned look on their faces from what this pup just said. But I mainly got that she''s lonely so I started pampering her as she just spoke for me. So when the others looked at each other Jack just gave the most manic but joyus laugh he could. A blizzard kicking up in wake of his laugh before dying down.


    "Princess you''ve got guts to speak your mind towards these old monsters. While being pampered by Biazar there! So I''ll gladly tell you for being brave enough to listen! Its quite simple that child needs a "Guardian Beast" that can handle his souls explosive growth. So I brought him to this space where you ancient monsters are at. So that you could all pour a little of your power into making him one. Before he destroys this already fu?k?d world where the dead are roaming!"


    As soon as Jack finished the young Fenrir Barghest didn''t wait. Her domain lit up with a seal while she looked at Jack rather intensely with a mad look. Before with a roaring chuckle the Holy Dragon followed suite saying "This shall be exciting to witness a myths birth!" The Hydra and its heads gave a approving nod, joining suite. The Earth Dragon gave its approval as its seal suddenly lit up. Then the Sylph who gave Jack and me a amused giggle at this sudden action. The Phoenix under the stares of the others gave in unwillingly.


    So under Jack''s guide i returned to the center of the realm. Where my soul suddenly felt like it being attacked. While above me a new mythological creature was being born. After twenty painful minutes of soul rending torture. A small puppy dropped into my arms. Well I say puppy but its a black and red Fenrir, with gold highlights in its fur. With some metallic dragon scale like armour around its feet and claws. six burning white gold anglic wings sprouting from its back. While it has some black fog seeping out of it. Like that of a Barghest but hopefully this little one doesnt spread something bad.


    While I studied the puppy in my arms Jack interrupted my thoughts.


    "Woah thatsca pretty interesting looking myth that was just born. From your powers using his soul, painful but effective method! So what shall us the mythological community call our new member?"


    Jack looked at each representative with his arms spread wide. As they all spoke in unison as if they decided already.


    "Myriad, The beast of eternity and all six elements. The one who walks with man yet also not."


    "Wow so I just made a kid with six mythological legends at once. This is one weird new years but I got a puppy. Out of this all that also doubles as my companion for keeping me alive."


    So before anything could happen Jack hastily escaped with me. But i shall remember those looks I received. As they completely didn''t expect my random comment. So once Jack brought us back, I was standing out front of Santa''s home. With Myriad in my arms still, while jack trudged off to likely complain. Which by the suns height its already the afternoon so I went to get lunch. After getting some reindeer milk from one of Santa''s reindeers. Before heading of to a cafe that recently opened up in the settlement.


    Where I took a seat outside at one of the tables and ordered a meatball sub. So while waiting for it to arrive I made a special bottle in the workshop. Starting to feed Myriad some reindeer milk not caring for the looks. Clementine showed up later though and looked at my pup. Before simply asking what she is and stopping once I said a myth. As asking me anymore would break her already breaking logic. My meatball sub showed up shortly afterwards, so I started eating it. While I let Clementine play with Myriad to take her mind off the logic breaking.


    Like that a few hours have passed with Clementine following me around. Myriad now riding on my head making wafu sounds. As everyone is throwing a new years party around us. Making merry and trying to not care so much about the strange pup on my head. But once a make shift alarm hit midnight, everyone''s screams. Made Myriad spit out a giant golden fire ball into the sky. As it exploded shortly afterwards in the atmosphere like a fire work. So this really has been the most confusing yet slightly funny end of the year yet.

 Chapter 21 - Re:Establishing DC

    With the year over and a new one beginning for us all. I call Bill, Lee, Abraham, Jack, Zae, Clementine, and JIm to my office. Which used to be the oval office for presidents of a now destroyed country. To talk about how we should fully rebuild D.C. and trade routes with those overseas. Because first off we haven''t really made our own country manageable yet so thats priority number one! As if we can gain control of this ruined country we could do more things. However, to do so we must eliminate this "Pope" and his faction. Otherwise we face a repeat of that dream I had where they destroyed everything.


    There may be spies and kidnappers already in the settlement though. So if we capture this pope character they may cause trouble. Thus we need to find them if they exist and erase those rats. For this I look towards Jack Frost and Zae as they could make something for this.


    "First before we get to the main topic I had a very disheartening dream. Where this place fell and many of you died in battle. The myths weren''t with us in it though so we''ve changed the course a little. However, at the end I was face to face with myself and a chimera. He gave me warning about a person who calls themselves the pope.


    His name is Alexander Crossward, A tall black man with a red vest. No shirt with a long jagged scar on his ?h?st. His pants have a cross with a snake emblem on the pant legs. He wears deceiving dress shoes, as there''s a gun mechanism in them. So be wary as he fights with kicking and a special tap dance that gives him crazy aim with a gun and blade mechanism likely."


    Once I finished saying this a radio call came in about a large group arriving. With a man exactly as I described leading them here. Their at the east gate checkpoint of the settlement. With a look at everyone I make a choice about this.


    "Jack please create something that can hunt down and erase any spies. Everyone else we must lure them to the still abandoned section. I''ll be erasing them completely, but we need information from this man. So lets go and weapons ready at all times!"


    With that rather rushed sudden decision everyone storms out of the office. Myriad ridding on top of my head for now. Jack making a swarm of ice rats that scatter looking for their targets. Once out of the white house I close up my trench coat, putting Myraid inside of it. As her head poked out of it from it, her ears and rubbing against my chin. Which he fur is pretty nice to feel so once this over I''ll be playing with this little one. For now however the current task is a priority!


    Arriving at the east gate of the settlement after twenty minutes. I tell the guard to open the gate and let them through. Upon the gate opening I see a group of fifty people walking inside. The man before me, the one who caused that hell. Smiles at me and introduces himself with a gaudy bow. That made me want to fu?k?n? kick his teeth in, even if he evaporates.


    "Greetings! You must be this settlements leader I presume? Haha who.am I kidding you certainly are mr. Chimera. Your quite popular on the radio you know? Oh I almost forgot! Excuse my manners I''m Pope Alexander Crossward, I lead the new religion of Fallen. Pleasure to meet you mr. Chimera."


    "Yea sure a pope, anyways follow me I''ll take you to your area."


    Without waiting for him or his group I start walking off. Towards the northern area of the still abandoned section of the settlement. While petting Myriad and feeding her some reindeer milk again. Crossward Walking up beside me and looking at Myriad who''s feeding. His eye''s have a dangerous glint in them though, however not for long soon. As he''ll just disappear today along with his group after I get information.


    "Thats an interesting pup you have there, never seen one like that! It looks cute and seems so beha-"


    He couldn''t finish his sentence as his hand that he tried using. To pet Myriad nearly got bit violently when he tried to. I caught her bottle as it nearly fell though and patted her head. Getting couple a very happy wafu''s at it while her tail beat me. Inside of my trench coat, Crossward looks like he expects something. But I just ignore him and keep walking towards the location. That we finally reached after forty minutes of walking.


    His minions quickly scattered and entered buildings. Where gun shots and screams followed suite afterwards. Before this dumb pope could do anything, I had violently pinned him. Breaking a few bones of his in the process and crushing his feet with my knees. A bone crushing and loud wet explosions of flesh resounding. While Crossward screamed out in pain with a few tears running down his face. To keep him alive though I had Myriad burn his wounds closed. After i got up off of him and looked around at the buildings.


    To see Lee, Abraham, Bill, Jack, and Clementine coming out. Jacks building has a little frost coming out of it though. So my guess is he fired a ice gun he made which started freezing the area. Crossward seems a little confused though, as if he doesn''t get whats happening. So I crouch down by him and look at him blankly. Myriad getting out of my trench coat and sitting by me.


    "Mr. Crossward be honest who''s your faction and why are you here? We already know about disappearances and strange helicopters. With the occasional radio chatter about moving the people who disappeared."


    "I don''t know what you''re tal- AAAAAHHHHH YOU BASTARDS THAT WAS MY HAND!"


    Jack impaled his left hand into the ground with an ice spike. Before showing up a pretty cool trick with his powers that I liked. Jack made multiple frost windows appear that played various scenes. Where various people even that guard all talked over radio''s. About our friend here successfully getting inside the settlement. Before a small blizzard of snow knives shredded them. Crossward looked at this like he couldn''t understand before eventually breaking. All his men were slaughtered, his factions spies all killed and found out, himself on deaths bed.


    He ranted and raved about his organization that used to be the US army. How they used the people they abducted for experiments. That they are gonna destroy this place as its to large and a threat. Fort Chronicle however has been destroyed apparently but, the main cast and those I saved all survived. So without listening to anymore of this mans ranting I crushed his head. Under my boot and gathered everyone in the settlement. Where my plans quickly advanced once everyone learned of the danger. They quickly got to work on settings up faster around the settlement. Rick and company showed up later in the day though.


    With everyone''s help and my abilities we set up a working system. That connected about twenty settlements together within the next four months. While this all was happening though however, the Fenrir and Barghest hybrid occasionally showed up in a avatar. To check on Myriad and see whats going on. That during these four months I''ve managed to actually get some love in my life. As I never really tried to before but Laura, the darkness representative as I know her. Has been pretty fun to haveca couple dates with at times. Granted Jack and Santa would occasionally tease us on our dates.


    Now I get someone who likely knows that she''s a giant dangerous beast. Might scream at me about why I would date such a thing over a human. Its because I generally feel best around her and we do technically have a kid together. Granted with five others but still a kid together if you don''t mind it. Along with the fact that Laura is one of the only creatures! that can be fine with my strength a normal person would explode if dated them! Also there are some myths about a human and mythological beast or fae falling in love. Which we sorta have over these months.


    So someone can give me shit for this but I''m pretty happy. That I even put in more effort these days to finish my work up. So I can go find Laura''s avatar and spend time with her. While playing with Myriad who''s slowly growing up to be a big pup. Well In another four months the US will be fully in our grasp. Crossward''s group has been razee to the ground wherever we find them. However, I know they still lurk around and that before I leave they''ll attack.

 Chapter 22 - Preparing To Say Goodbye

    I''ll be honest this is the second to last real chapter of the walking dead likely. Since i honestly do not have much for it besides likely a few random date chapters or something? So I may reset the mc''s level in the next world and i actually used a calculator to fix his status stuff for you all. so I''ll show you and he earned 15 points for every lvl up.


    =======================================


    So its been while since I brought together the world. Well twenty years to be exact..... I won''t go into the details. But the world is functioning a bit again like it used too. I''ve actually got blood related kids now as well so thats nice. Also its been a while since I last checked my status, but after Myriad''s birth. It seems to have fixed its self up and automatically sorted out my stats. The money generator app I turned that off after making two skills.


    =======================================


    Name: Biazar Shinigami Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 45


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King, Drone Controller, Myths Father


    lvl- 600 1mil/600mil


    Stats


    HP: 90,000/90,0000


    Mana: 300,000/300,000 (Locked)


    Str: 1000


    Agi: 1000


    Dex: 1000


    Wis: 1000


    Int: 1000


    Luk: 1000


    Points: 2,135


    Money: $10mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 70, leadership- passive lv max, marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max


    =======================================


    Chimera''s Call- $40mil - The user can summon or become a chimera. If the user has previously made a chimera regardless of which life. Then the you can summon them or gain their traits.


    I made that skill since well I''ll admit I like to make chimera''s. So when in that nightmare vision I saw it. I''ve been wanting to create it so I did finally during the beginning five years. The skill actually helped me out a few times to get rid of bodies and other stuff.


    World''s Road- $10mil - The user summons a roulette style wheel. That spins and once it lands on a new world, the current world slowly fades around the user. While light road appears before the user leading to the next. Once one step has been taken on this road, you can never turn back. Only moving forward is the onky option, once you do the old world is removed from the roulette. Archived into the Akashic Records as one of many timelines for that world.


    This one I made as well I don''t know how to world hop. So once I''ve said my goodbyes I shall use it travel onto the next. Myriad Apparently can see my status window though. Along with me being able to pull up a window for her as well. So I may pull that up and take a look at it for a while. Also apparently a thousand is the limit for this world. So if I can I''ll use the remaining points to up Myriad''s stats. Which seems like I can so I''ll be doing so for her.


    =======================================


    Name: Myriad Chimera


    Race: Mythological Beast


    Age: 20


    Title: Guardian Beast, Pampered Princess


    Soul Contract: Biazar S. Chimera


    Parents: Biazar S. Chimera & Laura R. Chimera


    Str: 500


    Agi: 335


    Cha: 600


    Dex: 100


    Wis: 100


    Int: 400


    Luk: 100


    Abilities: Howl- active lv 10, Begging- active lv 20, Puppy Eye''s- active lv 14, Flight- active lv 16, Claw- active lv 14, Bite- Active lv 14, Wind Magic- active lv 5, Fire Magic- active lv 5, Earth Magic- active lv 5, Water Magic- active lv 5, Light Magic- active lv 5, Dark Magic- active lv 10, Necromancer- Active lv 1, Soul Guard- passive lv 1


    =======================================


    Sorta dumped the points wherever but Myriad seems pleased. So guess its fine but some of her skills are as expected. But the parents thing is new for me to see on the status board. So I guess she or the system recognizes me and well as it says my wife. As Myriads parents even though five others helped in her birth. However that doesn''t seem to matter anymore really. Oh shit I''m late for the meeting!


    So like that I bolt up from a random bench I was relaxing on. Myriad who laid at my feet also got up onto her feet. Now when she was first born she could fit in my arms and was very cute. However after twenty years she''s grown up a bit she''s now about three feet tall. Which shows she''s not normal if you never notice the six flaming wings. Which have grown to be about three hundred sixty-six centimeters long. Which is actually just feet twelve long in reality. Granted she''s able to hide them so she does mainly in public. Added with her fur being longer and more fluffy from constant grooming.


    Ack enough monologue! I need to get going to the old senate building. As I''m meeting with every leader from the major settlements. Even those from across the ocean are involved. But I already know how this is going to end. They''re gonna demand I step down as leader. As I''ve quite literally done a lot of dangerous things in these twenty years. From literally using a incendiary bomb cluster on bases. To flicking someone who was ambitious into a bloody mist. Infront of every leader suddenly as I believed she was dangerous.


    So after I arrived it didn''t even take six hours for them. To have me give up my spot however, I didn''t let them put someone random in charge! I put Clementine in charge of the settlement now. So with that out of the way everyone who''s been with me until now. Has begun planning a celebration party for Clementine. Up on a hill outside of D.C. that has a giant willow tree planted on it. So that everyone can be there at the party. However, I''ll likely spend one last night with everyone then.

 Chapter 23 - Goodbyes and New World

    Before the party in six days to celebrate Clementine''s rise to leader. I''m going to be spending a night to have a family dinner with my family. As once me and Myriad leave they''ll likely be the only ones to realize this. So I want to explain it to them before then. So I''m in our little cozy home preparing dinner for my wife and two daughters. Myriad is off laying on the sofa relaxing for now. Though through all these years my attire has never changed. Sure I''ve grown older and have a beard now that has some gray hairs. But I can say these have been sone interesting years. Mainly because for twenty years I''ve been married to a mythological beast.


    While cooking I''ve made up some diverse dishes for my family. From spaghetti to some japanese dishes like sashimi and Tempura. For them to enjoy, while for me and my wife I''ve managed to scavenge something. Its vintage eighteen eighty-eight scotch which she seems to enjoy. Heh remembering our first meeting as her avatar its pretty funny thinking back. That twenty years ago two days after Jack brought me to that place. A girl with raven black hair that had some silver highlights. Amethyst colored eyes that''d have tye pupils switching between human and wolf. Big fuzzy ears and a fluffy tail stiff from nervousness. In a black dress like what you''d wear at a ball. With Black boots and silver moon and hazard sign necklace. Kept bugging me from a dark passage way to come to her.


    That when I finally did she sorta jumped on me and bit my neck. While mumbling mine repeatedly to herself like a creep. So it took a bit to pry her from my neck and body. Before I finally got an explanation from her about whats going on. Just she was to embarrased to talk so she hand me this really fancy letter. That was sorta very long and everything.


    "Dear Biazar, child of man and god favored


    You may know me as Fenrir the moon devouring wolf. I''m giving my daughter this letter as it''d be to troublesome. To go to the mortal realm and rip you to shreds before devouring you! Ahem sorry its just a fathers protective nature but I would do so. However, you begrudgingly and unknowingly have stolen my daughter from me!


    When you started pampering her on your first meeting. You had unknowingly preformed a marriage ritual. Then your stupid comment about making a kid made her a crazy. That she started bugging people to teach her how to make an avatar. So your to take care of my daughter from now on. Her name in your tongue would be Laura, treat her well or I''ll destroy everything you love mortal."


    I could only imagine some big menacing wolf threatening a helpless myth. To write that letter while his mate later beat him up. But I couldn''t just leave her alone or well yea. So I had taken her to my home out of sight of others. Where me and her had some dinner and scotch. As we talked about what we were gonna do about her. Then well things took off after that really where after ten years being officially married. By human standards anyways for marriage stuff. We found out that she was pregnant with two kids. We didnt really know how that happened or when it did. But nine months later in a hidden hospital where only a few could enter. We had our daughters, Lunar and Dawn two little hyper kids.


    Speaking of Laura and our daughters they had just walked in. Through the front door Laura has become more attractive and well endowed in the br??st department. After giving birth to the girls, but for tonight she wearing her dress that we first met in. While Lunar is wearing a nice little blue blouse, dress shoes, and with a flower between one of her wolf ears. Her tail wagging a little behind her happily. Now she takes after her mother a fair bit, since well the only comparison I could make. Is that they both look like anime wolf girls really as they just look like so. Dawn however is wearing a tomboyish outfit. While she doesn''t have the wolf ears she still has a tail. though her hair color is a mix of my brown hair and some black streaks in it. She also has some black circular glasses on since she likes them.


    But once they arrived I had already set the table and had the food all set out. Sadly fourty minutes into dinner, Dawn had stormed off. When I mentioned that I''ll be leaving soon and sadly not coming back. Lunar went after her sister and so only Laura was left with me. At the table as we drank some of the last remaining scotch.


    "So its time for you to move onto the next world huh? Where do you think you''ll be ending up next hun?"


    "Yea my abilities have been bugging out and I''ve coughed up more blood lately. Since that fight three years ago where those rats. Somehow leaked that fu?k?d up gas in their base. We lost good people in that fight but I only survived cause someone drug my body out. Before well expiring like everyone else exposed to it."


    "Its gonna be pretty lonely without you around then hun. The girls certainly aren''t happy about and they''ll be devastated. But you''ll have Myriad with you so I guess we''ll never be apart huh?"


    Laura said those words with a very lonely sounding voice. Her ears drooping down a little as her tail hit her chair. Out of frustration and lonelyness at the thought. So I got up from my seat and went to scoop up my mooping wife. Escorting her to our room where I undressed her and made a mess of her. That I think she''ll probably end up pregnant again with another child. Sadly if she does then I''m not gonna be around to see them. So I spent the rest of that night and some of the morning, just m?k?n? ??v? to her.


    The other days before the party I spent them with my daughters. Till the day of the party arrived with everyone showing up. But while they were having fun I sat in front of six graves. Marked with Hershel, Abraham, Bill, Rosita, Kenny, and Welles. They all died during our push to reclaim the country. Bill went out fighting off a swarm of a hundred thousand walkers. Abraham and Rosita got executed aburptly by a traitor.


    Hershel got his throat ripped out by a patient who turned. In the field before anyone realized what happened really. Welles he went out in a blazing helicopter. During the final push and fight against Crossward''s faction. Kenny was the one who drug my body out of their base as it got gased. He sealed it off after getting me out but he died against the doors. A smile on his face though as he was glad he did something for a friend. Though since that day I''ve been in a state of constantly poisoned. Sure I healed the damage right away but for some reason. The poison from that gas never went away really.


    Sighing while I sit in front of their graves Myriad walks over and flops into my ??p. While Laura has been standing behind me watching me. Regretfully I have to go now so I activated Worlds Road. The world around me and Myraid slowly turned black around us. A roulette wheel appeared before us so I spun it hard and waited. It eventually stopped and faded out while a mechanical voice. Announced that the next world is Destiny, guess I''m gonna become a guardian.


    =======================================


    When Biazar actived Worlds Road his body and Myriad''s. Suddenly coughed out large amounts of blood on to the ground. Laura who had been watching knows that they both just left. Their fine but their bodies in this world have died. She couldn''t help but feel a little sad at this. So once a loud sob could be heard everyone had come to look. They saw the pair of man and beast sitting there peacefully. Before noticing the large amounts of blood on the ground around them.


    The kids of those there, who didn''t know what was happening. Asked but only got silence while two girls had broken down. On the day the new leader of one of the major new world settlements. Went into power one had passed away with his companion. Buried ontop the hill with six others he used to know. Some were relieved that he had died but those who built up D.C. twenty plus years ago. Along with those that had been with him a while since the start. Were not so joyus with his passing, Laura was pregnant again however. But Biazar will not be around to see them like he had predicted.


    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Well thats the end and some of ya may hate that ending but he had spent a good while there doing things that earned it, sure i could of wrote about them but I dont really have much for this world and so yea it rushed at times for the next world I''m gonna try a bit more to work on it as i see some fun there to be had

 Chapter 24 - The Gray Guardian

    Me and Myriad after walking down a road of light for what felt like years. Arrived at a door so with one big sigh to get ready. I didn''t open the door normally instead I kicked it in. Since I got annoyed of walking and this poor door was the perfect target. But once I had kicked it in my soul started to seize up. While infront of me a message from the gamer floated. Basically demanding I create a "character and load out" before it drops me into the world. Sighing out frustation I glanced down towards Myriad. Who watched me and basically looked at me like I should hurry up. So I sighed and started looking at the annoying screen that started getting snarky!


    Looking through everything I picked the exo race as my choice. Sure I could remain human but I don''t wanna bleed out. I''d rather shut down and be repaired than that as I already blew up once! Looking through the race customization options a bit. I went with a look like that of Cayde-6 but black, with red eye''s and the rest of my glowing as fiery orange. I even had the choice of what material I wanted to be made from.


    So I just used the strongest metals together making Chimeradite. It was one of the strongest metals in a book called "The New Gate". Also of the metals I used came off from the traveler apparently. It''s called Hirlok and it is a pretty insane conductor for about anything. So if i wanted I could become a blinding nuke on the battle field.


    Moving on I started to customize my ghost which doubled as Myriads! So since this snarky screen let me have free reign. I made my ghost have the Sagira shell but black with gold trimmings, and a stary purple glow. I could even give it a nickname so I did so for the fun of it. So entering the name I thought of best, Wrathos.


    I even tweaked the voice to be like that of my wife''s voice. It''ll make me depressed as hell but I don''t wanna forget my family. So since I know that once I finish this set up I''ll like forget them. So I put a memory lock on all of my memories through the system. I''ll never lose them even if something tries messing with them. Their mine no one else''s not even the Traveler has the right to them!


    Next I sent my current clothes off to my inventory. While i looked at the next section of the screen before me. It seems I have a bit of special case as my class or well classes as I should say. Are already picked for me they''re hunter(Beast Master) and warlock(Necromancer). Guess the things besides them are my sub-classes by default.


    Which I can understand them very much honestly as to why I have them. Beast Master because of Myriad, and Necromancer because of my previous deeds in my last world. So I can''t really complain about them. But I took a look at them just in case to learn about them. Beast Master seems pretty much like the Nightstalker sub-class. While necromancer is a mix between Voidwalker and Sunslinger, interesting very interesting.


    I guess for my guardian attire I go with a mix match. So for my cloak I pick the "Gensym Knight Cloak" in a black with gold trimmings color. My warlock bond I picked "Shadow''s Bond" made out of hirlok dyed stary purple. Helmet is the "Ace-Defiant" made out of hirlok dyed black. With gold markings that form skull features out of the original style. My ?h?st gear was a black version of "Wildwood Vest".


    My Guantlets were black hirlok with gold trimmings "Grips of the Ace-Defiant". Finally my leggings were black "Omega Mechanos Strides". They all may of been legendary in the games but I got a feeling where I''m going. They won''t be the legendary equipment people know of yet, so I clicked save on that armour setup. Labeling it the Black Oni armour loadout happily since it does look like so.


    For my weapons again they may be legendary in the future. But where I''m likely to end up they wont be legendary yet at all. I picked two swords "A traitor''s Fate" and "It Stared Back" for my melee weapons. My two side arms were "Midnight Coup" and "Traveler''s Judgement 5" as they pack a mean punch. My only submachine gun is "Death Adder" even though it does low damage. If I shove it into a gap I could start a bonfire as the ammo burns its targets.


    I picked two scout rifles next they were both "Conspirator" and "Transfiguration" from those choices. Then i moved on and picked "Ghost Primus" as my auto rifle. Followed by pulse rifle "Inaugural Address" just in case. Looking at the fusion type rifles, I could help but pick "Dead Ender" a linear fusion rifle. Along with"a sniper "Silicon Neuroma" and the bow "Trinity Ghoul". To top it all off I picked ''Sins of The Past" as my rocket launcher.


    Now you may be wondering why so many guns and thats because of Myriad. The Sneaky pup set her race to exo as well with her same appearance just red glowing. So you wouldn''t know she''s robotic but she''s apparently a "Mythological Exo" by the systems standards. However because of her race change she''s got a new skill. "Mythology Armory" which apparently like my inventory stores things. But in her case its weapons and she can use the stored weapons. So it''s gonna be funny yet cool to see her using them.


    All that''s left is apparently my new name and model series. So I kept my old name but changed Shinigami to Reaper. For my model series as an exo I just put Mystery as I am. Once that was done the screen vanished fron view and the world started forming. I could feel the Travelers light pulling me to the world. While a dark needle pierced my core and infested it. But due to my unique ness both the Traveler''s light and I guess the Darkness. Their influences calmly melded and made a gray light around me.


    So I guess I''ll be hunted or something as I''m a tainted guardian now. Oh well I''ll be the Guardian that walks the neutral line between both. If Ikora, Cayde-6, and Zavala don''t mind I''ll still join them. However I''ll likely be a guardian that walks alone in my travels through the destiny world.

 Chapter 25 - Rasputin is Surprisingly Friendly

    Once the world around us had reconstructed to a decrepit building. With me and Myriad on our backs like we just took a nap looking at the ceiling. A little mechanical creature thats a ghost flew infront of my face. It looked between me and Myriad before just doing a double take.


    "Hello guardian welcome back to life you fell during the great collapse. I''m your ghost but you can call me Wrathos... strange that the name came to me suddenly. Anyways for some reason you have both the influence of the Darkness and Traveler in you. Along with the fact that only you were supposed to be revived. But a strange EXO wolf revived along with you guardian."


    Though the ghost sounded my wife Laura its not her really. Its just ghost I made and tweaked to sound like her sadly.


    "Well morning Wrathos, I''m Biazar the pup beside me is Myriad. You probably revived us both since Myriad is my companion forever. Where I go she''ll follow right behind me closely. Its been that way since twenty years before the collaspe. Since in my twenty-five years operations my company suddenly made her. So for the twenty years up till the collaspe we were together wandering warzones."


    I spouted the most believable lie out of my ?ss suddenly that I thought of. Which seems to have worked as Wrathos thought on it before accepting it. However, she seems to have a question for me that is important to her.


    "Well okay then Biazar nice to meet you and Myriad. We''ll be working together from now as guardian and ghost. But how do you remember your last life? Though its interesting to learn you were in operation for forty-five years and that Myriad was online for twenty years. But three hundred years have passed since you both were last operational."


    Hearing that this is at least four hundred twenty-five years before the first game. Got me thinking but first I want off this floor. The ceiling is getting old to look at in all its hole filled glory. So standing up I dust my self off and then dust off Myriad. As I answer Wrathos question about the memory bit.


    "Simple little light even though you counted us as dead. We both have been alive but well stuck in a dead state. Also even though the Traveler has helped us for so long. Our memories are our own, only we can decide what we forget. But you know getting a Cabal lance through the ?h?st from behind. Then hurled down a hallway and left to shut down hurts to experience."


    Wrathos could only stare at us both before giving a chuckle. So since I have nothing on me I have Myraid. Give me A Traitor''s Fate, Midnight Coup, Ghost Primus, and Trinity Ghoul out of her armory. I had A Traitor''s Fate strapped to my hip and Midnight Coup to my ?h?st armour. Ghost Primus was on my right shoulder ready just in case. While I held Trinity Ghoul and made an arrow out my power, that went soaring into a wall. Meanwhile Wrathos was watching us both before asking where we got these weapons from.


    "Three hundred years ago during the wars we constantly had."


    Was my answer to their question, also I just thought of an arrow and one formed. It used my new powers source and my mana that used to be locked. Speaking of which what does my status look like now?


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human(locked), EXO


    Age: 45


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King, Drone Controller, Myths Father, Guardian, Tainted Guardian


    lvl- 1 0/100


    Stats


    HP: 90,000/90,000


    Mana: 300,000/300,000


    Str: 1000


    Cha: 1000


    Dex: 1000


    Wis: 1000


    Int: 1000


    Luk: 1000


    Points: 0


    Money: $10mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 70, leadership- passive lv max, marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max


    =======================================


    Huh so my human race is locked now, while my level has gone back to one. Just my stats and everything else remain the same, I can live with that. Also I guess unless I continuously fire and use abilities I''ll never empty my mana. Now with that of the way I have Wrathos light up the area. So that all three of us can explore the place a bit to find an exit. That after a while of walking we come across a certain giant computer mainframe. That I couldn''t help but scream at to see what happens honestly.


    "Rasputin! Your still around computer is still around! Are you still operational and responsive Rasputin!"


    Wrathos looks at me like I''m crazy while Myriad who is connected to my soul. Has like seen my first life memories so she''s watching with interest. As we wait in silence the faint sound of a hum starts to kick in from somewhere. While the buildings old intercom systems come to life with Rasputin''s voice.


    "Voice unknown, Inquiry accepted, Rasputin Warmind is fully functional. Identify your self or you shall be terminated."


    "EXO Biazar Myster model-0, I was here fighting with you three hundred years ago. But got a lance my ?h?st along with my companion Myriad. You probably wrote us off dead and forgot us. But well circumstances have dictated our return today. Just I''m glad seeing you still around Rasputin though, I don''t remember much of you."


    "second lieutenant Biazar R. Chimera of the Dragoon Mercenaries, and Myriad Chimera the first two front line fighters. During the beginning of the collaspe three hundred years ago. Took a Cabal lance through the ?h?st while covering for evacuating staff and civilians. Its good see you both have returned, would you like to access the logs of what occured. After you both fell in battle or need my help, give the word and I shall offer my ?ssistance."


    Well then I guess we have a history even though we appeared today. Also my fu?k?n? lie actually happened?! I was just pulling that out of my ?ss really! However, it seems Rasputin is willing to offer me his help. So I signal Wrathos to get to looking through his logs while Myriad goes the prowl. Leaving me and this warmind to talk to each other so I ask him some things.


    "Rasputin does this room have a functional laboratory? If so I''d like to build something''s with your help."


    "This room does have a working laboratory one moment and I shall uncover it. But what is it that you''d like to build?"


    As the floor five feet away split open revealing a well hidden lab. I walked over to and ran my fingers across the equipment. Sure I still have my phone and things but I''ll save using them. I look up at Rasputin''s mainframe and begin explaining what I want.


    "Well first off I want to make a Harley motorcycle but as a speeder. Then you a body as if you stay here you''ll get uninvited guest eventually after you."


    "Acknowledged, beginning designing and building transport. Building a body based off the Cayde series. Time till complete two days for both projects. Thank you for your advice but why do I need a body specifically?"


    "Because Rasputin if you have a body you can help me even more. Your one of the best warmind humanity ever created after all! Just glad you didn''t attack anyone after three hundred years!"


    Right as I spoke those words the lights of the place I now know is the Cosmodrome. All the lights flickered like Rasputin was embarrassed..... I made a deadly machine act cute. I don''t know how to feel about this at all honestly. As Rasputin was pretty eager to destroy things in the game! Till you started to help him survive the vex. While this all was going on though Myriad came back. Aiming the sniper barrel of Silicon Neuroma out of her mouth. At a door way and so I did a quick turn my trinity ghoul ready to fire. Wrathos is to busy reading the old logs to even care about us.


    Coming out the door way is the Iron Lords, don''t know how they got here but they arm. When they show up Rasputin warns me about Hellas Basin. So my guess is that they split into two groups but the ones at Hellas Basin triggered him originally. Once the Iron Lords see me and Myriad ready to fight. A big one thats a titan lifts up a war hammer ready to fight. A female member of their group raises her hand up. Halting the big guys actions while she watches me. Her ghost appearing behind her and studyinv the area.


    "Haldred it appears this man and beast are both guardians linked to one ghost. Rasputin who also should of been destroyed during the collaspe. Is operational and seems to be interacting peacefully with them."


    "Oh? thats interesting a ghost that has two guardians. Now speak who are you and why are you here guardian. Also why is the warmind believed to be destroyed so friendly with you?"


    Rasputin seems to not like her tone as I can hear him arming the security systems. So I tell him to drive out the Hellas Basin intruders while priming the security. As for here I have him stand down but be ready to fight them. As she sees all of this, Haldred seems to get more interested. I answer her but keep my bow drawn and Myriad trains her barrel on the tanks skull.


    "Recently arisen guardians Biazar and Myriad, our ghost is busy. we''re here cause we died here defending Rasputins major fragment. During the start of the collaspe three hundred years ago. Now who are you lady cause I can tell you and your group are guardians."


    "I am Haldred of the Iron Lords, we were here to originally to scavenge Rasputin. But I see you''ve already beat us to it, but that doesn''t explain how you have memories. All guardians once arisen again are blank slates, but your not why?"


    "Like I told my ghost Wrathos, our memories are our own Traveler or not. No one but we can choose what happens to them end of discussion. Rasputin also isn''t for scavenging sure he can be crazy, but he''s still a friend. As he likely kept our bodies in a state they could be fixed from even as he fell asleep."


    "Affirmative, Biazar & Myriad Chimera both defended me and others. Till their fall, this unit designated them as friends. Thus I kept their bodies safe till a way to reactivate was available. Now they are back and so I shall follow their directives. As they are the last remaining ones with the authority over my systems."


    Hearing that the Iron Lords seemed disgruntled while I just smiled. Seems like my history i didn''t know of till now has earned me a scary friend. So I low my bow but Myriad stays ready, Rasputin having a railgun cannon coming from the ceiling. Aimed directly at the Iron Lords ready to erase them if they attack. So they are forced to relax when Rasputin repeats his warning to stand down. Now how will this all go since I''ve stolen Rasputin, away from basically everyone in the universe?

 Chapter 26 - Socking Zavala In The Face

    Haldred raised her arms up in frustration vand screamed at the ceiling. She''s obviously not pleased at all that I have control over Rasputin. Because I mean they wanted him yet some strange guardian has full control. As Rasputin even threatened to activate aurora retroflex protocol.Even though he''s not in danger but its glad to know i made that deep of an impression. That the last standing warmind will activate a defense protocol for me.


    "Rasputin your a bro you know that? Thanks for the backup. Now ms. Haldred please leave us there will be no claiming Rasputin today. However, if you need help one day remember this just ask around for call sign Black Oni."


    "Your more of a pain than Cayde-6 but yes obtaining Rasputin is not optional. So we''ll be taking our leave guardian, hope you survive long enough."


    With a sigh the Iron Lords leave, Rasputin putting away the giant gun. Myriad retracting the sniper barrel and scratching her ears. But just in case I tell Rasputin to activate midnight exigent. So that he can make choices on the fly if enemies show up. With that now I also have access to all of the weapons Rasputin hid. But more than anything I remember a disturbing protocol he has. So I plainly state some advice to him as he is likely to do so.


    "Rasputin never use protocols "ABHORRENT IMPERATIVE" and "LOKI CROWN". Unless you already did than if so I''d like to right now bud."


    "You knew of those 2nd Lt? Very well these protocols have only been used once. The Traveler tried leaving to a safer location. But it must not leave earth so I halted its travels. Weapons b?r?ly did anything to it, before an external force attacked. Damaging it to its current state though still active it sleeps."


    Yep Rasputin is crazy but maybe I can make him a controlled crazy. So like that we spent two days messing with Rasputin as he worked. During those two days Wrathos found us an old star warship. So while Rasputin worked on my bike and his body, Wrathos had the ship brought here. Where me, Wrathos, and Myriad worked on getting it fuctional. Its about the size for six people to live on it with four energy railguns. So its a pretty good find honestly that I gave Wrathos a pat.


    On the second day of repairing the ship though I gave it nice emerald green coating. As in big white letters "Lost" was painted on it. Because well we are gonna be doing a lot of things. That will make people think of us as lost causes. So while Wrathos finished up with the warp drive. Rasputin came riding into the room on my requested ride. While he looks like Cayde but without the horn and more orange. On his back however is a transforming railgun apparently. As he showed me it basically become any of the gun types.


    So I can safely say that he really is a dangerous machine. As that gun is what he was creating along with his body. But regardless now Rasputin is mobile which is probably very dangerous. Just hopefully not towards me! As I''m the one basically helping him out and traveling with him.


    "This feels odd but also refreshing now I am able to explore. While controlling my systems from anywhere thank you. For this suggestion Biazar, now as you requested here is your transport. As a means of attacking while driving I put in compacted solar restocking rockects. Into it to increase your survival rate, it also can go up to a hundred fifty miles per hour. I hope it is to your liking my friend, ah I see you''ve fixed up one of the old warships."


    "Yep while you were busy building all that Wrathos found the ship. So we''ve spent two days and nights constantly working on it. But yes the bike is very much appreciated and nice look it works for you."


    With a smile my new scary companion boards the ship. Storing the bike into the cargo department for me, Myriad following suite. Now once everything is done me and Wrathos board as well. Rasputin is the seat by the pilot seat preping the engines for me. Taking my seat in the pilot seat the ship comes to life, quickly jolting up through the crumbling roof. Once we''re out and above the cosmodrome I hit the gas. Taking off to the atmosphere quickly where we soon jump off to earth.


    Making sure we''re in earths orbit I have Wrathos try contacting Cayde-6. As out of everyone in the Vanguard, he''s likely the most open person. So while I wait for the connection to get through. I take a shot at a vex ship that just entered orbit. Quickly destroying it and gaining six levels from it. But I''ll hold off looking at my status for a while as I want to level up a few times. While thinking of that Cayde-6 finally answers my ghosts call.


    "Hello you''ve reached the most awesome hunter there is. What can I do for you since you''ve called me repeatedly now."


    "Hello you must be the Vanguard leader of the hunters Cayde-6 right? Well you see I''d like to talk with you, as I''m sorta a new guardian with circumstances. By circumstances I mean really messed up ones but, the Iron Lords have already met me."


    "Hm well this sounds interesting so I''m in! I''ll come meet up with you at your ship. See you in five guardian, Cayde-6 out."


    Well this shall be interacting to meet the very joker like hunter. I have Wrathos prepare to greet Cayde-6 on his arrival. Meanwhile I have Rasputin go set up a two rooms for us. As I do want a place to relax in once in a while. Now while he does that I brush Myriad''s fur which is now basically metal needles. Which reminds me of Jolteons pokedex entry saying its fur is basically needles. For five minutes I pamper Myriad till Cayde-6 arrives. In the ships lounge area for crew, giving a whistle at the sight.


    "Impress ship you got here! I''m a little jealous you get a big cool ship. Anyways you must be the new guardian that contacted me right?"


    "Yea thats me I''m Biazar a tainted guardian, though I''m more gray. As i have both the light and darkness in me since reviving. Also I''m a hunter warlock, but I''m not the only one revived. This cute little death machine at my feet is Myriad my companion. We both share a ghost so yea new duo of arisen guardians. Then well preping two rooms is a dangerous warmind now mobile. His name is Rasputin, the Iron Lords wanted him but he''s mine so they couldn''t have him."


    Cayde-6 could only look at me and blink a few times before breaking out laughing. Thinking this was a joke but since I didnt laugh along. He slowly started getting serious as he looked at me.


    "Your a gray guardian? Rasputin who should of been destroyed is on this ship? You and that little fluff ball share on ghost? You certainly do have some messed up circumstances! But that shouldn''t really be a problem to deal with. Just Zavala may not like it so much honestly. But how are you both hunter and warlock? What can you do I''m interested in this now tell me!"


    "Well I''m a beast master as my hunter subclass so thats why Myriad was revived. Necromancer is my warlock subclass, yes the type that controls the dead. Rasputin is alive and in a exo body yes but he''ll work with me. Also Zavala from what I''ve gathered I''ll punch if he says something rude."


    Following that the very same man barges onto my ship. Demanding some stuff like I follow him already that I got up. As I got up from my seat I quite literally punched him. Making him fly and hit a wall, Cayde-6 looking at us like idiot. His mouth a gape and his hands against his cheeks. Before he burst out laughing and helps Zavala up as he slid down the wall.


    "You really earned that one Zavala, now be respectful. Or you may just get another punch by our new guardian friend there."

 Chapter 27 - Ikora Likes Fluffy Robots?

    After punching Zavala a couple more times for trying to be bossy. Cayde-6 finally had to stop him from talking after he got over his laughing fit. As this is the first time he''s likely seen the main titan leader of the Vanguard. Get sent flying by a punch of another guardian so many times. Which isn''t all surprising as titans are supposed to be tanks. Yet a hunter warlock made one a punching bag everytime he spoke rudely.


    "Are you gonna stop trying to demand I die basically? Or do I need to move from your face to your crotch when I hit?"


    Cayde-6 when he heard that seemed like he really wanted to watch that. But knew it''d be very painful so he gave Zavala a look to give up. Which Zavala had to raise his hands in surrender with a sour look. While his ghost appeared a while ago to talk with Wrathos. So his ghost has a better understanding of my situation than him. As he only knows I have the darkness in me with the Traveler''s light. Which he probably showed up when he did because, Cayde-6''s ghost leaked stuff.


    So now thats willing to listen I tell him what I told Cayde-6. While moving my hand down to make Rasputin who was hiding in the corridor. Lower the highly destructive railgun in pistol mode that aimed at Zavala''s head. As he mumbled something about destroying a wall quietly. Which again this reinforces that Rasputin is crazy against hostile people. So once he''s fully no longer hostile, he joins us in the lounge to talk.


    During our talk Zavala was mostly quiet which is fine. I prefer talking things over with the loveable exo hunter than his stick the up ?ss. Me and Cayde managed to make an agreement between us. I''d help them out when they seriously need it and in return my group has access their facilities. While with Zavala as he is so Traveler happy, he stops messing with me in the Traveler''s name. In return I''ll listen to his opinion on certain things.


    So with those out of the way I ask if I need to meet Ikora. Cayde clapped his hands together and screamed great idea. As that''d likely make her excited to learn of a new warlock possibility. Zavala left after that little question after only saying do so. Cayde stayed aboard my ship though helped me pilot it to the towers hanger. Where we all departed and I gave Rasputin the strict command to learn to be friendly. So he went off on his towards a bar that Cayde recommended. To complete this command I just hope no one dies today knowing him.


    Cayde led me and Myriad around the tower and had us greet the vendors. Some of which weren''t there in the game so they either left or died before then. When we passed through the bar area of the tower, Rasputin was actually drunk dancing. Guess he likes alcohol which yea exo''s are able to eat and drink. The food and liquid just becomes the stuff keeping our joints and stuff oiled. Which I learned something a little disturbing that wasn''t mentioned in the games.


    It''s that exo''s actually have some fleshy parts and dna in them. So thats a little disconcerning but at the same time very interesting to say the least. So as we walk and talk about things we finally arrived at Ikora''s area. Cayde went to find her while I sat down on couch with Myriad. Laying on my ??p peacefully as I pet her head and ears. Getting some pleased wafu sounds from her as she enjoying it. That when Cayde and Ikor came back from Cayde found her at.


    Cayde moved a little fast and actually gave Myriad some attention. While a small smile was on his face as he lets out a relaxing pleased sigh. Before he left after saying good luck to us and to have fun. Guess Cayde must not get many chances to relax or see animals much during work. Ikora sat down across from me and began speaking to me about my powers.


    "Cayde mentioned your a hunter warlock, but not normal ones. For warlock however he mentioned that your a necromancer. Can you please elaborate on this? I''m quite interested to hear about this."


    With a helpless smile I watched as Ikora went scholar on me. Eager to learn about what I can do as a necromancer, that if I don''t please her she''ll hound me. So I asked if she could bring me a body and bones to use. Both of which were quickly provided by a group of six titans. Who dropped a Cabal leaders corpse and weapon and three bags of bones. Down on the floor before leaving the area off to work again likely. So I made the corpse reanimate and pick up its weapon.


    As I made them be stored in a sorta of Hades storage. That necromancers can use the Hive skeleton went into my storage, as Myriad and me are one in the same. Since she was born using my soul thus we can share things mainly. When Ikora saw the undead group vanish into a black portal though. She seemed to be curious about it so I just explained its storage. But we spent nearly eight hours together talking about necromancy and Myriad.


    That she moved over to the couch I''m on and started rubbing Myriad''s belly. Along with other things that got a rouse out her from Ikora''s attention. So like Cayde I learned she likely never has break and that she probably really loved fluffy things. As she didn''t let Myriad escape or seem bothered that her fur isnt real but metallic. Letting her have a bit of time to relax was fun to watch that when we left. Ikora made us promise to come around again twice every week. Women are strange but at least I''m not likely to be bored here!

 Chapter 28 - Assault On The City

    When I left Ikora after nearky eight hours of talking and stuff. I stopped by the tower bar and found a passed out Rasputin on the counter. So I lifted the drunken warmind up like a princess over my shoulder. Taking him back to our ship in the hanger where I see very likely the great grandma of the shipwright. From in the games inspecting my ship and even fixing things up for me. So I snuck up on her from behind and leaned in beside her head before speaking.


    "Hello there you must be the head shipwright? Is everything okay with my ship? Or are you just excited to see a pre-collaspe ship?"


    She jumped and swung a pipe wrench at my face in surprise. But I just caught it between my fingers as I smiled. She had some decent power in that swing. It pushed my fingers inwards a bit before they went back to normal. I''ll be looking after this woman she could probably be very entertaining. When she finally realized who I was though she seemed flustered about being found out.


    "Yes! Sorry being nosey about your ship its just so old and rare. As most ships like this old girl were destroyed during the collaspe. I''m surprised she''s even running at all! But when I looked at everything inside and outside. I saw that she received a lot of care in being repaired! Its pretty impressive in all honesty as parts aren''t common anymore."


    "Mm yea they weren''t easy to find but me, my ghost, and fuzzy companion here. Worked on the ship for two days and nights straight. Fixing things the best that we can at least to fly and warp around. Though if your interested you can work on her more, and really make her come to life."


    At my offer to work on the ship she screamed yes and laughed. I learned her name is Riley Holliday, before taking Rasputin off to his cabin. Hearing her last name though made very sure I''ll be meeting her great grand daughter. After four hundred and twenty-five years so I can''t really help but smirk. As I get to mess with Amanda Holliday one day just for fun! Thinking about it you never got a chance to explore the city down below. So I took my harley speeder out of the cargo hold and walked with it to the tower plaza.


    This may be stupid and everything but I''m planning to basically soar into the city. Myriad is staying back as she doesn''t wanna try it though. However when I get the plaza looking out down at the city. I see fire starting to crop up and heavy weapon flashes. So without any warning I get on my bike and speed jump off the tower pass Zavala. Free falling from basically over a thousand feet I use instantaneous pulse grenades. from my hunter and warlock powers to use as foot holds. That once I''m at about two hundred feet I store my bike and power drop onto a hive style tank.


    That upon impact explodes from my feet impacting on it very violently. My legs buckling from the impact but I quickly use my warlock abilities to make a shield. Shielding me from the explosion around and under me. Hive soldiers surrounding me in the mean time as I recover. However I''m not nice enough be shot at or clawed to death! So in a quick motion like the world was slowing down, I drew midnight coup from my ?h?st holster. Starting a rapid fire into the hive soldiers while using a tank bit as a shield. My fingers digging intos surface to hold it up and move about.


    Its great to a thousand strength in this situation as this is dangerous! Once the near by hive are gunned down I spinning throw the tank bit. Off into a scarily big hive member bisecting it in half. Now while things are clear I quickly raise the fallen hive as my undead minions! While I was doing that however a electrified bullet whizzed by. Blowing the head of a hive ?ssassin by the looks of it. However When I look towards the shot location, focusing very hard. I see Myriad on the tower railing a sniper barrel, coming from her mouth.


    Guardians that are brave also are rushing over the railing doing what I did. Meaning they may be slower but, they''ll be able to get the drop on enemies. Now as I have some nice undead soldiers I sick them upon their former friends! Some bite and run before being followed by a zombified hive member. Quickly growing my army while some titans have come crashing in the fray. So I''ll let them handle the civilians while I join my army and conquer! Dashing around the war zone of a city I kill and raise enemies as I go.


    Getting on top of a clock tower in the city I get a view on everything. To the far west of the city some guardian tanks are fighting the hive and advancing. In the south are a group of titans and Zavala protecting evacuees. In the east I see a mix of hunters and warlocks having a grand time. While to the north I see the elite hunters and warlocks being led by Cayde and Ikora. Leaving the center to me and my undead army to capture. Which is easier said than done as hive elders are being a problem. Their not letting my undead get anywhere close enough to infect them!


    So I take a clip of bullets for the midnight coup and infect them. With the powers of necromancy in very lethal amounts to instantly turn someone. As this is probably the best chance to overcome those elders. Who are throwing hive magic around all freely into my army. Taking aim the barrel resting on my left arm I shoot the nearest elder. While they''re distracted by my undead that are getting more crafty as time goes. My bullet hits them in the side where the necromancy quickly spreads. Turning the hive elder into a very strong wraith, a fine addition to my soldiers.


    So I take aim and double tap two more elders turning them into wraiths. While looking at parts of my army some have become wraiths from bathing in the magic. While watching the remaining elders get overwhelmed Ikora contacts me. Saying that my undead are threating to attack guardians so I have Myriad start popping heads. Of all the rebellious undead as I reign them in and start hunting the stragglers. Once my area is under control I have a third out of millions. Swarm the area being fought in by the tanks to help them out a bit.


    At the titan defensive a loud explosion goes off as a hive patriarch appears. So I dash across the roofs of buildings to fight the patriarch. My undead cramming the streets and back ways as the rush in. An unlucky hive fighting a titan getting pulled back and devoured hungrily. Once I''m in distance of the main attacker I launch into the air. Zavala seeing me slams a shield wall into the Patriarch. Who stumbles backwards, pulling out a traitors fate. I bury the sword into their back and unload the rest of my bullets. Infected with my necromancy into their back as they resisted the first shot.


    Once the patriarch has turned I remove my sword. Dropping infront of Zavala as the patriarch heads east as a my first lich commander. Looking back at Zavala and the scared civilians I pull a Cayde and make horrible jokes. To help lighten their fear which worked a bit so thats good. But Zavala looks at me rather seriously and bows to me slightly.


    "I''m sorry for how I''ve acted towards you guardian. You''ve shown you are a friend clearly as you drove head long into battle. While Quickly turning the tides of battle in our favour. Your companion has even provided excellent cover fire. You have my admiration guardian, but please control your undead they''re ???k?n? the shields."


    "Their just saying hi all the rebellious ones get shot to death by Myriad. So don''t worry much unless you don''t trust me much. Also either call me Biazar or Black Oni as thats my callsign. Now if you''ll excuse me I''m gonna stroll through the battle. To try and find another hive patriarch to make into a lich."


    With a wave of my hand I leisurely stroll off down the street. My undead following after me closely while they attack new arriving hive. This is going to be a rather busy night if I do say so but this is fun. Just if anyone makes up a bullshit legend or rumor about me I''m sending a lich after them!

 Chapter 29 - Hive King and Queen

    This bloody war has been on going for the pass five hours! That by now all guardian''s but me have fallen back to the titan line. No New hive have shown up luckily but, there''s two portals on the city walls. My undead are clamouring everywhere around it ready to pounce. Which if someone looked closely enough they''d see lots of variations. I have over a million normal undead hive soldiers all howling at the portals. Two thousand death knight like hive members with swords drawn. A thousand wraiths acting as mages and leaders in the mix. Then at least twelve liches from patriarchs are leading undead.


    Seeing all these undead from a top the tallest building. As Myriad has joined me is pretty nice to see as its my army. But those portals are troublesome it means that likely big bosses. Who wanted to colonize this place are coming through those things! So as that is likely the case I put midnight coup in its holster. While I take the rocket launcher sins of the past from Myriad. Turning the rockets into infection rockets that''ll leave mist. Upon exploding so it''ll only serve to turn anything unlucky in a wide area.


    Just when I finish turning all the rockets the two main culprits appear. From the portals drop two very large hive members. Bigger than some of the story buildings around the city. But seeing how they sent this many hive here I''ll be dubbing them. King and Queen of the hive, as their one of the first I''ve seen like this. But where''s there two there''s likely hundreds more elsewhere! Once they land on the wall I fire a rocket off at the king. That upon seeing the rocket fly the army starts charging them.


    Infection mist covering the kings head that once he inhales. He gets nice douse of it in his lungs meaning he''ll be turning soon. As the bites from the soldiers accelerate the process. The queen is holding her ground against my army for now. Just that was until the king suddenly bites her shoulder. Wrestling her to ground as he continues biting her to death. The soldiers roaring at their queens fall but cheer once she turns.


    So now I''ve got the equivalent of two death tyrants. This little skirmish went nicely in my favor as I got a decent army! Now as its all over I send everyone but the death tyrants, and the first lich. Into my necromancer storage for a later date to shine. But for these three as they''re my first of their groups I''ll name them. The male tyrant shall be Vash, the female Kurumi, and the lich Achile. Now with them named I got a notification about them all. Listing them as my first three undead executives in my army.


    So that likely means they''ll be more intelligent than most. Thats very pleasing to know is a possibility likely. With that out of the way I send them away like the rest. While getting down from the building I''m on with Myriad. I check my status to see whats new about it.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human(locked), EXO


    Age: 45


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King, Drone Controller, Myths Father, Guardian, Tainted Guardian, Black Oni Tyrant


    lvl- 40 500/40,000


    Stats


    Mana: 320,000/320,000


    Str: 1600


    Agi: 1000


    Cha: 1000


    Dex: 1000


    Wis: 1000


    Int: 1000


    Luk: 1000


    Points: 0


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 70, leadership- passive lv max, marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv 10


    ==================================


    Wooh only forty levels the leveling requirements are gonna be harsh. In this world but those six hundred points went into strength. As there''s going to be some very big fu?kers that love punching. Now making my way towards the guardians I tell the commanders thats its all clear. Survivors and guardians move into the city and start the repair work.


    While I meet up with Zavala, Cayde, and Ikora who are heading back. Cayde gave me a highfive and commented on how awesome. It was to see my powers in action on such a large scale. Then just witness the cramped streets clear instantly from any undead. Ikora gave me a very pleased and amused smile for the spectacle. Zavala remained stoic with another stick up his ?ss. Trying to look like a calm and collected leader now in front of me.


    Rasputin and Riley were in the plaza waiting for me. Rasputin was pretty excited to learn what I did going on about protocols. While Riley was saying I''ve already made a name for myself. As one of her friends from the city called to tell her about. The black oni tyrant who led millions of undead in retaking the city mercilessly. With a strange wolf exo sniping enemies and rebellious undead. Then as if the army was a dream they disappeared in a black fire with only us both. Walking down the street calmly like we weren''t just in a skirmish.


    For our victory Cayde dragged us to the bar to party. Saying we need to relax after such a long and draining fight. I didn''t drink anything but I sat at the bar eating a meatball sub. Rasputin not touching another glass of alcohol for tonight. As he doesn''t want to be carried back again over my shoulder. Riley was making drunken advances on her pipe wrench. Which is quite funny as apparently it turned her down six times.


    Cayde, Zavala, and Ikora where all relaxing back at a table. Drinking some scotch while complaining about the aburptness of the attack. Zavala half drunkenly screamed it was a bunch of bullshit and thay should fu?k off. Ikora was drinking in moderation while watching Zavala rant. Cayde well he was face down on the table singing he''s awesome. Whileile his arms flailed about lazily before passing out.


    Tonight''s been interesting and rewarding to say the least. The universe better be careful though I''m pretty merciless. That I may hound anyone with undead if they bug me.

 Chapter 30 - Dragons Wont Be Extinct, Their Mine Now!

    Five weeks have passed and I''m exploring around the earth. Taking pictures of the destroyed yet beautiful landscape. While Everyone else but Wrathos from my group are hunting bounties. As we need money and the enemies along with bounties give us income! Though right now I''m in the ruins of texas walking around looking at things. Since I don''t really have an objective right now after busting my ?ss. In helping around the city or helping out Riley get ship parts for mine.


    Texas apparently had one of the leading producers for said parts. Thus the only reason besides exploring for me being here. That through my aimless walking I ended up on a rooftop. Where I spotted literally dozen of taken from guardians to hive. Jumping on a rare group of six Ahamkara''s protecting some eggs. Thinking about it I want some dragons in my army... time to harass the taken! Those are my dragons I''ve decided that you taken bastards!


    Thus deciding the Ahamkara''s are mine I summon the legions best. Which in cover the roofs and streets near by me. Vash, Kurumi. and Achile are on my roof awaiting the order. So I simply point at the fighting and say kill. But to leave the eggs alone I''m not a fu?k?n? monster. I''ll spare the eggs or children of an animal but of some other race. Not so much as even kids can be deadly killers behind a mask.


    Once I gave the word at least ten thousand undead charged. The first to arrive was the more agile hive undead who mauled. Any taken in sight now with legion distracting them for me. I pull trinity ghoul off my shoulder and take aim before firing three hirlok arrows. That I made through the workshop app then filled with necromancy to the limit. Upon contact they''ll disolve but the energy will attack the body. So I aim three arrows each at the six ?du?t Ahamkara''s who are fighting.


    Though it''ll take a while those dragons are already mine. But just in case I pelt them all with three more arrows. Then I sat down on the rooftop watching the show and started singing.


    "You think your safe, you think you can win, you think its just a dream. But oh no my friend its real, if you b?r? your teeth you''ll be swallowed up, you can''t really win as your friends only join the team. The legion shall conquer and turn you all into a member of the undying team.


    You can not stop the legion, you can not stop the legion you can not stop the legion!!


    We''ll hunt you down and we''ll devour your flesh as food. For we are the undying legion, peace is not an option when you b?r? your fangs. Only death awaits you then you fools!"


    I sing my random song as i watch the taken try to turn my soldiers. Only to find out they can''t even take one finger of theirs! Hm? Oh joy the dragons have fallen and join the ranks! Guess I''ll have the eggs brought over here then and make a new skill. While some of the legion carry the egg cluster of twelve eggs towatds me. I make a Incubator dimension type skill for five million. So that I can nurture these rather rare dragons. Into some non-undead pets and friends over the years.


    If someone tries touching these kids they''ll be facing undead dragons. Speaking of which all of my new additions are breathing necromatic flames. Which are just melting the taken till none of them are left alive. So after storing the eggs in the incubator I store everyone again. Then take my leave and rest under a tree on a hill. Completely relaxing as this is one of the best breaks I''ve had in years! Though i miss my girls but I won''t be seeing them for a while or ever again.


    Speaking of which so nothing disturbs my peaceful nap. I summon one of my many chimera''s I created in my first life. The one I brought out was Shulker my werewolf, archangel, phoenix, and shadow chimera. He looks like a combat priest but he''s great at killing from nowhere. To describe his appearance, he is a humanoid looking like a werewolf. With four slightly flaming angel wings on his back. Standing at six feet and twelve inches tall in all.


    Carrying four separate weapons on his person daily. A slash of throwing knives across his ?h?st and waist. a mace strapped to his right leg, and a hatchet to left. Then a sawed off shotgun on his left arm that packs a punch.


    I''ll leave defending the area to him, I''m gonna try dreaming of my family. With a short I leave it to you I pass out taking it easy. Which sure I could of summoned an undead but, I like seeing my chimera''s out. Though when I fell asleep i sorta just drifted in a black abyss alone till Myriad joined me. Just I hope this is a good dream and not something fu?k?d up.

 Chapter 31 - Growing Family 18+

    This chapter is long and explict so if you''re not ready don''t read it and yea nudity is involved with some random kinks people have


    ==================================


    In the dream abyss with Myriad I looked around the place. As this place is still pretty empty till the place turns into a place. That we are both all to familiar with just its empty and lonely. Myriad takes her place on our old couch with a soft wh?n?. Guess she''s even missing my wife and kids though the kids tortured her. While they were growing up a so I sat next to her and started petting her. We sat like that for a few hours just like that reminiscing about them.


    Till something changed in the surrounding which brought a surprised face. Not from me or Myriad but from three certain people we knew very well. Who walked through the door with a new addition with them as they looked at us confused. Not before long however a hyperactive yet crying Lunar jumped me. I still look like an exo so does Myriad, just they all still recognized us. When I focused on my wife though I saw the faint outline of a chain connecting us. Then from the three kids is one as well connecting us.


    With a small chuckle I take a very good guess of whats happening. These sly little chains are probably the chains of "Eternal Bonds" that Laura mentioned. But that doesn''t explain this situation unless these chains brought us here. From A subconscious wish by all parties bound by them. Which is very likely so I''ll just take this time to be with them again. For what seemed like a day I was with them before the destiny world. Pulled us back to it ending our little family reunion that was needed.


    Waking up I sat up under the tree I took a nap under. Shulker disappearing when I get up, guess he did his job well. So I get up and chuckle with a little whistle ready for more mayhem. So I head back towards the tower on my bike, editing my exo body a bit. Through the help of the workshop just it felt a little weird. Feeling my body change like that felt very fu?k?n? strange to experience! But well Cayde your little revelation of the fleshy bit and dna in exo''s. Shall help me in being the jokester of death involved with one family line.


    As I really want do wanna be that one family friend who screws with you. Since I''ll be around for literally centuries I might as well mess with Amanda Holliday. Or well once I figure something out I''ll mess with the world a bit more. As I''m getting the urge to experiment a little with things here. Ack! Seawater got in my mouth! It taste like some fu?k?d up food! I speed off towards the tower a little faster since I''m approaching it now.


    Once I''m there I just slowly drive up an area that leads up to it. Where I come up into a little hidden cave. That has stairs leading up into the tower, getting off my bike and storing it. I head up into the tower while thinking about how interesting this is going to be. So for the next couple of months while working, I''ve occasionally messed with Riley. Up till she got married to a guy named Marilo who is okay. Just in case though I had an undead crow follow him everyehere.


    I was out in Awoken terroritory crushing a fallen scavengers head. When Wrathos who after seeing my wife I took pity on a bit. So I helped slowly adjust their voice, to borderline feminine yet manly. Wrathos said Riley left a message about the guy crow has been tailing. Just beat her then divorced her so I cracked my mechanical knuckles. Heading back to earth after four months of watching him. He slipped up~ now time to for the oni to hunt new prey.


    It only took thirty minutes to get back into earths orbit. My ship speeding into the towers hanger where I disembark. Riley waiting down on the hanger deck for me so I just pat her head. While I continue off towards my crow, Riley likely knows what I''m up to. But she says nothing just says come back soon from behind me in a depressed voice. Well then Marilo lets see how you feel being carved up~ will you regret it?


    I don''t even take the hidden cave or the railings to the city. I use a little secret I''ve been working on so as I walk. The dark flames of Hades cover me then I just walk out by my crow. Who is sitting on a buildings rooftop looking over a bar called Harlow''s River. Guess your times up but I''ll wait, this is the slum area of the city after all. No one will bat an eye if he dies in an alley way. Thus I wait for Marilo to come out of the bar while playing with cards. After four hours of waiting my crow caws letting me know he''s out. So I drop down into an alley the way he''s stumbling.


    Once he walks by it my hand covers his mouth tightly while I drag him off. He can kick and flail all he wants but, he''s dying tonight so says deaths ambassador. So once were in a nice little area I make a silence dome from my hunter powers. Once I let him go he screams at me in a drunken stupor.


    "Who the fu?k do you think you are?! I am Marilo *hic* of the flaming arms!! You wanna mess with me I''ll fu?k you up! *hic*"


    "Oh no no no you won''t be fu?k?n? anyone up~ after all you hurt someone. Who knows the literal ambassador of death and though they didn''t ask for this. You''ll be dying a slow painful death tonight okay~?"


    The drunken bum seemed confused about I meant. Till a cloud that was covering the moon moved away showing my face. Which once he got a good look at me he turned pale and tried running away only to hit a invisible wall. Poor guy he thinks he can escape my dome but screaming won''t save him. While he banging and screaming for help against the dome wall. I grab his leg and drag his sorry ?ss into the center of the dome. Where I took out my sword a traitor''s fate and smiled down at him while holding it.


    He screamed and begged for mercy but I didn''t listen. I just started cutting along his arms slowly before slamming the blade. Through his hands then moving onto his legs I just slowly diced them up. While humming a little cheerful song that only served to make him mad with fear. Once his legs and feet were literally millions of diced cubes. I stopped his bleeding also jolting him awake from passing out from pain. So that he doesn''t pass out again I numbed his body. Before dicing his arms and fingers like his legs and feet.


    "Y-y-you monster your not a guardian your a butcher! You fu?k?n? bastard leave alone already! Just kill me you sick fu?k! Just I hope everyone knows that your a monster and hunts you down!"


    "Oh mr. Marilo they already know I am I''ve displayed that many times before. But don''t worry no one will ever recognize you again~! you''ll be in a million little pieces left for stray animals to eat~!"


    Finishing up my words my sword goes through his crotch. Before I start moving a lot faster and dice him up completely. The look of fear stuck on his face after his heart was destroyed. Now I''ll take my leave goodbye Marilo~ Never rest in peace ya bastard. Like a ghost I left the area where once a may laid, now just pieces of a diced man in blood. The blood on my armor and cloack I burn away leaving it clean like it never got dirty. While the blood dripping from my sword turns into a screaming crystal blood screaming ghost. With Marilo''s soul trapped within it before I left it with his gang. As a cursed item that''ll kill them all before disappearing forever.


    Once I''m back at the tower I head to the hanger to my ship. But I stumble upon a drunk Riley and her ?ssistant Fala kissing. In their drunken stupor so I couldn''t help but chuckle a bit which gave me away. Riley looked at me and screamed your back while Fala was getting shy from being caught. So I sat with them and listened to their drunken ramblings learning that Riley was pregnant. While Fala just sat there drinking as she looked down shyly. Soon during their drinking and ramblings, Riley looked at me before making a drunken demand while looking serious.


    "Fuck us!"


    At this I just blinked before picking them both up aburptly. Their drinks dropping and spilling on the floor but, its a discrete spot so its not noticeable. Carrying them off onto my ship into my cabin where I put them on my bed. Myriad who was sleeping in her bed looked towards us. As I stripped the two women out of their work clothes getting a good look at them. Riley looked exactly like her great grand daughter Amanda in every way if I''m honest. While Fala her ?ssistant was Indian woman who had nice colored chocolate skin. A very attractive body like that of a models with some pretty big br??st.


    Fala joining her after she started so I was pretty pleased. With two women working away at me so I sat back against the wall enjoying it. Eventually blowing my glowing load onto their faces and br??st. The glow I couldn''t get rid of so I gave up trying to do so. Once they were done though I pinned Riley onto my bed and started fu?k?n? her senseless. It took an hours for her turn but her v???n? was leaking my ?um. Fala was a mess from fingering her self but I pinned her down.


    Which following suite I pushed into her roughly finding out she was a v?r??n. But that didn''t stop me from screwing her like I did Riley. She took a bit longer than Riley but she was leaking the same as her. Though I didn''t stop there I had them pressed together before doing them again. Eventually though we lost track of time and of what happened. That the next morning I woke up to three ?um covered figures. Two being the lovely shipwrights I brought to bed, then Myriad who was curled up on my ?h?st.


    I really don''t know what all happened last night but guess Myriad joined in. I should feel disgusted but I don''t care I got two girls on my arms. That have smiles on their sleeping faces so I''ll just go back to sleep for now. I''m pretty exhausted still after all of that just I''ll see what happens later.

 Chapter 32 - Two Hundred Years Training Newbies

    So apparently Zavala wants me train any newly arisen guardians. Which made me look at him like he''s an idiot as I''ve only been here. For what like a few months and I''ve only made an undead army. Sure I managed to kick a tank away as it was trying to crush him. During a venus skirmish with the fallen trying to capture one of their leaders. Who I had dragged off into a crevis with literally hundreds of undead. His people tried to save him but when they got close to the wall to do so. Only to get beefy cabal hands around their necks and dragged in as well.


    If anyone watched it though they''d probably think of a zombie scene. Where hundreds of hands break through things and grab someone. Then drag them through while they scream and get torn apart. Before the undead flood into the area and either overwhelms or forces a retreat. It was like that as once their boss got dragged through a stone wall. Vash and Kurumi came out of the ground and started a slaughter fest. Though when the guardian''s arrived there to capture the boss. They only found torn up fallen and blood stains everywhere in places.


    After that whole situation Zavala took a guess it was me. Which leads to him wanting me a new guardian wanting to train. All of the new and normal guardians when I don''t think thats good. Since one I don''t know how to teach people anything really. Two they''d probably attacking my undead and get bitten thenb not even the ghost can save them. As a titan had punched one of my undead while trying to punch me. My undead are pretty docile unless ordered or hit by something. So when he punched the undead it grabbed his fist and bit his wrist.


    Then well he couldnt be revived by his ghost as he completely became undead. So yea not even guardians are immune to my necromancy power. Then well third reason is because I''d have to save their ?sses from troublesome things. But that all went out the window when I heard him mention prison. Cause he''s talking about the guardian prison for dangerous leaders of all factions! Once he basically promised me access to powerful people I was very pleased. So I agreed for that reason only as those prisoners are dangerous.


    So if I could get my hands on them then I could make diverse undead. So once I was ready to train them I had Rasputin and Myriad behind me. As I greeted the ones there for training I saw a group of eighteen guardians. six hunters, six warlocks, and six titans made up their group. One of them had his helmet off and looking all smug. While our ghost where all out and it seems they all came to some unheard agreement. The smug titan pushed everyone else apart making his way to me. Once he was eight feet away he looked at me in contempt as he spoke.


    "I don''t need training especially any training from a hunter and warlock. So you''ll tell commander Zavala that I Hamul, was to great and didn''t need this training. If you don''t I''ll break you apart you stupid machine!"


    Listening to this human male though he had no memories of his life. Apparently he retained his personality of a human supremist jerk. I looked at his ghost and they simply beeped at me. Not willing to try stopping whats to come to its naive guardian. So onnce I raised a finger Rasputin and Myriad ready auto rifles. The other guardians who say this slowly moved away, the smug guy not getting whats going on. But once he saw me smile and his ghost leave him alone he got confused.


    "Special lesson for smug guy over here, dodge or die painfully. Your ghost once it revives you will leave you and you''ll keep practicing dodging. Until you can completely auto rifle bullets being fired at you."


    He tried saying something but he was cut off when I pointed at him. Rasputin and Myriad both started shooting at him relentlessly. So I turned to the other newbies and clapped my hands.


    "Now for you all before you can use your powers we need to train your bodies. So you''ll be running ten miles, then doing forty push ups. If you slack you''ll get shot at or have one of my soldiers attack."


    With an evil chuckle I continued the training of the newbies. That one year passed, three years followed slowly by more years. That at the cusp of two hundred years of bullying the newbies for Zavala. I had become known as the "Undead Mentor" in training them all. As with every successful training of the newbies, I escorted high ranked prisoners. Out of prison to a little cave which had ex-prisoners there. As undeads waiting to turn their old prison mates into undead as well. That by year two hundred I had cleaned out whole bottom level of the prison.


    That after training the newbies for the years start I was sitting. On top of a half sunken building on neptune while I watch a battle. Where my undead are rushing the vex and cabal trying to capture the planet. But with my interference they started to panic once they arrived. So I''m planning to capture the planet and start a faction here. Since eventually my undead will be to much to store. So a planet will be needed for all of them and well neptune has hidden secrets.

 Chapter 33 - Visiting The Traveler

    After a month of screaming at Zavala that planet Neptune is where I''ll base my operations out of. I waa sitting in the tower bar drinking some fire whiskey. With one of Riley''s and mines great grand sons and their son who was just nibbling on a cookie. While admittedly beside me was one of my great grand daughters with her son and daughter. I may of never married Fala but she did marry Riley. Then well I did have a few kids with both after five years. But I''ve been around the family or watching via ghost and undead crows.


    Cayde also surpringly is great with kids just he tries hiding it. Though me seeing him playing with orphans and sometimes my family. Sorta ruins his act of being bad with kids by a large amount. Ikora also has taken a liking to playing with them though she gets rough when. Ever one of them say she is ancient, shes still a woman and pretty looking. That I won''t openly agree as she''s is a powerful warlock that has destroyed a town! Which was cool but also very full of void and lightning energy that erased all life.


    "So you all are planning to go camping? Where at exactly since most area''s are crawling with foes."


    "Mm yea everyone from the family is planning to camping at a waterfall near the tower. Because at the base of where it is there''s a beautiful waterfall. Are you gonna be able to it though in six days grandpa?"


    With a small chuckle I stroke my metal chin like it has a beard. As I ponder over my grand daughter Ruth''s question while her kids. Along with Richard and his son look at me waiting to hear my answer. So I gave them the honest answer while taking a sip of my whiskey.


    "Mhm maybe after me, Rasputin, and Myriad visit the Traveler. Since Neptunes base construction is going well due the legions efforts. Depending on what happens there I should be able to come."


    Hearing my answer they all gave a wry smile as they know whats likely to happen. As a necromancer, a crazy warmind, and a tricky beast. Are likely to get into our usual troublesome antics durung this trip. However, when I mentioned Rasputin, Ruth''s daughter Nill started going grandpa Rasputin. Which is funny as during these five hundred plus years! The most troublesome thing he''s faced is kids as he he can''t figure them out! It was so god damn funny that when he started running away from kids.


    That I started laughing so hard that I fell off the tower and onto a poor vex. Who died from my impact into it so I gave it a silent apology for its aburpt death. Anyways wrapping up this little family time Ruth and Richard go back to work in the hanger. While the kids go to Ikora''s place to learn stuff from her and Cayde. As they can generate some warlock and hunter powers. Don''t really know how but it started fifty years ago when the Traveler. Gave off a mysterious weak glow which is one of the reasons I want to visit it.


    Also my status has changed quite a bit due to me reactivaing the money gen which I upgraded big time. So that it produces at least one million every five hours. Giving me a good amount of money over they last five days of planning. Then buying stuff from the shop on my phone through the inventory.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human(locked), EXO


    Age: 245


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King, Drone Controller, Myths Father, Guardian, Tainted Guardian, Black Oni Tyrant, Undying Mentor


    lvl-80 500/80,000


    Stats


    HP: 102,000/102,000


    Mana: 340,000/340,000


    Str: 1600


    Agi: 1100


    Cha: 1100


    Dex: 1100


    Wis: 1100


    Int: 1100


    Points: 0


    Money: $5mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, Combat Mastery- passive lv 30 Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv 10, Deaths Ambassador- unique lv max, Technomancer- unique lv 2, Plague Doctor- unique lv 4


    ==================================


    I had thirty-five million dollars but that disappeared pretty fast. My combat skills merged after buying Tactical Mind for five hundred in the shop. I bought a guild function from the shop as well for fifteen million. Deaths Ambassador was five million, Technomancer was two million, then Plague Doctor was the rest bringing me to five million.


    Technomancer- Due to having necromancy this skill has evolved from normal. You can now raise undead machines while using the normal powers. That Technomancer skill provides but it''ll emit necrotic energy.


    Guild Function- You can now create a guild! This feature allows you to talk to members even from a different world. If you wish you can also summon the guild members into a space between all worlds for meetings.


    Plague Doctor- You can create or cure dieases more easily now. You decide your patients fate do they live? Or do you let the plague claim their lives?


    With those I took my two companions who joined my guild. To explore the Travelers insides as we''re going through the blown off bits. So as I got into the tower plaza the speaker was there. Holding Rasputin at gun point and when I showed up he shot at me. The bullet simply dinged on my armour while I looked at him. Everyone else guardian and vendor also were very confused. With a worried look at they looked towards me and Rasputin. We''re both very calm despite the speakers actions and thats worrying.


    "So your rather lively there, why are you being so violent?"


    "Because your a guardian that must not be allowed to touch the Traveler! You tainted abomination I don''t know why the Traveler even lets you exist! You hold darkness inside of you, yet you live! You violate the dead yet you don''t care! WHY DOES THE TRAVELER LET YOU EXIST YOU MONSTER!!"


    With a displeased face I walk pass him while kicking his side. Sending him crashing through a wall into another area. While leaving I leave everyone with a few words.


    "I may be tainted but at least I work on the border of both sides to help. My undead and my ways have so far protected everyone here since I came. But if you have that much a problem then I''ll be sealing of Neptune after my trip."


    Cayde came running to the plaza screaming wait but I just left on my ship with Rasputin. Ikora was screaming in the distant at the speaker likely about his stunt today. Zavala was watching from a far a displeased expression from what happened. The speaker may of just costed the tower a powerful ally and friend from that. So everyone in the tower could only react coldly towards him.

 Chapter 34 - Dark Parasites

    If you know someone bungee on the destiny team then show them this if you want. As this could be a very interesting level or concept to see in the game. Since we don''t know really know what the Traveler is or why it exist.


    =======================================


    After leaving the tower we started heading towards the Traveler. So while we''re doing that I''m gonna pull a deadpool and break the fourthwall. YEA I''M LOOKIN AT YOU BLACK ONI AND WOMANIZER!! To answer your question womanizer the people currently in the guild are as follows. Laura, Lunar, Dawn, Carl, Clementine, Lee, Rasputin, Cayde, myself, Myriad, and her pups.


    Before you ask womanizer apparently she pulled a fast one on us. She and the gamer are a nightmare team together! So yea she really pulled a fast one two hundred years ago. The other half of your question is that the guild has a hierarchy. Everyone but me and Myriad has a ranking while both us are main and sub master. The system wouldn''t budge on me being the leader and her being the sub leader. The other rankings are as follows for everyone else.


    "Myth" belongs to Laura, Dawn, Lunar, and then Myriad''s pups. As they''re are mythological descendents. The rank also is neither high or low its in own category. Next is the "Lieutenant" rank belonging to Cayde, and Rasputin. Next is "Mercenary" Which belongs to Clementine and Lee. Those are the only ranks so far okay you got that womanizer?


    Now Black Oni you made a joke about that nightmare of world. Which led to the guild name as the one you joked to doesn''t get jokes. Though the name is pretty accurate as the guild is connecting worlds with dead roads. And the guild is ran by an insane necromancer that has an undead legion! So thanks for the name but also damn you if I have to go there! I''m killing off that whole world in your name! So you''ll have to feel guilty for its demise Black Oni! Now back to our regularly scheduled adventure of dead roads.


    Myriad was looking at me with what could only be a shit eating grin. Troublesome pup you think this is funny? I''ll be showing you funny later just you wait Myriad! Ack! Down Jason stop ???k?n? me! While I was being licked and getting a shit eating grin towards me. Rasputin had made the ship hover outside the Traveler, though all calls that we been receiving we''ve ignored. With us hovering near it we''ve noticed something wrong.


    The parts that looks exploded like in the games seem off. As they are definitely exploded but inside there''s the flashes of weapons. So all of us got ready we even got Myriad''s pups, which there''s five of by the way. They were a strange case but I think of them as basically cyborgs or warforged. Wrathos also had a change making marble sized ghost for them all. So Wrathos is a ghost with literally the most guardians ever. Since we don''t know whats going on in there at all. I''m having Rasputin stay outside just in case of death.


    Going through the cargo bay to my bike thats got some modifications. For this little voyage mainly a gatling gun that generates bullets from literal kinetic force. I get on it while in a basket behind me the wolf pack gets in. Rasputin starts opening the cargo bay door us facing our entry point. Which is very lit up with weapon fire almost like the Traveler has been fighting. Whatever got inside of it for a very long time now and we''re about dive into it. As a random character always said "No pain no fu?k?n? gain"!


    But the ghost side is on the defensive as every second one leaves. Likely to revive a new guardian or they fall to the parasites with a loud crunch. So in a time like this I store the bike while the pack has flame thrower barrels ready. While from my inventory I pull out my own original guardian weapon. A very volatile flame thrower that spews flames that work like napalm, but until its victim dies they never go out. With one squeeze of the trigger the six barrels at the front start spinning. Creating a flaming tornado of death accompanied by six other flames bursting to life.


    The ghost notice our uninvited ?ssistance but, they all only start a chorus of more intense lasers. When they see that the parasites are starting to drop in numbers. But from above on all sides they start dropping in like waves. Guess the screaming death rattles of agony attracted them! A ghost that seems to be one of the many commanders flies over to us doing a spinning rapid fire. Until its next to us just had to catch it with a technomancer field.


    "Guardians? What are you all doing in here?! This place isn''t safe to be at!"


    "Investigating the Traveler of our own will little light. Though seems you guys have been fighting on the home front for over three hundred years. Though I may have a way to help just to do so I need to know how your made!"


    A parasite was falling from above us so I look up my mouth open. As a hidden flamethrower shoots out of my mouth turning the critter to ashes. The ghost who came to us seemed terrified but relieved. Though if it had a face I bet it''d look at me with a stern face. As I probably shouldn''t know how to create the ghost! Just this scene dictates I do something or else we''ll all die! When it seemed like the ghost was gonna say no the Traveler trembled.


    Making the ghost flashed red before, it agreed and had my ghost show me. Once the schematics were imprinted into my head. I pulled up the workshop through the gamer''s interface. Where I started a mass production of offensive and defensive ghost in overtime. All were made using hirlok metal as the base and core, once the first hundred of each finished. From thin air the appeared to allow the Traveler to power them up.


    Once they hummed to life they scattered around the battlefield. The defensive ghost as they were made and powered started a mass push. Pushing the parasites into kill boxes where the offensive ghost started a fire show of annihilation. Flamethrowers all the way to rockets of energy going off in every direction. The normal ghost onve given a chance all started to repair things. I guess while some still kept flying off to outside world to revive guardians.


    Sometimes I could see five of each ghost type flying into the parasite tunnels. That closed up as they went likely hunting the parasites down. The same ghost that came towards us started leading us. Up through the Travelers innards which some of the places we went through. Looked like area''s of a city so either guardians were supposed to live here. Or the Traveler once housed its own unique race once before those parasites came. As we moved though I kept deploying offensive and defensive ghost. That eventually the numbers I released surpassed the one million mark.


    When we finally came to a stop the ghost leading us had stopped in a giant dome area. At the top of the Traveler very likely so as above us. Was the sky and space in all its fu?k?d up glory in every sense of the word. The ghost had left afterwards zipping back down into the battle to likely never be seen again. The area around us looked like a swampy forrest area with a temple further in it. Just before we could take a step forward to explore our first very likely residents. Appeared before us in all their snaky glory, as before us were basically Naga''s or Yanti in DnD terms.


    The one at the head of the pack of these new faces was a murky pink. Naga dressed like a priestess and well they had br??st. So at least I won''t confuse females and males together thats a relief! My relief didn''t last long though as Rasputin came on over the coms. Screaming about the parasites trying very hard to get on and in it.


    "Rasputin leave us for now me and the wolf pack are safe. But those parasites are likely a welcoming gift for the Traveler. From the darkness during the collaspe. So get far away then start up protocol "Evening Dawn" that we discussed during these two hundred years. We''ll be seeing you soon again Rasputin so don''t die on us."

 Chapter 35 - The Travelers Two Races

    So my book stats are literally at almost 200k views and 600 collections... honestly never thought it''d be this loved since all ive done is freely do things in my writing while sometimes rushing a bit or even some how have words vanish! So thanks ya guys even ya rude ones or my recently appeared grammar nazi your all fun.


    ==================================


    After I made sure Rasputin left I sent Cayde a message through the guild. Saying that I''m in the very top of the Traveler with Rasputin going to lurk elsewhere. Also that he is authorized to invite Ikora to the guild. Anyone else and the guild system won''t work, which when I asked him to join. Cayde was surprisingly very ecstatic while jumping around screaming "RPG!" it was scary. Cayde tried asking me to come back to the tower afterwards. I only sent him a maybe in return but I likely will do so to see what happens.


    Turning back to our naga like host with a new face showing up. As when I last looked there wasn''t a kobold like race there! Though it looks more like the kobold race from a game based off a web comic. From my old world called "Price For Freedom" good webcomic lots of ?du?t content and action. Though I would get chastised for looking at a webcomic and webcomic game containing p?rn. Just really though where did the kobold come from?! It won''t try robbing or dismantling me I hope as kobolds are known shiny lovers! Though she her scales are a pretty obsidian color, her eye''s seem to be amethyst colorb and her tongue its well bright fu?k?n? purple!


    "Uh who''s the kobold looking person and what are you guys called?"


    "I''m Ja''Fel! I''m a Lohdo though the Traveler has shown us what your humanity. Calls our races but we''re the only ones here! Though if you want you call our races your "Naga" and "Kobold" stuff!"


    That ones hyper female kobold though she doesn''t seem to wanna dismantle me. Thats good I would of shot her if she tried to do so. While Ja''Fel was being all hyperactive and bubbly the naga priestess spoke.


    "I am Valero, my race is called Salfret but as Ja''Fel has said, you may call our race naga. It is a p???sur? to meet you, the Traveler has been waiting for you mr. Chimera. So if you could please follow us we shall take you to the temple."


    With no other choice me, Myriad, and the pups follow the naga''s and kobold. Who has come over to me and literally climbed onto my shoulders! She''s fu?k?n? lucky my strength is absurd so my balance is fine! But suddenly having a race thats up to my neck suddenly climb on me. Is not something I find fun though I could through her off of me. Valero is looking back us and giggling a bit at this situation. Ah! Claw in my left eye! Can''t see can''t see!


    I lift the rowdy kobold and chuck her gently at one of the naga warriors. Who have silently been guarding their priestess the whole time. Once they caught her they looked at her rather annoyed. So they unceremoniously dropped her into the swampy forest water below. We all kept walking while Ja''Fel sprang back up rubbing her bu??. As she ran after us all she tried jumping on me again I spun and caught her. Before chucking her off into a water pool further ahead of the group.


    Valero seeing this had burst out laughing while the warriors stiffled a chuckle. This continued on for about three hours till we ascended their temple. At the top of it was a very high tech room which once my group of seven stepped in. We heard a robotic voice suddenly echo through the room.


    "One''s who came from a different plain welcome, I have been waiting for you. I waited a long time but you didn''t come till through your ghost. I saw you had a family, knowing their heritage I awakened their dormant powers, in the children only I awakened them fifty years ago. In hope to draw you here but I see you''ve finally arrived. Even provided ?ssistance to my brave little ghost who have been fighting so long."


    "If you saw everything through my ghost then you know that before I came here. Your "speaker" was a rude ?sshole and I sent him flying."


    The room was silent for a few seconds before the Traveler spoke.


    "I am sorry guardian, he is a bit of a zealot in your phrasing. Don''t hold blame towards him that is all that I ask of you guardian. Now onto why I was waiting for you guardians. You are a soul that had wandered over to this world with your memories. But you also perfectly balance my light and the darkness together. Thus I am curious on why your here and which side you are for?"


    Heh so the big orb actually knows does it? Then I can''t bullshit my way out of this conversation can I?


    "Ya caught us, yea me and Myriad are from a different world. Though I''m from two different worlds honestly enough. First one I blew up from a bomb, second I got poisoned that slowly killed me. So I spun the wheel of worlds and it landed on yours. So yea me and Myriad are not really from here like ya said. Now onto which side do I fight for? Simple neither side I do this for my own gain as a neutral force."


    Once it got my answer it carried on asking me stuff. This went on for about ten hours so Myriad and the pups are asleep. I learned that the two races here are two of the evacuee races from a planet. That fell to the darkness about six thousand eons ago before, it had to flee it gave the survivors safety. So they''ve survived in this little yet big dome space for so long. However the other ten races it saved all died off during the collaspe here. Their remains were used to help make the ghost to be able to be alive in a way.


    I won''t really say whats happening in here but these Naga''s and Kobold''s. Probably need to visit the outside world again so I suggested. I''d be willing to ten people from each race to Neptune. When it brought this up the first to jump aboard was Ja''Fel. Who was hiding outside and listening in on us it seems. But neither of us cared much so we left her be and forgot her honestly.

 Chapter 36 - Evening Dawn Start Up

    "Though whats "Evening Dawn"? You mentioned that while responding to someone!"


    So Ja''Fel was there when I said so? What is she some sorta secret agent? Since she brought it up the Traveler likely won''t let me go. So might as well just say a simple version of it as that protocol is still incomplete.


    "Its a protocol me and warmind Rasputin made during hundred years. In case we found darkness already here lurking about. It''ll help some in it''s current state though not much as we need test subjects. So on my way out I''ll be capturing a few dozen parasites."


    The Traveler seemed okay with that as it just hummed a little. The kobold though she is looking at me like she wanted more. So I put a shiny useless key in her hands, which she started going weird for. So while we wrapped things up four more female kobolds. Five male kobolds, five naga females, and five naga males were waiting at the entrance. Where we came in from to this dome and its inhabitants that surpringly survived!


    Rasputin had come back this time he was hovering above the Traveler. We could see the ship just outside the dome a few inches off it. So the Traveler thankfully made a shield hole that let the ship in. Where Rasputin landed in a less troublesome area before opening the cargo bay. Where Rasputin was standing with his fusion rifle laying on his shoulder. Once everyone saw him the pups charged onto the ship excitedly.


    While I raised my hand and Myriad raised a paw then we both. Basically said hey lazily in our own ways towards our partner in crime. Who just waved the new faces on board, or he''ll throw them on board. So they quickly got on board but the kobolds alrrady tried being. Shiny grubbing thieves so they got beat up plainly by Rasputin. While the Traveler had brought twelve of the dark parasites. To me in boxes that were being carried by ghost to be stored in my room.


    Once everything was in order we left the Traveler to its home front war. While we headed back to the tower and any guardian ships that tried. To well escort us got a railgun pointed at the ???kpit. So they were forced to go away after one kept trying to force us. To follow it and well Rasputin just repeatedly smashed the fire bu??on turning them. Into a well destroyed mess that crashed on the city outskirts. So I had to tell Cayde and Ikora through the guild to call them off or they''ll all die.


    Once we''re above the tower only I descended by jumping out of the cargo bay. Rasputin and the pack took our new friends to Neptune to settle in. Once I landed in the tower plaza the first ones to greet me were Cayde and Ikora. Everyone else was just watching silently while I followed the two. Towards the Vanguard headquarters where Zavala and a restrained speaker were waiting. Looking at the speaker once then turning away I ignored him. Looking at the three commanders to speak about why exactly Cayde. Had to spam call me to beg me to return to the tower.


    "Guardian thank you for coming back, we''re sorry for how the speaker acted. We would like to continue working together so please. Just forget the speakers outburst and stay our ally guardian."


    Zavala said so while bowing down that he nearly hit his head on the table. The speaker tried to spew something from his mouth but Cayde did something. Making it so we couldn''t hear him but he ranted away thinking so. Ikora was looking exhausted though as she rubbed her temples. Guess when I left she got bombarded by my family with questions. So she likely is very annoyed at the speaker for causing this mess.


    "Sure I''ll still work with you guys but no guardian or vendor but Cayde or Ikora. Shall be able to enter Neptunes orbit or atmosphere anymore. If you want something from Neptune you''ll have to ask. Either one of them, myself, Myriad, or Rasputin to find or get it for you. The speaker is never allowed to come even five thousand miles close to it. This isn''t negotiable at all just so you understand if anyone not those two enters. They shall join the legion as undead end of story got it?"


    The three could only look at me with bitter smiles as this is reasonable. Considering that I''ve done quite a lot for them, Cayde and Ikora are close to me, and the speaker is being crazy towards me. So any guardian thats not those two that tries coming can very likely be mistaken as hostile. Due to the speaker having considerable power in the tower. Our little meeting went on for a while the speaker only focused on me. But once it ended I followed Ikora to her place to meet some people.


    When we entered her place I was greeted by twenty worried faces. They all are of course my family or well grand kids to exact. It took me a while to calm them down before they stopped worrying. The kids were all passed out on some pillows as they burnt themselves out. The older ones however were relieved I''ll still come around. Just the family camping was moved to Neptune as their worried. So I could only raise my hands at that since its fine.


    Settling everything there I vanished through my black flames. Appearing next to Rasputin in our little lab area on Neptune thats hidden. Beneath the surface of what you usually see from up top. In this lab we''ve been working on the "Evening Dawn" protocol. It used to be one ship in a cramped space but upon acquiring the planet. We made this place to carry out the research and programming needed for it. Now lets see how bad can we fu?k up the darkness preemptively. With our little protocol after it fully works, bet it''ll get pissed off.

 Chapter 37 - Wholesom Family Gathering

    This is a short chapter and there''s a subtle reference to three friends of mine


    =================================


    So uh the Neptune picnic idea didn''t go well exactly. So I took my family to a hidden spot around the tower. Thats still quite beautiful for our little family gathering today. Its just me, Rasputin, Myriad, the pups, the dragons, Wrathos, and my descendents here. They set up a nice little picnic table and other stuff for us all to relax at. The kids were running around and being little shits. While the older ones were relaxing around a table telling stories.


    Rasputin was surprisingly keen on learning to fish so he''s at a near by water source. With the pups, and Myriad looking at him like he''s strange. While those eggs I had acquired hatched finally like a hundred years ago. So the hatchlings habe become reasonably big and playfully things. Though out of the bunch there''s a rather very lazy one that sleeps a lot. That one I just call Snorlax as it eat and sleeps only really!


    While off in the background from where I''m sitting. I can see this scene of a large dog sized golden fox and giant large dog sized lizard. Dragging one of my great grand sons off while molesting him. He has this "oh fu?k no not this shit again" kind of face so this probably happens a lot. Eh he''s twenty he''ll be fine! Plus at least I''m the only one not getting that kind of treatment. So welcome to the club Shur great grandpa is proud to have a comrade in this situation.


    This kind of peaceful situation went on for quite a while. That while eating I couldn''t help but chuckle at the scene that happened. Some of the kids started smearing this futuristic peanut bu??er on eachother. Then biting eachother like what my undead do but this isn''t lethal! While off to my left side was Rasputin, pushing the face of drunk gay grandson. Away from him as he was being ?ssaulted by unwelcomed kisses.


    This kind of scene went on for a while but no one else. Really noticed Shur come back basically bruised and tattered with a tamed fox and lizard. Following behind him ???k?n? their lips so I could only send him. A look of you know my pain comrade, don''t worry I''ll help you if I can. This only made him drop to his knees and pray as if relieved. This must really happen a lot when he goes out on a walk somewhere. My sympathies Shur my sympathies grandpa knows your pain.


    When the sun started to drop below the horizon we set off some fire works. The little shits ran around with sparklers burning eachother. While me and the rest shot off stuff more powerful. Rasputin had a fire work minigun so that was interesting to watch work. While I just had this big nuke shaped firework, which i threw up into the air. Rather casually that at about fifty feet into the sky it exploded.


    Painting the sky in a myriad of splendid colors and shapes. That Rasputin looked a little mad as if this was a contest.... Your a warmind don''t go nuts over fireworks! As if he guessed my thoughts he chased me around shooting fire works at me. This earned the laughter of everyone else to see us so relaxed.

 Chapter 38 - Evening Dawn Test and Deployment

    While testing out evening dawn on the parasites from the Traveler. We''ve made a two variations of it ones a chemical compound, the other a sound type. The chemical one it literally turned some parasites into light bombs. The sound one its a special case as it seems to target darkness and destabilize its core. Making it well implode like a blackhole, it surprisingly doesnt bug me really as I''m gray. Just a speck of rust on my finger before it quickly disappeared, like the rust never existed.


    To see how effective this is me, and Rasputin are gonna deploy some. Sound based evening dawn levitating orbs in a net like structure. To see if it will kill those parasites inside of it, if so to what degree. So we got about ten thousand of those ready before heading off to the Traveler. Where we started setting up everything while the Traveler seemed curious. As occasionally it flashes a small light at us wanting to know what we''re doing. But we didn''t answer as this is very tedious work to do.


    All in all the set-up took about eight hours before they powered up. Once they were all online we flicked the portable version, of evening dawns sound attack online. Once online we could hear this faint humming that started blanketing the Traveler. We watched it quite closely till ten ghost came out and showed us something. It was real time video footage of those parasites dying in troves. Thank you Traveler for this useful video feed its proven invaluable to this test.


    With a highfive me and Rasputin chuckle like evil bastards. We head back to Neptune after all the parasites are dead though. That process took literally five days as there was just to many of them! Once we were back on Neptune the sight of over a million undead working. On building giant space station like things that were the giant version. Of our sound attack but also they were to be filled with auto restocking. Of missiles and other weapons that''ll use the chemical evening dawn.


    This kind of work went on for four years of tireless work. That once the undead had finished the five thousandth one. We were ready to deploy them and with mines into the galaxies outer rim. Which we painstakingly worked on for for six more years! But once it was all done we had a hidden first line of defense. That will attack those strange troops of darkness that show up in ships. During a game cut scene but it also traps any of its forces in here with us. So we''ll be on the hunt for them where they crop up.


    This is gonna be a busy few years, as we''re also closer to the first games starting point. So lets see how bad we can shake shit up before then. But also afterwards so hope your ready ya annoying insects. The Undead legion is waiting with its fangs out ready to bite!

 Chapter 39 - Iron Lords Early Rescue

    After setting up evening dawn in the galaxies outer rim. Me and Rasputin started to work on weapons specifically to use on certain. Creatures or well stuff containing darkness like those parasites. Thus we got to work on the evening dawn weapon set in full swing. First up we made a vibrating sword for three simple reasons! First the vibrations can be used to cut apart hard objects. By vibrating the sword a bunch it''ll generate friction which means heat to cut!


    The second function is that whats causing the vibrations is a small evening device. So it both cuts easier but anything cut that contains darkness. Will start to destabilize leaving nasty after effects. The third reason is that if a creature with s?ns?t?v? hearing, hears the frequency it may mess them up. In turn likely making them fight at a lower efficiency in battle. The first sword will be called "Dawns Silent Scream" as its vibrating and making a faint hum.


    The next weapon was energy based pistol weapon that combined. The sound and chemical weapons to make a effective bullet. As the sound attack could possibly act, as a field to hold the energized chemical together. So it can be a doubled stacked attack essentially if you think about it. The sound would hit the object and pierce a bit at least a bit. While it then is spread out attacking even then hopefully. While the energized chemical would attack from the inside.


    The next few weapons followed that line of thought and testing on parasites. But we also made a sort of radar gun that shoots out highly. Lethal and concentrated sound waves that will once they hit spread throughout the body. Attacking it from inside and outside, if the creature isn''t from darkness. It''ll just kill them or stun them but if they are then we''ll see a big implosion. Meaning if we fire this at enemies before hand we could find who is the hidden. Spy and then go on a more detailed strike or abduction.


    As abduction means test subjects and information! But also the sweet music of hearing your enemies scream and beg to die. Morbid but when at war you must adapt to it or die. If you don''t adapt you''ll go insane but if you do you can lessen that to an extent! But you''ll still end up fu?k?n? insane in some way but not as worse than non-adaption! Haha I saw way to many cases of that all three of my worlds its fu?k?d up. Since if you only think of peace with a shrewd logic. You''ll only go to an early grave before anything can be done about the situation. So I''ve always repeated these three phrases in my head.


    "Peace can not exist without war, war brings about the d?s?r? for peaceful endings." "To survive you must adapt mentally, Physically, and Spiritually. Less you fall into complete madness and wreak havoc on everything." "Never get used to bloodshed once you do, you start losing feelings. Once you do your no different than the creatures you kill." Those three phrases may seem stupid but they hold truth in them. So I try to always follow them the best I can. As I don''t want to destroy everything on my path. As during this path I walk I''ll become something unreasonable. Thus is the fate of those who walk the roads of worlds it only gets harder. The further you travel along said roads till you break.


    While I was finishing up the sound wave gun Rasputin was doing something else. Namely transferring bodies he still looks the same. But his new body is more fit to fight and full of surprises. His old body is being remotely piloted by him as he''ll mainly be in the lab for now. Working on making and improving weapons that we''ll be using. We even have outfitted the dragons and twenty new locals with the prototypes we first made. While we were diligently working on our base to facilitate our needs.


    Neptune has slowly become a dangerous place to tread. But it also has started housing more hospitable life through the naga''s and kobolds. But while we were all doing this a call from our old Iron Lord friends came. Seems their problem has surfaced and we can''t really just abandon them. So sorry protagonist person but we''re gonna knock off of the problems. A hundred years early so forgive us you dead brick of a fu?k. As your quite useless to us right now you get no respect from me!


    So we carefully selected our weapons for this suicide mission. Our enemy is a biochemical weapon that is alive if i remembered right. So we are going to use primarily flame based weaponry. But just incase we''re taking a spare sound gun to test on that thing. The only ones going on this however are me and Rasputin. So that we can we move fast and not worry about much.


    Once everything was ready me and Rasputin departed to the Iron Lords. It took us about an hour to find to there little home area where we met. Our old friend Halred was there in beaten up armor to great us. But we didnt have time for long talks so we got down to business. Discussing exactly how many have fallen so far and far its gotten. Halred informs us that so far out of eighty Iron Lords ten have fallen. Another batch just went in though so we can count them as dead.


    That leaves sixty Iron Lords left standing, while that thing has spread. Half way through where they''re keeping it sealed at for now. So that means in the span of six hours its gotten that far. But the sacraficed lords have delayed it so thats at least something. Then me and Rasputin will have to go in alone while the lords keep it inside. This truely is suicidal but I wont let these people die out. They''re trying to do something good but they just got the wrong item.

 Chapter 40 - Murky End

    As we settled everything at the safe haven with Haldred. Everyone moved to the plsce our target for extermination is contained. As we neared the door however an infected Iron Lord came out. Without wasting time Rasputin already started the process of purging. Some of the other Iron Lords tried to go help their friend by attacking Rasputin. They didn''t get far though as I shot their brains out. They''ll come back but they won''t be happy really with what just happened.


    "You all know those who go in and get that thing in them. Are good as dead yet your sentiment to save them by attacking us. Who are burning the weapon with its dead host isn''t smart. If you want to help them then let the return to the grave."


    The Iron Lords I shot had revived during my little talk. They could only begrudgingly accept it as we moved forward into hell. Only five of them followed us in the rest sealed us in tight. The five that followed us are their best titans and warlocks. We continued on until we reached the part infested by the bio weapon. Once we got there however we saw the body of one big titan. Still maintaining his shield keeping the hallway sealed. But the big guy himself isn''t there anymore its just his will. His will is the only thing really keeping this shield thats holding back the weapon.


    I can only shake my head when I see that his ghost is shattered. While he himself has a hole in his ?h?st thats b?r?ly rising up. So we got till his will dissipates and the body dies which shouldn''t be long.


    "You guys he''s your friend and he''s the one keeping it here. But the person and ghost are gone their dead sorry. So try keeping his body safe he deserves a good farewell. Not what happened to the rest of your friends, Rasputin lets go."


    Once Rasputin nodded me and him moved through the shield. The Iron Lords re-enforcing their friends shield while laying his body down. Goodbye one we do not know may your sacrifice be worth it. Rasputin as we moved has been burninh everything down in our path. While I kept a look at the situation just in case shit goes wrong. While we advanced burning things in our wake. A fusion rifle shot whizzed by our heads, guess we found some friends. With a glance at eachother me and Rasputin both dash forward. Where ahead we see a awoken hunter being used as a puppet by the infestation.


    So without a second glance I shot an incendiary round. Into their head while Rasputin burns them to a crisp. With both fire combined their body and the surrounding went up in flames. Yet we did not stop our advance forward towards the source. The few puppets we found we burnt without hesitation at saving them. Their already dead and being used so they must be purged by fire! The path behind us is a blaze but the path forward is a growing inferno.


    This process of burn and run took us a grueling hour. Before we finally reached the place this shit came from. When reached it though out of the twenty Iron Lords who came in. We only found six of them so inside is the remaining ones. They luckily don''t have their powers but their weapons are a problem. Because this bio weapon seems to replace the ammo deficient by using its self! So its really shitty as those shots infect anything they hit likely.


    Looking at eachother me and Rasputin prepare our ?ssault. The sound gun seems to have had no effect really on this things. So its been tossed into my inventory for now since its not an option. Rasputin has changed weapons and is now carrying a very heavy. Flamethrower cannon that has the napalm like mixture fuel inside. Once he was ready I got out a heavy hitting combat shotgun. As I plan to face the puppets head on to not let them shoot at me.


    Against their head then shot it off in a burning mess. A titan swung its hammer down towards me so I side stepped. With a shot into its side but it only caused superficial damage. Meaning if I wanna kill the titans I gotta kill the hunters and warlocks. That are covering them so the big lug that swung its hammer at md again. I grab its arm and threw it into another titan knocking them down. Before propelling into a hunter aiming at Rasputin, my knee contacting its side. While I double tapped it.


    Eight lords down, twelve more to go down into their graves! So without wasting time I rushed the next hunter and warlock. I sent the warlock flying in a tangled broken mess while, the hunter ended up a burning lower half of their head. The top half was blown away completely by my shot. Woah a hunter just tried shooting me so I ended them like the warlock. A bloody tangled mess upon impact with my foot to their gut. That makes the remaining numbers nine left to kill.


    Of those nine however six are titans so this will be fun. But I didn''t bother thinking about it just barreled into a warlock. Ripping their body in half with three shots to the gut as they burned up. The remaining two are hunters so I just threw a hunter grenade at them. Letting them get swallowed up before adding a warlock one. Their bodies completely disappearing in that chaotic mess. With them all done in Its just me, Rasputin, and the titans left standing.


    Some of them are on fire though so Rasputin must of sprayed them. Chuckling softly i pounce the burning ones by surprise. My gun to their ?h?st before the get blown away to burn up. Leaving only three that weren''t on fire so When one got close. I grappled on its ?h?st with my legs while holding its head in place. My secret flamethrower in my mouth burning the head to the skull. While I vaulted off of them a hammer smashing into the body ruthlessly. Its my old friend from the start they came to say hi, how annoying!


    I only jam my gun into an armor crack and start a chain shot. Till they burn up in their own armor but now my gun is useless! The barrel is covered in gunk and infested crap so I chuck it with everything I have. Into the ?h?st of the last titan before kicking it through with my foot causing an explosion. Guess my force plus explosives in a gun means boom when I hit. Though now all the lords in here are dead for good! Just when I turned around to Rasputin to tell him that their gone.


    What I see is Rasputin wrestling the core of this thing as its trying to swallow him. But he''s already started a fail safe on both his old body and the flamethrower cannon. So I just give him a wave and bolt from the room quickly. That I didn''t mind the inferno hallway we created at all. I just barreled through it quickly till I could see the five we came with.


    "If ya wanna remain an unfried chicken then fu?k?n? book it! The place is going to blow soon so move it!"


    I didn''t even wait for their responses I just kept running. Taking the only non infected lords body with me as I ran pass. The others quickly following suite when we heard an explosion. Flames quickly surging down the hallways so we booked it faster. That once we reached the door I broke it open and tumbled out. The other five following suite while everyone else panickly shut the doors. The flames bursting further from between their door cracks thirsty to burn everything.


    Guess Rasputin''s fail safe of exploding like a big ?ss bomb. If his body starts getting serious damage really works well. As that place is likely charred black and completely destroyed! But we''ve successfully kept the Iron Lords from dropping to eight like in the game. Just the clean up will take a while on this job I bet. But for now we all need to relax the problem is over.


    The funeral they had for the big guy who held it back. Was a viking funeral so his body and its entirety have turned to ash. His name was apparently Merchant as didn''t know his name. Just he knew how to do trades so he took merchant as his name. The rest of this clean up I''ll leave to these guys. As I went back in after three days and collected the remains. Of Rasputin''s old body as they can be reused hopefully.

 Chapter 41 - HELP THE PROTAGONIST IS CRAZY!!!!

    So after our little Iron Lord aid mission the years went on. Neptune has developed pretty nicely and the two races. We brought here have flourished quite splendidly if I''m honest. They reproduced fast however so now I have an army of living dragons, nagas, and kobolds! While my undead are made of hive, cabal, awoken, naga, kobold human, exo, taken, and vex! The taken were tricky to obtain but those bastards screeched like mad men. Trying to take their victims back only to join them in the end! Now that I think about that protagonist is gonna revive any day now.


    As I thought that however a ship broke through neptunes atmosphere. Before landing and out came this crazy asian lady screaming. That when I appeared before I knew I''ll be having major headaches from now on. The protagonist is a crazy stupid whole hearted justice freak! Also the speaker tainted her a bit with his bullshit! When my undead appeared to kill the intruder I had to quickly store them! That crazy bitch launched a full ?ssault with warlock powers! She even blasted an innocent kobold child away when they were unluckily to close!


    "Your the tainted guardian the speaker mentioned! Repent and release those souls from their rotting corpses! Or I will kill you here and now you monster!"


    I could look at her with complete and utter contempt. She breaks into a persons base, nearly kills their subordinates, injures a kid, and demands I die?! The kid though got scooped up by the male tyrant who took them to safety. My stronger undead have come to think and love our scalie residents. As they always help out my undead by sewing them back together or something. So even the dumb ones get very protective and right now this girl is standing in the lions den.


    "Lady your fu?k?n? insane! You show up randomly try to killing my subordinates, your rampaging warlock powers fu?k?n? blasted a kid almost to death, then you demand I basically die while calling me monster?! Your the one being more of monster here ya dumb bitch!!"


    "My name is Ashtar! Also you are the monster!! You control the dead and have both dark and light in you! This whole planet is crawling with undead you control!!"


    "They''re enemies and those who tried ?ssassinating me! Of course I''ll turn them to my side and use them! But at least I don''t try rekilling them over and over! I''ve treated them nicely and even have some great friends from them!"


    "BUT PEOPLE DIE WHEN THEY ARE KILLED!!!! YOU DEFY THATVAND BRING THEM BACK AS MONSTERS!! ALSO WHAT CHILD I ONLY SAW A STRANGE LIZARD?!"


    She just fate grand ordered me?! Also now you notice the part of almost killing a kid?!?! Your more hopeless than that four-eyed justice freak. From Arifureta which in my opinion was a nice book as the mc was making fun weapons. While we argued for three more hours Cayde, Zavala, and Ikora showed up. Arresting the rampaging protagonist who''s wrecked half of the land. Along with killing some undead who unsuccessfully protected, an elderly naga who came to help. So I''ve lost four undead and civilian to this woman before she got put under control.


    I tried detaining her but she has that annoying plot armor bullshit. Though I fu?k?n? break her teeth in when my people died! The undead were being repaired and revived as their old selves. But the elder has a deep cut in his body from a void blade of energy. He died slowly while people tried saving him, I gave him his rites for death. While my powers basically dwarfed the engery being released by the culprit slowly. After the rites were done the elder was taken to a tomb for as he already suffered. So becoming undead would just be down right cruel to him now.


    While Ashtar was being dragged back and put on careful watch. I started repairing the damage with Vash the undead tyrant who saved the kid. Along with Kurumi who was singing a scary sound song. In a depressed tone as the elder who died was a sweet old man named Fangal. Who since he was a child always ran after her and patched her up after our fights. So I bet she is the one who most wants to kill that woman. So if she does I won''t say a thing I''ll just ask if she feels better.


    Four days later though while I was visiting the tower to see my family, Ikora, and Cayde. That crazy woman jumped me and tried killing me right in the plaza! So I kicled her off the tower quite literally, her ghost though kept screaming he''s sorry. I pity you little light you have to deal with that woman forever now basically. Sixth day of her reviving she ambushed me on mars during a mission. This kind of routine went on so much that eventually after the ten thousandth try.


    I barged into the tower command center and pleaded for Zavala, Ikora, and Cayde. To do something about this fu?k?n? menace she''s even started harming others just for high fiving me. While screaming evil must be purged and all kinds of shit. When the finally agreed to basically ?ssign a group of watchers on her. That will kill her if needed I took my leave only to catch a blade. Infront of my face directly outside of the room with the vanguard leaders in it!


    So I tossed the fu?k?n? crazy bitch across the area. Then bolted as she is just so annoying and dealing with her is even more annoying! So I run away and if anyone else sees the crazy bitch chasing. The join me in running away while behind her the leaders and guardian police. Are chasing her down screaming stop at her and even shooting at her! So yea the tower is pretty chaotic right now cause of her. The source of all this walked out of his room only to get his face grabbed. The launched into his crazy puppet that constantly hunts me!


    Her impaled the speaker through the gut but she simply threw him aside. But that time lag was enough for Zavala and even the rare Osiris whos always exploring. To tackle her to the ground where they had bash her head a few times. As that woman was going wild and shouting to set her free. The G.P. eventually sealed her powers and dragged her off kicking. Even after getting her head bashed in a few times she is still violent!


    This woman is crazy! So just to be sure after kicking the speaker dead his ghost appeared. He revived only after everyone left the place. I followed the G.P. and basically helped them condition her. To stop randomly attacking me and to forget the speakers preachings. Her own ghost even fu?k?n? helped us while crying internally. I seriously pit you man I seriously do but no one is gonna take your place. So be a man keep us all safe from this thing you revived.

 Chapter 42 - Howd This Happen?!

    Short chapter about what happened afterwards


    ================================


    After conditioning the crazy justice freak to stop attacking everyone. She started clinging to me like a lost puppy its creepy as hell. She''s even calling me teacher I am very disturbed, very fu?k?n? disturbed. Someone take this freak away from me please I''ll even give you money to kidnap her! While I walked towards the hangar Ashtar was right behind me. Following me while trying to talk to me but I only ignore her. Once I met my grand kids she tried shaking their hands. But they just smack her hand away and hold pipe wrenches towards her.


    Fear evidently in their eyes for several reasons that are deserved. One this freak tried attacking me so much they hate her. Two she''s tried killing them for being my family and respecting me. Three she''s tried kidnapping the kids to brainwash them into hating me. Four as the kids didn''t listen to her brainwashing she tried killing them. Five she stalked them to point that their friends and loved ones avoid them.


    Don''t think I need to keep going do I or is that not enough? Because she''s done a lot of shit to have people fear her quite literally. To the point that Zavala after seeing her following me so closely in the hangar. Said that I am now her keeper and I must teach her to be normal. At this I fell to my knees while my mouth opened and like in anime. You could probably see my spirit leaving through my mouth. As this is the worst news I''ve ever heard in these hundreds of years. Someone just fu?k?n? me now and let me move onto the next world.


    So like this I spent the days of the destiny one events. Traveling while having this broken protagonist behind me everywhere closely. Sometimes I even had to swing her away by grabbing her foot. When some civilian or someone normal punches me. But when an enemy shoots me I basically say ow so dramatically. That she storms off and starts slaughtering everything in renewed energy. So guess she''s useful like this at least but she''s crazy.


    Though when I met the awoken queen Mara Sov I was rather enjoying my time. As we seemed to mix pretty well together some how, sorry Cayde. Though the protagonist was busy erasing her brother when I said. He was likely going to murder me and then his sister to take power. So yea that guy in his power hungry ways, is likely being thoroughly erased. By my I guess new dog? Yea lets just say my new dog for looking at me funny. While that was happening I had again made future descendants in a drunken stupor.


    Ashtar later found out after nine weeks of missions. Before we revisited Mara Sov in her domain where she was clearly showing signs. That once we left I was seen on neptune booking it with a deranged warlock after me. Screaming that I must repent and give her a shot thats justice. How''d conditioning her turn her into a fu?k?n? yandere justice freak?! Eventually I was cornered and the crazy bitch had her fun. While dragging some of the others into it sadly.


    So yea many descendants were made cause of a crazy yandere justice freak. Someone fu?k?n? shoot me I hate this world now its got her in it.

 Chapter 43 - Serious Damage

    So gonna do a deadpool here right now, thank you writer for not seriously thinking of that harem thing. But for those of you who suggest that and taking the bitch with me. Then your on the naughty list and the naughty list gets axed. But I will at least invite ugh invite them to the guild oh god I threw up. I''m gonna die soon to the bitch I just know it I just do. Back to our normal program oh god I threw up again at the thought.


    As I was walking through a battlefield calmly on the reef. Myriad and the pack following behind me while the crazy on my left. Vash and Kurumi towering above us in full armor with shields. Vash is carrying a freakishly big but dangerous energy pistol. Kurumi has a halbred and yes she''s strong enough to use it one handedly without issue. Due to my necromancy being so high its empowered all my undead to being. Able to rip a piece of hirlok metal apart after three hours. But give them a weapon and its like bu??er to them so yea dangerous.


    The battlefield we''re strolling through is one from the first destiny. Its the prison of elders as its being raided and the elders are trying to escape. But they''ve been unsuccessful as once they get out. They join the legion as liches and fight the escapees relentlessly. So yea their not having fun even those that surrender to me join the ranks. As this is war why shouldn''t I harvest troops from this place? Oh the crazy drove a spear through a skull at full force destroying their head. Oh well they weren''t an elder really but a guardian who tried to sneakily snipe me.


    So I give her a reward by patting her head a bit while resisting the urge. To stab her through the eyes for being creepy and following me. This little war took about two weeks to complete. Dueing those two weeks the prison became empty and lifeless. As all its prisoners have been turned then sent to neptune. Where Achelies and her follower liches guided them through things. The guy called wretched knight tried to kill Vash but got blocked then shot to death. Kurumi blocked urrox and then repeatedly impaled them a few times.


    The next place we went though wasn''t in the game really. It was on venus this one would later be called "The Festive Cull" as it was a war. Between the vex and cabal that we intruded upon my necromactic technomancer combo. Was used once we landed and well cabal and destroyed vex revived. Only to charge and feast on their friends hungrily like wolves. The undead machines had mouths that formed like a scary horror film. As they bit and turned any vex into undead that mouth of a jagged sharp teeth formed.


    While this was happening my group still strolled through the battle. A cabal general tried to cut me in half with an axe but I crushed it. when I grabbed the blade in my hand crushing it. Then Ashtar kicked him flying with concentrated void energy. He flew into a horde of undead that grabed him then devoured him once he hit the ground. Some giant flying vex tried charging us but they met Kurumi''s and Vash''s shields. Then died from the wolf pack shooting autorifles from their muzzles.


    Scenes this went on for quite a while till we came upon the big shots fighting. On the vex side it was a huge minotaur fighting a royal cabal general. Once we interrupted them they both charged us like mad men desperate to kill. Vash and Kurumi blocked their charge but got sent flying. Which is very surprising to witness happen the next to go flying though, was Ashtar after she cut the general. Their out of commission so I have the wolf pack guard them. While I faced off against these two powerhouses alone.


    I managed to hit the vex then start an unstoppable self destruction due to technomancer. The general though tried cutting me with a greatsword so I used it to vault. Back a few feet when that vex blew up splendidly! Next to the general and charing half of their body. But they could still fight well in that state some how. Once his sword was swung again I parried it by knocking it sideways. While my fist sunk into his armor and gut piercing it b?r?ly. When the sword I knocked sideways did upper swing under my left shoulder.


    My left arm has been cut of great just fu?k?n? great. This guy is strong though so guess thats why he can lead an army huh? Because normally you''d be dead from being half baked and having your gut pierced. But not this fella their like a undead but their living so I give them props.


    "Whats your name big guy? I''m Chimera a pretty vile guardian as you see around us."


    "This one is general Sha''bal I serve directly under his majesty."


    Simple introduction at least he knows to not go on a winded rant. I''ll definitely be making you a very powerful undead Sha''bal. So I chuckled a little darkly and used a secret power of mine. Below my feet the fog of death started spewing while my mask cracked. Shlwing my mouth thats become like that of a undead machine. I''ve entered my undead emperor state while starting to cling. Onto Sha''bal clawing through his armor like a monster. That once I saw some flesh of his I greedily devoured it.


    He did throw me off and away though but I''ve already won. So I release this state and everything goes back to normal. But Sha''bal has become an undead nightmare a step up from tyrant. So with this all done we left the battlefield after I picked up my arm. Which no matter what anyone did it wouldn''t go back on. Even new arms didn''t work so I''m now just a one armed guardian. This has been one busy month now I just wanna cuddle Myriad in bed. As she''s my big cuddly mechanical myth, which she''s grown really big. She as big as two story building now but she can compress her size.

 Chapter 44 - A Day As Myriad Pt. 1

    Mmm! Oh that stretch really popped my back it felt good! Hm? Its morning already huh then I better go wake up the pups. Master will be getting jumped by Ashtar anytime soon. So I don''t need to worry about that heh how will it go today? While thinking of such things I trot into the living room of our house. Where the pups usually sleep which their numbers grew from five. Master is fun to take advantage of when he''s drunk off his ?ss as humans say.


    I trot on over to my little twelve pup army and chuckle to myself. If only master would not be drunk when we do things then I could tease him. But enough of that for now I can already hear Ashtar being flung out the window. So master is about to make breakfast soon and thats always great. Even in our last world he did his best to cook for Laura and all of them.


    "Jackson, Halo, Mira, Ruth, Mystic, Draco, Fawn, Larve, Grundal, Sax, Prim, and River. Wake up or I''ll be shooting blanks into your fluffy rears!"


    This caused them all to jump up and bunch together. As last time they didnt I literally did shoot their bu??s with blanks. Fufu now incase your wondering theres five boys the rest are girls. Oh masters up! he''s wearing plain clothes today as its a day off~ great! Oh one sleeve is just hanging there loosely forgot he lost an arm. Stupid Sha''bal I''ll be annoying you even though six days have passed I don''t forgive you! I can''t be held and cuddled tightly like this you bastard!


    While I was brooding it seems Mystic and Ruth fixed the loose sleeve up. Pretty talented at that aren''t you girls? But at least you helped him fix it up so good job. Master started putting on his chefs apron and had Ruth help tie it. But if I had to say a motherly looking apron seems off putting on him. But he wears it whenever the kids are coming over to eat so guess some are coming today. As I thought that the front door opened and in came Amanda Holliday and her daughter Flora.


    Heh so this is one of masters grand kids the npc he wanted to tease so much. Which I can understand why as she always gets flustered around him. Since he''s taken extra care to tease the girl since she was younger as from. What I''ve seen in his memories she is usually a tough one. Just seems like family is her weakness so he enjoys teasing her. While I watched them I paid close attention to those flying pancakes. He''s still skillful in cooking while one arm down. I want one of those pancakes give me one master!


    While I started bugging him for pancakes the pups all got their. Bowls of food and started eating as I got a plate of pancakes. Bugging master is fun when I get my way~ fufufu. Oh before any of you little viewers ask where this house is. Its on neptune obviously and its not luxurious or anything its pretty small. Its about what twenty by twenty-two? With an attic and basement. Ashtar comes by every morning before work to see master. Rasputin is always in the main lab doing things, then masters family visits occasionally.


    Once I finish my food I exit the house through an open window. To begin my stroll around the city we''ve built on neptune with those naga''s and kobold''s. Usually when I stroll around the city I''m tripping some people who try stealing. Like just now so I put my tail out low and trip a kobold thief. Where two naga warriors arrest them as I move on elsewhere. Oh there''s grandma Dala a sweet old kobold giving out candy again! So I join her and let the kids pet me to hearts conent.


    Once they all leave a i burn away anything gross in my fur. Then trot off towards the dragon pups we got many years ago. They live up on a hill with a rather giant tree on it that is a hundred years old by now. As I arrived there I''m greeted by the sight of Snorlax on his back. Sleeping away with occasional fire breaths coming out. The others seem to be up in the tree relaxing as well. So I just sit down under the tree and lounge around. Todays pretty relaxing and fun since master has no work. I should go home soon and force him to love on me in an undrunken state soon. So I ask the gamer to tell me when he''s alone~.

 Chapter 45 - A Day As Myriad pt 2

    After resting under the tree tree for a while I get up and stretch out. My joints popping while Snorlax is still sleeping away but with kids on him. Pretty lax kids we have here just sleeping on the most dangerous dragon. Oh well at least Chaco is awake and looming over them from a branch. The naming sense of master is pretty simple if anything is to be said about it. Though its usually the first word in his head for them.


    Once I finish silently judging the situation and sight. I trot off towards Sha''bal as he can''t hide from me. I''ll be getting revenge on you, you bastard that arm was needed for cuddling master! With the thought of revenge in mind I suddenly disappear under Chaco''s gaze. Only to appear above Sha''bal and slam my tail into his head. Knocking him down onto his stomach while I land on his back. His undead troops looking at this confused as to what just happened. However I just ignore them and start repeatedly shooting him with a mix of bullets. From holy damage and necrotic damaged based bullets.


    Sha''bal was in a constant state pain and healing till I''m through with him. When he tried begging for mercy I increased the shooting speed. This kind of show went on for almost two days till. Master came out of nowhere and one arm tackled me. He hits hard like that god forsaken truck-kun which I got hit by one. In the towers city the driver thought it''d be fun to run me over. But once he did a titan and some civilians dragged him out of the truck. Where he got beaten while they screamed don''t summon death on us.


    The titan was the most scared of mine and masters revenge. So they went overboard and broke a hundred six bones in their body. Once master heard that he just said thanks then walked off carrying me. I swear though I remember that titan they had this smug face. Speaking of being carried master has me in his arm right now. Did he get get stronger? Because I''m not in my small form in my normal size after growing. Which looks comical to see this small man carryingva two story wolf one handedly. But stats I must know his progress gamer show me!


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human(locked), EXO


    Age: 548


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Controller, Undead King, Drone Controller, Myths Father, Guardian, Tainted Guardian, Black Oni Tyrant, One Armed Death, Neptunes Ruler, God Hater, Yandere Denial, Dead Man Walking, King Of Kobold''s, King Of Naga''s


    lvl-  420 1/420,000


    Guild: Umbrella Corporation


    Stats


    HP: 165,000/165,000


    Mana: 550,000/550,000


    Str: 2000


    Agi: 2000


    Dex: 2000


    Wis: 1100


    Int: 1100


    Luk: 2000


    Points: 0


    Money: $80mil


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Waker Control- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv 150, Deaths Ambassador- unique lv max, Technomancer- unique lv 150, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40


    ==================================


    The remaining one thousand four hundred were what he gabe me into strength huh. My stats b?r?ly have changed since the last world till now. Along with master buying stuff like crazy to have gotten neptune this far.


    Name: Myriad Chimera


    Race: Mythological Beast(Exo)


    Age: 528


    Title: Guardian Beast, Pampered Princess, Vengeful Myth, Coy Mastermind, Neptunes Guardian Mythos


    Soul Contract: Biazar R. Chimera


    Parents: Biazar R. Chimera & Laura R. Chimera


    Guild: Umbrella Corporation


    Stats


    Str: 1900


    Cha: 600


    Dex: 100


    Wis: 100


    Int: 400


    Luk: 100


    Abilities: Howl- active lv Max, Begging- active lv Max, Puppy Eye''s- active lv 160, Flight- active lv 260, Claw- active lv Max, Bite- Active lv Max, Wind Magic- active lv 80, Fire Magic- active lv 80, Earth Magic- active lv 80, Water Magic- active lv 80, Light Magic- active lv 70, Dark Magic- active lv Max, Necromancer- Active lv Max, Soul Guard- passive lv Max, Vengeance- Unique lv 40


    =======================================


    Now in case your curious where master got these levels. Simple first the defense network has actually killed some spies. Then we sorta wreaked havoc in the takens own dimension. Which is a very dark and scary place to be in as there''s endless taken from across galaxies and timelines! We even had to kill a taken Zavala who seriously was more of a pain than normal him! Master would destroy his head but it just came back and then he''d shield bash us!


    I don''t ever wanna go back there even if its a good farming location. The endless enemies are just so annoying to kill only to revive! Especially taken Cayde as he basically dances around while aiming for vitals. With those annoying corrupted dawn powers of his! Fucking taken are annoying I wish we could destroy their home. The bastards even had the balls to smash in one of masters eyes. Now he has an iron plate eye patch over his left eye! Also you mat be wondering when this happened exactly. It was the day before masters vaction time and under that eye patch. Is this annoying taken flame that master has tamed.


    He''s been using that to help zombifie the taken some how. He only evily chuckles when I ask through the guild, so its probably his spite for them. Thats allowing this strange synchronization of taken flame and necromancy. Now onto how we weren''t corrupted by them in their home turf! We simply are to annoying and abnormal that necromancy overpowers the process! Don''t know how though I got lost when master explained why it was so while we fought! Since it just sounded like a mad tangent of his again to me!


    Hm when did we get home from the other side of the city? Also Rasputin stop laughing I''ll pelt you with bullets you psychopathic machine. Don''t think I don''t know about those times you listened when master said try to kill him. I''ll get my revenge on you soon ya rust bucket so prepare your bu??. He ran away after noticing my glare while master unceremoniously drops me. Not so graceful as ever master but I still love your ways. I smile towards him while Ashtar who jumped from the roof. Was sent flying by my paw swatting her away off into town elsewhere.


    This is my time ya lousy justice freak go away and die a bit. I''ve started to go a little nuts after living this long in this god forsaken world. Master has probably always been crazy but his laid back nature over shadows it. I''m just gonna go sleep in the backyard getting my undrunken dream will have to wait. This much thinking is stressful since I can hear the mad rantings in masters head. Being very active today just seems Cayde is gonna get his ?ss shot for something.

 Chapter 46 - Calus Your Savoirs Come

    Now before anything happens Black Oni, Merchant, and anyone else curious. About Myriad''s little talk let this undead king explain. About the whole taken situation if you don''t get it or have a guess. When we invaded the takns little abode to kill them during a mission. Once we were in there their little turning trick tried corrupting us. But its surpringly like that of necromancy while they are b?r?ly alive surprisingly. That energy that controls them is basically a slave driver once it gets a target. They become a taken and at deaths door steps.


    But in exchange they basically become immortal and get a power up. The energy couldn''t touch us because our energy is basically highly. Stacked with necromancy that it protected us from it as is just. An off shoot of necromancy in a way but their abode is dangerous. It literally is linked across time so they have endless units to call upon. The Zavala and Cayde we ran into were likely caught off guard or beaten down. Then swallowed up by the taken but their likely not the only versions! Ikora however we never saw her so she likely was the last standing, Suicide by explosion, or ran away while killing.


    The taken Cayde did manage implant a bullet into my left eye. But my rage and spite for that corrupted version made it become apart of me. So I used it with my other mancies and blasted that fu?ker to hell. Before falling back to our world while keeping taken Zavala on his toes. So yea the taken are pretty ruthless and ???kroaches! Hope that enlightens someone as thats basically my take on their powers. Now onto our normal stuff also, Black Oni The author is right my 2nd Lt. title is a trap and identification.


    Now today I''m not in my armor as I''m going to meet the cabal ruler. Ashtar is in her armor though while Sha''bal, Vash, Kurumi, and Chaco. Are in some more heavy armor and with very lethal weapons. Vash has his shield and an auto rifle thats been tweaked. Kurumi has her shield and a well transformong gun halbred inspired by rwby. Sha''bal his armor got redone and now he carries a chainsaw shotgun inspired by gears of war. Chaco is like a walking tank with if needed self replenishing energy turrets. hidden. In the armor between cracks on the armor so its really a surprise!


    Myriad and the pack are all sitting at attention and awaiting orders. While me I''m dressed in a red dress shirt, A black vest, black dress coat, black dress pants and shoes. While my left sleeve is folded up and pinned shut together. My sword a traitors fate at my waist, while midnight coup is strapped to my ?h?st securely. With one last check on everything I should mention, that the reason for this. Sudden visit is because the gamer suddenly flipped out and gave us a count down. On emperor Calus''s safety so we''re going to him.


    Plus we''ve sorta passed most of the destiny one story events. So this guys fate is in our undead grubbing hands as Ghaul may kill him in this time line! So once everyone was good to go Rasputin as a very stunning warship. Came to pick us up which I got to say him putting him self on a newly created warship as an ai. Is very much a genius move and scary as he can now launch basically nukes from space! No literally he has nukes and death orbital beams on this warship of his. He is not friendly towards potential threats I tell you!


    Now off to the cabals little slice of paradise! We got our selves an emperor to save as he also knows of the enchroaching darkness. So we''ll become his shadows in a sense but he''ll also be ours. As neither side can do things out in the open like the other can in some situations.

 Chapter 47 - Extracting The VIP

    So uh we arrived at the cabals abode and its in a fu?k?n? civil war! There''s a strong group of about six hundred cabals resisting the rest of the army. From what we''re seeing that six hundred group is Calus and his very loyal elites. While Ghaul is seriously moving to kill him in this timeline! So Without any ceremonial entrance I just let Rasputin. Orbital beam secetions of the rebellion army to smithereens on a grand scale. Vash, Sha''bal, and Kurumi have already dropped from the ship into the fight. They''re going beserk on the enemies but not biting. As we''re just here for the emperor and I guess these loyal dogs.


    "Chaco, Ashtar and wolf pack go nuts with everyone else, Myriad we''re going to meet Calus."


    The pack and Chaco didn''t ven wait they all dive bombed into action. Thus six hundred troops plus three undead, twelve myth wolves, and a dragon. Are making trouble me and Myriad however descend right onto Calus''s location. We came crashing in with his guards all aiming at us. But I just sat on Myriad''s head and gave them all a small smile.


    "Hey interesting party your having here mind if an undead king joins in?"


    "Ha you must be that guardian thats known to lead an undead legion. What does the great emperor Calus owe the p???sur? guardian?"


    This emperor he looked at me straight on with a small smile. Crazy but very brave in this situation if I had my other arm I''d clap. While me and the emperor stared at eachother Ghaul screamed. Guess he hates that I just had to show up, oh well suck my ???k ya dictator pansy ?ss bitch. I''ll be turning you into undead chow after you help the guardians unlock their sun powers.


    "Oh just exploring around then well we just saw this lovely party. That we had to intrude on no matter what ya know? Now if you and your men wanna live would you like to join me?"


    "Oh? Join you in what exactly?"


    "Preping for the encroaching danger coming, you know of those ships yes?"


    "Hmph! Yes I do indeed seems you got some schemes up your sleeve. Then fine please save me and my men guardian!"


    With a small smile I get through contacting Cayde and Ikora. The tower is now ready to receive all of its guest in an open area. So once a undead insect is in place I open up a flaming black gate.


    "Alright everyone through the gate! All troops retreat and through the gate! Myriad we''re on guard duty!"


    Once the cabals started flooding through the gate. Sha''bal, Vash, Kurumi, Chaco, Ashtar and the pack came back. Following after the escaping cabal while Rasputin had warped out of the area. Myriad for once is freely using all of her elements to cause mayhem. While I''m popping heads with midnight coup drawn the barrel never stops smoking. Once empty on bullets I just use my inventory to quick reload the gun. So I seem like I''m never out of ammo in my gun to the enemies.


    Once the last soldier is through Calus leaves as he wanted. To make sure they all got out first before leaving, pretty thoughtful but smart. Once he left Myriad also left but the gate vanished leaving me alone. Or so they thought but I mockingly blow Ghaul a kiss and vanish in a puff of black fire. Lets just say that expression he had was glorious while he damned me. Just ya wait big guy you''ll be dying soon by undead painfully!


    Once I appeared where everyone else was what greeted me was. The sight of six hundred cabals and guardians setting up a camp somewhere around the tower. So I wandered around it till I found Cayde, Ikora, and Calus talking. With a lazy wave I walk up to them and join in the talks. Seems like Calus and his men are gonna be treated as new residents. While Calus is gonna help them out at times but with me he''s going to devise counters. For those dark ships that''ll appear quite soon hopefully the defensive line. Can take a few or all of them out as its only kept in the spies.


    The cabal settlement is being called "Final Empire" by Cayde. But seems Calus has no real problem with that so its become its actual name. While we were talking and setting things up here for our new friends. Little did we expect what Ghaul does or the nightmare that showed up. Which took many lives even mine that damned darkness really pulled fu?k you. On us all with a side splash of acid in the face in that event.


    Lets just hope we can over turn the events that led to so many deaths. Myriad your unlocked soon to be unlocked power sorry. But I''ll be abusing till we survive that blasted event. I won''t be satisfied otherwise in moving on to the next world. With those disturbing phantom thoughts to a prelude said. A hooded figure and a giant wolfs phantoms faded from the background. While watching the scene of this recent event with pained faces.

 Chapter 48 - Journal Of The End

    Okay some of you may hate this idea but I''ve gone from a tv show, to a game, so next is an anime world. Which I know plenty of them but a lot of them have to many fan-fics and the one I thought of was well the SAO universe as I''ll admit I wanna bully kirito! Cause why not bully the edgy swordsman dense fu?ker with casual stabbings or kicks in the face? also well then the gamer could become more snarky by well hijacking the interface and doing things like adding hidden comments to people like kirito''s would be "Edgy swordsman that has no real balls" This rant means just a short chapter


    =================================


    After i finished talking with the three leaders I turned around to walk. But a few feet away was a black leather bound journal on the ground. So I went to pick it up as its oddly just laying there. Though once I picked it up the gamer glitched a little and showed a red notification.


    ==============================


    Warning! Warning! Warning! You have picked up a time displaced item! If you read this journal you shall seal the timeline to the fate of this journal.


    "Lost years" by Biazar R. Chimera


    This item is a time displaced item destroy it now or risk timeline laspe over with it!


    ==============================


    This is pretty bad huh? A journal from the future just ended up here. But why does reading it have to seal our fates with this journals original time? I don''t get this at all but, if fate is gonna be an ?ss I''ll abuse it. So fu?k it I''m reading this journal just hope nothing weird happens. As I open the journal the area around me froze the gamer. Had warnings everywhere around me before a dreadful voice. Sounded saying that the world shall now face its nightmare before going silent.


    The world was still frozen around me so I just started reading the journal. Which reading it was pretty disturbing to b?r? honestly. As it mainly repeated the same situation a lot till it went blank.


    _______________________________________________


    Day one


    Ghaul showed up today and destroyed the city beyond repair. The tower it fu?k?n? crumbled to nothing after being bombed to hell. About eighty percent of the guardians everywhere have fallen. That crappy speaker got his arms ripped off while being abducted. The Traveler its been captured and sealed off completely by him. Ghaul didn''t follow the original style of his invasion he attacked. By fu?k?n? shooting bombardments through warp gate shit and targeted the ghost first. Before sealing the big guy which made everyone mortal again.


    Day ten


    That little safe farm from the game after Ashtar got everyone their dawn powers. It got fu?k?n? nuked by Ghaul out of no where! No one but those outside fu?k?n? survived the sudden attack! That girl who ran it ate the full brunt of it as it dropped on her first.


    Day thirty-five


    Fucking The surviving guardians all launched an ?ssault. On Ghauls main flagship with Calus and his men. They managed to kill him by Ashtar roasting his guts from the inside. Everyone celebrated that victory happily with eachother. Though that was the last time I saw them smile like that.


    Day seventy


    The darkness showed up with a fleet of ten ships suddenly. They were badly damaged but the defense system was destroyed completely. Next thing I knew I was dying before, Myriad somehow turned back time to the beginning of the day. Everyone remembered what happened that day but the enemies didn''t.


    _______________________________________________


    After those entries it was just countless listings of tries. Till the game forced us to stop and move onto the next world. So we died over six hundred times till the gamer ejected us forcefully. Leaving this version of the world we made to get snuffed out. Well this is a greatcwarning but I guess I fu?k?d us up. Then to live through this all guardians and normal civilian must become monsters. At fighting in war or something at least! Fuck I can''t show this to others it may not end well! They may even destroy the thing and mark it off as madness!

 Chapter 49 - Six Years

    This is likely where the destiny stuff wraps up as sure I could probably do a lot here but I''m not that creative or good with remembering idea''s I''ve written long so if someone wants they can continue this part of the story just also we''ll ive only done 50 confusing chapters yet 611 people seem to like my random messy free writing


    ======================================


    Well after finding that journal that made a red notification appear. Two days later Ghaul had attacked but sacraficing over a million. Of my endless undead I had stopped any serious damage. But Ghaul still had a victory and fifty percent of the guardians died. Everyone still had a weaker version of their powers. Well expect my group as the gamer kept Wrathos up and busy. Or well as I should say they''ve become a half dead thing and a supernatural system. Combined together as he was gonna be useless for a while but he is really tied to my abilities. So I would of been fine but can''t let a friend for over a hundred years become trash.


    So yea following that fall from grace they''ve all been hiding. At the farm from the second game just this short war. Wasn''t short like in the game as we saved Calus from death in this timeline. While Ghaul he uh went nuts and brought out hidden weapons. He and co-conspirators made while planning their coup for the throne. Which this is the fifth year of our war with him. As Ashtar isn''t having much luck with the trials. Along with the moon acting up so everyone is pretty divided right now.


    My undead that weren''t blown up are stuck defending neptune. So I''ve not been able to move much as well since my place is priority number one. Earth and the traveler? Not really my priority or anything as my family moved to neptune. So I''m letting Ashtar handle that side of things unless Ghaul does something. Which he unfortunately did so I was drawn out to kill. Lets just say no liked the sight of a giant undead hand. Grabbing the flag ship while it gets over ran by undead guardians and whatever else. I found laying around the area to use ontop of those I brought.


    So Ghaul was cornered into a fu?k?d up spot between undead. But well Ashtar unlocked a new feature of the dawn powers. She teleported in like a blazing sun and cleaved him in half. While the other ships were going down by angry guardians. The rest of this year went towards rebuilding the broken things. Or burying people in mass graves as we sure lost a lot of people. I returned to neptune though and planned to move on. After helping Rasputin quadruple the defenses against those ships. Though the gamer informed me ONLY three of my undead can come with me. So the ones I picked were well Vash, Kurumi, and Achile as I started this all with them. The rest of my undead when I leave will be under Rasputin and Sha''bal.


    As I blatantly only gave Rasputin the right to control them. Not raise undead at all so he can''t conquer the galaxies with them. The pack of wolf mythos I gave them all a type of dog tag collar. Listing all of their names from Jackson, Halo, Mira, Ruth, Mystic, Draco, Fawn, Larve, Grundal, Sax, Prim, and River. Myriad I just gave her this fancy ?ss dog tag collar I made from steel. To avoid Ashtar I only invited her to the guild then set her rank. To "Hostile Stalker" with absolutely no rights to contact the guild master or sub master. If she bug someone then the system starts locking up on her for a couple days.


    Now with everything i wanted to do done as I was going to leave. Chaco surprisingly joined us as a tame while leaving. Like that I basically left the world to fend on its own while me, Myriad, the pack, and Chaco. All were standing on a familiar old bright road with a roulette whell. This time I looked at it closely and realized its all anime worlds. So last one was game worlds but on this wheel there''s still Resident Evil. I will kill everyone in that world its to trouble some to be in! So I spun the wheel my eye''s boring holes of hatred into R.E. worlds part.


    Once the wheel stopped it had landed on well SAO. One of the most laughed at animes people know of. Guess I''ll be making fun of kirito and a few of the girls. As they can be stupid and well kirito needs bullied. So I''ll enjoy that just at the start of the game before its a death march. I should throw him off a cliff saying "Sparta sends its regards" or something!

 Chapter 50 - Stingy Living

    Its November first twenty twenty-two I''m in my office at. A american base located in japan somewhere around a japan base. Now you may be wondering what exactly happened after the wheel landed on SAO right? Well I''ll give you a summary of the events! So yea just know I don''t like god right now he caused this.


    So once the wheel vanished and we went towards the door like last time. That old guy I first met interfered with us! He showed up stroking his beard while saying that. I can''t exactly go to the world looking my age so he did something. That something was basically have Chaco, Myriad, and the pups become tattoos. On my body like I''m a summoner of sorts. They''ll become phsyical entities once in game though.


    While for me forced my soul into a literally dead baby. Of two highly influential military figures my age still shows what it did. In the last world but now after twenty years I''m Second Lieutenant Chimera. My physical age is twenty but my real age is five hundred seventy-four mentally. As the gamer is now showing me actual age and mental age. Though my parents who are Gloria A. Chimera and Kingsly E. Chimera. Looked at me funny when I was born with fourteen tattoos but they just say their birth marks.


    I can summon them out in their phsyical forms which I''ve done. At times when I needed a cuddle budy I''ve summoned Mystic since she won''t hump me. She''s a good pup like that so I brush her a lot while cuddling. Which three things first the pups now look like Myriad did before exo. Second, I work with that shady guy who Kirito meets after two years of a death march at times. Third, I HAVE MY FUCKING ARM AND EYE BACK YEEEEEES!! Thats all really thats happened after coming here everything else. I refuse to bring up people are jerks so I refuse to ya hear!!


    Banging my hands on my desk from the joy of having them both again. I then remember a small detail I left out of my summing up. My appearance has changed a fair bit actually. My eye''s are firey orange like my exo eye''s, Still have glasses but their hightech. As in tactical vision combat glasses that can help me out doing things. Like hacking my dads safe to steal his brandy to drink while five years old. He wasn''t mad but surprised I knew where it was. My hair its sorta a mix between brown and black so its murky brown.


    My build is of course fit but I just have this slight gut. From drinking so much water daily my height is now eight feet in all. As my dad is a rare twelve feet tall in this world. I thought a giant was gonna strangle me when I came to this world. My stats are obviously well now limited back to one hundred. The other half of them are in a box, that I''ll get back once in game. Which it releases tomorrow so I ordered the damn nerve gear yesterday. Once I got it today I remade it to be cooler looking using the workshop app.


    Also my phone now has other numbers besides god. So I''m a little happy about that even if the numbers are bosses and subordinates. While I was fiddling with the nerve gear while explaining all this. KIkuoka Seijirou came into my office on business so I had to put my nerve gear down. My guess he''s here about Kayaba Akihiko who''s gone missing. Which if anyone watched the show, read the books, or manga you know he''s gone to start his plan. Seijirou wants me to look for him through the game for clues. But I already know whats gonna happen yet I feel excited.


    Plus Kayaba can''t complain if I make a blade shooter right? Since I''m still using blades just I''m firing them those ?ssassin creed wrist crossbows or bows. Which is fair since one I''m attacking with a blade and two I''m still using a blade or spear with my bow. If he''s got a problem with that I''ll attack him and his little puppet guild. As I''m being fair while my madness and strange methods. Even if I have thirteen mythological monsters, three broken undead, and a dragon accompanying me. I''m being fair with him by not going immediately for him once it starts if he leaves. Me to my blade shooting ways in peace he can carry out his two year death march.

 Chapter 51 - Riding A Dragon

    SAO just released today at midnight so I had logged in. Starting everything up it was a bit annoying to hear and see. Once I was at the character chreation screen though I just. Made my character look exactly like me as it''ll end up that way. Anyways next my name was UndyingChimera as I am still a chimera addict. Once finally in game though the gamer was working in the background. All my skills and other things were still working, even had a gun working.


    So that''ll be a nice little hidden surprise but I know. That Yui who would later become Asuna''s and Kirito''s daughter likely just saw. Me using a gun so I silently whisper to the little ai.


    "Hey system ai that cares to make players happy, please ignore any guns. I suddenly have as thoughs are a special case emergency. Plus only I can use them so no need to worry about psychopaths."


    Don''t know if- a note dropped on my head with some cheeky. Yet annoyingly innocent words said but at least I know she doesn''t mind now. While this was going on my little army of fluffy myths and Chaco. Came out of nowhere in blue lights the pack. Looked like Myriad who looks like her original self from TWD world. Their all hardcore boss class monsters it seems as they have. About eight health bars while Chaco who looks like Pina, Silica''s feathered dragon friend. But well bigger and called Heavenly Dragon with ten health bars.


    They are all broken pets I know this but their my broken pets. Well time to move I need to level up quickly. So I got on Chaco''s back and all of us started charging off to the forest of beginnings. Which I can''t summon my three loyal undead in this game it seems as Kayaba. Would notice them not being hostile and instead working for me. These guys are already attractive enough but can be explained. Once we arrived at forest of beginnings I had the gamer turn off. That annoying move correction system as its predictable.


    me and my little group explored around for a while. Till we found some wolves that I launched myself at from Chaco''s back. Using the beginners sword I have and my abnormal stats. I abuse the swords infinite durability and cleave a wolfs head in. Before swinging it to my left activating a skill from the game. Cleaving another wolf in half the pressure shooting a bloody. Wind blade through another wolf killing it while the other wolves about six. Tried running away yet they got trapped in a circle with me. Unable to escape as boss class monsters are blocking them in.


    Which killing them didn''t take long as two tried attacking. The boss wall and being killed instantly like rats by them. While others fought me madly only to be killed by a swift stab. To head and heart multiple times in rapid succession. This kind of scene went on for twelve hours till normal players logged in. Which by that time I had three hundred wolf pelts, eighty wolf fangs, fifty kilo''s of meat, and about twelve thousand yrd. Due to the gamer being kind and giving me a money buff.


    So after the normal players started showing up I worked on. My blacksmithing skills as I mainly want to make my own gear. So till Kayaba called everyone to the beginners town I crafted away. That once he called us there I was in some silvery black wolf pelt gear. With wolf fang daggers and throwing knifes on some sashes. While on my waist is a new wolf fang, boar tusk and iron mixed sword. Which while waiting I had made a portable blacksmith set up. Which I found iron in the process and tested out. Making a sword which led to "Mad Hunger" my new sword. Which has a decent rating of sr and six hundred durability.


    After a couple of tries to make it to my liking completely. While on my left wrist was a hidden blade for ?ssassination. Then on my right wrist was a hidden crossbow which shot boar tusk blades. Both heavily inspired Assassin''s Creed game series. My level is around twenty-nine at the cusp of level thirty. My armor though it did look like an ?ssassins but underneath. Was warrior style armor covering vitals, my armors hood made for good protection too. So right now compared to everyone I was better off while behind and around me sat. The pack and Chaco who all looked bored and tired after all of the work. We did so I''m just letting them relax while i lay between Myriad and Chaco. Enjoying fluffy fur and fluffy feathers even if others look at me funny.


    Fluffy animals can heal the soul and mind so fu?k you all I''m in heaven right now! Kayaba did his whole speech but knowing that three hundred people are dead. Is a blow to everyone but to me I''m just enjoying the heaven I''m in right now. Though some kids who started playing this game with family I had brought over. By their worrying guardians to calm down by cuddling fluffy creatures. Again I don''t mind killing people not even a kid but doesn''t mean I''m heartless. I stayed here for now with my fluffy heaven while others went off.


    Silica though had been watching me for a while fidgeting. In the background as she watched me help keep kids calm. Everyone else though looked at me even more strangely for being to calm. Then randomly helping kids no older than ten at best. Stay calm in this death game but their family was thankful as they had broken down. Getting tired of Silica''s stare though I waved her over. Which she meekly scuttled over like a cat before being prompted to pet. Ruth who helped her relax and calm down in this situation. Remembering right she should be twelve in this whole ordeal.


    "So little lady why have you been looking at me with such a heavy gaze. Its not healthy to stare at a stranger that much you know?"


    Hearing this she nearly fell and looked at me accusingly. As if I just smashed her favorite cake than ate it.


    "S-sorry just you seemed so calm during hearing the game became a horrible thing. Even at the deaths you didn''t flinch then you suddenly. Started helping kids for no real reason but it helped. Just who are you exactly cayse thats not normal....."


    "Well I''m second Lieutenant Chimera of the United States army. Death really isn''t new to me so this is fine to me. I''m only twenty though yet I''ve already killed my fair share of people. Those kids like you can''t be no older than ten or twelve. These fluffy critters you see around me and are petting, are my family. The one your petting is Ruth by the way, now who are you?"


    I calmly explained my situation with a small smile. While Silica swallowed knowing I had already killed so death isn''t foreign to me. But she still mustarded up her courage and told me.


    "My name is Silica! I''m twelve so this a little scary to be honest! But ehehe Ruth is very calming to pet so thanks Chimera-san. I hope I can get a friend to call family like all of yours here."


    Heh then let me be pushy a bit as even though I thought. Of her as a ditzy and clumsy character in my first world. I can''t exactly leave her to be sad during this time as I do have some kids. Else where but not in this world but other ones. However, I won''t accept being called dad by kids over ten. Unless my daughters or from the destiny world I refuse unless I have any here.


    "Hm you know those kids from earlier called me big brother. Even with family around so if you wish you can do so to, in return I''ll treat you like my sister. So what do you think of that since even friends online and in this death game can become family."


    She looks a little taken back but after thinking she accepts with. A rather hyper nod and started hugging Ruth tightly. Ruth gave me eye''s that basically said "Good job your on a happy streak right now". As she gave Silica some licks on the cheek while she cried. Guess this really was scary for her but she''s slightly relieved now how.


    [Player Silica has sent you a friend request! Do you wish to accept Yes/No?]


    Chuckling softly I accepted her friend request and pat her head. Charisma my broken stat you''ve done great and helped me again. So since Silica is now basically my little sister I gave her two of my wolf fang daggers. Which she accepted with a smile just I told her if she needs matience. Contact me and I''ll repair or make new ones as my production job skills are already level thirty. After all of my crafting in the forest since new players joined the game.

 Chapter 52 - Operation Material Gathering

    I parted with SIlica three hours later as I helped her level a bit. Before parting with her and exploring around tye first floor for now. Which I ran into Asuna while grilling wolf and boar meat. On some bone skewers with a pot of soup boiling over a fire. She was wearing a cloak and sneaking around the area. But once she saw me cooking for my group she walked over. While I was setting out some large wooden dog bowls. With wolf and boar soup in them for my companions to enjoy. While I had some grilled boar and wolf meat skewers with mushrooms. Along with other vegetables and a light seasoning of pepper and slightly spicy sauce.


    "C-can I have some food mister?"


    "Sure but that''ll be forty yrd or an exchange of some sorts. As I did hunt and gather everything by myself really with these fluffy children help at times."


    She seemed taken by surprise but thought about it. Accepting what I said was pretty reasonable and fair as she''s asking my randomly to share. Yet she had to ask about the exchange part to see what I ment.


    "What exactly do you mean by an exchange?"


    "Well first off you can call me Chimera, and by exchange I mean. Materials, ingredients, information, tools, weapons, or even favours."


    "Ah thats pretty reasonable, sadly I don''t have anything like that on me yet. But I do know a friend who''s going to become a blacksmith. So for now I can offer to help you meet her, also my name is Asuna."


    Chuckling a bit amused I playfully say "Your one of the people who used their real name huh?" This made her stumble as my confirmation but I still handed her. A bowl of soup with a wooden spoon and two skewers to eat. Which she accepted while sitting down on the ground. Removing her hood before she began to eat the food. I on the other hand had never stopped chewing on a skewer in my mouth. While grilling up about twenty more skewers for later to eat. Asuna bought five for forty yrd though as she seemed to like them.


    [Player Asuna has sent you a friend request! Do you wish to accept? Yes/No]


    I accepted it and told her to contact me once she meets her friend. Then I''ll meet up with them to discuss things about her little introduction favour. Thus like that she left to go meet up her friend who''s very much likely Lisbeth. Though I stayed in the spot where we met up as I''ll camp here. Thus while thinking that I set up a wolf pelt tent and furred sleeping bag. As night is setting in by now but while I was doing this an idiot tried. To attack Draco who was peacefully lounging about around the camp.


    That idiot got tackled by a group of men who one of them. I recognized to be Klein so these must be his friends Dale, Dynamm, Harry, Issin, and Kunimittz. The one who was tackled was well Dynamm as his friends realized these fluffy critters. Are friendly and once they saw me they remembered I''m the owner. But as Dynamm tried attacking. I with a wooden spoon bitch smacked his head with b?r?ly any power. Yet it did twenty damage and my spoon became particles.


    They were all taken aback by my aburpt spoon ?ssault. Yet when they thought of it it made sense their friend tried attacking my companion. So of course my attack was within reason to have happen. After clearing things up we sat around my fire and talked over food.


    "So what are you doing outer here mister? Also why are there so many big things with you?"


    The one to ask was Klein in a respectful tone as they already. Made a blunder and are now being treated to food by me. Though I made Dynamm pay sixty yrd to eat anything.


    "Well I''m Chimera first off, I''m out here farming and crafting. These big children are my friends or well family from a different thing brought over. The biggest wolf like one is Myriad then there''s the pups. Their names are Jackson, Halo, Mira, Ruth, Mystic, Draco, Fawn, Larve, Grundal, Sax, Prim, and River. The big feathery dragon is Chaco, he acts double as my mount. You all are?"


    Hearing explanation everyone nodded their heads then. Hit Dynamm once again as this could of become an even bigger issue. Since I could hunt them for revenge or worse. Klein cleared his throat then introduced everyone.


    "I''m Klein these are my friends Dale, Harry One, Dynamm, Issin, and Kunimittz! Nice to meet ya Chimera! Though whats up with your gear?! How are you already better off than us?!"


    Hearing Klein I chuckle softly and explain to them that I made all of this. They all were pretty amazed but, I offered to make them at least some better weapons. For a price or exchange like what I offered Asuna before. No free labor from me everyone even friends must cough up payment! They all asked me to make them some better weapons and armor. To which I agreed but one of them went to the nearest place to get me metal. Once they returned I waived off their weapon fee for what they brought. Looking at what they brought it was ten ingots of iron, five ingots of gold, and six ingots of brass.


    Pretty decent so I started to work on their gear for them. For Klein I made a simple samurai armor with a twenty centimeter long katana. Dynamm, I just made some simple reinforced learher armor and a bastard sword. Kunimittz, I made a hybrid samurai leather armor and a curved long sword. Dale got the same armor and a large scimitar. Harry and Issin got furred leather armor and naginata''s. All made from materials from wolves, boars, and the ignots.


    The total price for everything was fifteen thousand yrd. As the armor and weapon qualities are good. They paid me a thousand yard and promised the rest as favours. Since they didn''t want to go completely broke so soon on the first day. So I agreed to these terms and added each of them as a friend for when I call in the debt bit by bit. Like that my first day ended off pretty peacefully with some camping buddies.

 Chapter 53 - Bringing Hell

    After parting with Klein and his group I went back to town of beginners. To look for that hidden dungeon on this floor and claim some goodies. Thus following what I remember from the show I arrive. At the entrance to it where I look around stealthily. Before I enter the dungeon and start exploring it without leaving. Single pebble unturned. Searching around I found a few ?h?st that I looted. They all had about ten thousand yrd, some health potions, teleport crystals, and useful crafting stuff.


    Which by the time we found the safe zone Thinker got trapped in. Fatal Scythe showed up before us but wasn''t really hostile. Instead it motioned for us all to hit it once, which we did. Then the system showed a notification from the gamer.


    [Entity Fatal Scythe has allowed Deaths Ambassador to deal damage. Entity Fatal Scythe shall now gives its essence up to Deaths Ambassador.]


    At first I didn''t understand what it ment by that till I saw Fatal Scythe. Cleave its self in half and drop its cloak, scythe, a big bag of crystals, and a skull ring. While my level skyrocketed to level six hundred twelve... Did one of my skills cause a boss to suicide for me? I look around at my fluffy companions and they''re even lost. So i just go collect the crystal bag into my inventory. The cloak, ring, and scythe I took a look at in the safe room in confusion.


    [Deaths cloak: The owner of this cloak can at will exude. An aura of absolute death towards selected targets. By wearing this you can walk among crowds completely unnoticed. You may Even find those who with murderous intentions even if not directed at you. Rarity: Mythical Durability: Unbreakable Armor: 300]


    [Deaths Ring: This ring was once owned by the grim reaper. This ring grants you the right summon a weaker version of Fatal Scythe. Its level is determined by your level two times. Rarity: Legendary Durability: Unbreakable Armor: 210]


    [Deaths Scythe: This scythe represents death its self in its entirety. The weilder of this scythe is the one who decides who lives or dies. Cutting with the backside at a dying player can save them. Cutting with the blade can deliver one fatal blow a swing. Every thirty seconds before this ability can be used again by the weilder. Rarity: Mythical Durability: Unbreakable]


    This.... this is just to much for me quite literally its to much. But I put on my new cloak that had a nice crisom red inner color. Looking at the ring I slid it onto my left ring finger, thinking that I can summon a true monster at level one thousand two hundred twenty-four. Which I don''t know how strong the upper or hidden bosses are! So I can''t say how strong it really is but its broken! Next I strap the scythe to my back and pull of my stats. Which I never touched but seems the game overrided my fifteen points with four instead so I have two thousand four hundred forty-eight. My health was reset though but stayed by one fifty for every level.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human, EXO(Locked)


    Age: 20(Physical) 568(mental)


    Titles: 2nd Lt. , Mad Man, The Gamer, Squad Leader, Slaughterer, Necromancer, Death Incarnate, Undead King, Mastermind, Deaths Blacksmith, Drone Controller, Myths Father, Guardian, Tainted Guardian, Black Oni Tyrant, One Armed Death, Neptunes Ruler, God Hater, Yandere Denial, Dead Man Walking, King Of Kobold''s, King Of Naga''s


    Guild: Umbrella Corporation


    Stats


    HP: 91,800/91,800


    Mana: 856,000/856,000


    Str: 2000


    Agi: 2000


    Con: 0+2000


    Cha: 2000


    Dex: 2000


    Int: 1100+224


    Luk: 2000


    Points: 0


    Money: $600mil(frozen) 27,100 yrd


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Emporers Guidance- unique lv max, Sleep Gain- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Technomancer- unique lv 150, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max


    ==================================


    seems I gained a new stat so I dumped two thousand into it. As it helps me heal faster and require less sleep. So now I can basically operate day and night for two weeks maybe? While see some titles and skills have leveled up or finally shown up. Lets see deaths incarnation is well makes me the living version of death. It probably upraged to such after Fatal Scythe sacraficed its self. To me and I got this new gear which became soul bound to me. It also seems to well make necromancer a teachable skill to others fully now.


    After I finished checking everything the console in the room. Came to life and showed a notification that was broadcasted. Saying I cleared the hidden dungeon first, then it switched to showing me Yui. Which seems she wanted to ask me somethings as she''s curious.


    "Hello! I''m the ai system that monitors and helps players! I was curious about how your able to do everything you''ve done."


    "Well first off I''ll just call you Yui as help system is not an option. To answer your question though you''d probably question if I say. That I''m pretty much a supernatural entity right?"


    She simply shook her head yes so I smile wryly at her. Scratching my beard stubbles as I look at the young ai in front of me. I had to make her seriously promise to not let anyone ever know. So for that everything she learns about me will go to. A crystal tear necklace which I''ll have in my possession she can still remember. These things but if anyone tries learning of them it''ll. Glow and I have the right to know who''s asking or trying to pry forcefully. Then deploy countermeasures to keep it all safe from prying eyes.


    "First off I''ve died three times already and faced a lot of wars. May not seem like it but there are some events you can''t explain. These fluffy boss class monsters around me, aren''t from this game ones from my second life, the rest from the third. They have been with me quite a long time honestly Yui. Their in this game because their souls are linked to mine so wherever. I am physically or mentally they follow me.


    Next up what I do is basically tied to my more supernatural side. So I can''t really explain it but in real life I see this game style system. Its well merged with the games system for me partially. So I can use the skills I learned from my lives through that. Even in this game I can make a working magic gun if I want or one that shoots blades. Probably confusing but thats about all you''ll get little lady."


    Yui looked at me in serious contemplation and amazement. Before we talked a bit longer then she returned to her ai space. As she wasn''t in a npc body just yet really so once gone. I got up and left the hidden dungeon with my family. Which once we exited Asuna sent me a message saying. That her friend is learning about blacksmithing now so I should head on over to. Halcron to meet up with them so I got on Chaco''s back. Riding off on him followed by the pack to Halcron under everyone''s gazes. Which never heard of Halcron before so its probably. A town no one ever visited in the show, books, or manga really.


    It took about two and a half days so tomorrow is December fourth. The day when players will rally together and challenge. The first floor boss so things are gonna be interesting tomorrow as I''ll be denying. The event leaders death using my newly acquired scythe to save him. For now though I''m gonna focus on my meeting with Lisbeth. As she''ll probably be the blacksmith I use at times if I don''t wanna craft. So once I arrived in the small town thats more like a village. I search for the blacksmith shop and find Asuna in her cloak outside it. So with a simple wave I get her attention quickly.


    As I''m the only one with fourteen unique monsters following me. So she walked up to me with her hands behind her back.


    "Long time no see Chimera, I see your gear has increased."


    "Yea I got this from a hidden dungeon its pretty great. So is your friend ready to meet me so we can talk?"


    With a nod from Asuna I dismount Chaco, and have everyone wait outside. While I follow Asuna inside the smithy to meet Lisbeth. Once inside what greeted me was the scene, of an authentic rustic store front. In the back I could hear hammers and flames roaring loudly. While Lisbeth came out from the back once she heard the store bell.


    "Asuna! I see you found the guy you mentioned finally. So hi there Chimera, I''m Lisbeth a blacksmith in training right now. But once I''m done training I''ll make you things if you like."


    "Mm well met Lisbeth, Asuna said your a blacksmith so she''d introduce. Us to each other as a favour for feeding her a while back. So hope we can make a cooperative relationship as blacksmith and customer."


    Like that things progressed and we talked for a while. While as she was curious I let her insoect my gear i made. Which she was impressed but once she heard about my death gear. She nearly fainted even Asuna was startled at its effects. That I had to disappoint Lisbeth by saying its soul bound. She nor anyone else can have it if they even offered. This didn''t stop our talks though but when a haughty brat. Barged in after seeing us signing a contract of working together. He tried destroying it but the contract split into two copies. The playful voice of Yui sounded in my ear so I''m thankful to her.


    I stored my copy into my inventory so if he destroyed Lisbeth''s. We still have a working agreement which made him mad. As he obviously wanted to have a contract with someone. Who seems like they''ll make it big in the future so that he can mooch off them. But sadly I would of killed him the moment he tried adding absurd things. Into the contract so I''m pleased with Lisbeth being my contracted smith. Thus wrapping up the day I left and camped outside of town. Ready to depart to the meeting tomorrow morning to interfer with most deaths.

 Chapter 54 - The Boss Is Annoyed

    Waking up at around three am in the morning I pack up camp. Then mount Chaco and head out, we all run non stop to Tolbana. Once we''re there its already seven in the morning and the city is slowly coming to life. Once we pass through the gate we head to the amphitheater. Where the first meeting was held and waited there for everyone. Which after riding through town I saw why Lisbeth didn''t come here. The shops are pretty full of disiples so it''d be hard to learn. While waiting though I''m brushing all of my fluffy companions. One by one meticulously then I started prunning and taking care. Of Chaco''s feathers getting out anything stuck between them.


    The first show up was Diavel who noticed us and saw the brush in my hands. He simply smiled and gave me a small nod understanding. That right now I''m taking care of my companions. We did talk for a while though from our respective spots. Before more people started dribbling in slowly over time, some surprised. By my get up and my rather big amount of monsters, as I''m still grooming them. Even tied random pink cloth strips around the females to make them. Seem cute and show their a girl so Myriad, Ruth, Mystic, Mira, Fawn, Sax, Prim, and River. Proudly showed of their tails which had the pink cloth tied up like a ribbon.


    Some people couldn''t help but have their hearts melted by this. While the females including Asuna seemed to like the look. Though surprisingly Silica was in the midst of players gathered. So seeing her I waved her over and she sat down with us. So it was a surreal scene of a ?du?t, a teen, and monsters lounging around together. I did have to fix her wolf fang daggers though as they were quite worn. Asuna However was hidding under her cloak with Kirito beside her. At times he glanced over at us but he nor Asuna ever came over. So like that I just got spend the time peacefully with SIlica. Agil however, he joined us after he showed up.


    So I had fun shocking him with my gear and my companions. That we even had a friendship starting to bloom so we added eachother. He''s a pretty nice guy and very knowledgeable about alcohol. So we got along great in our first few minutes together. That we attracted even more attention as its a white guy, a teen, a big black man, and fourteen monsters. Having a ball together right before the big battle that some got annoyed. Mainly that strange orange hair style prick who started a fight. The first day there was a meeting about the bosses location. He tried barging up into our group but Halo back pawed him. Right back down the amphitheater steps at full power since. His target wouldn''t die just the thunderous sound and him bouncing was a shocker.


    To many people there but to Silica and Agil it was funny. As they learned from me that all of my companions are mythical beast. So seeing one just basically back hand someone shows I''ve been bad influence. On the pups yet they could only laugh and compliment our group. Diavel had a hand over his mouth and his shoulders were shaking. Guess he loved the spectacle of his random rival being owned. By the most relaxed group here at the moment and it wasn''t even a person. Who did it, it was a giant strange wolf that looked like his mother did. Who was still showing off her tail proudly while cuddling her masters side.


    Once it had reached ten thirty in the afternoon we all got on some carts. Though for some people I let the ride on my fluffy companions in comfort. Which those people were Diavel, Agil, Asuna, Kirito, Silica, A guy named Jailing, A guy called Water Merchant, a girl named Tasal, A teenage boy called Wolf Dragon, a guy called Black Oni, then a young hard to guess the gender of person named Chinny. We all moved along the three wagon carvan towards a large. circular protrusion in the floor wall meaning we''ll be meeting the boss soon. Arriving there took us till a little after twelve in the afternoon. Once there though we rested outside of the dungeon before heading in.


    After resting for about twenty minutes everyone proceeded inside. The time we entered was around twelve thirty in the afternoon. Which marked the time sixty brave people and fourteen beast marched. To conquer the first floor boss even at the cost of their lives. There would be a legend later though of a man who could decided a persons fate. Just these people did not know such thing a yet as it would. Only become such after the survivors spread their tales of life and death battle. Against the first of many dreadful bosses to come.


    Once we entered the dungeon the weaker members with some tanks. Charged forward taking care of the firat wave of enemies. Then switched out with the next group in line ready. This routine went on. for a good two hours as the enemies came from everywhere. That once we reached the boss I thought something very rude. As it just a giant fatass bipedal dog swinging around a sword.


    Though once it saw us it started its attacks determined to kill everyone. So I used my scythe and clashed against it sword which. Managed to make my feet sink three inches into the ground. As its a heavy hitter with ridiculous strength and swinging speed. But it bought people time to start cutting it up which had angered it. Every time it swung my scythe came from nowhere to block it. This only made it angrier so it started jumping and running around at random. Attacking at random while minions started flooding in slowly around us.


    So our forces split meaning my companions knocked around the minions. While we fought the boss, one of its jumps though it had landed and cut Diavel deeply. Which sent him flying as he was dying pretty fast but Kirito secured him. Just I''m not letting his death scene play out like he wishes. So with a quick unnoticed fast movement I appeared by the two cutting him. With back of my scythe thus bringing him back from the verge of death. Before the boss swung its sword down at us, Kirito and Diavel finally noticed. Me after I had blocked the sword with my scythe behind my back holding it up.


    This scene surprised everyone but Kirito realized that Diavel who''s a fellow beta tester. Nearly died and went off on a hacking spree against the boss. Who I delivered a spinning cut aross it bulging belly like I was dancing while carrying a scythe. Gouging out his health to sever degrees, Kirito''s sword sinking into its right eye. As it died slowly then exploded into particles, with him donning his edgy attire. Before leaving us all behind with people mad that he is a beater.


    But I left shortly afterwards and entered the town with him. Thus we both opened up the new town for other players. Just I won''t be fighting bosses mainly like everyone else will be. I''ll be earning yrd so I can eventually buy a shop with a housing area. On one of the later floors like on floor thirthy two. So with those thoughts in mind I wander around the floor taking requests. That eventually the residents started calling me. The "Joking Reaper" as I usually made bad jokes on the more depressing ones.

 Chapter 55 - Two Months In

    So I''m two months into this death game and I''ve done a total of. Three hundred fourty misc type jobs for players and npcs a like. Gaining me a total of five hundred ninety thousand and six hundred forty yrd. In total once added onto my old balance I had already collected. I''ve done jobs from mining, guarding, taming, bullying, slaughter, training, mediating deals and the like, to blacksmithing. Lisbeth has also a prominate blacksmith and Agil is my middleman for selling. As he is the main one to request my stuff which the quality is at the very least. Always rare or above only made one fluk legendary spear.


    Which players started a riot a for over in an auction Agil held. That was quite a messy thing to get involved with as some. Players were laughing coffin and I had the gamer ignor the safety rule on them. Then I well executed about a total of two hundred members. Who were at that auction and well they''re little group tries avoiding me. As everytime we meet it just ends with them becoming a headless corpse. Or they get one of my wrist bolts through the eye that then explodes. So I''ve really done damage to them but they make some request from me.


    If its reasonable I do them which its always killing a member. About to be captured so I make good money from them. That I don''t complain or sell the member out who paid me. As I''m a reasonable business man who values confidentiality. To extreme degrees that I kicked one of their ?sses for implying I would betray them. I get paid I don''t talk, you stiff me I fu?k?n? rob your corpse. Those psychopaths learned that simple rule of thumb for business between us. Speaking of which a few hours ago I had just completed a transaction between us. As I killed a cornered lieutenant of the guild for them yesterday.


    Agil, Silica, Lisbeth, and Klien know that I do this kind of work. On top of my other works they don''t exactly agree to it. But at the same time like that I''m mugging the muggers while killing them. So even though my icon is always orange or red. I have legitimate reasons for its color not an excuse. The liberation forces don''t like it but they have deal with it. As I even provide legitimate documentation of all my work transactions. I may be a soldier in real life but, in here I''m an all around business man. Though one girl from that liberation force tries hounding me everytime. That she gets scolded by her superiors as I''m not doing anything. Truly terrible and I''m always up front when they ask me stuff.


    Asuna though she doesn''t get why I am killing people for laughing coffin. Even though their paying me to kill members of their guild for them. I had to explain that if its got a reason behind it I''ll do the work. She tried recruiting me to the blood knights guild but I refuse every turn. As why would I wanna join such a group of justice freaks. That have more than one laughing coffin members in its midst, on top of being ran by Kayaba. Just won''t join them plus their colors aren''t my style, black and red is where its at! Fuck white and red that just is dumb to me really to bland.


    [ Message from Silica! View message? ]


    I tell it to show me the message from Silica, as this is the first. In about three weeks of doing our own thing apart from eachother. Which I did make an SAO guild its well "Umbrella Corporation". As its in my status but I''ve got Agil, Silica, and Lisbeth in it which is fine. Since we all are pretty well off even apart. Though we do occasionally meet up and discuss things we''ve learned. Or to help eachother just we have no guild symbol we''re an invisible guild. Not even the guild thing appears in our names anywhere. Meaning yea we influence the game silently as a guild like they did in "Resident Evil" world. Back to the message now!


    [ Silica: Guild- I mean big brother Chimera I need some help. I''m going on a quest with a party on the fifty-fifth floor. So can you please meet up with us and tag along? with Ruth and the others also I made a friend I want you all to meet! ]


    Scratching my beard stubbles I chuckle and give out a whistle. All of my fluffy companions coming running from everywhere direction. Some carry dead dragons in their mouths as we''re on floor seventy-five. Just no one knows we are as I found short cuts through the secret dungeons. To the upper floors and have talked Yui into not activating the towns I reach. For everyone one else as they need to earn it. Their trying to clear it I''m not so I''m not gonna give them a free road. Thus heading back to a town on this floor my group heads to the fifty-fifth floor.


    Once we teleported intonthe plaza of the fifty-fifth floor main town. We''re greeted by Silica and a little feathered dragon namely Pina. So we greeted eachother and the little critter wasn''t shy. He sat on my head and greeted my group happily while Silica smiled wryly. Seeing her partner so happy and straightforward with me. "You talk about me a lot huh?" That small mouthed comment. Made her start furiously poking me as I''m teasing her after three weeks. This scene made a few people chuckle as its the infamous Joking Reaper and his companions.


    Teasing a girl who they believed paid him. To meet up with her for a job yet they didn''t. Expect them becso laid back and on good terms that. He''ll stand there laughing his ?ss off at the girls furious poking as she pouts. Even her own tame was laughing at her and enjoying this side. Of its usually clumsy and hyper active master.

 Chapter 56 - Teacher Vash

    A: cause people ask this at times have a lesson!


    Hahaha! so some of you are probably confused by the family tree. So I the mighty undead tyrant Vash! Shall teach you bwuahahahaha! First off master isn''t a normal person anymore! A god has taken great interest in him so his soul and bodies. Aren''t exactly normal they can do things that shouldn''t. Be possible for most like he nevers get sick but can be poisoned! There are others but I forget them! Now Myriad is a mythological beast. made up six others and his soul!


    So you can say when she got needy they fu?k?d themselves as thats a kink. Shared across all species b?r? that in mind since sometimes. We think our perfect partner is our self so we''d fu?k them or something! Myriad like many myths have kids with different species. Mainly humans in some worlds as humans are disgustingly adaptive. So its not exactly weird that Myriad did such a thing just those puos. Always tried eating me at first! Now lets take a look at masters family tree when he thought about it a day ago.


    A day before helping Silica out on the fifty-fifth floor. Biazar was lounging on a beach some where on the seventy-fourth floor. The pups, Myriad, and Chaco are all playing around in the water. While he laid on the sand in trunks and on big blanket under a umbrella. Thinking about the family three he has caused in three worlds. His first world he pretty much was the only one left. So he forgot about that line of family as he didn''t even have any noteable relationships.


    Thinking of the walking dead he realized that is pretty simple. Myriad could be considered his first kids just between six myths. So it''d go like this Biazar, Phoenix, Earth Dragon, Holy Dragon, Hydra, Slyph, and a Barghest Fenrir hybrid. Made Myriad then shortly after the hybrid. Later to be known as Laura would be his wife and they''d have three kids together. Two daughters named Lunar and Dawn, then a son called Valis by Laura. Thats basically all in that world for family and where it started at.


    Next would be the Destiny universe where after a while. He''d sleep with Riley Holiday and her ?ssistant Fala. A few times leading towards him have many descendants from those times. Myriad would also be a pain and like most myths fu?k what they like. Which ended up being him a few times leading to the twelve hyper active myth pups. Later on he''d have a daughter called Dara with Mara Sov awoken queen. Then because of a conditioned justice freak yandere he''d have even more. Which that world alone means his family is in the thousands.


    This current world though he two new parents Gloria A. Chimera and Kingsly E. Chimera. Then he''d get several in game adoptive sisters. namely Silica, Lisbeth, and Asuna which he messes with them all. Like a real brother would but he''s likely get more in the future. For brothers him and Agil are like best friends/brothers to each other. As they talk and drink quite a lot together with lame jokes. Klein? He''s like a brother to him but an idiot so it feels more like, looking after a child at times. Kirito is nothing he''s just a target to purely harass and fu?k with. Thats all he''ll ever be seen as to him end of story as he''s already. Surprised stabbed Kirito several times in the right kidney.


    So thinking about it closely he''s caused one messy family tree. But a few of them weren''t done on purpose by him. Though their cute and dorky things so he doesnt mind it anymore. Chaco though is an egg he stole in battle in the Destiny world. So Chaco he''s an adopted dragon yet family anyways. Thats my messy explanation of the family tree anyways! Some of you may still be confused bwuahahahaha! Back to helping Silica on the next chapter have fun, just if you be rude I''ll eat you.

 Chapter 57 - The Hunt Begins

    After teasing Silica enough in the town plaza we headed off. Outside of town with with all eye''s following us out. Once we were outside of the town though what greeted us was. Four nameless characters I wont bother remembering. Then Rosalia the one who be cause of death for these four. Along with Pina which drove this clumsy girl to look for a rare flower. Only to be nearly mugged by her ex-comrade before being killed. If Kirito wasn''t there though then her death was ?ssured.


    But now heh heh I''m gonna slaughter her entire guild! So try you best you little weasel the reapers xome for your head. Once Rosalia saw me her fake smile crumbled a little upon my entrance. To add insult to injury I give her a small wave and small smile. Like this our nameless party left with Rosalia sweating buckets. With my presence around it sorta ruined her plans. But don''t worry I won''t kill you yet little weasel, not yet. We eventually entered the forest where this party crumbles under attacks. I hid however in the shadows watching with my companions.


    Those nameless players were all butchered by monsters. Before they died as well and Rosalia looked around for me. Not believing I''ve died but went into hiding which is not wrong. Once Silica started running away I left Rosalia with. gift. An unnoticed mark of death on her neck hidden by her hair. So you can no longer hide little weasel hahaha deaths scythe will. Feast on your blood soon Rosalia you mass murderer. Once I left the area I quickly caught up with Silica and Pina. Right as Pina took a critical hit but I back cut him with my scythe. Leaving him at deaths door while Ruth and Sax have trampled the monsters. Eating them a bit before they exploded into particles and drops.


    Though I hate as I walk out of the tree''s Kirito appears. Thankfully though Silica doesn''t seem to have fallen for him really. As she ran towards me and buried her head into my torso crying. So while patting her head I ask Kirito if he knows where to. Get the Pneuma Flower even though its on the fourty-seventh''s dungeon.


    "So Kirito know where to get a flower that''ll revive tamed beast? As Pina there nearly died I''d like to have it around just in case. But your hunting the red weasel right? Then we gotta pretend Pina is dead and lure them out. With the prospect of earning big money off of stealing it."


    Kirito only gave me a quizzical look but accepted my suggestion. But that look earned him a dagger to the right kidney from me. So throwing one stealthily with wires on it and direct it. Right into his kidney with freakish control on doing so. We all teleport from the forest back to town where kirito is leading us. To the forty-seventh floor. After he pulled my dagger out of his side and threw it at me but I just reel it back in.

 Chapter 58 - The Hunter Punches

    Once our plan began I was the one who kept Pina hidden. Which wasnt hard as he clung to the inside of my cloak. Playing peekaboo with the pups who softly pawed at him. While we followed from in the shadows watching the two. Who Kirito got hit several times by Silica for being rude and looking. She of course also asked if we saw so we just gave lowly whistling. Even Pina did so Silica laughed in defeat at all the confirmation.


    Though they did get the flower safely after several more embarassing. With a hint of deranged angry screams from Silica as she as went beserk on the plants. Which are the main monsters of the dungeon the Pneuma Flower resides in. Once at the bridge Rosalia and her men started to come out. Threatening Kirito and Silica to hand over the flower to them. But they never expected I was still around helping Silica. Thus once I grabbed the far lefts one head and popped it like melon. Once I did this everyone looked at me but next member had already. Gotten his head popped like a melon as well.


    "Hi someone couted the reaper so I''ve come to claim!"


    Hearing my almost good rhyme that I felt proud of myself for. A minion tried to stab me but he got my right foot. Through his gut before he died like the other two minions did. Everyone else looked ready to run but I broke Rosalia''s legs. She can''t run she''s the main couter of death so she must watch. And watch she did as her minions all got killed by a single punch. One by one till I spun around to face her with a smile. Kirito already beside her as she tries convincing him to attack me. But she''s failing miserably just I didn''t let her continue her desperation.


    "You courted the reaper on the fifty-fifth floor so I''m claiming your life."


    She didn''t even get the chance to berate me as my left knee. Made contact with her face leading to her head splattering everywhere. Before she joined her minions in hell. Turning to Kirito and Silica I see ones judging me with their eyes. While the other is relieved and hugging her little feathery friend. So I just shrug off Kirito''s glare while I pet Halo who was close to me. Kirito probably wants to complain but his input is useless. If they come to kill then slaughter without mercy if their criminals.


    What disturbed him more was that Silica seemed okay with. My little mass slaughter so he couldn''t help but ask why. The answer made him fall face first into the bridge.


    "Because big brother told me since day he''s used to killing. Along with times when we were together out eating lunch in the field. He always smashed red players to death so I''m used to it!"


    Kirito took a hit from the fact that apparently we treat eachother. Like family and that she has gotten used to seeing me. Cause gruesome scenes that she sees it as normal from me. While anyone else she gets a little creeped out by them. Take that you idiotic bastard! You may be computer smart but you suck with women! Plus family gets used to each others antics over time. So with my laughing fit at a very defeated Kirito and Silica screaming if she did something wrong.


    We left the area with Kirito going to report that Rosalia''s whole group is dead. While me and Silica sat outside at a cafe padio. Enjoying some sweets and tea as this place is famous. Also don''t judge me a man can foodgasm over sweets too. Judge me I''ll reap your heads and use you like a bowling ball. Is what my eye''s communicated to the laughing players. Which made them shut up while one group tried to harass. Me during my relaxing time with one of my sisters that I clicked. My tongue and next thing people saw was River standing on.


    Her hind legs as she back pawed the whole group away. Out into the the street with a splendid tripple flip then loud thud. From each of them before River sat down and went cute. So I fed her a strawberry cake desert for being good. While the cafe was in a stupor before roaring in laughter at what happened. Even the guards who came started laughing when they heard the events. But no one got arrested or anything just a warning to not. Cause anymore trouble or anything in the town whuch isn''t possible.

 Chapter 59 - The Reaper Looks Off Putting

    So its the day after helping killing Rosalia and her guild. Right now me, Agil, Lisbeth, Silica, Pina, Asuna, Klein, his friends, the pack, Chaco, and A forced by Asuna, Kirito. Are at the orphanage located on the first floor where kids and teens. Who are younger and can''t be left alone to their own device''s. Are all living at with Thinker and his ?ssistant, that in the sao stuff. Requested Asuna and Kirito to save thinker from the hidden dungeon. Now you may be wondering why we''re here well its because everyone needs a break.


    So I just suggested this as it can be relaxing likely for everyone. So once our rather large arrived out front it Thinker who was sweeping. Was surprised to see us all there but was quite happy to hear that. We came to hang out with the kids just it''ll have to be outside. Of the town so that we have more space for everyone to move. So once he and Yulier his devoted ?ssistant agreed to do so my group, followed by Thinker and Yulier, with about a hundred kids, and fifteen members of the liberation force. Headed outside of town which the brats were excited and jumping about.


    Once we exited through the west gate near a stream of water. We let the brats run about while everyone split up about the area. Me and the pack were setting up portable stations. Mainly a portable kitchen then my portable blacksmith station with tables and chairs. Once everyone saw me removing such items from large bags. On all of my companions backs they leaked surprised voices. Though once Klein and his friends started offering to teach about their. Respective weapons some kids were interested so everyone I came with started their own.


    Little classes to teach the kids about things, Lisbeth had to ask to use my forge. Which I said go ahead while I put mainly all my armor and weapons. Into my inventory leaving me only in my cloak, a black vest, red dress shirt, black pants, combat boots, my wrist crossbow, and skull ring. Just to throw everyone off I put on a pink apron with a manly stoic face. Seeing such a display the liberation force members, Kirito, a few of Klein''s friends face planted. As I''m pretty much a scary guy yet right now I stoicly put on a pink apron. Then tied my hair up into a pony tail and had a pup make water. So I can wash my hands which this whole scene really threw them off.


    Lisbeth, Silica, Thinker, Yulier, and Agil all gave me a chuckle. But a small nod for causing such a funny scene by doing so. Asuna, Klein, Dynamm, Dale, and the kids all looked at me laughing. All of you but the brats gotta pay sixty yrd to eat now. Thus while everyone died laughing an interesting cooking scene played out. As the pups played around with the food ingredients. Using their magic abilites making very perfectly cut up vegetables and meat. Some landed into a pot of boiling water that has been seasoned. While Chaco accurately pierced meat and vegetables onto skewers which landed on a grill.


    While me and Myriad where uniquely making chocolate and deserts. In perfect harmony like we''ve always done so together. All while doing little spins at times making drinks for the food. Some of the girls had their prides hurt as a man and beast are making. Food in such a strange yet fun manner that some of the kids and Yulier. Charged into make sandwiches to compete with us in making better food. This kind of peaceful and light hearted atmosphere went on for three hours. Just when we all were goung to hold a little mock battle tournament.


    Kibaou that strange orange hair style prick came out of the gate running. Before interrupting us all and pointing at Thinker screaming that he''s to relaxed. He was so furious that he started screaming about becoming the leader again. One of the kids who''s about eight, they joined with their older sister. Ran up to him and started hitting his waist screaming stop that it was almost a shriek. Once Kibaou hit the girl and sent her rolling a few feet away. Everyone turned hostile against him instantly that he was encircled.


    Trapped on all sides by players with decent levels, weapons drawn. Yet he looked towards me and my companions who were with the kids. Then started trash talking me and other nonsensical stuff.


    "You! Your that reaper fellow and those must be your damned beasts! Whats with that get up trying to be less scary? So your wearing a pink apron to look pretty? Hahaha! I bet I could kick your ?ss right now! Your practically defenseless once I''m done I''ll butcher your beasts to join you! Then everyone will fear me and I can do whatever I want using that reputation! Hahahaha!"


    Something snapped and everyone felt a cold shiver. Down their spines even my companions did as right now. My bloodlust and the feeling of death have been amplified by my gear. While I looked at Kibaou who realized his mistake. A wild smile formed on my lips while, my eye''s actually turned crimson red like Fatal Scythes.


    "Death sentence for all who threaten my family and friends. Kibaou you greedy and power hungry newt! You should''ve not dragged my companions into this. Goodbye you insignificant newt!"


    My voice almost demonic while the skull ring on my finger shined. Summoning my very over the top summon, I got from the beginning of the game. The exact Fatal Scythe who offered themself to me. Appeared its eye''s locking on to Kibaou a animalistic smile. On its boney face before it disappeared and next thing everyone. Saw was Kibaou impaled on its scythe screaming curses at me. In his dying breath all the way up till he burst into particles. Fatal Scythe letting out a loud mad cackle before unsummoning its self.


    [ Road to becoming death its self quest unlocked! You''ve stepped onto the road of controlling life and death. Your twisted d?s?r? to protect by slaughtering all enemies with extreme bloodlust. Has unlocked this quest to complete this quest you must make hundreds. Acknowledge you as death its self before you are truly death its self! Progress: 141/900 completed ]


    [ Fatal Scythe has offered up player Kibaou to you! Kibaou''s corpse shall serve under Fatal Scythe as a loyal foot soldier! Level is same as when he lived, can grow still. ]


    [ You''ve unlocked the ultimate skills Deaths Aura and Limitless Scythe!


    Deaths Aura: You who are deaths incarnation now produce. The air of death passively at a b?r?ly noticeable level. Target someone or a group though and you have a thirty percent chance. To instantly kill the target(s) with your aura alone!


    Limitless Scythe: Your scythes reach is now no longer a problem. Just swing and your attack will hit no matter the distance. Scythes now gain the passive ability to absorb souls of victims. Scythes now can produce effects like launching blades of darkness. These effects provide debuffs but if used in reverse could provide buffs. Example: a player or person turning to particles or dying completely. If hit by a reverse fire blade. Will be revived like a Phoenix in the state they were in before being killed.


    Use these well my prodigy, I''m watching and waiting for you to take up the mantle. ]


    Once my bloodlust had subsided everyone looked at me funny. But I just leaned forward on my scythe and lazily said.


    "He made fun of my manly pink apron and threatened. My adorable companions I couldn''t let him go you know?"


    The ?du?ts could only wryly chuckle now remembering. That I''m truly the reaper even if I make bad jokes once mad all restraints. Are off and the unlucky saps to cause so are on the chopping block. But what surprised them even more was that I summoned a monster. So i just said its a part of my rings effects and that it was first. Time that I''ve actually used it so even I''m surprised by my reaper. That brutally just killed Kibaou then laughed like a maniac happily. The kids though were completely scared of me. Well expect for six of them they looked at me bravely.


    Remembering that I''m the "uncle" who helped them cheer up day one. So they came forward even if their knees were shaky and they trembled. Once they reached me I squatted down and smiled softly at the six kids. Who are definitely terrified yet brave enough to come to me after that. Suddenly they all bowed at once making me blink in surprise.


    "Thank you for helping us out day one and for today mister! Sorry that we think your scary even though you''ve been so kind to us!" x6


    With a small chuckle followed by my companions snickering. I look at these brave kids and pat their heads one by one. As infront of me are four brave boys and two brave girls.


    "Whats your names kids and do ya have any surviving relative''s?"


    I ask them in a soft voice while looking at them closely.


    "Chihiro Ryuu! Sis was my only relative but now she''s dead..." Chihiro was a seven year old boy with relatively plain features. He had the normal black eye''s and black hair for a Japanese. He was in a red shirt and brown pants with a dagger.


    "Fuyuko Cho! I''m an orphan so I have no relatives! But I was playing with a helper from the orphanage!" She was an energetic little girl at seven years old. That had black eye''s and hair but once grown up she''d be beautiful. She had a pink shirt and brown pants while holding a mace.


    "Hanae Ryuu! An orphan from the same orphanage like Fuyuko!" This girl was literally bouncing around everywhere. She''s eight years old and has black eye''s but blond hair. So she likely is half Japanese from the hair color. She had on a green shirt and brown pants while holding a light Naginata.


    "Akio Akihiko! An orphan in Hanae and Fuyuko''s orphanage!" This boy like Hanae was half Japanese and eight years old. He had a black left eye and a green right eye. His hair was a messy redish black color so its almost crimson. He has on a black shirt and brown pants while holding a long sword.


    "Hayato Church! My mother was playing with me but she''s gone now. No living relatives anywhere else now!" This boy looked English she he probably took after one parent more. He''s a silent nine year old boy mainly from what I''ve seen. He had brown eye''s and messy brown hair. He had on a gray shirt and brown pants, a short spear at his side.


    "Hiroshi Itsuki, orphan from Fuyuko''s orphanage." This boy was a pretty laid back eleven year old for his age. He had black eye''s and hair but he had Agil''s build. So he may grow up to be pretty tough and big. He was wearing leather armor on vitals, a red shirt, brown pants and leather gauntlets. While holding two bastard swords of different legnths and thickness.


    With a loud and pleased chuckle I look over my left shoulder. To Thinker as he is the one who generally seems to run the orphanage.


    "I like these brats! So I''ll be adopting these six Thinker, hope you don''t mind that do you?"


    Hearing my question everyone frozen but Thinker and Yulier smiled. Nodding their heads in approval towards me with small smiles on their faces. The kids though looked dumbfounded before processing it. Which once it clicked in their heads they all screamed in joy. So like that the day ended on a slightly strange, yet happy bloody ending. Where I gave six kids a new family to look forwards at now. While we survive in this hell hole of a game together!

 Chapter 60 - The Reaping Bell

    Its been nearly two years now since this death game started. There are those who have made a living out there. Those that have given up and accepted living here. Those who are still trying to escape from this hell game. Then there''s the not so rare case''s of suicides in places. From those who''ve given up on everything and picked to die than see tomorrow. Meanwhile on the seventy-second floor a shop opened up. Called the "Reaping Bell" its a small multipurpose shop ran by a family of seven.


    With a rather large barn next to it that doubles as a house. These two buildings were bought by the infamous Joking Reaper. Who retired to this floor after the first year of the game with his family. The six kids he adopted have become pretty excellent. In the arts of crafting items after their new dad patiently thought them. That those who usually visit this shop are greeted by one of the kids. As the joking reaper is usually in the back working on something new. To pass the time slowly now a days instead of killing people.


    Today three customers came into the shop and were greeted by Fuyuko. The two customers were Asuna and Kirito that got married. Though they still fight a lot of the time in front of people. Today though they came in with Yui on Kirito''s shoulders. Which Kirito after many beatings learned to know when he causes hopeless love. So he''s m?tur?d in that area but he''s still a hopeless idiot. The couple though came here today to invite Chimera out. To do somethings while leaving Yui here with the other kids.


    Which when he heard they were asking him to go somewhere. He put on his newer gear and his reaper gear. Before following the couple out of the shop with a grunt. Myriad and Jackson coming out of the barn and tagging along. Behind the trio as they walked off into the town at sunrise. The Joking Reapers gear he achieved through crafting like mad. That he is extremely proud of his creations and refuses to sell them.


    [ Assassins Jacket: Wearer is passively put into stealth unless they make noise. Provides a 150% boost to damage when attacking unnoticed. Rarity: Mythical Durability: 9,999 Armor: 800 ]


    [ Stalkers Guantlets: These Guantlets hold many secrets within them. Passively thin the wearers presence to unnoticeable levels. Provide a 500% damage boost when in user punches. Rarity: Mythical Durability: 9,999 Armor: 400 ]


    [ Shadow Boots: These boots are armored and make the wearer light as a feather. They don''t make a sound even when the wearer runs. 200% damage bounse to when the wear kicks a target. Rarity: Mythical Durability: 9,999 Armor: 300 ]


    [ Hallow Wrist Crossbow: A hidden crossbow located on the left wrist. This little hidden weapon fires 50% faster than its predecessors. The blade bolts it shoots usually vary in effect. Rarity: Mythological Durability: 9,999 ]


    [ Hidden Sting: A hidden blade usually located on the right wrist. Its sturdier and sharper than its predecessors before it. Provides a 100% chance to poison all enemies. Even immune ones shall fall its might eventually. 80% Bleeding adds onto damage to cause bleeding ontop of poison. 40% Chance to inflict paralysis onto a target struck. Rarity: Mythological Durability: 9,999 Damage: 90-300 ]


    [ Endless Daggers: A sash and belt with a total of fifty daggers. That once a dagger is thrown a new one forms out the energy in the air. 60% Chance for daggers to explode upon hitting target. 70% Chance to cause burning damage once target is hit. Rarity: Mythical Durability: 9,999 Damage: 50-150 ]


    [ Myths Fang: This is a hooked blade made crom fourteen mythological beast fangs. This sword pierces all and devours all under the heavens. Effects: Wide Area Heal: If the weilder of this blade wishes it a light dome. Of about five hundred feet wide forms healing all allies and friendlies., Fenrir''s Domain: An invisible three hundred feet dome forms. At the weilders command and anything inside will be devoured slowly. Upon being cut the range and effect increases under a full moon. Rarity Mythological Durability: Unbreakable Damage 400-600 ]


    [ Deaths Hunger: This ring is the physical manifestation of deaths hunger. To collect souls of criminals and horde them for eternity. Rarity: Mythological Durability: Unbreakable ]


    [ Eclipse Scythe Necklace: This necklace takes the form of the eclipse. Being used as scythe blade to harvest souls. Passively increases all held scythes sharpness over time. Rarity: Mythological Durability: 9,999 ]


    [ Life Arm Band: This arm band is made of the aspect of the deaths mercy. Usually worn on the right arm near the right shoulder. Those touched by the right hand sick or dying are spared or cured. Rarity: Mythological Durability: 9,999 ]


    [ Death Arm Band: This arm band is made the aspect of deaths wrath. Usually work on the left arm near the left shoulder. Those touched by the left hand are cursed to die painfully. After two consecutive hits the target will perish unless spared. Rarity: Mythological Durability: 9,999 ]


    These items are what he poured his heart into creating. As he plans to take them with him even to other worlds. These are his legacy in his mad pursuit of crafting the perfect gear. While he followed Asuna and Kirito from behind. Occasionally clicking his tongue so they know that he is behind them. The place they are heading to is where a blood bath shall take place. Between all of Laughing Coffin and the combined forces of guilds. Even though he''s retired they called him to help out in it. Which all he had to say in response was time to reap once more.


    Arriving at the old seventy first boss floor a war took place. A war of psychopathic killers against those playing hero. During this battle numerous people died in the span of six hours. All but ten Laughing Coffin members died as they escaped. While on the other side out of the thousands of players. Three hundred and eighty-six people died fighting Laughing Coffin. During this war though the Joking reaper was reported to been seen at random. Hacking, slicing, punching, kicking, or stabbing unlucky victims while exuding. An over powering aura of death as his eyes shone crimson with a savage smile.


    While two large mythological wolf like beast were seen charging. Through the enemy lines and cause large aoe damage with magic. Following their master who plunged head first into hells grip. That the survivors who lived to tell the tale spoke. Of the Joking Reaper''s reemergence in the lime light of battle and blood. But for those who knew him on a personal level knew he left. Soon after battle with his two companions back to his home and shop.


    Where he donned the half mask of a caring father and crafter. Once more while waiting for the call to reap lives once more. Asuna and Kirito showed up later on in the night to pick up Yui. While thanking him for his help today and to come to a gathering. Of his friends who became his second family in these nearly two years. But he looked at a ghostly notification, that lurked in the corner of his vision.


    [ You''ve been acknowledged as death its self and therefore completed. Your quest but in order to truly embrace your new existence you must die. Letting death embrace you and become your very core. You will not move onto the next world but revive where you are. None will notice you''ve died only you and death will notice this simple fact. ]


    Reading that notification he didn''t think twice and double punched. His left leg instantly bottoming out his health and dying. Where upon the world going dark he was standing alone. In pitch black world waiting for death itself to appear. Which it did appear before him after six seconds.


    "Child you are living yet dead, you cause death your wake. You embody its very essence and control it to raise the dead. You''ve now embraced it as a whole, you''ve decided who and what lives or dies. So I grant you the right to take up my mantle child. Become one with me at your very core and carry on your daily life. While you decide the fate of others around you child. But remember that death is inevitable and all succumb to it."


    With those words death embraces Chimera before returning him. Back to where he was standing in his shop the Reaping Bell. His eyes taking on a crimson hue to them. While with a thought the fog of death trails behind his hands. Anything it touches turning to dust. As his right hand briefly brushed along two swords. Death has taken on a phsyical form now. Walking among the living and deciding fates as he goes.


    The Gamer: [ Deaths journey has just begun no world shall escape its wake. ]

 Chapter 61 - The Death Game Ends

    The death game game is coming to an end after two years. Right now on the seventy-fifth floor everyone if fighting however. I must make an exit here and start setting things up outside. So with a wave of a finger me and my companions disappear. From the game via the help of the gamer letting me log out of it. That once i was out of it the first thing that greeted me. Was the bright light of the morning sun after two years. That after removing the nerve gear from my head I see I''m still. In my office just looking out the window with some medical equipment.


    Hooked to me in various places yet I just stand up. Stretching out even though I''m a bit thinner the gamer. Seems to have kept my phsyical body in perfect condition for me. That once I unhooked everything and walked out my office. The first person to greet me was general Lovo who stared at me. Before simply saying I''ve been discharged from the army. So I simply shrugged it off and said goodbye leaving the base. To go tell Kikuoka Seijirou, of my two year investigation from inside the game. So my first stop was the special defense office that he works at.


    Which when I arrived some people were surprised. But the most surprised was Kikuoka who thought I''d still be in the game. Took a while to explain I had a backdoor exit. That I left the game early as its ending today so. Once he heard that he sent a mass notice saying to be prepared. Which it took about six hours but soon reports came in. Of people waking up from their two year sleep finally. Though I was else where looking after about twelve people in a hospital room. Silently watching them till they stirred slowly from their slumber.


    The first up was Agil which once he saw my face he thought. He was dreaming that I had to harass him for thinking I died. The next up was Klein and five friends who screamed ghost. The first one hit was Dynamm with a bitch slap even if he just got up. Seeing my reaction and Dynamm being hit first they screamed fu?k. As the sound of loud slapping resounded in the room. Agil was chuckling his ?ss off at this comedic scene, while Silica woke up next. Followed by Lisbeth, then the kids, and finally Kirito. Everyone looked Asuna expecting her to wake up but I clapped my hands loudly.


    Some were confused who I was till they realized its me. Which the kids of course all screamed in excitement. Silica and Lisbeth made a loud "EEEEEEHHHH?!?!" once it clicked to them. Kirito however had this dark look on his face remembering. Chuckling softly I lazily waved my left hand.


    "Morning ya sleepy heads its been six hours since we last met. Which yea sorry I left the game earlier through a method. So that I could set everything up on the outside for everyone. You know me as Chimera, but I''m ex-second lieutenant Chimera of the United States army. Nice to meet you all over again heh heh!"


    Hearing me everyone was surprised but Silica screamed "Ex?!" out loud. Which threw everyone off till I explained to them my situation. Once they learned however that they''ve been so friendly. With a person from the army some were shocked since I was high ranking at that. While only being twenty-two now so they were pleasantly surprised. I couldn''t help chuckling loudly at times while I explained the whole situation. To everyone in the room which what scared them was three hundred people. Asuna among them were still stuck in the game but their minds.


    Were transferred to another game which is strange so. Once we know which game it is we can''t help Asuna. Which I of course already knew but I have no evidence. So I won''t mention it to anyone and let them figure it out. Though the younger members were all shocked that they. Are all gonna have to attend a new school for survivors of SAO. As everyone in it will feel out of place and some won''t forgive them. As during the game all of us but the six kids have killed. So yea the school is for their safety mainly from revenge.


    Though the surpises didn''t end there as the kids all went blanke. While everyone else clapped and was happy for them. Since one of my things I prepared was their adoptions on this side. So like this the time passed slowly till Kikouka tells Kirito. Of the game Asuna is in but before that a lot of things happened. With everyone mainly me and Agil on a business level of busy. He opened his bar slash cafe while next to him I opened. Up the Reaping Bell in real life this time in a big building. Next to Agil''s bar where off course I already stocked my store with items.


    That I made in a mad crafting dash from medicine to weapons. With the kids help of course in the shop just like in the game. While for lunch we occasionally went to Agil''s bar to eat with him. Which like in the game the kids call him uncle since we act like brothers. Klein stops by from time to time to join us or buy from me. Which he bought a replica of his equipment from in the game from me. Though costly he enjoyed being with his equipment once more. Even if we were sick of that game everyone was happy. To have their old equipment back in hand as we''ve.


    Worn and fought with it for so long that not having feels weird. That I set up a little enclosed training area on the roof. Of the shop where everyone could practice their old styles. Doing so was a great stress reliefe and exercise to be honest. These kind of days went on for a while till the next adventure begins again for us. Just I''ll be hunting secretly as there''s some coffins. Who need to be found put six feet underground by the reaper.

 Chapter 62 - Family Shopping and Plans

    Short chapter


    _______________


    Today me, Hiroshi, Hayato, Akio, Chihiro, Hanae, and Fuyuko. Are going shopping at a supermarket called Stein Wolf. Which its pretty unique seeing a non-japanese written named shop. But it was a pretty good store to shop at as it had many things. Like lumber or metal on sell but the owner is special. Their this big old buff man called BJ and he talks about nazi''s often. His wife had dragged him here from America to stop him from starting. More riots to kill off the German army again so he''d stop going to prison.


    Today I''m getting my usual four hundred different kinds of metal. Six pounds of fabric ?ssortment and twelve pounds of leather. Medical and poisonous plants and ten large things of thread. New books on crafts, medicine, technology, science, animals, mythology, and folklore. Then some odd ?ssortment of wood weighing six hundred pounds. While the kids actually bought food to eat and not random things. Since I usually feed them good stuff anyways that its not needed.


    After checking out and screaming the nazi''s are hiding to rile up. Old man BJ that his wife came running saying stop it. After dropping everything off in their respective places at home. We all headed back out to continue our shopping. Which didn''t take long as it mainly eating out for once and having fun. To buying seven of the new VRMMORPG devices and seven ALfheim Online. But I secretly bought copies of the games Gun Gale Online and Ordinal Scale from the shop. Since after merging with the SAO interface it gained a shop function for some reason.


    But I didn''t forget to buy the Augma and a smaller Soul Translator. With the whole Alicization arc stuff that I''ll be messing with. One of things I plan on building without the workshop. Is a robot body for Yui that can do things normal people can. Just even though it''ll mostly acts human its still a machine. So she''ll still be able to do all her little growing ai stuff. That though those fluctlight cubes are souls and stuff. But they make for great experimental subjects.

 Chapter 63 - Death Meets Life, Gamer Is Snarky

    So I''m wearing that Augma device after having the gamer help. Get it to actually function and below my shop I''m in the secret basement. Below the basement as no one would expect a double basement! Well maybe one of those insane doomsday people would. So if they do I''ll have to silence them forever as no one must know of this place. But Yui does know of it or well a copy of her does at least as I asked. Her to make a copy that I could have help ?ssist me. With this research as I don''t know most things she would know.


    Which today is the sixth day of this research with her help. Sure I could be helping the others and the kids find Asuna in ALfheim. But I want to work on this so I''m ready for anything. As I''ve well. Broken some laws and stuff by well constantly scanning everyone''s brains. So I can have data on emotions and other things as well. Though when I first used the Augma I saw an interesting sight. Of Yui and a ghost like entity looking at each other till I finally figured out. That the ghost entity was the gamer. So once I introduced Yui to it they started getting motivated.


    As both seem to have come to an understanding of ai stuff. The gamer was excited to see if it could give this interesting little. Yet terrifyingly fast growing ai that acts human an actual body. Just it is so snarky with both of us while working with us. But in one of the far left corners of the lab basement. Is a row of capsules with well vat grown human machine mixed bodies. Some look like Yui while some look like some from the group. The Mixing of flesh and machine was pretty complicated.


    As this is a machine body but its able to grow like a human. The gamer and this strange yet nagging feeling from within. Guided me and Yui while we made them, just the closer we got. This feeling got more prominent like death is calling for something. Wanting it to make its self known and help guide me along. Its kinda of scary yet that thing its been pushing. To nag me along correctly feels so warm and gentle. That I can''t help but listen to it at times while working.


    That while today the seventh day of research and working. I zoned out somewhere along the line and next time I know. Is that I''m standing in a flower garden just half is withered. With the other half being so lush and vibrant with life. Wait..... Deaths pushing..... nagging feeling guiding me on the path of life... I am not sure I where this is going! I''m death it''s self but that means I also have my feet dipped into life. Don''t tell me don''t let it be true please war don''t let it.


    [ You''ve encountered the entity of life through deaths guidance. Congrats your becoming even more of a monster Biazar. You weird fu?k?n? reaper freak of nature! Shall I call you "Neutral" now since you''ve become life and death. ]


    Looking at that annoying pop up i grab it start shredding it. As its full of fu?k?n? sarcasm and snarkiness to the brim! Why''d I have to get the snarky version of the gamer? While I brooding on that a woman so full of life appeared. But so did death and they both looked at me as I was on the border. Before the woman could say anything I raise my hands. Screaming I accept in defeat as this is annoying in honestly! So once me and the woman hugged death joined in, this almost felt like a family hug. I wanna cry blood for this mess I''ve gotten into!


    Once I snapped out of my trance in front of me was. A big wavy green blue notification box from the gamer taunting me.


    [ Titles Death Incarnate, Undead King, and Deaths Blacksmith have updated or have been changed!


    Death and Life Incarnate gained! Death and Life Blacksmith gained! Undead King has become Son Of Life and Death!


    Skill Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, has been updated! Life and Death- godly lv max has been created! New skills found due to titles! Neutral Force- unique lv max obtained! Life Bringer- unique lv max obtained!


    Life and Death: Your control over the flow of these two mysterious forces. Has become unshakable anyone who tries to use them against you. Will pay the price that is only natural as they now work in harmony with you.


    Life Bringer: Like the forces of necromancy you can turn undead. Into living creatures once more or bring life. To the area around you, everything in that area. Which you consider allies shall be healed and soothed slowly. ]


    FUUUUUUUUCK!!! I get it I''m not human anymore so stop! Just stop patronizing me you damn system! Let me be depressed in peace! Stop trying to play happy songs while, snickering at me you shit! These kind of mental battle went on for a good while between man system. While Yui watched her friend going through an emotional rollercoaster. Silently eating a bit of virtual popcorn as she can''t really help. After eight hours of fighting with that snarky system. I got back to work on finishing up the research. Which annoyingly became easier due to my new understandings.


    Though its far from perfect I had Yui have a small part of her merge. With the first test body that after checking that it''s stable. Which the part that merged I had sneakily made a soul. So once it was in the body had a small soul fragment. Which the rest of this Yui will be able to meld with. Upon entering the body making her literally an ai with a soul once she does. Which everything went smoothly for now so far.


    [ This is how Yui the player emotional support ai from a murder game. Gained a phsyical body while also being in the virtual world. Both copy and original are linked together still so. You can imagine how she reacted in ALfheim when this happened. ]

 Chapter 64 - First Time In, Broke It Already

    So I started up ALfheim up for the first time this year. While Yui explores around her new physical body. Like SAO I''m using my old character from a transference over to this game. Which has unique races but I broke the game already. As I have a Cait Sith and Leprechaun half race as an option. Which means I have murky murky brown cat ears and tail. While my wings are mechanical like a leprechauns wings are. So yea I''m taming blacksmith master due this combo I had available.


    Once I spawned in though I was stranded in a very tall tree. I feel like this is a insult, someone''s insulting me aren''t they? Anyways I just jumped out of it from forty feet. When I landed the ground caved in and my health only dropped. By ten before healing back and my boots dropped by one durability. Yet I didn''t like that so I used a little trick I learned to fix them instantly. Which satisfied me seeing all my gear in perfect shape. Now where the fu?k do I go! With no clear idea where to go I wander aimlessly. Till I find a town or someone to give me directions to a town.


    Though through my eight hours of aimless wandering. The first players I encounter are bandits demanding my gear. These insects demand my gear? Death penalty for all of you! They couldn''t even react before six of the bandits were dead. Two more had my hidden sting through their foreheads before dying. The last fu?ker I grabbed her leg and held her upside down. She tried stabbing me but her daggers only made tink noises.


    "Tell me where a town is you damn thug or die."


    Sure she was crying while giving me directions to town. But I still murdered her by slamming her into the ground like hulk. Since in my eye''s all who attack regardless of gender are guilty. Thus no mercy for them only pain and death for them. Once I arrived in town I was relaxing against a fountain. Reading a message that Silica sent me once she saw I was online.


    [ Silica: Brother.where are you? Because there''s a rumor about someone looking like you. In your old sao gear that brutally murdering some players. Playing bandit because they thought you were new to the game. Which unlike sao this game has a feature that shows how long someone. On your friend list has been logged in to the game so you''ve caused a problem. In only eight hours while being lost in game so again where are you brother? ]


    Damn I''m already famous after killing bandits on my first day. Anyways I mention I''m likely under the great world tree. As the tree behind me is way to fu?k?n? large to be normal. After that it took her a hour with Agil, Klein, Kirito, Lisbeth, and well Kirito''s adopted sister. To find me as I never moved from my spot since Myriad appeared suddenly. So seeing me sitting on a fountain cuddling a giant wolf with no cares. That I caused a problem by murdering bandit players at all. As if it never happened or had any impact on me, they could only bitterly smile.


    Though Klein just had to say a dumb joke when he saw me. Something like "So the Joking Reaper returns and now we''re his minions." This got Agil and Kirito to double punch his face. Knocking Klein onto his ?ss in the middle of the street. While everyone else was curious what I am but Leafa. Was more confused on who I am and why everyone seems so happy to see me. As to here I''m just a guy who violently murdered some players. So she couldn''t help but ask and well I answered her honestly.


    "I''m Chimera or UndyingChimera as SAO players know me. I''m the guildmaster of a hidden guild from inside of SAO. Every player that survived SAO though knows me as the Joking Reaper. A guy who did just about everything as a job. Which out of all the trapped players I''ve killed more than everyone. But later on I retired to just crafting and raising six kids I adopted even in real life. I''m the second oldest from our group as I''m twenty-two now. Just started playing the game with my old player data though. I''m a cait sith and Leprechaun half, the players I killed demanded my important gear. So I killed them all simple as that really, but nice to meet you!"


    When she heard that all she looked at everyone who nodded. While adding their own input on me, Kirito of course remembered. My kidney stabbings and beating the fact he causes unneeded love. Into his skull many many times till he actually learned it out of fear. Hearing mostly kind things then Kirito''s suffering. Leafa only smiled and said that he deserved every beating. It was priceless that everyone burst out laughing with Kirito. On his knees and hands in utter defeat from her merciless comment.


    This will be a fun time I can tell just from this little meet up. though I wanna climb that world tree like some fast creepy spider.

 Chapter 65 - Abadon All Regrets, Death Advances

    After Kirito had dropped from his cousin''s brutal comments. Everyone gathered at the place where the rescue mission. That involves climbing to the top of the world tree happens in the material. Which I didn''t get involve in this little arc because of the kids. They''ve been getting into fights at the survivor school and from old friends. So on top of my research and managing the shop I''ve been busy. That I''m just now joing in but on the closing act this time. So while everyone is busy talking from my guantlets.


    Three bigger hooked blades and smaller hooked spikes. Appeared the bigger ones between my knuckles like wolverine. While the smaller ones came from the part around my fingers. These are apart of my gauntlets many secrets stored within. So yea I''m ready to climb instead of flying I''ll be the annoying guy. Thats breaking the rules and climbing fast like a drugged spider. While attracting those automated defense systems of this tree. While Fatal Scythe starts expanding his offerings of soldiers to me. So yea I''m very ready, with a hungry lick of my lips. My eye''s glow crimson and deaths fog slowly starts leaking.


    Now to give these people time I''ll go lower the numbers. So as I walk away I have Myriad just return to being a tattoo. As Fatal Scythe is silently summoned behind me. With some of fellow hidden boss monsters as undead. But thats not all there''s eighty highly dangerous hidden bosses. Summoned from various rings just that many was annoying so besides. Fatal Scythes and Deaths Hunger the other rings I had merge together. After making a new skill that''ll merge items but keep certain effects you''d like.


    So on all but two fingers are rings that can summon various bosses. From it they''ve become chimeric rings in their description though. As they can summon the bosses separately or as a chimera. So yea I went gathering happy on hidden bosses cause of my secret floor traveling. Just when eight boss monsters appeared many were shocked at this. All but of course those who recognized Fatal Scythe from that time. So those who did looked towards the ring leader leading them. The one to ask me was Agil what I plan to do with this many monsters.


    "I''m gonna go on a crippling murder spree so join me soon. Just if you aim for one of my pets abandon all hope of living. They''ll understand if its an accident but intentional is death. So no intentional accidents either~!"


    With that me and the bosses advanced to cause hell. Just you may be wondering how did I get so many rings? Well its simple Fatal Scythe offered up a few of the bosses to me. While the undead like ones or death related ones sacraficed themselves to me. As I am death itself so I''ve gained some good forever minions. Now as I entered the tree its little minions activated. Coming towards me in droves but I just started speed climbing. The bosses who could only walk followed suite but the flying ones brough havoc.


    Which as they killed Fatal Scythe was sacraficing them. Gaining soldiers who later come from the shadows like bullets. Flying and cutting up their former friends who join them. When the other players came in, they saw a picture of hell between monsters. Fighting each other but the fallen ones only join the fray again. After the four hundreth mark though No more new undead soldiers joined. As thats Fatal Scythe''s limit but that was enough honestly. Just they all vanished when I signaled it to unsummon them.


    The other bosses but it even followed suite as now its the players turn. So I''m just gonna have Fatal Scythe cover me as I climb fast still. Once the players joined the fray the guardians. Shifted focus mainly towards them to be killed. Just I was already half way up the tree before the players joined. So they didn''t have a big army to face off against to the death. Just once Kirito, Klein, and Agil charged through I gave up climbing and flew. The girls weren''t far behind but they''re being delayed a lot by the guardians.


    Oh well use this chance to learn to fight girls we''ll be going. To the main event so good luck fighting! Grabbing Agil and Klein by the arm I take off like a fighter jet. Kirito of course followed suite that all four of us broken into. The main event area where Asuna is in a cage like a bird. While in long rows are two hundred ninety-nine brains in jars. So we found our three hundred missing players now. Just while others seem disgusted the main psycho appeared. Messing with Kirito, Klein, and Agil with me forgotten about.


    Mother fu?ker your rude sure my gear makes me forgettable. But your the one running this show how do you not see me? With game master privileges at that are you dumb?! Getting annoyed I walk behind the psycho my eye''s turning. Deep Crimison that the others noticed the thick blood ?ust and shine of my eye''s. While through the psycho ceo goes my main climbing claws.


    "ABANDON ALL REGRETS YOU PSYCHO FOR IGNORING ME!! DIIIIIEEEEE!!!"


    With a violent ripping apart he dies painfully, as the gamer. Had well hijacked his gear and made him feel the pain. While his brain was fried by the gear as he likely never removed, that really well enough. So I just killed another person again but my face is that of an annoyed person. Since he was just some sick pervert that ignored me. I at least expected the system to recognize me being here. But nope it even ignored me so I''m annoyed and mad. The day wrapped up though with me making a neat gun. But in my annoyance I made it a nightmare to be targeted by.


    We''ll see how well you fu?kers forget me now! You''ll all die by the Joking Rsaper if you forget me!

 Chapter 66 - New And Old Family Appeared!

    Today I''m runningvfor my life from a old classmate from the US. She used to be a transfer student from japan but she transferred to my school. During a program she was being picked on by thugs in our high school. Which I was was seventeen back then and she was sixteen so not much of an age difference. Though now I''m twenty-three and fleeing from her through the streets! Why exactly its because she started molesting me and being creepy! So I''m fleeing from her after darting from a cafe!


    While running for nearly six hours now that woman has chased me. Into a park as she bats a trash can away when I threw it at her. Eventually we started running up behind some teens and a young kid when. I suddenly felt something wrap around my ankles tripping me. But I catch my self in a push up position to look at whats around my ankles. What I see makes me vomit as its a pair of soaked p?nt??s tied with random rope. She started pulling and so I dug my fingers into the concret walk way.


    But this crazy stalker is actually over powering me. I''m being dragged back to her and her disgusting creepy smile! So I started screaming for the police to help me the best i could. It made those kids turn around and look at us dumb founded. One of the girls screamed at my crazy stalker getting her attention. So I abandon my boots and socks to scurry off. Heading towares the kids to escape and shamelessly use them as shields.


    Which upon closer look the girl screaming at my stalker. Is none other than Asada Shino aka Sinon from Gun Gale Online. But one part of her screaming I catch is "Aunt" so she''s related to. That crazy woman?! Speaking of which some cops actually showed up and started dragging her off. But it took ten of them to do so, a elderly cop is saying sorry for the inconvenience to us though. I of course said to keep her she is actually making me uncomfortable. Now looking towards the eye''s watching me for a while now.


    I freeze as its my two daughters Dawn and Lunar, so the boy must be Valis. My kids from the walking dead universe are here why? What about Laura? As if to answer my confusion a notification appeared before my eye''s.


    [ Guild member Laura has died, her myth no longer exist. A group of rebellious myths killed her to anger Fenrir. In the cross fire however guild members Dawn, Lunar, and Valis. All were left half dead so your old goldly friend and the system. Sent them your current universe but to save them they had to go through.


    What you did but Lunar and Dawn became six again, Valis became a baby. It was the only way to save them from their states. Though now they are sixteen and ten years old with zero abnormalities! ]


    This annoying message almost made me leak my blood ?ust. But I kept it check and simply smiled bitterly at my kids. Thus after a couple of hours of hanging out with the kids and Sinon. I learned a lot of things that made me have a blank face. I knew about Sinon moving away and be scared of guns and men. But apparently before then her mother did some things after she shot. That robber which got a snarl from my kids and a fake reassuring smile from me. So while we talked I sent my old co-worker Seijirou a text.


    Which with some pushing my kids we all went to my shop. After I mentioned getting something to eat as its around that time. Once they met the six other brats though I chuckled softly to myself. As Sinon, Lunar, Dawn, and Valis were swamped by them. Just someone caught onto the fact that the three looked like me. So I made up a false story about something that happened. In two thousand nine with me another older woman when I was seven. Then in two thousand sixteen I met her again and it happened again.


    Saying I didn''t realize I even had kids after both times. So this is my first time meet them today at all really. Thankfully the kids played along with me so these kind of gatherings. For a few months till November came around. Just by then I had adopted Sinon and well gotten custody of my kids. So things are pretty nice just i renovated the place a little. To give everyone space and things just things are gonna get busy soon.

 Chapter 67 - Splitting Up

    So after reading that one notification I maaaay of made a new skill. Which I then sent a b?r?ly neglectful piece of my soul. Back to the walking dead universe forcefully since the world boundary. Was resisting me I forced it through and now I''m watching a phantom. Like version of my self executing mythological species. Mainly the culprits who attacked as heh nothing. Escapes fenrir or deaths pursuit to kill so I''m enjoying the show.


    As my little mindless phantom is bisecting basically a group. Of undead crusaders that became "Holy Warriors" a small myth. That once they died they''d become servants to their god. But from what I''m seeing that whole thing only made them. Some sort of advanced undead type but they work for their beliefs still. So they''re useless to me if they only follow a god. Who turned them into that kind of existence forever.


    But also from fenrir has said once he realized I''m the strange human. His daughter had well fratanized with he started explaining some stuff. Like that although these holy warriors are a small myth their numerous. As humans are constantly killing each other in a gods name. So those thousands of crusaders of multiple religions. All basically turned into these things believing they''ve done good. Just some gods cursed them like this, some purposely did this for fun, and some just didn''t care so they did this. As these people are so covered in blood and sins from their lives.


    So yea these guys have it rough but their useless to me! As again their too devoted to their gods that I won''t find any use for them. Just for some reason they thought it would be fitting to kill fenrir. Offering his blood to their gods that they first targeted his kin. Which was my first wife and kids, they sacraficed Laura to their gods. After she died covering the kids which gave the old god and system. Enough time to pull them out of there but Laura couldn''t be. As her life was already fading and her myth was tied to that universe. Thus her entire well existence was snuffed out by her being sacraficed.


    The gods who received the sacrafice for a blessing to hunt fenrir. Instead seriously cursed and disowned these freaks that well. The culprits all became deranged holy warriors from abandonment. That it''s easy to hunt them down just there''s sixty thousand of them. So me and fenrir are basically divide and conquering them. So far I''ve killed thirty thousand of them sometimes by sneezing through my phantom. While Fenrir has gotten twenty thousand of them and climbing in number.


    So once we finished off all the abandoned warriors. Fenrir simply left with a distasteful look on his face. After getting revenge and so my phantom just vanished returning to me. After it did though I toppled over on my bed. Guess the world gave me a giant middle finger for my forcefull. Breaking of the rules and then returning it gave me a backlash. Of traveling through two worlds to get back to here heh. Sadly I got nothing from those myths for all the trouble they caused.

 Chapter 68 - Side Story: Fear The Reaper

    August 18, 2025 4:24 A.M. undisclosed artificial moving island six hundred miles from Japan''s south west shores


    =================


    [ Major Fugimoto of JDF thirty-eighth division ]


    This is maj. Fugimoto, writing my daily log in my personal journal. The special defense force is having my company and a few more guard. A top secret project called "Soul Transference" with only about four hundred men and women. However, the man in charge of the project Kikuoka Seijirou called in a lone man. As a just in case precaution he''s stationed in the main lab. Guarding the project and all of the scientists involved in it. This man is apparently ex-second lieutenant Chimera of the US army and an SAO survivor.


    But no matter how far I have my men dig into his history. I can''t find anything about why that man alone was called in to defend. All I''m left with is Seijirou''s words and warning about him.


    "Don''t drag his family, or animals into a fight with him. You''ll fear the literal reaper coming for your head with zero hesitation. To even jump into a hail of rockets to slaughter all of your people. So do take care major Fugimoto, you''ll need it with how supernatural he gets."


    Those cold yet cheerful words with that fake smile and underlying meaning. Send shivers down my spine as from the reports I''ve gotten. Him and our "Joking Reaper" friend are quite close and friendly. So this really is likely to not end well if that man gets involved in the defense. Of this project so I pray that we won''t need his help at all during this. Closing my personal journal the security sirens come to life.


    So with swift movements I get up from my chair and exit my office. Once I exit it though my adjutant sergeant Hiro came running up. In full combat gear with some for me as well so I equip. It while we move just my gear is a little different to others. I use a katan, old German style pistol, and a bullpup shotgun. All were made by this mysterious crafter with the insignia. Of a skull with a flower growing on it Seijirou gave me them a year ago. With a calm smile and quite voice saying "You''ll be safe if you have these so keep them close."


    Once we arrived at the outside platform we''re greeted by a skirmish. Between our soldiers and unmarked forces advancing. How''d they find us and why are they after the project?


    _______________________


    [ Sergeant Lance of the US special forces under general Deckler ]


    One of our informats involved in Japan''s more secret projects. So me and eight hundred men are going in to secure. One project in particular called the "Soul Transference" which could be useful. In training soldiers so all of us are going in as unmarked soldiers. To seem like mercenaries for hire and to not involve our country. We''ll be hitting our target point in thirty minutes so I radio in all commanders. While pulling a ballistic balaclava over my head to begin the operation.


    Once it began our men stormed the artificial island. Gunning down any opposition in our way of the objective. Although it seems these fu?kers aren''t push overs as they''re holding ground. Against our forces with only so little men on their side damn elites. Especially that two charging through our ranks with a katana and shotgun. Those annoying fu?kers are slaughtering our men left and right.


    [ Both sides perspective ]


    Both sides have had some heavy losses from this skirmish.


    JDF and guard losses two hundred sixty-nine dead and wounded.


    Unmarked Soldiers losses four hundred eighty-six dead and wounded.


    Both sides were focused on fighting to the death when they heard. A soft but every changinh whistle throughout the battlefield. The dead and wounded members on the Japanese side. Either revived perfectly fine, or healed up from all wounds and dieseases afflicting them. When two soldiers from both sides screamed pointing their guns. At a man casually walking a top some of the containers with equipment. A reaper style of equipment and a eerily sharp scythe on their person.


    All while their whistling seemingly helped the defending side. While those cold burning crimsion eyes lock onto the attackers. Sending a shiver down their spines under those eye''s looking at them. Some where in the distance two men surrounded by soldiers make a noise. Before everyone hears two questions screamed a loud clearly.


    "AREN''T YOU THE MAN SEIJIROU SENT?! WHY ARE YOU HERE?!"


    "Who are you identify yourself!"


    Everyone''s eyes focusing on this mysterious man who''s to calm. In this situation with b?r?ly any cares about whats happening.


    "Ah I''m ex-second lieutenant Chimera nice to meet you. I''m here cause of well a friend asked me for a favor so I came to guard. But then I heard the sound of some of my handiworks. Being used so I came to take a look and well I found a battle. While insects surround someone who''s using my works."


    Hearing these words said calmly and without any tension. Further increased everyone''s tensions while the attackers all glared at the man. As if he''s some sort of traitor that had turned on them.


    "You swine! You dare turn on your main country and work for these people?! We''ll find your family and frie-"


    One of various commanders never got to finish their threat. As their up body was vaporized the reaper like figure crouching. Fist sinking into the place their gut was once before the lower half fell. At that sight all forces on both sides heard a demonic voice. As a black flaming ghostly Phoenix shot up from the mans shadow.


    "You done fu?k?d yourselves, all of you attacking forces. Can longer be allowed to leave or communicate your last wills. Now become corpses under my scythe blade!"


    These words made the curtains of the show get torn to shreds. As man and death Phoenix moved in tandem with each other. This sight brought fear as all communication with the outside. Suddenly got cut off when the man introduced himself but no one had realized. Until he mentioned communication of last wills to the attacking forces.


    ____________________


    [ Maj. Fugimoto perspective ]


    That man Seijirou had invited and warned me about. Had appeared then suddenly made a move after being angered. On top of that he''s revived and healed our side by whistling, a black flaming bird burst from his shadow, he''s cut off outside communication, and is inhuman with that stregnth and movement. The place he once stood at he vanished from to fast before that man got vaporized. Just what kind of man did Seijirou send us?! This is nuts!!


    While I was off thinking and analyzing the situation in my head. A scythe whirled around me and my adjutant killing. The men around around us before returning to its senders hands. That man and bird diving into a hail of rockets with no fear. Before reappearing on the otherside of the explosions. Bisecting soldiers near and far like a grim reaper hunting. That bird burning and feasting on corpses as it sweeps the field behind him.


    This day would be remembered by these men and women. As the day the reaper and his bird of death brought death. Along with salvation of reviving the dead and healing the wounded soldiers. They would later refer to the day as "Reapers Harvest" celebrating it. Every year on this day to pay their thanks to the reaper who helped them.

 Chapter 69 - Side Story: Fear The Reaper pt. 2

    August 15, 2025 6:20 P.M. Undisclosed Artificial Moving Island a three thousand miles off of Japan''s south west shore around Hiroshima


    _____________________________


    [ Maj. Fugimoto perspective ]


    This is my second time encountering that man after that morning. Once the sun was fully up what we saw was the picture of hell. Dead soldiers strew about in pecies or half vaporized and dark flames. Truly made a picture of hell as that man stood casually in a blood lake. Feeding an eye ball to the flaming dark bird of his. As he held one of the only living soldiers upby the neck.


    His left eye ripped out as it was just fed to that bird. They talked for a bit then the man was engulfed in flames. The bird pouncing him and feasting on the burning man in delight. While he started to walk away before the bird quickly dived. Back into his shadow fast leaving the man to burn. That same monster is back today with Seijirou for a meeting. But what meeting involves realistic drawings of more than eight hundred.


    Dead soldiers and records and a general of the US army. They also dragged one of the scientists along with them the person. Was kicking and screaming that their innocent but the words fell on deaf ears. As both men are monsters and men no one wants to fight. Just whatever that scientists did they''ll never come back. Just don''t let such a monster become an enemy please.


    _____________________


    [ Kikuoka Seijirou Perspective ]


    Today I''m at project "Soul Transference" base with my good friend. Biazar Chimera. Or as many people and players know him as the Joking Reaper. He helped us greatly in defending this place while getting information. On over eight hundred special forces members cultivated. By general Deckler of the US army in some twisted experiments. Today Deckler is going to disappear as his government has given him up. After all the evidence was stacked to high against him.


    Just he doesn''t know he''s been given up on by his government. So I hope his last willis prepared since the reaper won''t forgive. So even if he begs no one can stop the reaper once he''s mad. Witha silent two finger prayer I hope he burns in hell. Once we we''re in a secluded office the scientists who sold information. Gets crippled and stuck onto the far right wall, a flaming black bird. Sitting on one of the things hanging them the wall and watching them. I asked him what that bird was once and he said something absurd.


    "Oh while traveling in Hawaii one day I found this little guy. As an egg but he was dying so I just kept it alive subtly. While turning into a death Phoenix, he got a taste for flesh cause of it. But he''s one hundred precent alive and breathing!"


    That cheerful reply made me down a whole bottle of whiskey. As this man even before that death game did occasional supernatural. Stuff without hiding it from me as he knew that. If I talked about it I''d be seen as crazy and locked up! Sighing me and him sat down in our chairs waiting five hours. Till our dead man walking with the remaining forces of his arrived. The door was locked and so he was trapped inside with a reaper. While his men were all slaughtered elsewhere silently. By some of the reapers temporary revived enemies ripping them apart.


    Once general Deckler sat down he had this haughty look on hie face.


    "So did you call me here to show or give me some things of a project?"


    He didn''t even notice the distressed scientist hanging. On the wall and crippled just waiting for death. He just wanted our project but he suddenly looked towards my friend. Raising an eyebrow before speaking.


    "What are you doing here? You discharged piece of shit son of those insane generals. You here to lick my boots and suck my ???k begging to be re-enlisted? Ha! Maybe if you do well enough but honestly its better if I kill you and your family!"


    This man had jusr reaffirmed his death and when that scientist. Squaeled the bird eating his eyes suddenly the general realized. That his informat was here and that there was files. Of eight hundred missing soldiers on the table before him. He tried to grab a gun hidden under his jacket but that arm. Was severed then pinned to the table edge by a dagger. While Chimera was already on the table crouched before Deckler. His eye''s had become a bloodier crimson since last time.


    He said I''m free to tune everything out this is gonna be messy. So before I knew it I fell into a trance watching Deckler, and the scientist be tortured. The scientist was played with by the bird that seemed to be having fun. While Deckler was getting the brunt of it slowly and painfully. His fingers were broken one by one loudly as they basically tore off. Before his hand and arm had the bones shattered internally. This kind of scene went on for a while really but through out it. I Seijirou of the special defense ministry was in trance watching men die.


    As they weren''t simply allowed to die but made to wish so. Before finally after the scientist was nothing but ash stains on the wall. Deckler was finally allowed death by the reaper he''d angered. After having his organs removed one by one, his bones shattered to dust and his blood boiled. The reaper finally granted him death by vaporizing his body and organs. With a few flicks of his fingers leaving only a blood pool. As any indication that Deckler ever existed as a person.


    That once we left the room a clean up crew entered and silently. Cleaned everything up while we went to see what remains of the soldiers Deckler brought. What we saw was mangled bodies and the occasional half eaten to the bone skeleton. All before the death Phoenix burnt everything away in its black flames. Thus concluding this little event for today but there''ll be more.

 Chapter 70 - Side Story: Hallow Reasons

    Fuck it I''m bored so I write


    _____________


    October 31, 2025 Halloween Night At Reaping Bell


    So its almost the month the death gun murder strings. Start up and well right now I''m standing behind my store counter. On Halloween night waiting for people to arrive for a small party. Which is only between us older in the older group really. As I sent the six brats out with my real kids to go trick or treating. Sinon is upstairs cooking something simple as she''s not that great. So I''ll have to cook the more tasty stuff with Agil tonight.


    While thinking such things the first to arrive are Kirito, Asuna, and Suguha. Which its not a costume party yet everyone is going to wear. Their armor I remade in real life, of course I never told them this. Their armors and weapons have the actual skills and stats they did in game. Just they never really figured it out even during our bouts. Once the three came in though I just pointed at the stairs going up. So the went up quickly just as Klein came in the shop. So he scurried after them quickly as he knows. A girl is cooking so he had a shit eating grin.


    Following after him twenty minutes later was Lisbeth and Silica. Helping Agil carry in ingredients that''ll be used. Then well our final guest is a laughing coffin member. Which he may be a killer but he killed for very specific reasons. His name is Wolf Grave Digger, he''s a american psychologist. He used to work at the base here with me surprisingly as such. Just now a days he works as a normal psychologist, at the SAO survivor school. So the brats, Asuna, Kirito, Silica, and Lisbeth also know him well. Just he''s a normal psychologist as a cover up during the day.


    At night like me he''s a grim reaper hunting people down. So we''ve run into each other quite a bit at night that we''ve. Become drinking buddies and well Agil knows he''s a laughing coffin. But after hearing the reason he could only sigh. Thus us three became the three oldest in the group. Once Grave was inside I sent him up stairs to the others. While I armed the security system in the shop thats tracking. Everyone in here so it go off on us but maybe when the kids. Decide to come back home it might if they forget to disarm it first.


    Now you may be wondering why Grave was a laughing coffin. Well its because he and his wife we''re playing together. When well the first group of red players appeared and attacked. His wife got r?p?d in the game before they lopped her head off. While he was pinned with a great sword through the back screaming. He lived but he started using his psychology knowledge. To blend in and murder people who were like that group. Till eventually he was a laughing coffin member drenched in blood. He can deny he only kills to rid scum but we both know the truth. We both really know the true reason.


    That will never change as for us who''ve gone to far. Snapped and tasted the flesh under blade you''ll never go back. You''ll want more so you kill more, and more till your a blood drenched monster. Heh I''m lucky that when I snapped though my d?s?r?. My need to protect twisted my snapped mind into something. That I like to call "Deranged Guardian" so unless its a threat. To well my targets of protection I won''t go off the deep end. Grave however, he snapped thinking of revenge. So he''s your typical "Fallen Avenger" type of insane person that. Moves with one simple goal and they''ll do anything to accomplish it.


    End of it all though both of our reasons are hallow. Like a hallow rock there''s the reason on the outside. But on the inside its just hallow as we just want to slaughter. Sighing I head up the stairs to party, Emperor hopping onto my shoulder. From his perch which Emperor is the death Phoenix. Just when he''s not active he looks like a small lazy black dove. Hanging out in the stairwell on a perch to the side asleep.

 Chapter 71 - Forced Departure

    Tonight I got fu?k?d up and lost some old friends from over a hundred years. I''ll reap that damn gods head once I return to this world! I''LL FUCKING REAP AND KILL THEM TILL THEIR NO MORE!! With those thoughts as I was thrown through a world ripple effect. With my bloodlust to the extreme I managed to take an arm away. From that bastard that I''ll come back to kill definitely, the reaper never forgives!


    Now lets go back two hours before this event happened. Its midnight and it had just become November eighth, twent twenty-five. However, its also the day the Joking Reaper vanished as the world froze. The reason being that a god no one knows of found interest there. Mainly in the abnormally bright souls mingling about in it. This god is neither good or evil, just a jester pulling mean pranks. Even if said pranks are down right murderous attacks at the soul. This kind of god was the one our anti-hero mc encountered.


    [ November 8, 2025 1 A.M. ]


    Man its a pretty boring night today no one is going nuts. Then again tomorrow is the first death gun murder case. So I''ll be busy with that soon as I can''t let those guys really go. So I''ve been sitting a top a five story building petting Emperor. As I watched the house of that kid that tried murdering Sinon. Which its pretty quiet so the plan likely hasn''t begun. While I was concentrated and thinking of the future events though.


    The three undead I''ve know for more than five hundred years. All suddenly burst free from my necromancy skills storage. Charging towards a figure behind me in a frenzy. But when I turned around to look at whats happening. All I saw was Vash getting vaporized soul and all by a finger. Kurumi was simply brushed by a hand before turning to dust. Like she was snapped out of existence in that instance without a sound. Achile managed to last a little longer but suddenly a hand was on her stomach. Before like the other two she ceased to exist like she was an insect.


    The mysterious figure however simply looked where they stood. Shrugging their shoulders then looked towards me with a smile. A smile I wanted to vomit from simply seeing towards me. Its the smile of a complete madman who finds no faults. In anything they do and just think of them as the right thing. Yet it was disgustingly innocent to degrees, that it makes a genocider seem cute. The persons appearance is like that of a twelve year old. With pale skin almost albino, blue eye''s, and red messy yet neat hair. They''re wearing some sort of black mage like robe. Yet the feeling they give off is like that old god I met.


    Without thinking I took off like streak of black thunder. Towards the ocean with that creepy child like god on my heels. Once we were above the ocean six thousand miles away. I had some bloody fissures on my skin as that fu?ker attacked. While moving though I noticed that everything was frozen in place like time stopped. Once I had stopped though that crazy god was giggling away. My blood dripping off their fingers before I could ask who they are. They opened their mouth and explain so cheerfully I puked.


    "Hi there the goddess of trickery and madness Flonier! Your blood taste funny and those undead really were weak. They got erased by me simply touching them! That was sooooooo boring so you''ll have entertain me! Also those annoying mythical creatures and dragon inside those tattoos. I''ve made it so they can''t come out till you unlock that right!"


    My heart sank hearing her and I made doubly sure my gear. Was safe in my inventory as this freak can likely erase it in one touch! Next thing I know is that I''m dodging. As a knife hand aimed at my head came from nowhere suddenly. Flonier right infront of me with that sickening smile on her face. But she kept attacking aiming for my vitals without a shred of mercy. All while laughing and cracking jokes at this little charade. This kind of thing went on for two hours before I crashed onto a small island. Blood pouring from various places on my body in large amounts.


    While that bitch landed by me completely fine and smiling brightly. Till ai noticed a strange ripple on the sand a few feet to my side. This bitch whats she planning to do?! Before I could even react a foot sunk into my stomach. Shredding and rupturing my organs beyond repair normally. As i flew towards those ripples in the sand, the world in slow motion to me.


    "Well its been fun mister with a blinding soul but its time. For the fun to end so goodbye but don''t worry you''ll be allowed to come back. Just till you do it''ll be frozen still in time! Now have fu-"


    Before she could finish speaking I took my scythe shapped necklace. From under my shirt and super charged it with my spiking blood ?ust. With my blurry vision I swung it and took that crazy fu?ks right arm. Watching it turn to nothing while she screamed, I fell through the ripples. Blacking out from the lack of blood and destroyed orangs. The final sight I saw though was the familiar world road as I hit it. My blood staining it upon impact before I lost consciousness.


    [ World Sword Art Online has been frozen thus readded to the world wheel. ]


    [ Biazar R. Chimera has suffered several life threatening injuries! Starting up host preservation emergency functions! Entering stand by till host reawakens after healing. ]


    [ Next few worlds picked automatically due to serious matters. Worlds best suited to help host let his friends free and recover selected! Pok¨¦mon, High School of the Dead, and Fairy Tail set and unchangeable. ]


    [ Stand by mode now engaging, sleep well host we have revenge to enact. ]

 Chapter 72 - A Strange Line Up

    Waking up I feel like I''ve had the worst everything in my life! Eh?! My shirts ruined and I have scars in places. I''m still alive but I''m on the world road..... oh my stomach hurts. Stupid foot but at least everything is mainly fine now body wise. But I can b?r?ly feel the energies of life and death in me. So guess I really used everything to claim an arm from that mad god. Just I can''t exactly go back like this so what am I to do now? Soeaking of which do I have to spin that wheel again?


    [ Negative next few worlds already chosen to help you recover ]


    Huh? You could forcefully do that ya snarky system?! Anyways guess I can fear that later but what worlds did you pick?


    [ Pokemon, to help you unseal the more sensible members and gather plenty of life. So I''m not sorry but I''ve already decided your future there. High School of the Dead, so you can harvest every last zombie for death. Then Fairy Tail, So you can get everything back under control. Along with getting fully recovered from those attacks. As lets be frank everyone in that world is insane to dangerous degree''s. That they are classified as monsters even by gods of worlds. ]


    Thinking about that last part its not wrong as everyone there is a monster. I mean come one someone could erase the planet in that world. Then just remake everything by snapping their fingers twice. The other two seem pretty simple to me in theory really. Just the fact that my future has been decided in the Pokemon one. Is concerning as hell to me so I stare. At the unblinking notification box thats been talking back.


    [ Your really that concerned? It won''t be a surprise if I tell you. Now would it you dirty mother fu?ker I can see your memories. ]


    Being called a dirty mother fu?ker based off my memories was the greatest hint. So I couldn''t help but slap the notification as I know. This thing has likely done something greatly perverse. Since life is involved with the reason for this world I was annoyed. But my hand only kept passing through the box as I attacked it. GIVE ME A BREAK WHY ARE YOU MAKING ME ACTUALLY GO FULL ON FOR THAT?!


    [ Because your a dirty mother fu?ker ]


    "You are rude and snarky you know this right?"


    [ But of course you complain about that daily *smug smile* ]


    This system just literally typed out its making a smug smile. Who programmed this thing?! It has a rude personality! Anyways moving on from the head ache I bring up the usual screen. Thats for new worlds looking I see that my actual age. Has just become twenty-three, so my actual one is now just soul based huh. Up next I pull up the well character customization screen. What I see is something new called racial perks on it. However, there are two perks stuck on it like immovable objects.


    [ Human Adaptability: Adapt to any situation no matter how great it is! ]


    [ Breath of Life: You now ignore racial boundaries and can have kids with anything. So go be like a horny bard! Note: As you are a chimera addict with lots of useless information on them. This perk is a side effect of that so enjoy your own hell. ]


    "You fu?ker..... YOU ARE FORCING ME ONTO THAT PATH! I DON''T WANNA MAKE LIFE I WANNA KILL IT!"


    [ Suck it up you sick fu?k you need to better understand life. Its all for our revenge so deal with it or never return. ]


    I hate this thing at times I really do but its got a point. I b?r?ly know anything about life but death I know plenty about. With a loud dissatisfied scream of annoyance I continue on. I keep my eye''s their fiery orange red hue that they''ve become. My hair is still a messy murky brown color as always. I''ll change my skin complexion for once so I change it to a light tan. My clothing is a long black trench coat with silver trimmings. While my shirt is a red dress shirt with a black vest over it. My pants are some simple black military grade pants with hidden pockets. I choose some black steel toed combat boots as well.


    While my glasses are the same high tech ones from the sao world I got. Surprisingly even the Augma is with me so I keep it stuck to my ear. As this thing after tampering with it has become. My fun little tool for multiple things now a days. Now next up my pokemon or well pokemons as I get free reign. So thinking of all my favorites I instantly pick them out fron the millions. Which some I changed a bit just while, looking I noticed the subtle change. I''ll let everyone figure that out on their own as they can likely guess. The pokemon I picked are well an odd bunch really.


    My first is the only chimera pokemon created by people, Silvally! With free reign to switch types without suffering! Next is well Noivern as through somethings in my first world. I was influenced to find them as adorable things. Next up is Flygon the big cute dragon fly one heh heh! Milotic cause its pretty and kind even if its a spoiled brat. Absol as I''m a disaster too so I can get its lonelyness! Mew but a little different it has a crystal on its head to allow to type change. This was inspired by a novel I used to read before dying the first time.


    Mimikyu as I like that cute little custom wearing ghost fairy. Zoroark as I like the tricky shapeshifting fox quite a bit! Then as my final two I went for Infernape as its pretty nice and can learn cqc. Then finally Skarmory as I have always had a soft spot for the metal bird. Now someone is likely going "why these pokemon?" or "how dare you not pick gardevoir shevis best wife!" Then its simple I like these eight more than most pokemon! So with my line up picked I hit done when the system said something rude.


    [ Interesting picks guess you''ll be queit the known pervert. Can''t wait to see how this will go especially once that luck. Your cursed so much in the first world kicks in to mess with you. ]

 Chapter 73 - Training The Newbies

    After that flag was triggered I started grimacing as that curse. I had whenever I played a pokemon game! It was that ninety-nine percent of my pokemon were female! All the males either vanished or died to easily that I lamented it. So with a deep breath and heavy heart I take out the ten pokeballs. In my pants pocket and let them all out as my augms synced with my glasses. Once I looked at my nine new companions I cursed the curse.


    [ Silvally Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Zoroark Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Skarmory Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Milotic Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Flygon Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Noivern Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Mew Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Absol Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Mimikyu Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x: Female moves: Teach it some!


    Infernape Lvl 1 age: 0 s?x Female moves: Teach it some! ]


    They''re all female, level one, know no moves yet, and they were basically just born! Sighing I look at this bunch with a wry smile on my face. Seems like the reaper has to become father life for now huh? For now lets teach these girls some moves I can remember off my head! Plus type shouldn''t really matter right? If you just make that move based off a different type right right?


    For Skarmory I''ll call her Rory, I''ll teach her flash cannon, toxic, air slash, metal claw, peck, and night slash.


    For Silvally I''ll call her Eclipse, I''ll be teaching her thunder fangs, ice fangs, fire fangs, poison fangs, psychic fangs, shadow claw, psychic, thunder ball, thunder bolt, thunder, hyper beam, flame thrower, ice beam, shadow ball, dragon claw, flash cannon, heal wave, and dream eater.


    Noivern I''ll just call her Kelpy, she''ll be learning dragon pulse, supersonic, air cutter, super fang, air slash, tailwind, boom burst, hyper beam, solar beam, steel wing, brick break, shadow claw, flame thrower, Psychic, leech life, shadow ball, hyper voice, and dragon claw.


    Flygon she''ll be called Skylar, her moves will be dragon claw, dragon pulse, dragon breath, dragon tail, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, thunder punch, hyper beam, solar beam, fire spin, giga drain, flame thrower, dragon dance, and stone edge.


    Milotic shall be called Elaine, she''ll of course be learning recover, rain dance, hydropump, surf, aqua tail, aqua ring, disarming voice, water gun, water pulse, hyper beam, giga impact, whirlpool, ice beam, dragon dance, dragon pulse, and scald.


    Absol will be Midnight, she''ll be learning perish song, future sight, iron tail, night slash, psycho cut, toxic, ice beam, hyper beam, thunderbolt, shadow ball, shadow claws, giga impact, giga drain, dream eater, psychic, fire fangs, ice fangs, thunder fangs, psychic fangs, and poison fangs.


    Mew I''ll call her Ruby, she''ll of course learn pound, reflect type, ancient power, transform, aura sphere, psychic, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, thunder punch, hyper beam, solar beam, solar blade, fire spin, giga drain, charm, drain punch, shadow claw, fire fangs, ice fangs, thunder fangs, poison fangs, psychic fangs, psycho cut, hex, draining kiss, flame thrower, hydropump, thunder bolt, leech life, and future sight.


    Mimikyu I''ll be calling her Selkie, she''ll be going for wood hammer, copycat, shadow sneak, mimic, slash, shadow claw, hyper beam, shadow ball, leech life, thunder bolt, draining kiss, phantom force, hex, drain punch, giga drain, and giga impact.


    Zoroark will be well Hallow, her moves will be night slash, night daze, toxic, hyper beam, shadow ball, transform, flamethrower, fire fang, focus blast, giga impact, giga drain, and torment.


    Infernape her name is Rose, she''ll know close combat, mach punch, ember, flame wheel, fire spin, flare blitz, toxic, hyper beam, solar beam, flame thrower, focus blast, shadow claw, giga impact, giga drain, and poison jab.


    Now you you may be wondering how will they learn all of these. As some "can''t" learn certain moves and thats because this is the real world. If I do it right these girls can almost learn any move. So I got to work on having them train and learning these moves. For that we went towards the nearest cliff bottom. Where I had them practice some moves first. After helping them learn to fluently control their energies. As if they get a better grasp on them they''ll become legends. So after two hours of that kind of training to get a grasp of those energies.


    I then had them start trying to use the moves I explained to them. For Rose, Hallow, Selkie, Ruby, Kelpy, and Skylar I had them practice some of the moves. While teaching them what I know from cqc to them all. Which Ruby may be small but she packs a punch surpringly. While teaching them cqc though I''d randomly attack them without mercy. Which threw them off at first but after six hours of this training. They slowly adapted but I called there as its dinner time! So I asked Kelpy, Hallow, Elaine, and Eclipse to go catch some fish pokemon.


    While for Ruby, Rose, Selkie, Skylar, Midnight, and Rory I gave them a different task. Which was to go gather me berries and safe edible plants to use. While I gather up dried fire wood and non-wet rocks. As I don''t want exploding rocks occurring really. Then I started building a secure fire pit to cook with at. As I waited for my new companions to come back with the food.

 Chapter 74 - No Touchy Old Man

    After the girls came back from their gathering jobs. I started to gut and check the Magikarps I was brought. Once I confirmed they were all safe to eat I impaled them. Then cooked put them around the fire pit after Rose was kind enough. To light it up as I checked the fish for anything funny with them. Once they were over the fire cooking slowly I took a look at the berries and plants they brought me. Looking through them I got a small smile on my lips. As there''s some mago and figy berries mixed in so I can use these. To give everything a sweet and spicy flavor that may be well liked.


    So once i start juicing or grinding them up into powders. I season the magikarp meat and the small skewers of meat and vegetables. Which tasted pretty good as my experience cooking. Helped in making the seasoning not so over powering on the food. Just I wish Elaine would stop looking at me with starry eye''s. As she''s eating a magikarp in delight so happily. After everyone enjoyed dinner we went back to training. Till the sun started setting off in the distance for today. As it did so me and the girls gathered around the fire pit. Where I layed against Eclipse as she''s pretty big since. I just noticed a few of them have those big genetic off chances.


    The only normal sized ones are Rory, Rose, Ruby, and Kelpy. Everyone else is pretty big in size that I can''t help chuckling a bit. As that means they will probably get bigger from our training. So it''s gonna be a bit strange to see a man with some big pokemon. Once we meet someone else of course for now though its fine. Just please nothing weird on the first night I don''t want it. My wish went ignored as when I woke up to go take a leak. Hallow had followed me so I know where this is going likely. As charm seems to leave side effects on those effected by it a lot. So yea things happened and next thing is that. I''m waist deep inside of her as the tricky fox bites my shoulder.


    Once we got back to the others though I was forced to go a few rounds. For two hours before laying tired as hell with them all cuddling me. These damn su??ubuses they definitely were influenced by the system. Though at least if I''m gonna be forced to be a breeder at least. It won''t be boring at all really just no creepy pokemon like. That women one called Jynx if I remember right as I don''t like it one bit. Its just creepy and seems kiss happy so I''ll pass on it hard. As I layed there time passed and at morning everyone stirred. Before another two hours was had because of Ruby being annoying.


    Once everyone was filled and content we ate before moving on. Through the forest towards a town sixty miles west that Rory and Skylar found. Also so no one thinks they''re wild or anything as they''re girls. I bought actual ribbons from the shop function and tied them around their necks. Which they were all basically purple ribbons as they wanted that. When I started mentioning colors to them and well they all reacted to purple. Though they''re happy as they started training on any agressive pokemon. Some died of course so I had our stronger members carry them in bags.


    As we traveled though we came upon a clearing that had some poachers. Fighting a rampaging level forty-six female Kommo-o. Protecting some younger pokemon from the poachers. Guess these hunters poached around the regions as this kommo-o definitely. Is not a native to this region which after looking at the pokemon. I took a guess at that its the Kanto region so its really. Far away from home as my group entered the clearing though. Everyone looked towards us before a houndoom shot a flame thrower at us. Only for it to be redirected by psychic back into it harshly.


    After seeing her houndoom being attacked harshly. One of the poachers took out a gun and shot at me wildly. One of the bulleta clipped my ear and well tragedy struck. That damn system really did something to these pokemon. As Rose took off like a bullet combining giga impact and giga drain. On her fist that once they made contact with two poachers. Well they ate giga drain impact that reaped their lives as they flew away. Like rag dolls leaving only six other poachers who all but one met their graves. The one left alive was well a pervert with his pants down.


    Just his man hood and jewels were gone leaving a burnt area. Which I guess that kommo-o did a great job as I can imagine. What this guy was likely gonna try doing but not my problem. So I questioned the b?r?ly awake man leaving. Eclipse and Ruby to use heal wave on the pokemon. Since they''ve gotten good at that while we moved along. After getting the information I want from this man I snap his neck. Can''t have anyone knowing what happened now can we? Standing up I dust my self off and was ready to leave this place.


    When Rory, Ruby, and Rose brought the poached pokemon to me. Looking at them quizzically I pay attention to their actions a bit. Till I ended up gaining the kommo-o as a pokemon, gonna call her Niarel. Along with escorting the younger pokemon towards Pallet town. Which I learned was the town my girls found while flying. Also yes Niarel also got a purple ribbon as well. So my whole group has girly purple ribbons around their necks. Moving towards Pallet town though took a few days to reach. Before reaching there though I did train everyone and cook a lot. With of course more tiring moments, just I pity Niarel.


    She was coaxed by the others into it after she bit off a mans privates. Though after four hours of being drained by them. Niarel was the only really dirty and sweaty one as I wasn''t allowed. To basically stop till she got as much as they did. So I really pity her as she looks like a very tired dragon. Though by the time we reached pallet town Skylar was carrying a bag. Full of well eggs that the system chuckled darkly at in a notification. So its gonna start attacking me soon I can just read it now! Damn system takes p???sur? in my misery from its personality.


    As we entered pallet town everyone there looked at us. Curiously as its man, and eleven grown pokemon following behind. A group of twenty young pokemon who are playing around. Getting half way through town we were greeted by Oak. Along with a charizard hiding its strength clearly for a reason.


    "Greetings I''m professor Samuel Oak, welcome to pallet town. What brings you here with all these pokemon young man?"


    He was smiling but also not as he clearly had some bloodlust. So this friendly old man has certainly killed many before in his long life. Though he seems surprised that I''m taking his bloodlust. Without any problems but sorry old man I''ve killed more than you.


    "Hi I''m Biazar Chimera, well these young ones and the kommo-o beside my absol. Were in a forest clearing with some poachers so I won''t say more. Just some of these kids and the kommo-o came from other regions. The kommo-o though has become my companion."


    Nodding his head in understanding Oak simply told us to follow. So we did with him leading us to his lab where the kids. Were set loose to explore around the place with Oak watching them. Me and my pokemon though were exploring the ranch area. Where yea things happened a bit that involved pokemon fainting. Once we headed back to the lab in a far corner of the ranch. Was a group of fainted pokemon that included charizard among them. In the lab however I was retraining Oak who tried getting handsy.


    With my pokemon and their eggs that eventually after six hours. Of this his grand daughter Daisy arrived and started preaching at him. With him sitting tied to a chair since he tried escaping. I know he likes studying pokemon but does he need to try. Literally gropping every part of a persons pokemon that they get uncomfortable? So with him being preached at me and my pokemon exited. To intrude on the ranch and camp there for the night as I don''t wanna be inside. The random guest at times was annoying at first but we got used to it. That when I fell asleep there was a group around us sleeping.

 Chapter 75 - Lots of Blasting Off Again

    Its been a few weeks since we''ve arrived at pallet town. Staying with Oak has been both fruitful and tiring mentally. As every two days He''s sent flying after suddenly getting very personal. With his studying of my pokemon that even some of the males on the ranch. Have started proactively restraining him as they were all the ones who fainted. So they are scared of him being to pushy and getting punished again. Those poor bastards got hit with an illusion by Hallow then a fiery kick. To the skull by Rose flowed by an armored hammer fist to the spine. Courtesy of Niarel as she had arrogant dragon types wooing her.


    Sufficed to say is that my girls beat the shit out of guys. While some males, kids, and females were in a laughing up roar. So my guess is that they were the forceful bunch around here. Training everyone though led to them getting at least to semi intermediate. Level of control on their elemental energies that boosted their attacks. Also I covered their weak points by drilling into them ways to train them. So Eclipse which gets a type weakness when she switches. I had her train in becoming resistant to stupid degree''s with help. From the ranch pokemon for everyone''s training regimens.


    Though the scariest two are Rose and Niarel as Rose is like a speedy power house. With equal strength and speed that her hits in cqc. Now cause explosive sounds if she puts in to much power. Niarel on the other hand has become a walking tank of death. Using he scale like shields she blocks attacks coming at her. Then drives a strong upper cut at her opponents violently. Her tail however is like a mace which she slams into vitals. I''ve even had to dodge or get a face full of a mace tail. So slowly but surely they are getting stronger with their training.


    As we were doing morning training today though professor Oak. Approached slowly rambling questions as he approached the nearest pokemon. Sadly it was Hallow and well he got trapped in a illusion then sent blasting off. She''s not so nice, she''s pretty cynical to others at times. Looking around though I notice a flareon trying to nab some eggs. From the bag before Skylar pops out of the ground. Fist connecting to its gut sending it blasting off again for the sixth time. While the others lounged under a shady tree relaxing after their training ended. Just I''m worried though Skylar seems to be very protective. That I wonder if this is normal as everyone else isn''t that protective. So either she''s making up for that or is just like that normally.


    Tomorrow though I think I''ll be leaving since that retarded brat. Ash will come in two days and he''s even worse than professor Oak. As he invades a pokemons personal space way to much that mine even fled. Literally they fled back into their pokeballs to avoid him. So he can''t be friend them at all after he grabbed their faces. Rubbing their cheeks or trying to forcefully hug them when he visits. So yea I''ll be leaving with them all in the morning soon. For now though I''m cooking pidgey, milktank, and arboc meat. As stew for dinner after my pokemon hunted them down. I swear I saw the arboc fly like a wavey noodle in the air. Though before it landed in front of me dead from having its head caved in.


    My cooking is pretty well received by the ranch pokemon and Daisy. Since I''ve occasionally fed them left overs from our dinner. Oak gets nothing he''s a creepy old man to excited about research. Which when I told that to his grand daughter Hallow, Skylar, Nialer, Rose, and Kelpy raised some spoons. Screaming in there own way that he''s not welcomed around them anymore. Seeing such a sight me and Daisy could only wryly laugh. At such antics by my pokemon and the facts that the famous professor. Is well hated by a group of pokemon to the point that. They are angrily screaming about him while waving spoons around. As they hold bowls of food in their hands securely.


    Once night hit my group packed up and silently left the town. As Eclipse could hear as sneaking up to the ranch. So we basically ditched town not bothering to say good bye. Once we left we started heading along route two. I caught a noctowl along the way and it was a male. So I gave it a spiked leg band and named him Stalker. As I''ll be training him to become a silent bird of prey soon. Once the girls got a male in thr group though it was awkward. So I mainly had him sitting on my shoulder as we walked in the night. After finding nice spot along the route we set up camp for the night.


    At morning we once again set off with Stalker training in being silent. That not even the air is disturbed by his wings flapping. He picked up it quite easily so I''m impressed with him. That I sniped a ratata with a rock through the head. Letting him have it as a snack for quickly learning my requirements. The othere were messing around and well Hallow is impressive. She has well scarily mastered illusions to the degree that. I''m seeing her put on a play with them like a puppeteer! Also those illusions look very real so she''s really gotten the hang of her race specialty!


    We come upon a town shortly after I witnessed Hallow''s show. Apparently its called Lunar Town as the moon shines brightly every night. Illuminating everything in the light of the moon quite nicely. That some of the folks have said its a beautiful sight to be hold at night. Especially at the center plaza that has a Rhyhorn fountain statue. So thats got me fairly curious about the sight that we''ll be staying the night. So I looked through the shop function for something specific. Which was an item from a certain novel called "The New Gate" thats pretty cool. So when I found it in the shop I grinned as I started messing with it.


    Soon over my scythe necklace appeared a gold necklace with a double scythe style blade. As its look but really it was a home in necklace form. Once we exited the town into the woods around it. I summoned a different version of the house this necklace contained. Which still had the blacksmith and material style set up like the original one. Just was bigger and more accommodating towards my group. A house suddenly appearing scared them but once inside. They started having fun and relaxing now I question why I never got this item before!


    Since its so damn handy to have honestly after seeing everything inside. Now using a proper kitchen once more I cook up a feast. That''ll knock out most of my pokemon so that I can. Go relaxingly enjoy the fountain sight and maybe even paint it. After thirty minutes all of the heavy eaters were out cold. Leaving only me, Stalker, Niarel, Hallow, Ruby and Eclipse up. So we went out to enjoy the sight of the fountain while I carried. Basically art supplies and a sketch book to capture this sight forever. All I can say is that it wasn''t a bad idea at all to do!


    Looking at the sketch book I smiled at the sight of that moment. The town was dark with no lights really one save for five street lamps. The rhyhorn statue was pretty impressive withs its marble shine. As water from the fountain shot up around it with flashing color changing lights. As Ruby flew around the horn of the statue, Eclipse siting before it facing me proudly. Niarel dipping her claws into the water as her tail hit the water shooting up. Stalker flying above the statue in front of the moon imposingly. All while the moon light beautifully lit up and shined on everything.

 Chapter 76 - How Well Do You Cook?

    After seeing that beautiful sight last night everyone is up and ready. After having a quick breakfast we head out once more on the road. Our destination is up to chance so we travel relaxedly along the dirt road. My pokemon occasionally have a moving slow paced mock battle. Which is more tiring as they have to move like their in slow motion. As they keep the power behind the attack as if they hit at normal speed. I thought of this training as it can help build their strength. As they try moving at the slowest pace possible with powerful attacks. So they''re pretty sweaty and tired after six hours of that training.


    They''ve managed to learn from it too as it helped point out. Imperfections for when they attack as an example Rose when she punches she generally. Puts to much strength into it that it can throw her off balance from the recoil. So by doing this at times she can learn how to control it. Niarel has a habbit of swinging her tail in a manner thats easy to read. So this helped her notice that little detail of her habit. Thus she''s trying to make sudden changes to it mid attack. Ruby and Midnight have a bad habbit of using future sight in a obvious way. So they started disguising it with different attacks at random.


    Those are just some examples I''ve noticed from this training method. As everyone is tired I set up camp and let them enjoy some lunch. That cheered them up rather quickly before they all flopped. Lazing about sore from having their muscles retain power before releasing it. Its painful but it''ll help build them up eventually. Hallow however was a spoiled brat using an illusion to cuddle me. As she laid on her back snickering painfully at times like that. The others looked at her a little with hostile jealousy. So Hallow was forced to just pile illusions on me.


    Making me look like a person buried under a zoroark, flygon, kommo-o, mew, infernape, absol, silvally, Skarmory, noivern, milotic, noctowl, and a mimikyu. Which looked fun considering that the Elaine illusion was wrapped around us all. Spending our time like that for a while a dumb looking robot. With a giant red R on it showed up in the distance coming towards us. Sadly it wasn''t the trio but just two random goons. So I had Ruby trap them inside the robot with their pokemon. While Skylar and Rory extracted a container full of pokemon and pokeballs off the thing. Selkie cutting a nice opening to the engine open for us to see.


    "Hey team rocket goons! How well do you cook?"


    Hearing my question the were confused till they saw. The flame throwers building up in my pokemons mouths. Their screams for mercy were eventually snuffed out as they and the robot. Melted into a puddle as it exploded half way through melting. Chuckling to my self I give off a rather sadistic smile not feeling a thing. At just murdering people once more or even having my pokemon do so. As they''ve already done so before plus criminals will try killing you. That there''s no problem if you kill them in return really. Sure these goons didn''t try to kill us yet but they may of tried.


    So after setting the pokemon free and calling the nearest towns cops. We left after cleaning up the bloody metal puddle we caused. Leaving the pokemon to wait for the cops and league to pick them up. Thus shortly later they were picked up while we were long gone. Exploring some random woods that has ruins as shown on a map. So we''re pretty curious to see it as it may have hidden goodies.

 Chapter 77 - The Stalwart Guardian

    After traveling through the forest as we ditched our murder scene. We found some actual ruin like places though some collasped. Exploring around the place it seems be a town from before. Things were well stable enough that the current towns are safe. In some of the houses were skeletons that we''re destroyed. One though was impaled on the outside of a store holding a spear. That seems to have once been impaled through a nidokings heart. As its skeleton is holding it up with its claws through the ribs. Guess this man judging by the skeleton fell this nidoking in his dying breaths.


    Seeing this we all offer a silent farewell to the brave man. Before we moved on towards the plaza where a giant lugia statue towers. Looking around it I find a plate thats covered in dust and rust. So I carefully dust it off so that I can read whats still legible.


    "Lugia guardian of the sea and protector of _____ descendents of the first coastal kingdom"


    Judging from these words these people likely were literal. Descendents of a coastal kingdom but probably not the first. Though its curious why they came all the way here from the coast. Very curious indeed so hopefully there''s some records somewhere. As I looked up what I saw was the most hideous representation of myself. Thats clearly a ditto as there''s pink spots on its appearance. So with a word I simply whistle causing Rory to swoop in then fly tossing. The damn thing into the sky as everyone blasted it. With some sort of highly lethal energy beam nit questioning why I wanted it dead. After they saw the horrendous thing it made me look like with a smile.


    Soon ditto pieces rained down on us before being burnt away by fire. With that done I lead everyone towards what looks like a government building. Just touching the doors made them fall apart from a poke. A clear indication about how dangerous this place is gonna be. So we treaded carefully even if the floors stone and solid. Taking a look around the lobby area it seems to have been visited a lot. As its almost more like a adventurers guild building with broken weapons. Strewn about along with shattered skeletons everywhere on the floor. Three look like they exploded as they are implanted in the walls as pieces.


    Moving on I hope the lobby counter to check behind it. Only to meet face to face with a haunter who''s caught off guard. So I simply lick the ghost before it licks me and it actually doesn''t taste bad. My action however surprised the haunter as it looked at me dumbly.


    "What never been licked first?"


    Hearing my question it started laughing sticking out its tongue. So I took my time befriending this haunter thats likely ancient. All I can say is that it has a impressive way of hiding documents. So this led me to believe it was a civil servant or a higher offical. As it put on airs like it was telling me who it used to be in life. Reading through the documents however revealed interesting facts. Like that these people used to worship lugia a lot to the point of sacrafices. One document mention a lunar tide festival in worship of lugia. I couldn''t help but find these documents interesting. So I messed with the system a bit to make a sort of documentation storage.


    Thus collecting all the documents and books still readable and not dust ready. Afterwards we headed down into the basement following haunter. In the basement what haunter led us to was an uncommon sight in this region. As standing motionless and stalwart is a golurk holding two nidoqueen skeletons. By the heads as it guards a childs skeleton that likely got hurt. In the attack on this building but this golurk protected them from these nidoqueens. That were likely aiming to eat the child who probably bled to death.


    When I took a step forward towards the golurk I saw a faint light. So its either very weak right now or waking up! Yet this didn''t stop me from approaching the big guy. Who weakly started to move so I paniced a bit and started soothing it.


    "Hey hey its okay big guy no need to move your probably in a bad state. But from I''m seeing here you did your best saving that kid. Hoping someone would come help them huh? Sorry though we''re a a hundred fifty years too late."


    I learned the little one hundred fifty years fact from the documents. So that means this golurk is pretty old in retrospect to most things living. But as if acknowledging my words itmade a faint sad sound its life flickering. As I don''t exactly want this stalwart guardian to die after so long. In this dark damp crumbling basement I have those who can use healing moves. Use them in full force that even haunter started producing a dark healing wave.


    So I guess this is the ghost version of heal pulse that should be more effective. To help this golurk out of this state of flickering life just a little while longer. Stabilizing golurk took a good eight hours of no rest for everyone. Before with my ridiculous strength I piggy backed golurk. Carrying him out of this dark hole and into the sun light above. With Rose carrying the exhausted haunter who I decided I''ll catch. So scanning it with my glasses I see its a level sixty male and a hundred twenty years old.


    The golurk is a surpring level eighty, male, and nearly two hundred years old! So this big guy is quite the ancient pokemon honestly. I carried the big guy into the plaza where we camped out. Taking care of the old golurk after catching him and haunter. Naming them both respectively Shade and Keeper but I kept Keeper in his ball. Till we eventually reach a pokemon center to get him looked at fully. Since even after all that healing he''s still in rough shape sadly.

 Chapter 78 - Stranger Danger! Stranger Danger!

    After exiting the forest town ruins I wasted no time to find a pokemon center. So I told Rory, Ruby, Stalker, Shade, Skylar, and Kelpy to search far and wide. For a big or popular place then come back as the rest of us. Shall stay here and wait for them to return back to us. Of course I made sure Shade had a spiked glove to say he''s not wild. With them all fanning out in every direction I looked through the shop for stuff. What I was looking for was well books on ghost types and golurk! This kind of search went on for three days till everyone reyurned.


    Just following Stalker was a armored van with a pokecenter logo. So I guess he managed to find a pokecenter great job. As everyone landed around me I had Stalker land on my arm. Where I started to give some fresh ratata meat with some stroking.


    "Good job bud you actually brought people from a pokecenter."


    As I rewarding him for the good job the van doors opened. Once it stopped and out came a wave of audino''s and two nurse Joy''s. But I guess the armored van is a smart choice though. As they don''t know what can happen outside the city. The nurse Joy''s rushed over with impatient faces before the older of the pair spoke up.


    "You must be the trainer of that noctowl we came as it was persistent. So what exactly is the problem sir?"


    Smiling wryly I let out Keepee from his ball but the big guy fell. Seeing this the audino''s rushed and started lifting him onto a stretcher. While the Joy''s were stunned about this sight before them.


    "I found that big guy while exploring some ruins and well he''s not common here. But after checking around the place for anything useful. I learned the site was over a hundred years old. As I explored an old government building thst was crumbling. Where I ran into this haunter that led us to a basement. Which is the big stood inactive guarding a childs skeleton. Just even after we all helped him get stable he''s in bad shape."


    Getting the gist of my explanation they were amazed about Keeper. As he''s over a hundred years old and that he stood guarding a skeleton that long. Afterwards once the audino''s carried him into the van the Joy''s got back in. While me and my group went air born with the lighter members. The rest I returned to their pokeballs before following after the speeding van. For a good thirty miles north west towards a city. Called Ventra its one of the more out of the way places in kanto. Entering the city though was a hassle as an officer Jenny was being a pain.


    I finally got in after having Hallow show her an illusion so we could leave. Sure it may be a hassle later but I don''t have time to play with cops. Leaving behind officer Jenny my other pokemon came bsck out on their own. Stalker guiding us to the pokecenter in the shortest route possible. Thst ended up taking us a good six minutes of walking towards. Even Rory walking so she was making metal clinks with her talons. Which for some reason incited a dance from Selkie oddly enough.


    She looked cute being so cheerful as we walked so I didn''t say anything. Just when she pulled a gun from under her costume I did. So a comedic sight of a man wrestling a pokemon for something ensued. Before I touched the gun and stored the thing in my inventory. Now though your probably wondering how she has a gun. Well out of boredom from waiting I made a gun that shoots her ghost and fairy energy. As hex bullets or something else which pleased Selkie.


    As she''d randomly shoot charm or hex bullets at wild pokemon fighting. It''s terribly scary to see a pokemon randomly convulse dying from a hex bullet. As its opponent gets shot with charm falling in love with it that. It well ends up with a horny enemy fu?k?n? the dying enemy to death. Because of Selkie shooting them with those moves but its taught me something. Mimikyu''s are all either openly or secretly sadistic pokemon trying to be cute. Thinking of that I design some other weapons for my pokemon through my Augma.


    As we enter the pokecenter thats in a up roar after seeing two nurse Joy''s. Along with audino''s rushing in while carrying a big pokemon to extensive care. So I can get why all the trainers are curious or surprised at it. Just their pokemon even the haughty behaving ones looked down. After they saw the sight of a strong looking old pokemon in such a shape. Reminding them that even strong pokemon can become like that. Everyone is crowding the counter though so they didn''t notice my group coming in. Their pokemon however saw our odd bunch and wandered towards us.


    So since they seem down and my group is hiding it a bit. I got out some big bags with a mixture of food in it. Handing it out to everyone which made the mood a bit better. Looking through the pokemon gathered around my group. I see a cyndaquil, munchlax, venomoth, golduck, gangar, and Flareon. They all seemed rather pleased with the pokefood I made and bought at times. That I couldn''t help but slowly pet them for being cute.


    "You guys and girls seemed down so I guess you saw our friend huh?"


    My question made them blink before they looked around at my pokemon. Before realizing that our odd bunch was indeed the big guys friends. It got a loud mixed sounding surprise as they took in the sight. Of so many different looking pokemon and a legendary all relaxing together. With a trainer that doesn''t look really all that impressive to them. Their surprise however elicited the trainers to notice their pokemon wandered off. So some said sorry while dragging them away but this old lady. Who appeared to be the golducks trainer instead tried to touch us.


    That made us all take three steps back every step she advanced. Till eventually we were going around in circles with her screaming stop running away. The golduck watched this with a haggard face as if this is a normal occurrence.


    "Stop running away dearies I just want to touch your bodies! You all look so adorable that I the great madam Golsfree must touch you!!"


    "Lady we''ve never heard of you! Also keep those creepy moving hands and your droll away!"


    The old lady took offense at the fact that we didn''t know her. Than the fact I basically called her a disgusting pervert!


    "I''m the great madam Golsfree I run the most prestigious fashion store in town! Now let me touch you! Wait is that a legendary pokemon?! I must simply touch it so let me touch it you arboc!!"


    This is some serious stranger danger and rude on top of being a pervert! Our commotion of course had some normal officers called in to break up. As two dragged awat ms. Golsfree another one was apologizing to me for her persistence. Afterwards the older nurse Joy appeared from somewhere to come talk with me.


    "Sir we''ve gotten your pokemon back to full health and everything. But it seems that he refuses to move so I came to get you."


    Smiling wryly with a chuckle I follow her back to the extensive care unit. Where I saw Keeper stairing into space till we entered the room. Once he saw me he rose up slowly before lumbering his way over. So I gave his ?h?st some knocks to mess with him then departed with him to the lobby. Which upon entering I saw some creepy teens trying to touch my pokemon. They all had these creepy looks with whispers of cuteness. That I whisteled rather loudly calling them all over in a stampede. Some of them gathered around Keeper checking on him as he was dying before.


    The trainers tried to advance in nonchalant friendly ways to get closer. Though I wasnt having any of it and instead turned them around. One however a fifteen year old female put her hand on my shoulder. Smiling at me and saying that I should give her Kelpy, Ruby. Elaine, and Hallow. Or else she''ll make my life in this city a living hell as her dad is the mayor. So just for her I pimped slapped her across the face infront of everyone. As a servant who heard her just now kneeled and screamed sorry towards me.


    The girl however was rubbing her cheek with an agitated look on her face. Not noticing why her family servant is doing what they are doing. As behind me are some of my pokemon charging up hyper beams. With Shade behind her making a sword out of a shadow ball as it glares at her. Like some sort of mafia boss asking "What''d you say punk?" with an ugly look. After some trainers noticed these facts they screamed at her to drop it. Making the girl look around only now just noticing basically thirteen charging hyper beams. While a haunter was behind her with a scary looking sword as it looked down on her.


    After this event though after getting some food from a nice cafe. We all left town with a little of a sour mood still as we just meet. A lot of weirdos today that just screamed stranger danger.

 Chapter 79 - King Han and Queen Berry

    So after we ditched Ventra we left for the city the leader of team rocket. Was a gym leader at which I believe was called Viridian city? I''m going there for a few reasons but mainly I wanna steal mew two! Since well mew two can be pretty great just difficult to be around! Of course I''m gonna hack the whole team rocket network as well. Deleting mew two''s data after stealing it along with any other useful data. So this will be fun as it means I''ll be breaking into their hq basically. So I expect casualties and a building to go down in rubble in all excited honesty.


    Just while moving towards our goal I took a lot at everyone''s stats in detail. As I wanted to check the full extent of their training out of curiosity.


    [ Name: Eclipse, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Silvally, Level: 35, Title: Lazy Sister, Moves:thunder fangs, ice fangs, fire fangs, poison fangs, psychic fangs, shadow claw, psychic, thunder ball, thunder bolt, thunder, hyper beam, flame thrower, ice beam, shadow ball, dragon claw, flash cannon, heal wave, dream eater, hex, charm. Health: 295, Attack: 495, Defense: 295, Sp. Attack: 495, Sp. Defense: 395, Speed: 500.


    Name: Rory, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Skarmory, Level: 35, Title: Leering Sister, Moves: flash cannon, toxic, air slash, metal claw, peck, night slash, air cutter, gust, shadow claw, night cutter, toxic peck. Health: 365, Attack: 380, Defense: 440, Sp. Attack: 240, Sp. Defense: 370, Speed: 470.


    Name: Kelpy, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Noivern, Level: 35, Title: Frightened Sister, Moves: dragon pulse, supersonic, air cutter, super fang, air slash, tailwind, boom burst, hyper beam, solar beam, steel wing, brick break, shadow claw, flame thrower, Psychic, leech life, shadow ball, hyper voice, sleep song, echo screech, close combat, dragon claw. Health: 285, Attack: 370, Defense: 380, Sp. Attack: 597, Sp. Defense: 480, Speed: 623.


    Name: Skylar, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Flygon, Level: 35, Title: Over Protective Sister, Moves: dragon claw, dragon pulse, dragon breath, dragon tail, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, thunder punch, hyper beam, solar beam, fire spin, giga drain, flame thrower, dragon dance, close combat, stone edge, thunder breath. Health: 380, Attack: 400, Defense: 380, Sp. Attack: 480, Sp. Defense: 480, Speed: 500.


    Name: Elaine, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Milotic, Level: 35, Title: Devious Sister, Moves: recover, rain dance, hydropump, surf, aqua tail, aqua ring, disarming voice, water gun, water pulse, hyper beam, giga impact, whirlpool, ice beam, dragon dance, dragon pulse, scald, scald bubble, ice mimic, water double, Strangle, Constrict. Health: 495, Attack: 460, Defense: 279, Sp. Attack: 400, Sp. Defense: 525, Speed: 481.


    Name: Midnight, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Absol, Level: 35, Title: Annoyed Sister, Moves: perish song, future sight, iron tail, night slash, psycho cut, toxic, ice beam, hyper beam, thunderbolt, shadow ball, shadow claws, giga impact, giga drain, dream eater, psychic, fire fangs, ice fangs, thunder fangs, psychic fangs, poison fangs, giga drain impact. Health: 265, Attack: 530, Defense: 260, Sp. Attack: 475, Sp. Defense: 360, Speed: 575.


    Name: Ruby, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Mew, Level: 35, Title: Tricky Sister, Moves: pound, reflect type, ancient power, transform, aura sphere, psychic, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, thunder punch, hyper beam, solar beam, solar blade, fire spin, giga drain, charm, drain punch, shadow claw, fire fangs, ice fangs, thunder fangs, poison fangs, psychic fangs, psycho cut, hex, draining kiss, flame thrower, hydropump, thunder bolt, leech life, future sight, aura beam, aura knife. Health: 600, Attack: 600, Defense: 600, Sp. Attack: 600, Sp. Defense: 600, Speed: 600.


    Name: Selkie, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Mimikyu, Level: 35, Title: Demented Sister, Moves: wood hammer, copycat, shadow sneak, mimic, slash, shadow claw, hyper beam, shadow ball, leech life, thunder bolt, draining kiss, phantom force, hex, drain punch, giga drain, giga impact, giga drain impact, shadow sword, hex shot, charm shot. Health: 255, Attack: 490, Defense: 280, Sp. Attack: 450, Sp. Defense: 405, Speed: 496.


    Name: Hallow, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Zoroark, Level: 35, Title: Jester Sister, Moves: night slash, night daze, toxic, hyper beam, shadow ball, transform, flamethrower, fire fang, focus blast, giga impact, giga drain, torment, close combat, giga drain impact, toxic slash, poison jab, illusion realm. Health: 360, Attack: 405, Defense: 260, Sp. Attack: 420, Sp. Defense: 360, Speed: 505.


    Name: Rose, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Infernape, Level: 35, Title: Calm Sister, Moves: close combat, mach punch, ember, flame wheel, fire spin, flare blitz, toxic, hyper beam, solar beam, flame thrower, focus blast, shadow claw, giga impact, giga drain, poison jab, giga drain impact, flame blast, ignition bomb, psychic, future sight, flame greatsword. Health: 676, Attack: 504, Defense: 571, Sp. Attack: 504, Sp. Defense: 571, Speed: 608.


    Name: Niarel, Sex: Female, Age: 2 months, Race: Kommo-o, Level: 50, Title: Gullible Sister, Moves: clanging scales, belly drum, leer, dragon tail, iron defense, screech, dragon claw, dragon dance, close combat, boom burst, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, ice punch, thunder punch, hyper beam, giga impact, attract, drain punch, brutal swing, shadow claw, flamer thrower, aura sphere, focus blast, dragon pulse, shadow punch, dragons glare. Health: 475, Attack: 510, Defense: 725, Sp. Attack: 500, Sp. Defense: 705, Speed: 285.


    Name: Stalker, Sex: Male, Age: 10 months, Race: Noctowl, Level: 35, Title: Assassin, Moves: sky attack, peck, echoed voice, confusion, reflect, psycho shift, air slash, moon blast, hypnosis, dream eater, hyper beam, giga impact, screech, psychic, shadow ball, shadow claws, future sight, hyper voice, zen head bu??, ?ssassination, echo screech. Health: 200, Attack: 250, Defense: 250, Sp. Attack: 386, Sp. Defense: 396, Speed: 570.


    Name: Shade, Sex: Male, Age: 120 years, Race: Haunter, Level: 60, Title: Prankster, Moves: shadow punch, lick, confuse ray, hypnosis, curse, hex, night shade, sucker punch, dark pulse, shadow ball, dream eater, psychic, phantom heal, fire punch, ice punch, thunder punch, giga drain, shadow claw, trick room, wonder room, venoshock, hex, thunderbolt, poison jab, energy ball, shadow saber. Health: 345, Attack: 450, Defense: 245, Sp. Attack: 415, Sp. Defense: 355, Speed: 495.


    Name: Keeper, Sex: Male, Age: 195 years, Race: Golurk, Level: 85, Title: Stalwart Guardian, Moves: high horsepower, focus punch, pound, shadow punch, curse, night shade, mega punch, heavy slam, phantom force, hammer arm, dynamic punch, mega kick, fire punch, ice punch, thunder punch, fly, hyper beam, giga impact, solar beam, safeguard, protect, brick break, drain punch, body slam, ice beam, thunderbolt, close combat, psychic, future sight, shadow ball, gyro ball, zen head bu??, flash cannon, heavy slam, stone edge, heat crash, darkest lariat, shadow spear, thunder sword, flame great axe, ice bow. Health: 799, Attack: 724, Defense: 880, Sp. Attack: 655, Sp. Defense: 680, Speed: 755. ]


    First they are pretty dangerous from all the training and fights. Second how much do you all beat each other up?! Third interesting moves some of them have or gained. Fourth Keeper really is old and scary as fu?k! How many wars and fights did you take part of big guy?! Seeing my group in a darker but new light I can only pity others. But seriously how much do they do in their free time to become like that?! While brooding over these shocking and disturbing facts.


    Keeper lifted me up onto his shoulder as he got into a sprinting position. The others following suite before eventually there''s blurry figures. Moving and flying fast across the plains towards Free Rock city. A mining town near Viridian city that focuses on mining crystals for jewelry. However there''s a rumor of a man screaming with blurry figures racing across the plains. Once we''ve arrived at the mining city I was being carried. As I wasn''t expecting high speed movement all of a sudden. Yet my pokemon seem happy and enjoying the sights.


    Only Keeper who''s holding me is poking my cheek asking if I''m okay. I could only glare at them all till I could walk an hour later. We enjoyed looking around the city though as it was quite prosperous. Just there''s too many machoke''s wandering about flaunting their muscles. One tried to pose a lot for Rose only to eat a mach punch. To his groin the sound of something burst was heard yet none of my pokemon. Healed the poor guy so we just left it to its suffering as we continued looking around.


    While looking around however some kids tried to nab Ruby mid air. Which made her upset so a chase ensued after the kids who failed. That brought us to an ally with a strange box castle that kids were guarding. Once we approached however two brats no older than eight came out. The boy who came out had a poorly made kingly outfit on. The girl beside him had at least a decent dress yet it wasn''t that good.


    "Who are you intruders! You stand before the great king Han Golsfree!"


    "And great queen Berry Fear!"


    Hearing Golsfree I looked at the boy with dead fish eyes.


    "So your that disgusting perverts grandson..... Lets go guys this sounds troublesome."


    Everyone who met the old lady all turned around with dead eyes. Leaving the boy and girl puzzled that the boy started screaming eeehh loudly. They later chased after us towards the pokecenter screaming wait.

 Chapter 80 - Hidden Secrets

    Ignoring the Golsfree kid me and my pokemon eat at the pokecenter. Enjoying some lunch even with two brats screaming at us at why we suddenly ignored them. That eventually the boys father Geoffrey L. Golsfree the second son of Molina S. Golsfree. Appeared to drag him off after hearing about heard he''s bugging a trainer. Though when he heard what I called his mother from his son Geoffrey. Gave a dead eyed look as if he knows exactly what happened for such a response.


    "I''m sorry about my mother please accept..."


    "She does that often huh?"


    his dead eye''s getting even deader was his only response to my question. He soon left taking his son and his friend home with him. All life still drained from his eyes as he relived past memories. My condolences Geoffrey my sincerest condolences for whatever you dealt with. After he and the kids were really gone I looked at Ruby as I need her help. Since this is the first time I''m attempting this so I don''t really know. How this shall go exactly thus I''m requesting her help in this matter. So with her help I connected to everyone through psychic.


    "Okay so I wanna hear about these moves from you all okay? So what exactly are shadow spear, thunder sword, flame great axe, ice bow, shadow saber, shadow punch, dragons glare, flame greatsword, flame blast, ignition bomb, illusion realm, toxic slash, shadow sword, aura beam, aura knife, scald bubble, ice mimic, water double, thunder breath, sleep song, echo screech, and toxic peck? I can get giga drain impact in retrospect as its giga impact and drain combined."


    The first to speak was a rather excited and boastful voice. That was both childish yet feminine from Hallow as she flailed her arms.


    "My pranks through my illusions became amazing!! I can now influence an hundred foot radius with my illusions! Which became realistic its been so fun! I made a ursering think he was fu?k?n? a female ursering but really it was a tree! Hahahaha it was amazing to see his reaction once he realized and had the feeling of pain return! Then I accidentally combined toxic and night slash! Night slash turned into a bubbling purple blade that made a festering wound! Praise me praise me master!!"


    Smiling wryly I give my excited zoroark a head pat to calm her down. Just it seems she''s been a trouble maker and gotten stronger through that. The voice was a shy quiet feminine one as Kelpy looked down shyly.


    "I had Midnight teach me the basics of perish song and Stalker teach me the basics of having a oppent put to sleep. Then I combined the two to make a song that peacefully could kill people. I tested it out on any old weak pokemon we encountered in our free time. But a diglett gang kept harassing me and burrowing underground. That I got fed up so I..... screeched out echolocation waves at the ground and surroundings..... to find and torment the bullies..."


    Well then Kelpy is surprisingly kind hearted to make a peaceful. Solution to ease a pokemon into death or fainting that I''m impressed honestly with her. Then she learned to use another odd combination of moves to find burrowed pokemon. The next up the gruff yet strong toned feminine voice of Niarel who looked embarrassed.


    "A ghost pokemon was harassing me by lifting my scales perversely. That I didn''t really think and turned shadow claws into a gauntlet figure. Punching the pervert through the face killing them there in my embarrassment. The other near by pokemon looked at me strangely so I unconsciously. Put dragon energy into my eyes as I leered at them..... it made some have a heart attack or faint....."


    Ah so her new moves are completely happenstance due to embarrassment. Guess I can understand that pretty much as I''ve done so. Next up was Selkie who hopped around on the table swinging her move in question. Her voice was cheerful, and pretty girly that I was shocked.


    "I got bored of my hammer so I thought what if I made a new toy?! So I started messing with shadow ball and shadow claws!! I turned shadow ball into a longer knife! Then sharpened it with shadow claws and I got a sword! Its been so fun to slice the flesh of my opponents up hehehe!!"


    She''s crazy confirmed she''s seriously crazy this is now confirmed! Next up was Rory who sounded a little motherly.


    "A yellow rat kept zapping me so I used toxic and peck together. Proceeding to peck it full of poison till its body started melting."


    Short and simple reason she gave with a not so happy look on her face. Skylar who was still carrying the egg bag around spoke up next. She sounded very motherly and feminine for some reason.


    "Selkie wouldn''t stop charging me with her sword during free time. So I thought of a way to stun and hurt her a bit. Thus I combined thunderbolt with dragon breath making an electric breath attack."


    Skylar answered as such while glaring at Selkie with a mean look. Rose was up next as she sat back in a chair armd crossed. Her voice was that of a masculine females voice as she closed her eyes.


    "I was intrigued by the weapons you once looked up during our time. At professor Oakcs home so I used fire punch on both of my hands. With the help of psychic which was hard to learn to solidify and move my flames. Into the form of a greatsword that can launch a arc of fire from the blade. Then I tried feeding my flames focused energy into my fist, once I punched the air a thunderous explosion.


    Occured leaving a flame trail in the air so if it hits someone. I''m afriad it could cook them on the inside and outside at once. To counter act flying foes though I learned future sight from Midnight, and how to heat up air at a distance. That once I got the hang of it I found a spearow flock. Using future sight I predicted their flight paths and heated up the air in an explosive state."


    Oh she made air bombs by heating up the nitrogen in the air. WAIT SHE DID WHAT?! on top of that did she say she used psychic to form a flaming sword? Then basically focuse energy on fire punch making it a messy thing to use? She''s just absurd this child is honestly! Groaning as I rub my temples this conversation slowly hurting me. The next up however Elaine who had a haughty and lovely sounding voice.


    "Hmph some foolish magikarp''s tried hitting on me in a stream. So I controlled the water to make a bubble prison before slowly cooking them alive! After that I tried using it to make a majestic looking copy of myself! Which looked bad so I froze it and made it look beautiful!"


    So this haughty child basically boiled magikarp''s and wanted to be narcissistic. That she made these moves up at random sorta annoying. Ruby spoke out next in a childish girls voice as she rubbed my head.


    "I just thought it''d be fun to shoot my aura so I used it like hyper beam. Then I saw Selkie and Rose making weapons from different moves so I used aura. Making a small easy to swing knife for my size master!"


    Ah she just wanted to join in the fun and be creative huh? One of the last two to speak up was Shade who sounded like. He some sort of british person mixed with Australian.


    "When used to be alive I was quite proficient with sabers! That once I died in that attack of wild pokemon I laminated not being able to use. My saber any longer so I spent a few years practicing. To turn my shadow balls into my beloved saber from my past. Ah I miss those days of cutting down rampaging pokemon."


    Shade apparently was a famous swordmaster then huh? But even a swordmaster can fall to pokemon in droves huh? Next up was this elderly sounding old man voice that had a lot of reminiscences in it. It was obviously coming from Keeper who started looking off into space.


    "I remember when I was first created I used to chop wood and carry heaving stuff. Till war struck several times that I had to learn to maje weapons. From my own attacks that eventually I got so used to them that I would use them to cut down. All those who were hostile towards my master and her family those were the days."


    "But now I have a new family and master to serve so I''m pleased. Thank you all for finding me in that basement, thank you Shade for guiding them."


    His sudden thanks caused everyone to go in a laughing up roar. As they called him gramps but once my right eye started bleeding. Ruby cut off psychic and used aura to excessively heap my eye. That two notifications poped up in front of my free eye.


    [ Excessive use of psychic has unlocked the right to learn psychic abilities. Would you like to do so? ]


    [ Excessive use of aura to heal injuries has unlocked the right to use aura''s. In a phsyical manifestation form or to cause fear. This greatly enchances your life and death aura''s. Would you like to learn this technique? ]


    Sighing I accept to learn them as I stroke the panicking Ruby on the head. We''ve sat around long enough so its time to go check out the mines. The others were still pretty worried but I just said I''m fine really. They weren''t happy with me but still followed behind me towards the mines. As we arrived at them though we see a large crowd around the entrance with Geoffrey. Standing before them making a speech towards everyone gathered.


    "Greetings I''m president Geoffrey Golsfree of the Shining Jewel company. While digging today we''ve discovered that there was a hidden chamber. That led into a large ruin site that seems to be pointed towards worship of legendary pokemon. We don''t exactly know all the details but there are many things we don''t know inside them. So for now the mines shall be closed off as we get someone and a team to study these ruins."


    With those words said his speech ends and he walks away from the crowd. When he notices me and my pokemon watching him from a far. That he lightly jogs up to us where I finally get a good look at him. He''s a man that seems be in his thirties with a bit of a chubby build. With a bit of a tan on his skin thats mostly olive. His hair is nice shade of black and swept to the side in a neat manner. His eye''s are a bit gold in coloration with a hint of blue in them.


    He''s wearing a blue jacket over the top of a green vest and white shirt. His pants are a tan color and seemingly ment for getting dirty. His shoes are some sturdy looking dark brown leather work boots. Yet this man before me doesn''t act like a president of a company really. He''s more like some jolly old man that you''d drink with casually.


    "Ah its good to meet you again sir I presume you heard my speech yes?"


    "Nn sounds interesting honestly that I wanna take a look at them. Cause even though I''m basically a pokemon breeder history intrigues me greatly."


    "Ho oh? Then would you like to take a glance at the ruins we uncovered mister? Eeerrr....."


    "Biazar Chimera nice to meet you Geoffrey and yes it sounds interesting."


    "Splendid! Then when you feel up to it just head on into the mines following the lanterns. Till you reach a giant secection of a collasped tunnel wall!"


    With that he jogged off after I said my thanks towards him. Now what do these ruins hold secret from the world?

 Chapter 81 - The Legend Index, The Storm Brews on the Coastal Shore

    Entering the mines soon after Geoffrey offered us to do so. We followed the lanterns lining the walls till eventually after three hours. We reached the area he mentioned so taking a peak into the chamber. I see rows of statues and and shrines beside them all with orbs or something on them. While all the way at the end is an alter with something resting on it. So we carefully entered the ruins and advanced slowly towards the alter.


    Along the way I realized what these statues were of and I couldn''t help but stiffen. As every statue is of a legendary with their names below them. Then in the shrine centers are things probably linking to them all! So I have my pokemon gather all of the items while I double check the statues. From the front two I can tell its Lugia and Ho-Oh followed by Mew and Mewtwo.


    Then there''s Heatran, Cresselia, Articuno, Zapdos, Moltress, Rayquaza, Raikou, Giratina, Entei, Dialga, Palkia, Kyogre, Groundon, Uxie, Mesprit, Azelf, Celebi, Suicune, Deoxys, Latios, Latias, Regirock, Registeel, Regice, Regigigas, Reshiram, Zekrom, Kyurem, Landorus, Xerneas, Cobalion, Jirachi, Virizion, Keldeo, Tornadus, Terrakion, Arceus, Shaymin, Darkrai, Thundurus, Phione, Victini, Yveltal, Zygarde, Genesect, Meloetta, Null, Silvally, Hoopa, Meltan, Calyrex, Zacian, Zamazenta, Kubfu, Urshifu Single, Urshifu Rapid, Cosmog, Cosmoem, Solgaleo, Lunala, Necrozma, Tapu Koko, Tapu Lele, Tapu Bulu, Tapu Fini.


    With so many more pokemon statues that have crumbled! But their shrines were intact so thats good at least! After taking in these statues I figure something out so I make another system change. Once I finish I use my augma and glasses to scan every inch of this place! Saving every bit of information into a folder while using the system. To pulse scan the area making a three dimensional map slowly in my augma''s projection. After all of this is done I reach the alter my pokemon waiting with their spoils.


    That I store into a seperate inventory while I stare at the familiar book. On this alter before me as if anyone watched the movies. They''d remember one specific detail an old man holding a book that showed pokemon. These pokemon later turn out to be legendaries of each movie and region. So I carefully pick up this book I suspect to be it, opening it slowly. The first two pages confirmed my suspicions about this book. As its Lugia, Ho-Oh, Zapdos, Moltress, Articuno, and the few others to be found in kanto. So I quickly store it away and look at all my pokemon.


    "All off you! Please start gathering those crumbled statues! We''re gonna be a little dirty and take them all! We''ll be replacing them with doubles that I''ll magically make. Then we''re going south towards one of the walls there''s a secret behind it."


    Hearing my request everyone started gathering up the crumbled statues. After I gave them the go ahead as a perfect aged double replaced them. This continued on until I had done so to all the statues in here. Then I quickly moved towards the south wall searching it for the entrance. By tapping on it a little forcefully each time I moved along it. Till I found a switch inside the wall that opened it up for us all. Upon entering the secret chamber we find skeletons, eggs, and very specifically. A giant ?h?st so secured tightly with time and space effecting the inside of it.


    That I tried storing it and my hunch was confirmed by it not going in my inventory. This ?h?st contains something or something''s that are living! So I have Keeper lift it up after I attach straps to its outside. Now why did I mainly react because of this ?h?st? Because inside whike scanning I got a blinding light or lights from it. That if this place is not bullshiting me this means this place is that old mans tomb. As in the corner of this hidden room in a rocking chair is a skeleton. Looking at this ?h?st solely as if they were worried about something.


    Whatever it is I''m taking this ?h?st with us as it may be far safer then. When Keeper left with the ?h?st though on his back hidden by his shield. I saw that skeletons head turning ever so slightly folliwing him. The faint emotional trace of gratitude picked up by psychic with an aura vanishing. Shits about to get real huh old man is that why you were so worried?


    Well whatever it is me and everyone left the ruins I''ll dub as "Legendary Index". Exiting the mines shortly after as my pokemon exited first before my foot touch the outside. I felt a hand on my left shoulder and looking to my left I see an old man.


    "The old know the young are on the move, a storm shall come and all may fall. So raise a great team and the young well before the fall drifter."


    Cryptic piece of shit but I can pretty much guess it! So the old monsters are gonna move not cause of human greed soon. But because of us uncovering that ?h?st you hid so well huh? But this fall I have zero idea what you mean old man. Looking back towards the ruins I click my tongue loudly in annoyance. That old man clearly hinting at something nasty involving all of those legends.


    With a grim face I rejoin my pokemon already plottinging means to kill. Any and all opposition that tries throwing its self in our path. I wish I had Myriad right about now to cuddle this stress away. As this is seriously going to be so troublesome and annoying that I''ll be bathed in blood.

 Chapter 82 - Moving On To Viridian City

    Leaving the mines everyone was slowly walking out of town looking out for something. As they all got a sudden chill while walking out of it to Viridian City. This chill inducing mystery event soon revealed its self in the form of an old lady. Charging towards the group her hands making groping gestures as she drooled. A man in his late thirties dressed as a butler and a golduck chasing her. Once she was close enough however to the group she suddenly was buried.


    The man and golduck screaming as they hurriedly dug her out. Though once free from the ground the old lady looked at the group. Loudly introducing herself even after repeated burying.


    "Rejoice *bam* the *thud* great *bam* madam *thud* Golsfree *bam* has *thud* arrived *bam* to *thud* touch *bam* you! *BAM BAM BAM*"


    The old lady was scarily resistant to being buried repeatedly. The butler and golduck restrained her as she lunged to grope Stalker. They dramatically screamed "Go we''ll hold her off" basically so went ran. The screams of a man and golduck being violated by a touchy old lady behind us. Towns members and Geoffrey doing a solemn like prayer for the two brave souls. That sacraficed themselves to a trauma inducing fate for everyone. As our main group ran and the towns members prayed for them.


    Up in the sky like in a movie or anime images of the man and golduck appeared. In everyone''s imaginations as their screams went on for three hours. The old lady looking for the long gone group before falling to her knees and screaming at the sky.


    "I DIDN''T GET TO TOUCH THE CUTE AND PRETTY ONES AGAIN!! I MUST FIND THEM AND TOOOOOOUUUUUUUCH THEM!!!!!"


    Mean while elsewhere along the road to Viridian city to raid team rocket. While traveling along it Keeper had a carry platform on his front side. Sitting on it studying a ?h?st Biazar trying to figure it out to open it up. Using the system and his own hands he tries opening it up to no avail. Until a strange shining feather touched the ?h?st making it open up. Looking up however everyone stared down Ho-Oh who pushed its face into Biazar''s.


    "Hi there your Ho-Oh aren''t you? Can I help you?"


    "Why do you have Triagu''s ?h?st child? Why do you have our young?"


    The sudden psychic and female voice surprised everyone. Biazar however never stopped messing with the ?h?st as looked Ho-Oh in the eye''s.


    "Well a mining town or city just unearthed his well tomb. Me and my pokemon explored it first and we found statues every legendary. With objects that are linked to them beside them. Then we found a hidden room with skeletons and everything else in it. This ?h?st among the items with a skeleton looking at it intently."


    "So his final resting place was found huh.... Then I''ll be taking that ?h?st human."


    "No my ?h?st now."


    "Human give me the-"


    "no its mine now."


    "don''t test me human"


    "Why do you want it so bad? Does it perhaps have your egg?"


    This guess threw her off and in retaliation realizing I knew the contents. She tried to use air cutter on us all but I stood up suddenly. My fist connecting under her beak as i let her eat my monstrous stregnth. Making her do a splendid double flip before landing on the grou d stunned. So I got down from Keeper and proceeded to go sit on Ho-Oh pinning her.


    "So did that old man like what fu?k you all or something? As you seem rather close to him and defensive for the eggs."


    As soon I was sitting on the ground with a giant sparkly bird. Drunk on mutiple emotions and some actual alcohol cuddling me. My pokemon looking at me with various expressions on expressed. The one with the most noticeable was Hallow who had this shit eating grin on her face. As if she guessed this would happen at some point he''s probably a puppeteer. As she was the one to mainly help me guide Ho-Oh''s temper. So I got this nagging feeling that she did something so very subtly to Ho-Oh.


    "Hallow your grounded you shall not leave my side to prank others. For a good while you trickseter of a secret pervert zoroark."


    Hearing my words she looked defeated and on the verge of fainting. Now as for Ho-Oh she''s still cuddling me drunkenly so I check her stats.


    [ Race: Ho-Oh, Sex: Female, Level 100, Title: Guardian of Luck, Moves: N/A, Health: N/A, Attack: N/A, Defense: N/A, Sp. Attack: N/A, Sp. Defense: N/A, Speed: N/A. ]


    Welp cant see much from her stats but seems she is the luck guardian. So since I''ve done things to her does this give me bad or good luck? Questioning this in my mind I look up at the giant bird pokemon. Who has fallen asleep becoming defenseless so I slowly. Brought a pokeball to her beak pressing the bu??on on her. Catching the defeneless legendary before we all once again started moving towards Viridian City. With the name Lumia decided for her in my head.


    My life really has become that of a pervert in this world. All cause the system has predetermined my fate with that one perk. That I figured is literally causing some sort of side effect on my surroundings. So even if I try hiding away something would find me and do something. So I might as well embrace this and become father life. Making hopefully pokegirls just I''d really perfer to become the reaper fully again.


    "Now fourth wall breaking time I''m looking at you all! You can judge me but you can''t break my mind I already broke that!"


    [ Like how you broke your h?ps? ]


    "Fuck you! You damn system you brought this whole situation onto me!"


    [ No idea what you mean I''m just an innocent system. ]


    "No your not!"


    [ Sure sure ]


    This bickering went on for a while till Biazar forgot his reason.

 Chapter 83 - Operation Executive Execution Begin

    [ Wow you all have effectively ruined my plans by picking "B) Take control of team rocket and use them for personal objectives so Giovanni and his pokemon get axed" in the writers poll now I have to find a new way to torment my host! ]


    Unaware of the systems plans being foiled and it not making new ones. Biazar and his team advance into Viridian City ready to for a blood bath. Once in the city though the first obstacle they run into is a drunk old man laying in the street. Now in the English version of the games this old man was grumpy over coffee. Butin the original Japanese version he''s drunk as hell and his kids are embarrassed by him! So Biazar and Kelpy helped the old man before dragging him home.


    Where his kid and grand child were screaming sorry and thank you for bringing him home. Then once more without an old man in the street the party advances. Exploring the city thats actually a bit bigger in actual reality than in materials. While exploring however they found the pokemon academy and the trainer house right next to it. Both buildings were almost three stories tall with a lot of trainers, breeders, and groomers visiting them. For now however Biazar won''t be visiting one of them yet at all as he is mainly just exploring.


    Walking through the city towards the gym Skylar started making angry bug noises. Which means Ash is near by as she only gets agitated from that brat. Which made everyone who met ash start looking around while hiding behind things. Stalker, Shade, and Keeper completely lost as to why everyone hid so quickly. That once they heard the reason they too joined in searching for Ash. Once they found him however he was sitting at a cafe with Misty and Brock eating pasta.


    So as Brock and Misty can be sane all but Keeper, Stalker, Shade, Skylar, Hallow, and Kelpy. Were returned to their balls as two are carrying eggs, Shade is gonna go scout the gyms under ground, Stalker is a good sentry, Hallow can keep Ash busy, and Kelpy well she''s just cute! With Stalker and Shade going to do their respective jobs the rest of us approach Ash and gang. Upon seeing us Ash tried jumping at us but he only ate dirt. As Hallow immediately teapped him in an illusion while we all looked at him darkly.


    "He still tries to invade our space and do those things disgusting."


    These words drew Brok and Misty to look at Ash who''s kissing the ground. So with silent movements Brock grabs Ash putting him in his chair. Then he let out a spinarak that wrapped him up to the chair tightly with string shot. So Hallow released the illusion after poison jabbing Ash with a claw. Misty broke out laughing at this as Ash has likely made her suffer greatly. So I sat down while my pokemon sat down as well eating some sandwiches. That I made for pokemon specifically to eat but Keeper surprised me.


    When he eats there''s this b?r?ly noticeable dark hole that appears. Taking bites out of the sandwich I gave him to eat if he could eat. Brock looked at my pokemon with interest and tried to pet Kelpy. Though he did so the right way by not rushing it and gained a bit of interest from my pokemon. Even the one''s in their balls gained interest in this man who will become a legend. In his future field of studying pokemon with a great passion towards them. Even Misty did it right though she copied and listened to Brock till Kelpy. Was enjoying both of the two petting her that it made Ash jealously go no fair.


    "It is fair brat because of several reasons its fair you dumb brat. One when you first my older pokemon you instantly started chasing them. Two you tried kissing their faces and petting them out of no where without even knowing them. Three you just made a disgusting scene while Brock and Misty have done things right. They went through things slowly and introduced themselves a bit first. But you whenever you meet my pokemon you become a disgusting brat."


    My words made Ash become like a broken doll as he got face full of three different slaps. Brock smiling wryly with Misty smugly grinning at Ash. While this was all going on Stalker landed on my shoulder meaning he''s brought guest. Everyone looked alter as Jessy, Jame''s, and Meowth approached. Shade Appearing from the shadows below my chair to share his report with me. Seeing these two pokemon randomly appear from nowhere Ash, Brock, and Misty were surprised.


    "So your the Noctowls and Haunters trainer right guy in black clothing?"


    The one to ask was Meowth as he and his partners looked at me like Ash and Co.


    "Yep nice to meet you Jesse, Jame''s, and Meowth of team rocket. I''m Biazar Chimera the noctowl is Stalker, the haunter is Shade. Guess you know why these two brought you to me?"


    With them nodding there heads I look at Ash and his friends before speaking. Leaving my pokemon with them as I said I''ll be back soon. Leaving with the team rocket trio deep into an alley way. Before facing them with a blank face and a cold voice I spoke to them.


    "I''ll be taking over team rocket by force and this will attract attention from the league. So I will ask you three who are great everything you do but stealing. Would you like to work with me because if you become enemies you''ll become another corpse. I have looked into you three secretly through my travels and I would rather spare you. As you three aren''t really all that bad but great people being undervalued by Giovanni."


    Hearing me they shuddered as these three knew when people are dangerous. And right now the alarm bells were going off in their heads as they looked at this man. Before them that seemingly knows a bit about them and seems to find real value in them. So before he started his take over forcefully he decided to talk with them to hear their choices. He was right in the boss undervalued them though he saw them as clowns. So with wavering thoughts the trio looked at the man before them with James speaking up.


    "Why do you value us so much? Why warn us when we could sell you out to the boss?"


    "Because you three can pull off just about anything but stealing perfectly. That I find that very valuable as thats pretty rare to have such people. But Giovanni only sees you as clowns trying to hard that they mess up stealing pokemon. Yet really its not that your trying to hard and failing to do really. Its that you don''t fully utilize your talents to the full extent like you should.


    Your pokemon are also not properly trained are they? You treat them like family and kids to much that they''re spoiled and can''t grow stronger. At this rate you''ll only get them and yourselves killed by others. Also I trust you won''t tell Giovanni because even if he spares you yet breaks a few bones. He may just kill you and your pokemon if he sees that your really wavering like this.


    While for me once you do tell him I will acknowledge your choice. Killing you and all opposition as I slaughter Giovanni and his pokemon. If it came to you dying from being loyal to such a man blinded by greed. Then I''ll at least send your remains back to your families. As thats how much I really don''t you to be another rotting corpse. Once I storm the place after those kids beat Giovanni in a gym battle."


    Hearing my long yet precise answers even with my cold voice. The trio looked taken back but silently considered everything I said. The silence persisted for a good twenty minutes till they all looked at me. A strong fire of resolve burning in their eye''s brightly. Thus I''ve gained three invaluable partners for future endeavours to come. That with a small smile I walked past them patting them as I go back towards my pokemon. Stalker landing on my shoulder once more with a happy mood as it didn''t need to kill.


    Once I returned though I see Ash trying to grab one of Kelpy''s eggs. With Brock retraining him like a professional grappler from somewhere. Seeing me return everyone goes silent and I just simply tilt my head.


    "I got some subordinates now so the meeting went well didn''t need to kill them."


    Hearing my words my pokemon all did some victory actions. Ash, Brock, and Misty looked at me dumb founded but Brock asked something. That Ash and Misty likely wanted to hear about as well as they didn''t look good.


    "Um Biazar have you killed and your pokemon perhaps killed before?"


    "Absolutely as when you go where we''ve gone or lived like me. Then killing becomes a secind nature to remove serious problems to your objective. Those three I wanted to recruit as I plan to cause a problem soon somewhere. But killing those three would be an absurd and wasteful thing. So if Stalker found them I had him bring them to me so we could talk.


    If they''d rejected my offer then they''d be a problem to me. So I was ready to get rid of them as this world isnt nice kids. Its perverted and hostile so you or your pokemon can die at any moment. So take this advice if you can avoid it never bathe in blood but, when you can longer avoid it don''t snap or get used to it. Steel your heart and finish the enemy without mercy or they''ll kill you first."


    Brock was the first to understand this fully and he nodded his head gravely. Misty although pale also could relate so she nodded her head. Ash however even though he''s likely accidentally killed pokemon. He won''t accept it and tried laughing this off as a joke and dream. So me and my group left without saying a word anymore. This Ash is sadly the American idiot version of the Japanese one. Who wasn''t really scared to kill pokemon or try killing a person in battle.


    Sighing loudly I remember the pokemon manga''s wishing that there was that Ash. Not this idiot and to immature version in this pokemon world version.

 Chapter 84 - Op Executive Execution

    Now then Me and my pokemon wait until night fall near the gym. Jesse, James, and Meowth appearing from one of the passages leading underground soon enough. So without further delay I head on in with them into the team rocket hq. After giving Jesse and James armor with some weapons mainly a glock, qbz-95, combat knife, and just in case five grenades with five others that effect pokemon. I myself had a one handed scythe, python revolver, t86 ar, and ten grenades.


    The pokemon who are going to joining us on this violent take over. Are Meowth who is also armored, Keeper, Niarel, Rose, Hallow, Kelpy, Shade, and Ruby. As we entered one of the many hallways I take the lead moving fast yet with extreme caution. My main gun aimed forward finger near the trigger ready to pull it. Jesse takes point in the middle of us all with her gun low but ready. James is in the back carefully watching everything even the shadows. Our pokemon companions for this raid are always vigilant.


    As we advance we slowly come upon our first room along the way. According to James this is on of four security rooms in the base. So we''ve been avoid the cameras but seems like we gotta move now. As the pokemon inside have noticed us so cracking the door open a bit. I Keeper toss in a flash ball, its flash cannon in ball form but made to blind. Once it goes off we storm the room gunning down those who attack. With this room secured we''ve already killed three goons and four pokemon. Capturing one goon and two pokemon thus we bind them tightly in a corner.


    The Smell off blood erased from the air by Rose so no one notices. Looking at the screens in this room I take note of any goons. When James pulls a wandering goon inside the room in a choke hold. Nodding back at him we bound her like the other one in the corner. Once I note anything of importance we move out after disabling everything. Our movements becoming slower as we advance since we''re going to the sleeping area.


    Along the way though we ran into a snag so I sent Shade ahead through the shadows. While the rest of us started opening fire on some goons on alert. This of course alerts many people and pokemon so we form up in the hallway. James and Jesse with Meowth, Rose, and Niarel cover our rear. Which is already taking heavy fire with heavy hitting moves and bullets. Me, Keeper, Kelpy, Hallow, and Ruby control the front thats getting swamped by pokemon. The goons hiding behind them glaring at us with hate. But this doesn''t deteer us from the objective as this is only a set back.


    Niarel and Rose both combined flamethrowers blanketing the hallway behind us. Effectively seal it off so without waiting Keeper charges in with a thunder sword. Shield raised he mows down any and all blockage in the way of our advance. As we advance Hallow and Kelpy are putting those suffering to sleep. With sleep song while slashing down attackers with their claws violently. We''re six hundred feet away from our target destination which is the executive area!


    "Everyone prepare for heavy hitters we''re nearing the executive area! Shade shoukd already be causing a ruckus there though!"


    Hearing my scream everyone prepares themselves for defending from attacks. Keeper giving out a savage war cry that scares most opposition. So those in fear we prey on like monsters abd those not scared Ruby pops their heads. Using psychic and anything else at her disposal. Just you may be wondering if we''re storming this placecwhat about the labs? Won''t they move or awaken Mewtwo to attack us? Well thats not a problem at all not one bit at all as well. The labs were long captured and no one was any the wiser to this fact!


    As I had deployed six new eager to please ghost pokemon. A mismagius, Dragapult, Dusknoir, Banette, Sableye, and Rotom. I had secured them from a poacher group I found hidding in a run down building. All I can say is that they are eager because I have done things, also fu?k my curse!


    [ Name: Burial, Sex: Female, Age: 5 months, Race: Mismagius, Level: 40, Title: Puppeteer, Moves: psywave, mystical fire, phantom force, magical leaf, toxic, hyper beam, thunderbolt, psychic, shadow ball, torment, echoed voice, energy ball, charge beam, will-o-wisp, giga impact, thunder wave, dream eater, trick room, dark pulse, dazzling gleam, marionette, illusion. Health: 360, Attack: 460, Defense: 360, Sp. Attack: 405, Sp. Defense: 305, Speed: 505.


    Name: Dreamy, Sex: Female, Age: 4 months, Race: Dragapult, Level: 50, Title: Mocking Death, Moves: dragon darts, dragon breath, sucker punch, infestation, lock-on, hex, double hit, dragon dance, dragon rush, double edge, last resort, fly, hyper beam, solar beam, giga impact, thunder wave, light screen, steel wing, will-o-wisp, dive, phantom force, breaking swipe, hydro pump, flamethrower, thunder bolt, thunder, fire blast, tri attack, shadow ball, dragon claw, dragon pulse, scald, psychic fangs, psychic, dragon tail, draco meteor, curse, close combat. Health: 388, Attack: 420, Defense: 275, Sp. Attack: 400, Sp. Defense: 375, Speed: 542.


    Name: Nightmare, Sex: Female, Age: 6 years, Race: Dusknoir, Level: 45, Title: Silent Dreams, Moves: shadow punch, fire punch, ice punch, thunder punch, gravity, bind, shadow sneak, confuse ray, night shade, will-o-wisp, hex, curse, future sight, shadow ball, mega punch, mega kick, hyper beam, giga impact, brick break, imprison, trick room, wonder room, ice beam, psychic, metronome, trick, dark pulse, focus blast, darkest lariat, dream eater, close combat. Health: 245, Attack: 400, Defense: 335, Sp. Attack: 465, Sp. Defense: 335, Speed: 445.


    Name: Foster, Sex: Female, Age: 10 year, Race: Banette, Level: 37, Title: Whimsical Raiser, Moves: shadow sneak, phantom force, imprison, gunk shot, foresight, confuse ray, knock off, screech, night shade, will-o-wisp, hex, curse, shadow ball, sucker punch, trick, toxic, hyper beam, thunder bolt, thunder, psychic, torment, charge beam, shadow claw, giga impact, thunder wave, infestation, dream eater, trick room, dark pulse, dazzling gleam, thunder slash, close combat. Health: 264, Attack: 315, Defense: 265, Sp. Attack: 483, Sp. Defense: 363, Speed: 465.


    Name: Pearl, Sex: Female, Age: 12 months, Race: Sableye, Level: 46, Title: Gem Eater, Moves: metal burst, recover, sucker punch, torment, confuse ray, shadow sneak, detect, night shade, fury swipes, knock off, shadow claws, power gem, zen headbutt, shadow ball, mega punch, mega kick, fire punch, ice punch, thunder punch, dig, will-o-wisp, brick break, imprison, drain punch, hex, curse, low kick, psychic, metronome, trick, gyro ball, poison jab, dark pulse, dazzling gleam, close combat. Health: 350, Attack: 475, Defense: 275, Sp. Attack: 465, Sp. Defense: 365, Speed: 450.


    Those girls although new are very great at what they do. I had them secure the lab three hours ago and so it should still be safe. I told them very strictly to not awaken any pokemon thats in the labs. Woah! A fu?k?n? hyper beam whizzed by my face around the corner. Before Rose pounced a mightyena and a goon turning them into blood smears. Speaking of which I should get me some mightyena''s soon as they are nice to have! Looking a head of us I see a two tyrantars charging hyper beams. So I have everyone duck into a near by room recalling Rose and Niarel.


    Looking around the room its a kennel with captured mightyena''s and poichyena''s. That are in rough shape so they likely were captured. So I call out Eclipse and have her with Ruby make a mass heal pulse in this room. Healing them all up first I then tell James, Jesse, and Meowth free them all. Once they are all free there''s six poichyena''s and eight mightyena''s in total. Looking through their information seven of these fourteen are male the others female. However I smile softly at these pups thinking I just got my hunting dogs.


    "Your all free but right now this whole place is in a uproar. So you can''t exactly leave peacefully but I do have use of you all in this situation. So I''m sorry if this is sudden and shady but want to join me?"


    Hearing me they all debate my words till they eventually accept. As I did just help them out and if there''s one thing I love about this pokemon. Its that even though they are violent their loyal and value family. So catching them I let out the mightyena''s again as I return Eclipse to her ball. Chuckling softly I make some light yet sturdy armor in the workship with metal claw weapon extensions. Which I act like I found hidden in some crates in the room before equiping the mightyena''s. Who for the four males I''ll call them Savage, Fright, Gnoll, and Pace. The four females will be Yoru, Fran, Storm, and Chloe respectively.


    So with our new additions we rush out of the room after the pack. Where once they dodge pass the tyranatar''s they maul the goons controlling them. As Keeper sinks a flaming great axe into ones head all the way down through its body. James and Jesse slid beside the other one jaming their guns into those small holes. On tyranatar''s body and opened fire emptying their clips. As bullets exited its body and ripping its organs to shreds killing it quickly. Reloading their guns as we rushed ahead once more closing in on our goal.


    Which upon storming the executive area we could see Shade, Nightmare, and Dreamy. Causing a ruckus in it with smiles on their lips so I won''t nag the two for abandoning the lab. Yet commend them as they seem to have trapped the executives and Giovanni here!


    "Everyone kill them all! They can''t leave this place alive!"


    Hearing my orders everyone started attacking in full force. My groups arrival had thrown off Giovanni and his people. So Shade took that chance and impaled a rhydon with two shadow sabers. Mean while Jesse and James threw all their remaining grenades. Peppering our opponents in explosions. Which after looking at the group there were twenty humans and over forty pokemon. Now however it''s become ten people Giovanni included and twenty-five pokemon. That were left standing after that move they made and our sudden appearance.


    "WHO ARE YOU PEOPLE?! WAIT YOU THREE YOU BETRAYED ME!! HOW DARE YOU I''LL SLAUGHTER YOU LIKE THE BUGS YOU ARE!! KILL THEM!! KILL THEM ALL YOU FUCKING SLOWPOKES!!"


    Giovanni bellowed out like a mad beast his eye''s blood shot. As he stared at us all craving our deaths as we are ruining his goals. Sorry Giovanni but I''ll be taking your empire from you!


    "Its checkmate Giovanni your dying here tonight! Your greedy goals following after you into hell you parasite!"


    Hearing me Giovanni pulled out a literal pistol hand cannon. Taking aim at me but out of no where Gnoll and Yoru bite his wrist. Storm and Savage taking out his ankles sending him to floor. Where Fright, Pace, Storm, and Chloe started mauling him to death like hungry beast. His executives being cleaned up as Keeper bisects the remaining two with a new move. That looks to be a hybrid move as its a flaming halbred with static on it. So I can only imagine what it does if you get hit by it and live.


    The remaining pokemon and Giovanni''s team all get swept up in a multi-psychic attack. Turning them into very tiny compressed balls of flesh and blood. The sound of bones shattering and organs exploding resounded in the area. However we all look at each other and chuckle loudly celebrating our victory. Up top is the league provably catching any goons that escaped. So before we get caught as well we all hurry to the labs where I secure all the research. Along with capturing mewtwo before we all left the base through a forest exit.


    Which over looked the city and from our vantage point we see we see the gym a blaze. Goons and league members fighting each other to the death. Turning away we collaspe our exit to prevent anyone chasing us. While over the team rocket network to its field agents. I announce that Giovanni is dead along with his excutives. So now the organization is mine and we''ll be restructering things. Your free to leave but those who are still interested meet up at Swamp Bed City.


    Thus with this all finished my group heads off into the night. With all my pokemon now back out along with Jesse''s and James pokemon. Who are being trained by my growing monsters of a team. The league at a complete lose at who destroyed the team rocket base and gym. But even if they search the network there they''ll get nothing. As thanks to system I completely changed the whole bases network to that of the leagues. As to not leave them any clue or knowledge to find us since team rocket.


    Is about to soar through the stars and become one of the most. Annoying and feared groups out there under my guidance and instructions. So lets give the world a kick up the ?ss and stir things up! Because the Joking Reaper is making a re-emergence!

 Chapter 85 - Swamp Bed City

    News of the Viridian City gym and Team Rocket hq going up flames. Soon spread across the world varioud people and orginaztions completely curious. About what exactly just happened and who caused such a thing. As the attack seemed to be precise and well coordinated. That its made the orginaztions in other regions not think about invading kanto. Just yet any ways as there''s a mysterious threat seemingly looming about in it.


    Even six weeks after the attack it was still talked about with rumors. The main culprits however had been traveling towards the kanto coast. Without a care in the world about what they just did exactly back in Viridian City. As several eggs had hatched and well James had tied the knot with Jesse. Who is pregnant with James kid after that take over attack on Giovanni. So it was basically a joyful time between them all. However upon entering Swamp Bed city which is city built in a swamp along the coast of kanto.


    Everyone turned serious as soon they''ll be meeting any members. That chose to stay as members of team rocket later on this night. For now though everyone but Biazar and Keeper relaxed at a hotel. As the two went to the nearest sea connecting area of the swamp. To lure out Lugia who''s been secretly observing them since they arrived. Once they arrived a partly beach area and waited around a bit. Lugia made her way up from the water onto the swampy beach.


    "Human I see you''ve come here for something as you have no malice."


    Lugia had surprisingly spoken in human tongue so she must of learned it. But this made things more easier as she''s not exactly hostile like Lumia was. So with a smile I nod my head and stretch out a bit looking at her.


    "Yep and since your not hostile I''ll be honest with you Lugia. We found your old friends tomb and a ?h?st full of confirmed legendary eggs. Which I imagine some are yours, so I''ve come to ask if you''d be willing to join me. As you''d get to be with your kids and well I''d like your help. Since apparently we''ll be facing a problem in the future."


    Lugia contemplated my invitation before nodding her head softly. So I stroke her head and decide on a name for her to go by now.


    "Then I look forward to working with you Kaiy?! Also the name is Biazar nice to meet you as well."


    "Mm like wise Biazar, treat me well from now on please."


    But if even five or twenty come then its a good start to rebuild from. So with those thoughts I absent mindly brush pokemon after pokemon. While next door there are the m??ns of Jesse and James resounding. Damn married couple rubbing it in their leaders face.

 Chapter 86 - New Power On The Rise

    Aftrr waiting several hours and mindlessly brushing a pokemon horde. Me, Keeper, Hallow, Meowth, James, and Jesse head out towards the meeting point. All of my other pokemon in their balls relaxing for now. Our meeting point is an abandoned mansion in the city outskirts. That I made sure had no pokemon in it so we take our time walking. As I''ll give those moving hidden a chance to arrive along with us mainly. Though counting their numbers there are about twenty-eight people coming.


    Our walking took around fifteen minutes and by the time we arrived. There was a crowd behind us following us inside the abandoned mansion. Once everyone was inside the door closed with Foster now standing there. Moving towards the old ball room where there''s new furniture and everything prepared. Everyone sits down some where while I stand in the center of the room. With all eye''s on me I relax and smile a b?r?ly seen smile on my lips.


    "Now before I really start everyone I want to know how many of you. Are here just to see if its worth still being apart of team rocket? If those are your intentions raise your hands up."


    Hearing my question and doing as asked about nine people raise their hands. So I give them a nod and look at Hallow which she promptly causes an illusion. Below our feets appears the map of all currently know regions of the world. With any respective orginaztion like team rocket in them lurking.


    "Now first off for those who loved Giovanni I''m sorry but I killed him. As some of his goals were how should I say this, endangerment? Towards your orginaztion since compared to the other ones as you can see. Team Rocket didn''t really have much of a strong presence everywhere. Some orginaztions like Flare and Galactic are present in kanto secretly. But one of the major threats that I say why Giovanni was endangering you all. Is because if you notice these islands close together this is the Alola region. Someone tell me what you see on it!"


    "A rainbow R? Whats significant about that?"


    The one to answer my question was a glasses wearing woman in her late twenties. He silvery hair tied up in a bun neatly behind her head. As she wears the black team rocket uniform with the signature red R.


    "Thats team rainbow rocket.... In alola there''s these wormholes which appear. Lets say every few hundred years for a while till they stop once more. Those are connected to a different dimension which connects to other dimensions. In that dimension however are some rather dangerous creatures that can''t be classified as pokemon. Giovanni wanted these creatures and he went as far as recruiting extra-dimensional help. From each of all these orginaztions that in other dimensions completed their objectives. Now can someone tell me what''d happen if these extra-dimensional leaders may do now without Giovanni?"


    The first to react was Meowth who screamed his lungs out. His worries soon spread to everyone in the room as what he said is right. If these people succeeded once then will they do so again?


    "Don''t tell me those people may try to conquer our dimension next?! What exactly could we do if such a thing happens?!"


    "Good point Meowth thats why I said Giovanni was endangering us all. He invited successful leaders and their people to our world. People who conquered their own and shaped it how they pleased! But we may have a bit of time as they should start fighting amongst each other. Once they realize Giovanni is dead which depending on the victor. We may have a chance to crush them like insects under our feet. Now everyone think if Giovanni has done this then what else did he pull off? If you can understand then please understand why I an outsider took over and cut off all the main heads."


    Everyone dropped the notion of leaving as this has just become a serious matter. A matter that made it not matter much if we''re s criminal group or not anymore. This now concerns literally every last creatures fate as these leaders are all dangerous. So everyone got serious bolting up from their seats and saluting me. Now then lets begin preparing to raise the curtains shall we?


    "Good to see you all being so eager now so I take it this means your ready? As from today forward we shall still be team rocket, but we''ll be playing the anti-hero and anti-villian. Meaning we shall both help people secretly but also continue our old duties. Of a massing a strong army by any means needed! But we have some of the best targets to loot from right below our feet.


    So our first order of business is to train everyone and their pokemon! To do so we shall be moving to the roughest area''s of the kanto region. To travel though I had long prepared something just in case. As I now have an orginaztion I think its best to use it now. Just I must warn you all one of the other organizations has something similar. Now if you''re ready lets go recruit and grow stronger as a orginaztion. We can''t let these plans of Giovanni and other leaders crush us under foot can we?"


    With a loud battle cry all off us left the mansion towards the sea. My ghost pokemon following after us with pleased chuckles. The mansion turned to rubble and then disappeared as dust in the wind. The moon shining brightly upon our group had determined to savagely happy expressions. Taking over wasn''t exactly easy but I did gain at least a good number of people. Who as their field agents quickly realized how fu?k?d we are. Soon upon arriving at the same area I met Kaiy? at with Keeper I touched the area over the water.


    Making it seem like a ripple effect had happened revealing an airship. That can double as a space ship or a submarine that can go anywhere. The air ship was bigger and had literal rail cannons on it. With smaller turrets in places along it ready to cause a rain of death. Comprised of bullets and different energies that can be shot out. The ship looked like VII Paris from space warships intergalactic games. Made by the same people who made world of war ships the game. I msde this out of boredom during my time in sao honestly.


    Seeing this futuristic air ship appear like it just came out stealth. My new followers were surprised but all grinned like children. As if they were just handed a new toy so turning back to them. I chuckle with a savage smile on my face, my eyes glowing a emerald green and crimson red. As the moon shined brightly on us all I declared its time to make team rocket. The most pesky and dangerous orginaztion out there as we suppress the threats.


    "Its time to get stronger and become a pain in the ?ss! We will likely be the smallest in number but we''ll become the strongest. So even if we''re so few people we can crush those other orginaztions and extra-dimensional pest! Now lets get moving we got a date with heaven and hell!"


    At my words everyone their pokemon stormed aboard our new head quarters. Thus one of many curtains raise in a explosive manner. With a new region like super power on the rise with burning determination. Not become corpses and cannon fodder to any orginaztion good or bad. Team Rocket shall come dancing in with a knife going for the throat.

 Chapter 87 - Investigation Training Begins Soon

    Taking off on our mobile head quarters which shall be called the "Zero Point". I stand on the ship bridge with the three multi talented trio. Piloting the ship smoothly which is scary but pleasant to know their talents are this great. So I calmly announce our first destination to everyone aboard.


    "Everyone this Biazar, for our first area of training we''ll be visiting the mystic forest. Its at the very top of the kanto region and its impossible to colonize. As many people and their pokemon seemingly vanish with bones appearing. At the place they entered from a day later on the edge. Your goal for this training session is find out a part or all of the cause. You''ll get a thing to use in case of emergency once you use it you''ll get immediate help.


    Along with me considering the time you spent in there and how much you investigated. Once those are considered you shall be considered to have passed this training. So even if you get eliminated in a minute or a couple of hours. As long as you found a reason and live to be evacuated you pass. So prepare yourselves and your pokemon people! This is no longer a game where the rules are lax if you don''t grow you''ll all die."


    Jessie, James, and Meowth looked back at me asking with their eyes. If they are included in this training so I nodded my head in confirmation. As even if someone is pregnant unless near labor they will train. But not as entensive at first so thats the only leeway they''ll get from me. Jessie seemed distraught at first but she hyped her self up soon. So the other two also got hyped up and ready for this very likely deadly training. This sight makes me smile and very glad I managed to convince these three.


    So with that all taken care of I head out to the teaining grounds on the ship. Where I see all my non piloting members and their pokemon training away. So I let out my own pokemon just the kids I let mainly all of them go off their own. But a few stayed so they''ve been getting trained as well to fight. All I can say is that they''re scary like their parents which I already know I''m scary. Squatting down on the training field edge I watch everyone.


    While beside me sit Keeper who''s recently taken a liking to brushing a mareep he found. While we traveled to Swamp Bed city so I have been watching this one mareep at times. As I swear its wool coat is so damn shiny and soft that its dangerous. Plus the thing is only level eight yet I find its well kept cuteness more dangerous than. A gun pointed at my head as a hyper beam barrels towards me to try killing me. Though Keeper and his sheep aren''t the only one''s by me. As behind me just rubbing my head with her tongue out in bliss. Is Dreamy who for some reason finds extreme joy in petting my head.


    Leaving the two alone I focus on the training of everyone. Which at times even while I looked away I sent rocks at people and pokemon alike. At random with no hints or warnings to train their reaction time and senses. Which a few people have begun to use the rock bullets to harm their partners. While on the pokemon side there''s a few like Rose and Selkie, that completely dodge or erase the rocks. While still fighting their partners without pause so thats good their determined. To keep themselves and their human partners alive from all attacks.


    Smiling like a beserker I picked up the randomness and speed. At times one shot like a train or multiple shot at once. There were even the sporadic buck shot rock attacks done at them. This of course disrupted everyone even Rose who is a close second at fighting. Was thrown off so I got glared at by all of my pokemon at times. But this kind of training went on till supper time which everyone was bruised.


    Yet those in charge of cooking were made to cook still. As they have to get used to the pain of moving while injured like so. Since even I had to do so in three god damn worlds! So this is only fair to do to them all as well since it''ll increase their survivability.

 Chapter 88 - Survive Investigation Training pt. 1, Man Loses to a Mankey

    We arrived at our destination soon and everyone was ready to go. As before me stood all the members of team rocket that stayed with me. Wearing armor and all holding various guns with camping supplies and supplies. Their pokrmon are all ready to go and sitting or standing by their trainers. I nodded my head towards them all before they all started repelling or by some other means. Heading down into the forest where numerous people and pokemon have died in.


    Once they all headed down all that was left on board were me and my pokemon. We all just watched them from aboard the ship. Waiting to see what is going to happen in there. Meanwhile I paid attention to one strange area of the forest. Its an area I just feel like I should burst into and find something in there fast. I don''t entirely know why but this feeling is nagging me to move there. But I stay put to watch over everything and send my pokemon in when needed. So I zone out to ignore this feeling only listening in on the sounds.


    [ Team Rocket Member Vivi ]


    My name is Vivi Crodler a twenty-five year old single male. My parents were the kind to name you some regardless of gender. I joined team rocket to make money as money is life! Anyways right now I''m in one of kanto''s most dangerous areas. For the first part mine and everyone else''s training that the new boss decided. I had my doubts on why we need to do this at first till he explained. Somethings that made sense once we heard them said out loud instead of guessing them.


    Plus we didn''t entirely believe his words about team rainbow rocket that day. Till he hacked a league satellite showing us that Alola region he mentioned. From its stuff we saw video''s and files from that region about this team. Which some of the things they said or did was pretty sickening. After that he began telling us about other things that after seeing and reading about the rainbows. Everyone got scarily serious and some even wanted to go and kill immediately.


    Why can''t everyone just covet money and be happy together? This all is honestly a hassle and I believe money can solve it all honestly. As its money there''s nothing money can''t buy off for a price out there! While grumbling away in my mind my partners Mawile and Hitmontop. Both suddenly knocked away razor leaves making me remember. That I was currently in a forest that can kill me at anytime just what attacked us was. Well a moving corpse of a machoop so guess ghost pokemon are at play. Though its concerning that this thing knew a completely off putting move.


    While we focused on the undead machoop a energy ball whizzed by us. Revealing another moving corpse which was a nidoking thats mostly rotted. Soon more started appearing from within the forest so without waiting. We fought our way out of the area my gun fire and the moves. Loud noises should be pretty alarming that others have to had heard them! Thinking such things hours pass till I''m alone against a tree. My pokemon all dead and gutted like food by those things in our endless running.


    Mawile got suddenly lifted up by vinewhips laid on the ground. Till she was screamingly dragged off in the dark tree tops above. Where blood and other things rained down soon afterwards. But me and hitmontop kept running till eventually a pit opened below us. I managed jump over the pit but from within rotting milotic tail and arboc tails. Jutted out and grabbed him before he was pulled inside screaming as he was murdered. But a bullet seed went through my left side now here I am.


    Against a tree bleeding out slowly as my gun is empty of all bullets. As those things being used like puppets close on my location. So now I''m forced to finally use the rescue signal I was given. As no one ever came and my partners are dead and slaughtered for fu?k sake. The rescue thing we were given is some strange necklace with a bu??on. Once I pressed that bu??on as a psyduck jumped for my head ready to bite it.


    When a loud metallic sound crashed down the psyduck corpse. Turning it into a gross pile of rotting flesh and blood before the loud crackling of thunder. Resounded with trees and corpses exploding and burning up as a war cry resounded. The one in front of me was bosses golurk Keeper a strange fellow honestly. While he was fighting I felt some arms grabbing me from behind. Before next thing I knew was that with a loud explosion I was in the air over the forest.


    I was soon guide towards to medical bay where I see there are five others. Along with their remaining pokemon being treated with them. But everyone was filling out reports even in their conditions. One girl was practically covered in bandages speaking as her Mankey filled it out. Its tail and one of its legs are broken. But out of the two only its still able to fill out the report for them. Which the damn monkey has neat handwriting more so than even me! Its even not going wild like normal mankey''s its calmly and patiently filling out the report!

 Chapter 89 - The Reaper Moves

    very short chapter


    ------------------------------


    After reading all of those reports from those that were brought back. Which became fourteen in total that were rescued from a surprisingly high. Concentration of controlled dead pokemon and human corpses in this forest. So something is guiding these corpses and I think its that tugging feeling. So I''ll be going on a trip soon again while saving my remaining people in there. So I get up from my seat in the bridge and stretch out storing tbe reports.


    Eventually walking out into ship deck looking down into the forest. Clicking a thing in my pants pocket multiple distress signals sound. With all of my pokemon going into the fray while I jump over the railings. Plummeting into the forest below with my old reaper gear on and ready. Upon landing with a destructive and loud banging impact explosion when my feet hit the ground. I look up and see I just plummeted about seven hundred feet? Which only took like eight thousand health from my ridiculous health.


    Looking around though I see my landing has scattered tree''s and destroyed corpses. With the ruins of an old church thats been consumed by tree''s peaking out. Meaning that this place and the nagging feeling I have are all in a destroyed town. Thus without further a due I start walking towards the feeling I''m getting.

 Chapter 90 - The First Real Human Pokemon Experiments, and The Royal Guard

    Walking through what I learned was town ruins of some sort. I head towards the feeling I''m getting which is seemingly coming from a castle? Was this some sort of ancient castle town from a long time ago? This is really Interesting I can''t help but grin at the knowledge I''ll obtain. Thinking such things as I walk I''m occasionally pointing a compact shotgun at corpses. Blowing off the heads as I walk since they don''t care if I''m death.


    Their wails and m??ns are all filled with hate or the d?s?r? to die finally. So I''m just obliging them with killing them all as they come. Just by the time I reached the what I ?ssume is a castle town plaza. The undead puppets are crowding everywhere even the sky is crowded sheesh. These children are eager to die aren''t they? Then guess I''ll be working over time here oh well! Pulling a scythe from my back thats got a blade on both ends I disconnect them from each other.


    Giving me two six meter long scythes in both of my hands. Which upon seeing me so casually get ready to fight without any urgency. This caused the undead people and pokemon to all roar in complete madness. Hearing over what must be six hundred undead roar like that is refreshing. It reminds me of the time I led over half a dolar system of undead. So with a very pleased smile I start my rampage in cutting up the undead. Almost as if I''m their natural predator I mow them down, my eye''s glowing a crimson emerald color. As I cackle and taunt them to come at me or wait to be mowed down like soldiers rushing Normandy Beach.


    My mad mowing rampage continued on till eventually I was drenched in gore. Blood everywhere soaking decaying buildings and the destroyed streets. As all around me are bodies diced, chopped, multilated, and so much more. My scythes however have grown considerably sharper and have started emitting death. So this is a good sign at least as I gained a small amount of deaths influence back. Just I wonder whats gonna happen now as the castle still gives off that feeling. Tilting my head and only thinking about it for a few minutes I continue on. As my appearance is once again returned to how I looked before the gore.


    Such a useful skill I forgot I had it as I''m always clean! Quite literally I''m always so clean that I never change my clothes or anything. Sure I wouldn''t mind be dirty but i just bathed in gore so I''m good. Lost in my own thoughs again I bump into a rusted gate to the castle. Which immediately falls apart with a loud thud which i just enter still. As I entered the castle grounds looking at castle closely I question the artist. Designer as it some screwy Western, Eastern, and Japanese looking fu?k?d up mash up.


    Thinking how ugly this castle looks I b?r?ly notice the group of ten that arrive. Just I immediately notice their not fully human but probably used to be human. As there is fancy dressed girl, a paladin looking old man, a knight female, and the rest are likely knight samurai? Those each and everyone of them has human features with two pokemon mixed together. Making up their current appearances so either this place was shit or got fu?k?d up or both! But I could only stand there for so long before I saw their faces turn to worried ones.


    Next thing I knew I was falling and being caught by the female knight. Who left a thunder trail as she ran and caught me a few inches from the ground. Thinking about it death mainly deals with regrets, anger, sorrow, and mych more. Which I was only surrounded by a lot of sortow and anger. In my weakened state basically that once I took it in from killing everything. It must of messed with me or something as I think there''s multiple gashes to my ribs. Open on my ?h?st under my armor suddenly that I''m bleeding out profusely.


    Ah this is what blood loss feels like huh? Well I''m going to sleep for now. Good night everyone.......

 Chapter 91 - Meeting With A Queen, Is that Really A Mankey?

    So I woke up this mostly desttoyed room with Keeper looming over me. Just looking straight at me that when I woke up he poked my ?h?st with a finger. Which stung like hell so I scream and start batting his beefy golmen hand away! Rubbing my ?h?st carefully i see there''s medicine thats been so stubbornly rubbed into my wounds. That its left a big smear stain on my ?h?st so guess my appearance ability was a pain. Looking around the room I take a guess I''m in that castle as its fancy looking yet destroyed.


    While thinking such things the room door opens and in comes a Mankey with its trainer. Which I know this Mankey fairly well as its so damn professional I question if its a Mankey. As at times it randomly appears around the ship helping out. While never really getting mad unless you fu?k with his cookies that he bakes. Thats right this Mankey bakes cookies and they are to damn amazing that it''s moved people to tears. Seeing the Mankey enter I take note its carrying a tray of food with eight damn cookies.


    I claim those cookies their mine! Taking the tray from the Mankey, Keeper puts it on my ??p as I sit up. The trainer of Mankey who''s a twelve year old girl speaks up once I start eating.


    "Good to see your back up and awake boss! You were out for ten days! We thought you died but all the ghost pokemon kept saying no! So guess you didn''t die after all! So- AAAAAHHHH!! MANKEY STOP TUGGING MY EARS I''M SORRY I''M SORRY MANKEY!!!"


    The Mankey I learned guess acts like her parent so thats why its so calm. Kinda cute when I think about it so I give a small chuckle at the pair. Which gets an embarassed downward gaze from the girl, Mankey as if guessing my thoughts gave a thumbs up. While we all enjoyed our little moment from a broken wall of the room. Kelpy and Dreamy flew in in a hurry from the outside. Tackling me off the bed I was in as Mankey masterfully caught everything from the tray with a spin. Meanwhile on top of me are two messy pokemon crying and rubbing their faces on my ?h?st.


    Which hurts but I just surpress the pain and pet the two crying pokemon. As these two are one of first two that try to painlessly kill everything. Even though Dreamy likes to add a little mocking flare. She is like Kelpy in that she does it with the least pain possible. While I pet the two Mankey feeds me a little forcefully but I eat its food without complaint. This new scene went on for a good thirty minutes before a not so familiar face appeared. It was the female knight who caught me when I collasped suddenly.


    "I see that your lively afterthose wounds, guess thats a good thing honestly. I''m Dali royal knight to the queen, who''ll explain things to you if your up to walking."


    "Sure just let me get up then and we can head out though where is my gear?"


    "Ah your gear was given to your subordinates and taken up to your airship."


    "I see then thank you ms. Dali."


    Pushing Dreamy and Kelpy aside I get up from the floor. Noticing I''m wearing basically black jeans and tan combat boots. Guess someone changed me completely out of my clothing and gear. As I got up I did stumble a bit so I had Kelpy and Dreamy stubbornly carrying my on their shoulders. As I started walking after Dali, Keeper of course being Keeper he towered behind us silently. Mankey and Sia going back to the ship to report in on things with glee. Dali however if I look at her closely I can tell she had the dna of a Boltund a pokemon from a different region.


    As she has its ears on her head and some lightning streaks with its tail. The other is well a Dusknoir since her abdomen isn''t covered and there is Dusknoir''s characteristic stomach mouth there. But other wise she looks completely like a human woman in every other aspect. He hair was a white gold color probably due to the Dusknoir dna. Her eyes were a violet purple with vertical slits as pupils. Meanwhile skin wise she has a pretty healthy and pretty tan color on her body. She is wearing armor made out of probably a Rhydon while carrying a shield made from Shieldon likely.


    Her sword however is dangerous that thing seeme to have been made from metal that. Was very likely super charged with thunder and ghost energy. So its leaking a dark thunder aura of death even while sheathed tightly. Observing her closely I learn her patterns and mannerisms. Learning everything I can about this woman as she may be hostile at any time. That by the time we reached the library area of the castle where the queen stays. I had already learned a lot oc things about Dali with a profile on my augma created all about her.

 Chapter 92 - Learning About Harnal Kingdom

    Walking into the library with Dali and my three tag along pokemon. I''m quite impressed as this place is actually in the largest tower. While even going underground in a spiral of books and everything. So without further a due I immediately mass scan this entire library hoarding the knowledge. As its all copied into a new system folder in categories, based on what the books are for. The number is quite shocking and pleasing as it numbers over eighty-eighty thousand books. A truely impressive library I would gladly steal from this castle at once!


    But I must contain myself I''m meeting a queen apparently. So looking towards one table in the library I spot several people there waiting. One''s a old man with graying hair and a beard with a pale complexion. Wearing some very heavy looking plated armor thats silver with gold trimmings. He seems to have been fused with a Nidoking and a Gengar as his hair does have subtle purple streaks. Along its build but in a more human shape with its tail and horn. While his eye''s are mainly all red like a Gengars eyes are so thats an interesting mix. The group behind him just seems to be all Toxicroak''s but they have Haunter mixed into them.


    As their hands aren''t really attached to them and have a haunter shape. Just their signature spike is on them just longer and more sharp. This queen however seems to be the most human by far. As the only noticeable things are that she has Articuno''s wings and the Sableye''s gems on her hands. Other wise she''s completely human with long curly blond hair, green eyes, and snowy white skin. With a slender figure and well like Dali her br??st probably can be gripped in your hand while slightly spilling out. She''s not exactly wearing a queens attire as she''s in more ?ssassin like gear. With a small golden crown on her head is basically all that says she''s important.


    "Good to meet you finally mr. Chimera, I''m Rene the queen of this destroyed kingdom. This gentleman beside me is general Panzer, then our Toxicroak guards."


    "Well then nice to meet you all, now I won''t beat around the bush. I wanna hear the story of how you all became like you are and how everything fell. As it seems to be an interesting story to listen to about history."


    Hearing me quite clearly want the first Rene and Panzer laughed softly. While Dali had a troubled smile as she looked at me not really being affected by royalty.


    "Haha then I take it your fine already lad? Since Dali our little helpless knight tried so hard. To close and put medicine on your wounds. That she got frustrated and just smeared it all over your ?h?st! Hahaha!"


    The old general is a pretty easy going man isn''t he? His words however struck Dali like daggers as she fell onto he knees screaming in embarrassment. This only made the queen and general pair laugh harder at her antics. It took a while before I could actually get to hear the story.


    R: "Now where to start exactly.... Ah I guess I''ll start with that this kingdom was once called Golden Sun, it fell about two hundred years ago. Before it fell however it was a wonderful place really where everyone was happy. My father was a kind and goofy king beloved by all his subjects. But alas one of our head scientists a woman named Herical betrayed us greatly. She helped our neighbor kingdom Zandice seige us and take over.


    Zandice was one of the eight major powers back in our time period. They were a cruel kingdom that waged war with just about everyone to take land. Our kingdom however was a thorn to them as we protected the smaller nations. So they scouted out our entire kingdom from the ground up. Where they eventually found out that Herical wasn''t pleased and wanted to perform some sickening experiments. So they agreed to help her conduct them if she helped them siege us.


    The thoughts of all the test she could do and not care about the outcome enticed her. That Once everything was under siege and the kingdom was a blaze. She proudly strutted into the throne room with the enemy leaders. Who crushed my fathers head in against the throne with a flying aura fist. My mother and sisters were dragged off screaming by soldiers that had vulgar smiles. My brothers were stabbed to death till they became meat pasta.....


    Everyone you see here are the one''s who survived those sickening experiments. T-that woman laughed and smiled in pure p???sur? and excitement. As she basically killed and tortured people and pokemon alike. She wasn''t a human she was a-a monster.... only a monster could enjoy those things right? No one should find seeing a child explode in pain a pleasurable sight right?! .... Sorry for that anyways after we all broke free from our cages we went on a massacre. Eventually those who died with the strongest regrets revived but not as ghost pokemon. They didn''t want that... They wanted revenge but once they got it they only raised more.


    That eventually every other kingdom and nation all destroyed our two kingdoms. Then made this foresr with the help of Celebi and two other pokemon of legends. Trapping us in here with those things. For all these years.... we can''t even age or die because of the ghost nature we had forcefully fused into us."


    As she basically gave the more simple version I was reading the left out details. Through the system just as she spoke everyone on theur side got depressed and mad. Which they''ve lived here isolated for over a hundred years trapped in this decaying castle. As undead people and pokemon literally walked everywhere hungry for revenge. So I feel the slightest bit of pity for them but the thing reviving in the lower levels needs to die. So I aburptly stand up walking out the library my eye''s glue to the castle center. Everyone else chasing after me in a hurry before we enter the throne room. That was made into the center of the castle for some reason and inside.


    Was the remains the dead kings and prince''s reviving as well. In reaction to the madness reviving way below us suddenly so with multiple snaps of my fingers. The area those things were reviving at in the throne room was erased suddenly. By a flaming blue beam of light that was suddenly shot from the airship. That beam was a will-o-wisp hyper beam, from one of the main cannons on the under side. Only one person can operate that and its James one of the talented trio. Just I''m glad I gave him a seemingly useless device that picks up my finger snapping codes.


    With those all gone before they even revived we head down via Keeper punching holes. Through the floor using focus punch and flame blast on his fist. We went about six rooms down before we ended up in a lab. Face to face with a fu?k?d up revived scientists that the queen remembered. The undead scientists tried to grab my face only to get upper cutted through the holes. Into the sky by Keeper, Dreamy, and Kelpy all suddenly focus punching her violently. So the already mangled dead person had her head pop as her body flew off. Looking up at the body that started falling flame thrower galore ignited it. Turning even the ashes into nothing at all this sight stunned the kingdom group.


    "Well the problem is dead lets go home guys, you guys wanna join us though?"


    My question snapped them all out of their stupor before the followed us. Asking questions as we walked back up and out of the castle that started falling. My answers surprised them all greatly as they didn''t know that the four major continents they knew. Have all either split up into smaller ones or froze over with ice and other things. Then Dali finally asked a question that was important as if they join us it''ll be very bloody.


    "Chimera who exactly is group who do you serve?"


    "We serve no one we''re in this for ourselves mainly as we''re misfits. My group however used to be a purely criminal one under a dangerous ambitious man. That had many dangerous schemes planned and one of them is currently loose. Which if we don''t slaughter all the problems from that one we''ll all die. Now however under me the criminal group is well a chaotic neutral force. That''ll do anything needed to grow and get stronger if its good or bad we''ll do it. So if you do truly tag along with us you''ll see more blood shed and fu?k?d up sights."


    Hearing my response to Dali''s question Rene, Panzer, and the Toxicroak''s all got thinking. Dali however seems to have already made up her mind for some reason as she spoke up quickly.


    "Then I''d to follow you into the depths of madness Chimera. As even if I went elsewhere I''d likely be captured and studied like a new toy. With you however seems to be the safest bet even if it''ll be riddled with corpses and hardship."


    This honest and quickly realized answer surprised me that I started petting her ears. Like some sort of dog which she is part dog honestly. The queen the others all thought about and eventually joined us in our ride to the depths of madness. Thus our group of forty-six people and pokemon grew by ten new additions of an ancient kingdom. Our next journey beginning soon afterwards towards our next destination of four. Before we eventually head off towards the next region to fight our first battle of many.

 Chapter 93 - Howling Valley of Death

    On board the mobile team rocket airship in one of the recreation rooms is a band playing. The song Finish Line by Skillet that Biazar thought them. With Kelpy using her ears as speakers to amplify the sounds of the band.


    "Good evening, my people up in the chandeliers


    The wining and dining, the menu is blood, sweat and tears


    Everybody ready, raining down confetti


    Champions are born right now


    Ain''t about the glamour, click goes the hammer


    Run when you hear that sound


    Heroes never die


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    We know we survive


    Even if we crawl to the finish line


    I won''t believe it, underdog dreamin''


    Don''t need no cheers, world''s gonna see it


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Their dreams just keep dripping out of their golden cups


    I''m starting, I''m starving, leftovers ain''t enough


    Ain''t about the royals, they do nothing for ya


    All you got is you right now


    Who''s gonna falter? Who is gonna conquer?


    Better never count me out


    Heroes never die


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Even if we crawl to the finish line


    I won''t believe in, underdog dreamin''


    Don''t need no cheers, world''s gonna see it


    Heroes never die


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Gonna make, gonna make


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Every day, every day


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Every day, every day


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    Heroes never die


    Gonna make it to the finish line


    We know we survive


    Even if we crawl to the finish line


    I don''t believe in, underdog dreamin''


    Don''t need no cheers, world''s gonna see it


    Gonna make it to the finish line"


    Theses were one of the many songs that Biazar had thought them. To play in their free time the other songs were all in variety as well from love songs to sea shanties. Which the main culprit was sitting behind a bar drinking some fire brand whiskey. As he watched his subordinates enjoying themselves in a grand time today. While the kingdom group was looked at weirdly at first. But soon everyone got over it after they heard the basics of the story from us. Though someone tried to wow Rene at first sight screaming angel be mine. Only to get a steel greave to the jaw as Dali sent them flying for the sudden movement.


    She tried saying sorry but everyone from my side male, female, and pokemon wise all said good job basically. So they must be a problem with constantly trying to wow everyone aburptly. Looking at their medical chart later on revealed their name was Ricardo Swan Bumper. But if you erase somethings off the B or straighten them out you get an H. So its really Humper not Bumper as their family name. Which became a joke amongst everyone quickly enough that day. Now though its been at least three days since then and everyone''s enjoying some fun.


    Panzer has even taken the liberty of training everyone patiently. Rene has become basically a songstress ?ssassin which I don''t mind at all. Dali well she''s been following me around like a puppy after I gave her head pats. So right now as I''m leaning on the bar counter from behind it. She''s drinking some green tea calmly on the other side facing me with a small smile on her lips. This kind of scene became pretty normal to see between us that her queen will make jokes. While everyone else occasionally mouths this kind of joke thats about to be said.


    "Lookits the undying barkeep and his knightly puppy wife enjoying some drinks again."


    This was said by some of my subordinates at a table behind Dali. They occasionally glanced at us and smiled while teasing us very openly. To which I can only put my left hand on my left cheek as I lean on the bar. Taking a drink of my whiskey as I look at the knight trying to not turn red. So I push her bu??ons to get her to say something just I didn''t expect what''d I''d hear.


    "So my knightly puppy wife, why did you get so frustrated at a sleeping me before?"


    "W-w-wife?! who''s your wife you deranged mad reaper that enjoys bathing blood?! If you didn''t pass out I wouldn''t have had to get annoyed with cleaning off your bloody gear! Making me see that monster between your legs or try applying medicine so roughly!! You heathen!"


    Sure this stunned everyone even Rene who was approaching us. But the one thing that came out of my mouth set everyone off into laughing to hard.


    "Virgin huh?"


    This made Dali drop her head onto the counter screaming stop. So I just stroked her head as she let out all of her embarrassment. Everyone else was still dying of laughter which got louder once Panzer heard why. This kind of scene is truly relaxing and nice to have. Well if you don''t care we''re all basically monsters, killers, and or criminals. Eventually though we all went back to our work that we needed to do. Dali followed after me sulking and glaring at me which again. She is Rene''s knight well I guess not anymore but she can do something besides follow me. Sighing I walk in to the bridge and see how things are going with the trio.


    "How are things looking you three?"


    Looking back at me it was Meowth who responded.


    "All things are a-okay! We''ll be arriving at Howling Valley soon boss!"


    "Good then keep going you three, this time the training is purely fighting. So this place is perfect as its full of a lot of dangers within it."


    Hearing what the training was for this time the three shuddered. But they were also excited to take out their frustation on the helpless one''s we''ll be fighting. So I left the bridge afterwards to go prepare in my room for this training. As this time we''ll be facing hordes of enemies so I must prepare carefully. Dali followed me in of course as since I knew she would be following me. I also prepared her some stuff to wear and use for this situation. Which made her eye''s sparkel seeing new armor and some uncommon weapons to her.


    She quickly stripped from her armor without minding me till she got on her new set. Which was light weight yet sturdy swat style armor with a abdomen slit in it. After she had put it on she turned beet red as she realized I just her strip n?k?d basically. Which I must say the lightning bolt streaks that occasionally run across her skin are impressive on her. With a small playful chuckle I throw her a fifteen barreled shotgun behemoth. That she took interest in and shot out my window which what streaked across the open sky. Were dangerous bolts of scattering dark lightning as that gun is a specialized gun.


    Next I threw her a simple heavy shot twelve rounds revolver. That shot bullets that can dent a iron door so the recoil is dangerous for normal people. However a human with the power and stregnth of pokemon should be able to use it. After she got her new gear I got my reaper gear sorted out. Lining up my double scythe, a heavy machine gun, a modified midnight coup, and the T86 ar that used once before. These will be my weapons for this endeavour as I dont need much honestly. Once everything was sorted out we both sat around in ny room watching gym battles. Which we both judged pretty calmly each of the battles we watched.


    After that we found a thing about every current champion playing. Which surprised me as there''s more than ten of them and their pokemon are well groomed. But their all tiedcand bound their respective regions and the league or self righteous freaks sadly. Which reminds me the place we''re going the main league head quarters. Is along the way so I''ll be stopping there to talk to the person in charge. Who runs all the league''s around the world as I need to sow the seeds of paranoia.


    Stopping just above Ashbury city me, Dali, Rene, Panzer, Keeper, Hallow, Ruby, Dreamy, Foster, and Kelpy descended. Into an alley way near the league headquarters before heading over to it. To begin our infiltration and secure our meeting with the head of it all. As we entered through the front doors everyone inside the lobby. Was put under an illusion and hypnotized as we walked through it into a hidden elevator. Just through one of the doors by the reception desk before taking it up. Directly towards the heads office which upon the door opening bullets tried to rain.


    Only to get get frozen in the air before being crushed inti a big ball. Kelpy singing a song targeted at all the people holding guns. Which put them all into a soundless sleep like puppets cut from their strings. The league head was a very wrinkly old man trying to press a bu??on. But sadly for him Dali and Rene had soundlessly and quickly arrived by him. Restraining him while Keeper blocked the door using his body. Panzer had broken the elevator as he stepped out of it. Using his fist to simply jam it in place roughly with a loud crushing sound.


    "Well hi League chairman Fogmar we''re here to talk with you. As there''s some things you may just wanna hear or well heh you''ll see endless deaths."


    Hearing my words the old mans wrinkly face became serious as he eye''s opened. A cold murderous and ruthless glint in them shining brightly. So I chuckle as this man is really remarkable in appearance he just looks a random old man. But those eyes they are the eyes of a man who has seen and done plenty.


    "What do you mean exactly you criminal?"


    "Hey I''m only part criminal as I did help you clear the undesirable members of team rocket. Though you probably thought they were destroyed sadly no I took over and started restructuring things. So the group isn''t really full on criminal anymore but a jester of sorts now."


    "What do you mean? And what is it you wanted to tell me?"


    "Well team rocket now is basically a chaotic neutral group and force. We''ll be acting in both good and bad ways in all complete honesty. Just we won''t try to involve bystanders only the other organizations. Now onto the troublesome things it''d be best to show you it, as speaking can be taken as lies. So mind if I hack the computer and systems in here old man?"


    "You''ll do so even if I said no so go ahead then!"


    With a huff the old man relented so I took out a pokeball. Letting out Helix who I told to take over this rooms systems and the computer. She quickly got to work and started pulling up our network. In which I started showing off everything related to a problem. That Giovanni or another leader would likely try pulling, even about team rainbow rocket. Seeing all of this evidence and predicted outcomes Fogmar''s eye''s got colder. That after a good ten hours of talking and everything I gained the chairman''s help. He''ll be doing the surface work as we do the dirty bloody work below the surface.


    We left like illusions before we got caught now its up to Fogmar to do his part. While we do ours as things are about to become greatly shaken soon. Our airship heading towards Howling Valley once more after this stop. To resume my training plan for everyone to get better at surviving.

 Chapter 94 - Side Story: Ash and Pikachu Get Punished

    May not really be good as its basically me just more distracted by imaging a warm fluffy pile of warm fluffy things that I got very distracted sorry


    ____________


    [ Cyndaquil Rest Village ]


    Me, Jessie, James, Meowth, and my pokemon are stopping by a interesting village. As we bead towards Swamp Bed City to meet the remaining team members. As we stopped by the village to see the interesting sight we were told about. We saw Ash and his friends are also here just Ash he uh. Took a buff girls leg to the nuts then got flung into some water as she picked up a girl. So if ash is here something bad is going to happen here. I''ll kill him before his horrendous luck kills a Cyndaquil.


    Speaking of which there is a Typhlosion walking through the streets as it carries. Some playful and sleeping Cyndaquil''s on its back while emitting heat. Heh cute sight I want to pet them all and give them some sweet spicy curry. So without fear I approached the strolling Typhlosion family. Taking some spicy pokebits from my pant pockets offering it to them. Seeing the food the little ones even the sleepers all perked up. While their guardian just held up an arm with a short losion towards me. Chuckling softly I give the little ones some pokebits to eat.


    For the Typhlosion however I gave it some big spicy milktank jerky. To eat from my inventory as I gave its head a little stroke as it ate the jerky. Its soft and pretty damn warm I could cuddle this pokemon to sleep. Speaking of which that was my purpose in coming here, to catch and cuddle the warm things! The trio left to explore the village as I just kept petting and feeding Cyndaquil''s, Quilava''s, and Typhlosion''s. Sometimes even doing a little more which when its like that I don''t mind my forced role. As its just basically cuddling and pleasing a warm pillow or bed.


    Which people can deny it but at some point we''ve all humped the bed or a pillow. This experience is just having those squeeze and breath fire or have the back side flare up. Which I even stumbled upon a Typhlosion acting as a campfire for kids in a alley. So that was pretty nice as it was basically letting them roast food with its flames. Keeping up with my little adventure I eventually find a pond in a cave. Thats being illuminated by these glowing dark blue, purple, stary, and a white crystal on the cave ceiling.


    Making a pretty artificial stary sky in the cave that a group of Typhlosion''s are enjoying. As they watch their kids play around or in the cave pond water. Seeing me they all were a little apprehensive but either by my smell or non-threatening approach. They all calmed down letting me approach them and hang out without them. Till Ash showed up three hours later with his Pikachu and fu?k?d things up! He done fu?k?d things up right in the middle of me brushing a Cyndaquil! A random Zuubat attacked his face as he hit accidentally and Pikachu attacked it.


    Which thunder went everywhere blowing up the crystals. That were going to star falling so I hurriedly started shooing the pokemon out. Sometimes kicking a crystal into shards or storing them as they fell. One giant piece nearly crushed a falling Quilava couple till I slid along the ground saving them. As that damn thing landed on my right leg practically crushing my bones. Before I could store the crystal though two very abnormally big Typhlosion''s lifted it up. As the Quilava couple with their teeth grabbed my shirt collar dragging me off. My leg looking like a mangled bloody mess, not flattened and gone but really fu?k?d up.


    As everyone fled the cave with me now being carried by one of the Typhlosion''s. The villagers were out around the entrance screaming or crying. When saw me being carried by a Typhlosion with my right leg still bleeding a lot. A doctor and a Chancy hurriedly rushed over to start treating it. But looking over at the two culprits I point at Ash and Pikachu screaming.


    "YOU IDIOTS YOU NEARLY KILKED ALL THE WARM CUDDLY POKEMON!! WITH HITTING A ZUUBAT AND YOUR DAMN THUNDER!! YOU EVEN DESTROYED SUCH A PRETTY SIGHT AND PLACE THESE POKEMON ENJOYED FUCK YOU BRAT AND YOUR DAMN RAT!!"


    Hearing my sudden out burst of anger everyone and every pokemon looked at them. As they awkwardly scratched their cheeks trying cutely laugh it off with a sorry. But no one was having it as two Quilava''s burnt their rears suddenly. A Typhlosion punching Ash''s gut, Pikachu became a soccer ball. Cyndaquil''s kicking him around till eventually they both were being tossed around. By humans and pokemon for causing such a dangerous mess and trying to be cute about it. The Quilava couple and the Typhlosion duo never left my side for some reason. So I took a look at them all through the system.


    Which made me cough blood mentally as the Quilava''s are sisters yet recognized as mates. The Typhlosion''s are their parents so their not leaving because the family is saying thanks. Though thinking of it I quietly take out four pokeballs and offer it to each of them. Which they all did touch the bu??ons on them getting caught willingly. Just I feel like I''m being thanked in a very weird way but I accept the warm fluffies!


    -------


    I''ll just stop there I want am going to far with thinking of cuddling the warm fluffy things

 Chapter 95 - Survive The Valley War

    Right now I''m dancing and singing as I slash and gun down creatures. By now I''ve lost track if their human or pokemon I just know my people are safe. As I am here killing till the last enemy drenched in blood from head to toe. But I still gladly sing out a song I remember in a cheerful deranged voice. My eye''s are glowing like blazing crimson emerald fires as I smile widely.


    "I don''t mean to sound conceited to those who just don''t know me


    It''s a sad life I''ve been leadin''


    But only because it can get lonely at the top


    My homies know it''s lonely at the top


    Nowhere to go now, so we gotta drop


    I''m blowin'' up, don''t ever plan to stop


    Hang up my banner, damn, I make it pop


    What''s a legend but fictional history?


    With its origin shrouded in mystery?


    Definition don''t sound like it fits me


    If I go down then I doubt they''ll forget me


    Got you runnin'' - I''m gunnin'' for victory


    When I come in no one can predict me


    Just like an unwritten prophecy - nobody thought I''d be


    Top of them all, but I''m gonna be


    I don''t mean to sound conceited, but if you don''t know me


    It''s a sad life I''ve been leadin'', cuz it can get lonely at the top


    Look at me, undefeated, I''ll leave ''em in pieces, I''ve become elitist


    Cuz when I tell you, hell, I mean it


    That it gets so lonely at the top


    (Lonely at the top)


    Hit you like Spitfire, got you thunderstruck


    Bad time to Flatline, I can pull the plug


    Show some Devotion to the hole you dug


    Back down or tap out - how''s your luck?


    You wanna play with the big dogs until a tragedy happens


    Add the fact that we''re rabid, stacking up caskets


    Where is your tag at? Nobody grabbed it


    Line up to die if you''re tryna get past


    I don''t mind killin'' time with the traffic


    I''m on the Prowl, but I don''t need a Wingman


    Float like a bu??erfly, but I can sting man


    Nothing but headshots, wait till I ping it


    Serve up the Hemlok, go on and drink it


    When I come in zipping with force


    And kickin'' in doors, bitches hit the floors


    I looted a body with shit in its drawers


    Not pointing fingers, I think it was yours


    I don''t mean to sound conceited, but if you don''t know me


    It''s a sad life I''ve been leadin'', cuz it can get lonely at the top


    Look at me, undefeated, I''ll leave ''em in pieces, I''ve become elitist


    Cuz when I tell you, hell, I mean it


    That it gets so lonely at the top


    (Lonely at the top)


    Maybe I''m conceited, but it ain''t right to fight it


    I don''t mean to sound conceited, but if you don''t know me


    It''s a sad life I''ve been leadin'', cuz it can get lonely at the top


    Look at me, undefeated, I''ll leave ''em in pieces, I''ve become elitist


    Cuz when I tell you, hell, I mean it


    That it gets so lonely at the top


    (Lonely at the top)"


    As I sing my pace picks up following the tempo of the music I play in my head. Till eventually I cause an explosion from my scythe striking the ground. All life and corpses around me getting swept up and destroyed by the thunderous explosive waves. My scythe however it still stands strong with only one crack along it. But that eventually vanishes as it bubbles over regenerating like a living creature. As deaths scythe can''t be destroyed it must survive to reap everything it master wants dead.


    The area around me is one big crator dyed by blood and dust. With me alone standing in the center as the last standing thing falls. That disgusting giant G for team galatic breaking apart. So I take my leave while huffing before eventually collasping from the worst exhaustion ever.


    [ Four days earlier after just arriving at Howling Valley ]


    We''ve just arrived at the outskirts of the second most dangerous place in kanto. However I''ve had a very displeased expression on my face since then. As there is to much recent anger and resentment in this valley and the souls are howling. For the death of those wearing the clothes that bear a G on them for killing them. Closing my eyes I focus on my breathing and for once I combine life and death. Sending out a weao pulse of both I sooth the anger and let them become vibrant plant life. After thats done I pick up a device connected to the airships intercom system.


    "To all members this training has changed its also a war now. Targets are team galatic who has sent up base up here for some reason. So prepare not for just pokemon but humans everyone. None of these rats live pass this point they''ve done something terrible here. The different dimensional Cyrus might of teamed up with the ours. If so then we''ll abandon the rest of the training and go straight to an all out war. But you all will carry out your training as planned I''m going in alone to find out."


    Dropping the device I stomp it to pieces before disembarking early. My sudden burst of movement making the ship rock heavily. But I had already disappeared with multiple silent bursts from the sound barrier. From pushing my body to its limits for speed, I was already above a target. Who it didn''t matter that that they were a twelve year old brat they reeked of death. So coming down with a sudden downward jump mid air. I land before the young girl with a explosion as i grabbed her face with a hand. My eyes locked onto her as she struggles in fear of the reaper.


    "Where''s your base tell me you twisted brat..."


    She took a knife hidden from under her pants leg trying to stab me. So I flicked her arm watching it become blood vapor as she screeched in pain. As she wouldn''t shut up I used the psychic ability I gained from Ruby. Forcibly getting the information I want from her mind violently. This turned her into a brain dead vegetable, throwing her away. She lands in the den of houndooms where they greedily devoured her body. Moving on I drew a one handed serrated scythe from my inventory. Along with a seven barreled rotating one handed shotgun with it as I advanced.


    As I went any pereon or hostile pokemon in the way was purged. All the way up till I was standing in their hidden base drenched in blood. Looking down on their section leader who was clenching the stub of their former left leg.


    "YOU DAMN MONSTER SO YOUR THE ONE WHO TOOK OVER TEAM ROCKET!! WHY ARE YOU HEEEEERREEEE?! YOU DAMN MONSTER YOU INTERRUPTED OUR IMPORTANT WORK OF FORCING MANY KINDS OF EVOLUTIONARY TECHNIQUES!! BOSS CYRUS WILL HAVE YOUR HEAD YOU MONGREL YOU MONSTEROUS MONGREL!!! DIIIIIIIEEEEEEEE!!!"


    They went mad and smashed a botton on their desk as they crawled up it. Soon the sound of a horrible hypnotic buzzing was heard as they laughed. Before a hyper beam tore through the base vaporizing them completely. The culprit was a badly misformed mega evolved Blastoise. Its cannons partically melded into its body. Its shell was visibly melting away as its body was breaking down. Behind it though were many more sick jokes done by this team. There''s even a kid no less than three turned into a horrible human Skarmory fusion.


    Without thinking anymore I left the base as it was blasted full of holes. Then everything red as I started singing a song my focus becoming murderous.


    "Do you mean to challenge me?


    Your whisper may sway the weak, but when I speak it roars the sea.


    Your challenge has been met, because with a breath I could snap your neck.


    This won''t be like the first time you tried, because my patience and mercy for you has run dry.


    You''ve watered among my bride and started seeds to feed your throning flight.


    I will sing to the world your storm is capturing and the angels will join me...


    We will sing to a world reborn from suffering.


    But mark my words, because if that tree keeps them from seeing me


    I will burn off your limbs and you will never shade again.


    You will bow at my feet or I''ll rip out your knees and make of your face all the carnage you crave.


    I am the Finisher and I am Forever.


    I will sing to the world your storm is capturing and the angels will join me...


    We will sing to a world reborn from suffering.


    From the armories the angels sing. You will see them end this suffering.


    From the armories the angels sing. You will fear them when they lift their wings.


    They will sing to a world reborn.


    They will sing as I cut off your horns.


    I''ll cut off your horns."


    My body only moved and danced to the tempo, time became meaningless. Only the slaughter of my enemies and these suffering souls became important. I will not rest till you all die and are put to rest so perish for me! Perish and become happy in the next life or burn in hell forever!


    [ End of flash back, Current time will resume shortly ]

 Chapter 96 - A Strange Gathering and War On The Horizon

    Waking up I take a look around me only to notice several things. One I''m in a forest that Celebi resides in from one of the movies. Second I''m being stared down by eleven legendary pokemon three of which I''ve caught. So without any hesitation as they''re looking at me I poke them all. Starting from Celebi, Mew, Mewtwo, Lumia, Kaiy?, Suicune, Entei, Raikou, Moltress, Articuno, and Zapdos. Who all are surprised by my sudden poking but Mewtwo who I''m gonna call Glacial, Lumia, and Kaiy?. All let out a small bemused chuckle as they''ve watched me from their balls.


    So when they thought of it my sudden poking was like me. As even being around this many legends the first thing I do is poke as their not scary to me. Celebi took a second to process what happened before giggling like a child. Suicune, and Articuno just looked at me like weird motherly figures. Zapdos was surprisingly flustered and hit its head on a tree from jolting up suddenly. Moltress, Entei, and Raikou all looked at me like I''m stupid for not showing fear at them.


    L: "You three I wouldn''t even think about reprimanding him at all. I tried fighting him for our eggs when we first met and I got bullied. But the after reward for stopping was plesant after four hundred years!"


    K: "I heard about your little beat down and I can only say you were stupid."


    G: "Even from within my ball sleeping I could hear your suffering then excitement. Perverted luck bird god you were very loud!"


    The three''s exchange left the rest of us stupified till Articuno interjected. Which Articuno sounded like some sweet gentle female as her voice was soft and warm. Just I also learned after her speaking that legends can change gender or have none at will.


    A: "Hmm well Ho-Oh you were rash but it ended well I see so thats good. Lugia your still blunt and don''t hide your feelings at all still. Though it seems around this man you can exercise this fact freely. While you child you were made by the humans of this era for war. But we knew of another one just like you, they were a good but destructive child. Till they got skewered by Yveltal''s tail then flung around like a ragdoll.


    Because they destroyed her first egg ever had and then died for it. Yveltal started draining all life in a two hundred mile radius trying to give it to the smashed egg. So please if you meet her don''t attack her if she suddenly attacks, she still holds a grudge."


    Hearing this Glacial looked like she just got bitch slapped by fate. While I only pitied the poor death bird who is still mad over that egg apparently. Good thing I probably have her other one in that ?h?st so I''ll be nice to her about it. Though if she tries attack my fist is gonna sink into her gut suddenly. The bird trio all had far away looks as if they suffered from the grieving death god. The beast trio however only silently grumbled about the life god Xerneas. Celebi has landed on my head and started singing a melody care freely.


    This kind of little meeting went on for a few hours as during it. Lumia incited a very hip breaking incident of events to happen. But no one can really say they''ve done this proudly unless their lucky. Though now I''ve got a new batch of strange ancient monsters besides Keeper. So now I''ve got Lumia(Ho-Oh), Kaiy?(Lugia), Glacial(Mewtwo), Nectra(Celebi), Enia(Mew), Fuslia(Moltress), Jesial(Articuno), Liska(Zapdos), Puri(Suicune), Helios(Raikou), and Lull(Entei). As I''m being flown out of the forest while laying on Jesial''s back prunning her feathers.


    Our destination is team rockets airship as we''ve got a war to go to. Cyrus needs murdered and his team erased completely from the living. So team galatic is about to become a bunch of mangled stars! Though the occasional spacial ripples on my scythe blade are annoying. As I know who is trying to appear but is pretty unsuccessful! Don''t rush ya giant devil looking snake you''ll be free soon! After all we''ll be seeing eachother soon after or during Cyrus''s execution!

 Chapter 97 - Short Story: Recounting Ash and Pikachus known beatings

    Hm I wonder how many times I''ve witnessed Ash and Pikachu getting beat up. As there was the cave incident in that Cyndaquil villiage. But thinking back on all the random times I''ve seen them. I think I''ve lost count on how many times I saw them get hurt for stuff. So taking out my sketch book and a belt of a thousand pencils from my inventory. I start sketching up alll the times I can rememberthem being beat up.


    The time after the Cyndaquil incident we stopped by a literal ten house area. That was more like a ranch with four hundred thousand and eighty-six hundred acres for each house. With some snowy mountains about five miles behind them all that occasionally blew snow into your face. Stopping by there we saw them raising a lot of ice and fire type pokemon with the occasional Onix. Just from one of the ranches we witnessed a yellow rat and a boy fly. Brock and Misty chasing after them as the owners stood there with dead fish eye''s.


    So Ash was probably a disgusting pervert over new pokemon again. The next time was after we left for the forest a Machop had flung them. Right through a wall as Ash had seemingly tripped and hurt a little girl. That the Machop liked taking care of as an elderly man told us a fun story. That apparently that Machop and a Machoke ran an orphanage in that village. So that explained the frilly apron wearing Machoke in the market. Though they both threw Ash and Pikachu a lot for being annoying so I pity the walls.


    But geeze theres like what? probably eight more times I''ve seen them get hurt? Recounting all those would be a pain so I''ll just sketch the time. Mrs. Golsfree and Ash met as that''s the time he purposely kept getting hurt. Taling out a fresh fifth pencil I start drawing out the memory.


    [ Watching from an alley way with Kelpy ]


    That damn perverted old lady Golsfree is in this town why?! We ducked into an alley across the street before being spotted by her. As she stopped out front of a story that turned out to be. One of her branch stores. Talking to the manager of as she gropped the poor girls face awkwardly. Then she spotted Ash and his group which the old lady took the fu?k off. Not hobbling like an old person but actually running to touch them.


    Shortly after Ash told Pikachu to self destruct with thunder. Making him and the yellow rat go off flying into the sky with the old lady following them. So before the landed they usually harassed a pokemon or a person. To keep being sent flying even through a window and out through another. They kept such antics up for nearly eight hours with that pervert relentlessly chasing.


    Till at the eight hour and one minute mark they finally stopped. Ash and Pikachu were complete train wrecks with blood sticking to them. But they''re miraculously alive some how even though I put a death curse on them. The old lady was out of breath and being escorted to a black armored jeep. So after watching such a thing me and Kelpy left, Hallow following us as she ate popcorn. Don''t know when she appeared but she was apparently watching everything too.

 Chapter 98 - Very Short Chapter: Declaring War

    Well complaints are there and so I changed up a few things about the book along with basically I''m gonna try writing even in small details even at the cost of brain hurting or being blank that I wanna stop writing the damn chapter but also this chapter 98 two away from 100 just i know either water_merchant or undead_progenitor are gonna be the first to comment which one likes my weirdness and talking, the other likes my weirdness/floundering/talking so well you two i like you and Scientistsx you get your wish next chapter!


    _____________________


    After returning back to the the team rocket hq with my new additions with me. I sit in the ndidge of the ship silently compiling a list of mg current teams. The tattoos on my body in places I silently rub in a lonely manner. Looking at the list though I see its surpringly long.


    [List of teams I have:


    Basically myth team: Chaco(Holy Dragon), Myriad(Myth), Jackson(Myth), Halo(Myth), Mira(Myth), Ruth(Myth), Mystic(Myth), Draco(Myth), Fawn(Myth), Larve(Myth), Grundal(Myth), Sax(Myth), Prim(Myth), River(Myth)


    Pokemon team: Rory(Skarmory), Eclipse(Silvally), Kelpy(Noivern), Skylar(Flygon),


    Elaine(Milotic), Midnight(Absol), Ruby(Mew), Selkie(Mimikyu), Hallow(Zoroark), Rose(Infernape), Niarel(Kommo-o), Savage(Mightyena), Fright(Mightyena), Gnoll(Mightyena), Pace(Mightyena), Yoru(Mightyena), Fran(Mightyena), Storm(Mightyena), Chloe(Mightyena), Lumia(Ho-Oh), Kaiy?(Lugia), Glacial(Mewtwo), Nectra(Celebi), Enia(Mew), Fuslia(Moltress), Jesial(Articuno), Liska(Zapdos), Puri(Suicune), Helios(Raikou), Lull(Entei), Helix(Rotom), Pearl(Sableye), Foster(Banette), Nightmare(Dusknoir), Dreamy(Dragapult), Burial(Mismagius), Keeper(Golurk), Shade(Haunter)]


    As I looked over this list I rubbed above my heart with a sigh. Picking up another pile of papers I look through all of them carefully before deciding upon something. So I take out my phone thats been with me for almost a thousand years now. Calling up the league chairman to let him know of the coming event. Letting the phone ring a bit I hear it click meaning the call has connected.


    "Yes hello who is this? How are you calling my directly?"


    "Hello chairman Fogmar its been awhile since we last spoke."


    "Oh its you boy, what is it this time you deranged criminal?"


    "Just letting you know I''ll be going to war with Team Galatic soon. For somethings they have done here in our area thats disgusting and executionable for doing. So if I were you until I call again don''t let the other region branches or anyone else know. As their spies and blabber mouths everywhere chairman Fogmar."


    "Fine thats duely noted mr. Chimera I''ll await your future call."

 Chapter 99 - 18+ Fun and Cyrus Gets A Rude Laser Blast

    Leaving the bridge I whistle a low melody tune as I walk down the halls. Which causes the sounds of rushed flapping and thunder to be heard. Quickly approaching me from seperate hallways as if their lives depended on it. Soon after I enter a cross section of hallways the sounds get louder. Before I''m made to spin catching Rene the Articuno and Sableye human hybrid expirement in my left arm. While in my right is Dali the Boltund and Dusknoir hunan expirement hybrid. These two girls are for better or worst my right and left hand if I had to say anything. Looking up at me the two speak up in unison, their eyes sparkling.


    R/D: "Yes master Chimera what can we do for you right now?"


    B: "Well first off Rene you quickly got over being a queen huh? Second, Dali you seem to have made me your new default master as a knight as well. Third, How do you two feel about marriage and kids?"


    R/D: "Yes we accept so don''t say another word okay?"


    R: "Also yes I told my old companions from our ruined kingdom I''m no longer their queen. Though I had force your puppy knight to accept this fact and to be your knight from now on."


    Hearing Rene my knight her face turned beet red in the face. As her ears generated an electric line between them thats doing funny things. Meanwhile her tail was shyly wagging behind her as she buried her head into my arm.


    D: "It''s not so bad and I accepted the fact now...."


    B: "Thats good then though I don''t get why you both so readily agreed. To my unfinished proposal I was making towards you both."


    R: "Hehe well you usually drink tea together with me even though you mix in whiskey. After every mission you send me on to gather information or for ?ssassination. You check my whole body with a serious face and very tenderly treat any injuries. You''ve also taken me out on dates as rewards for a perfect job done."


    D: "Y-you usually are very perceptive with me around you master. Even when a Scyther had tried cutting your neck in a city alley way. You stood there with it stuck in your neck waiting for me to dispose of it. Afterwards you gave me some head pats and jokingly complained that my bandage was unnecessary. During our breaks from being out and about in the lounge at the bar. You usually always refill my tea cup as I finish it without me asking you to. Or you usually give me some kind words before bed for doing a great job during the day...."


    B: "Strange reasons but if you find those romantic then I won''t stop you two. As I''ve read of or heard of weirder things as to why people fall in love. Though its been a short basically five months of knowing each other in total. I''ve come to like you both though I think marriage will have to wait. Unless you want basically to have a rushed wedding on the ships main deck."


    With some giggles the two cover their mouths though Rene looks cute doing so. Dali looks more like she''s going to cough blood for some reason. With a few small chuckles I lead the two off towards a hidden room on the ship. That I''ve used to sleep undisturbed plenty of times before. Which I''m very thankful for as it is literally a room thats hard to find. Unless your a ghost pokemon, Hallow, or Kelpy then you can''t find it unless you break the walls. Leading them inside such a room I chuckle at their stumbling from the sight


    As its pretty lavish with candels that don''t really melt lighting it up. Its gives a sort of romantic feeling for whats about to happen. As I plan to claim the two before the slaughter fest about to happen. Chuckling I silently encourage the two too strip out of their clothing. As mine is flung off from my body behind them as they stutter in their movements.


    B: "What are you both v?r??ns?"


    R/D: "Sadly yes!"


    B: "Then that''ll be gone in a matter of minutes."


    Getting a shriek and m??n out of the knight as I just broke her h?m?n. Before doing the same to Rene who eeped loudly behind her wings. As her v?r??n?t? was just taken like that by a man. She was starting to fall in love with after a couple of hundred years. She and her most loyal friend have just given themselves up for the first time to someone. Soon the room was filled pleasurable m??ns and some eeps from the two women. As I was thrusting into the cute former queen, as I playfully bit Dali on the neck getting a couple eeps from her.


    While I work my h?ps and thrust into Rene''s woman hood, pushing her wings out the way. I tease and play the struggling knight who''s getting bit playfully. As a I finger and stir up her insides getting m??ns ad trembling out of her. She squirmed around gripping the bed sheets, Rene was now clinging to me clawing my back. As small ice spots started forming along the walls from her emotions running high. Dali was producing small sparks of dark lightning along her body for the same reason. Chuckling to myself a bit I start thrusting roughervand deeper into Rene.


    Making the ex-queen squirm and scream out loudly in p???sur?. Before aburptly pulling out of her and plunging into Dali roughly. Rene getting the treatment that she was getting just minutes before. The screams and m??ns went on for about half a day till Hallow and Kelpy who had. Take on a human appearance through realistic illusions from Hallow. Had barged into the room jumping onto us with mischievous and shy laughter. My head getting buried in between two pairs of scarily real illusional br??st.


    Hallow had taken on the appearance of a tan skinned beauty. With emerald green eyescand waist long dark hair with red bangs in it. Her bu?? was pretty plump and her br??st were probably big enough for a larger bra. Kelpy looked like Fuutaba from persona five basically just with some very big br??st. Dark hair and noivern ear styled headphones on her head that are oddly nice. Though she was pretty embarrassed by this whole act being enticed by Hallow very likely. I was soon being drained and ridden in turns by the four girls.


    Just Kelpy looking like a human seems to have ignited something in her. As she was wuite rough and possesive over me during the two day fun. That had to sadly end as we were entering Sinnoh air space in thirty minutes. I left the room dressed as four girls followed behind me walking. Pretty awkwardly though It seems Kelpy likes her human appearance that I had to make her something. So right now even without Hallows illusion she still looks human outwardly. As she hums happily with her eye''s squinted to the point of being closed.


    As we all enter the bridge every current member of team rocket is present. As we slowly approach the nearest coastal city housing a galatic base. Once we''re over it without hesitation we fire a will-o-wisp beam cannon down right in the middle of the city. At a construction site of one of Cyrus''d company buildings a top the base. As from speakers outside the ship I annouce our intentions. Our ship uncloaking right above the city blocking out the sun.


    "Team Galatic this is team rocket and as of now we declare war on you all, and your emotionless boss. So prepare to be slaughtered like Giovanni I''m coming for you mr. ceo."


    After that message our ship disappears as I call the league chairman. Telling the old man that the war begins now so if he wants in on the action. To tell his people to pay attention where we''ll be striking at to flush the rats towards one direction.

 Chapter 100 - War Act One: The Reaper Invades and Recruits

    All the war acts will relatively short for cliff hangers and to make you guess events.


    --------------------------


    After bombing the first team Galactic base basically with a laser. We moved around the region attacking them all at random with no real pattern. Granted we also started checking them just in case a lake guardian was captured. See as how none were yet by Cyrus we kept up our random attacks. Forcing any survivors towards their Mt. Coronet base, which after having our ghostly friends look around it. We found two of three lake guardians, Giratina''s orb, along with Palkia and Dialga. So something wrong is up here something very wrong is up here.


    My feeling of something being wrong would later be confirmed as a top Mt. Coronet. Were two Cyrus''s looking for our airship as theirs was in full view. For now we must get the orbs and those two guardians from the base first. So with a loud clap on the bridge of the ship I gather everyone''s attention.


    "Alright people we''re going to split up a team needs to go inside the base. Getting those bloody orbs and two very likely hurt lake guardians. While another stays here and destroys that ship before us with pure agression. However, since I''ll be ran sacking the base only I may need to go which I probably will. So guess its not really teams but we''re still splitting up."


    Some chuckled some just started priming every last weapon on here. So with a small chuckle I left the bridge and eventually with all of my pokemon on me. Dive bombed through the base roof right on top of what must of been Cyrus''s wife. But now she''s just popped and squished gore everywhere in the room. There''s even some traumatized goons how cute is that. Chuckling softly flicking my finger in the air a bit I erased their heads. Then began sauntering my way out of the first room as all of my pokemon legendary or not. Started leaving their balls and running amok around the base happily relieving stress and anger.


    While they do that with the mightyena pack and Puri. I explore the base when I hear fighting up above in the sky meaning war has truly begun. Chuckling softly to myself I picture those two Cryus''s faces warpping in anger. While Puri is strangling a admin from team galatic who''s guards have become indisposed of. Since as we were walking through the halls they came running to us without pokemon. Only guns and knives which ended poorly for them but that admin lived. So I''ll ask them some questions before Puri snaps his neck.


    "Puri please lighten up your strangling a bit I want to ask them stuff."


    Once she did as I had requested the admin only started berating me. So I grabbed their legs and crushed them withva smile on my face. Getting screams of pain and curses in return for doing so.


    "Heh where''s the orbs and the lake guardians if you dont speak I''ll just look through your head. Either way you end up dead plus speaking gives you the right to a last message."


    With a grimmace on their face they reluctantly speak up. The look of resolve to die in their eyes firmly that I''ve changed my mind. I''ll be taking this person back with me and brain washing them into my cause.


    "The lake guardians and the orbs are being guarded by admin Sapphire. You''ll find them in the science wing holding up and prepping to use them."


    "Thank you now go to sleep I''ve changed my mind young admin. We''ll be seeing eachother soon once again till then sleep soundly."


    With a confused experssion they were soundlessly put to sleep. By Puri suffocating them in her ribbons and a fragrance. Soon Nightmare appeared and took them away with a maniac laugh.

 Chapter 102 - Punishment and The Gun Hero

    [ Are you awake now Host? ]


    "The fu?k you want after chaining me in place to the world road?"


    [ Its time for your judgement as you went over board and endangered a world. ]


    "Pff I was only farming villains and planning to eat that bitch."


    [ In accordance to your actions and how far you went off the deep end. I have decided with many gods consolations on the matter of this case. That to preserve the balance its best for your memories besides your weapon and other miscellaneous knowledge. To here by erased, your personality altered a bit, and all previous worlds you visited. Those timelines shall be erased from Akashic Records permanently. Your monsters besides Myriad who is truly soul bound to you.


    Shall be purged from existence but due to some request from your previous world. The following Hallow, Kelpy, and Dreamy shall be joining you on your new semi permanent journey. Your level and stats shall be reset to the b?r? minimum for the new world. Some of your skills shall be removed due your punishment and the verdict. However the remaining skills and affinities can not be reset due to soul damage. All previous title but two shall be removed, 2nd Lt. and Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Fallen Reaper, Death and Life Blacksmith. Can not be removed due to soul damage to irreversible levels of damage.


    Your new semi-permanent world will be "Rising of The Shield Hero" from hence forth till you die. In order to give you a little boost though in a good direction after consulting the gods. You shall become the fifth hero, the gun hero thus you are allowed to keep your phone and its functions. In order to upgrade and improve your weapon and stregnth host. So good luck and may you not go back to the mad reaper of destruction. ]


    "You ?sshole don''t you pull this shit-"


    [ Trasmigration successful, Hero Summoning Altered, Punishment Complete, Let the slow times begin reaper. ]

 Chapter 103 - The Five Heroes

    [ Throne Room of Melromarc Castle ]


    In a blinding light five figures appeared four on their bu??s, one standing composed his eye''s closed. He had an average body build that didn''t seem fit but there was definitely some muscles. He His hair was a shoulder length dark brown with silvery red streaks through it. He wore black bu??on up shirt with an untied red tie hanging around under the collar. Some black fingerless kevlar gloves with studs on the knuckles. Some partly torn up black jeans that have a chain belt on them. Some black and red boots on his feet that have steel toes in them.


    He has some worn down high tech military glasses with dark tinted lenses. A slightly scratched up and repaired device in his right ear an Augma. When his eye''s finally open you could see a bloody emerald left eye, and a blood moon red right eye glowing behind the tinted lenses. When he looked around he focused on the four people beside him. Once he did his memories of these certain people and a story flooded back into his mind. Kawasumi Itsuki, Kitamura Motoyasu, Amaki Ren, and Iwatani Naofumi these names registered with important information. The bow hero Itsuki, the spear hero Motoyasu, the sword hero Ren, and the shield hero Naofumi, the disorganized heroes of the book called Rising of The Shield Hero in english.


    Then robotic voice dinged in his head suddenly as he finished remembering. The details of this world and the people in it that he now belongs to.


    [ Greetings Host, You may not remember me but I''m the system you were given hundreds of years ago. Due to events you have caused your memories about visited worlds and ninety-nine percent of the people you met have been forgotten. Only about four of your companions remain with you can recall their information but all else none.


    This current world your in is the world decided to be your semi-permanent world. Till you die you can never leave it as part of your punishment. You will only hear me speak when you have questions or I deem it needed. Your are the fifth hero thr gun hero of this world, you have access to your phone. That you got hundred of years ago to help you upgrade your weapon for the on coming waves. Good luck and before you ask your status screen has been reset to a degree as per punishment. ]


    With that the voice in my head ceased and wouldn''t speak again. I''ve got many questions but for now I''ll listen into the talks going on.


    "Greetings heroes I am the king of Melromarc that you now reside in. You''ve been summoned to help protect this world from the on coming waves. Hm there''s seem a fifth person.... peculiar this is supposed to happen. We''ll sort that out later but for now state your namel is!"


    Wow Trash is still high and mighty then there''s Bitch hiding off near him.


    "Iwatani Naofumi"


    "Amaki Ren"


    "Kitamura Motoyasu"


    "Kawasumi Itsuki"


    "Biazar Chimera"


    We stated off our names as requested but I was looking at my hero weapon. Barely paying looking up and it seems my gun is a four barreled flint lock pistol. The barrels seem to be made of orihcalum, the wooden body seems to be a type of oak wood, the other bits are just like the barrels. Seems i don''t shoot normal bullets but mainly magic ones I guess. As I was inspecting my gun the others had their roles defined by their weapons but Naofumi. He got the same treatment as before from these pigs, but when it came to me I almost reflexively shot Trash.


    T: "Now you the fifth person what are you?"


    BC: "Biazar Chimera, the gun hero seems I''m a new addition to the hero line up."


    T: "Gun hero? What exactly is a gun?"


    The people of the castle seemed clueless but the other heroes. They all reacted differently they looked at me wide eyed as I have a destructive weapon. But I put my right index finger to my lips telling them to shush. As it would be bad if these people knew exactly what I have.


    BC: "Its like a crossbow but shoots faster and doesn''t use arrows."


    T: "Hmph so your just a new and useless type of hero."


    When Itsuki was about to correct him I pressed the barrels of my gun to his head. Making him stop as he understood now just what I''ll likely do keep the details hidden. athe others looked at me strangley but Ren figured it out quickly. As he looked at me mouthing off a wordless understanding. Glad he is the more reasonable of the three idiots that got tricked!


    T: "Moving on heroes you should check your status boards. Just think of status and it should work for you all like it did for the old heroes."


    With a sigh at this dismissive king I opened up my status screen.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 20(Physical)


    Titles: 2nd Lt., Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Death and Life Blacksmith, Fallen Reaper


    lvl-  1 0/100


    Stats


    Mana: 600/600


    Str: 50


    Agi: 50


    Con: 100


    Def: 90


    Cha: 40


    Dex: 120


    Wis: 120


    Int: 115


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max, Blacksmith- Common lv max Deaths Aura- Unique lv max, Limitless Scythe- Unique Lv max


    Gun forms


    Four Barreled Flint Lock(Base Form)


    Four Barreled Scythe Gun Blade(Reaper Gun Form)


    Four Barreled Medical Flint Lock(Lifes Gift Form)


    ==================================


    Chuckling softly it seems that the former me was pretty leathal. But I want to help people actually so I''ll be borrowing your powers okay Forgotten? Not expecting an answer I messed around with my gun spinning it around skillfully. Even learning a cool feature of making it turn into two four barreled guns. So I can perform some gun arts that people from my world and in anime worlds made. Pretty nice If I have to say so my self that gives me options to say the least. A guard tried approaching me with the symbol of the three heroes church. Hidden on his uniform.


    Remembering about those crazy bastards I shove one gun at his neck, the other at his stomach. He seemed surprised at me noticing him but I smiled at him sweetly. My guns becoming their medical form as I shot him backwards violently. He won''t die I shot and healed him up so he''s perfectly fine!


    "I think I''ll be taking my leave as there''s clearly blood ?ust towards me. So goodbye and Naofumi lets be friends okay?"


    Saying so I used my stealth ability while sending Naofumi a friend request. Through the hero system which is pretty neat if I need to say anything much. Like that I left towards the church where if I remember right there''s an important item. I think it was called the Dragon Hour glass? I''m trying to remember all the details but for the heroes it could act as a fast travel point between countries. If I truly remember things right then that means I could unlock a teleporting gun form.


    Which will be useful in traveling so walking around the city I hunt for the church. Along the way though I used some money I had pocketed on my way out of the castle. I bought a two pocket watches from a nobel shop. Using one I checked to see if my gun would absorb it or something. Which did indeed happen and a new notification poped up from it as well.


    [ Gun of Time Unlocked


    Createca time barrier to slow down or speed up things for ten seconds. Shoot bullets of time to manipulate the time of other things freely. ]


    Interesting gun it should come in handy at some point. So with that I stored the gun back into my pants under my shirt. As I need to have a holster made eventually so after the church I''ll look for that blacksmith. Since he is a pretty goood guy from all the materials I remember so he may like the job. Which sure I could use my phone to do so but I want a real crafters touch. I''ll only work on things when I''m in the field doing stuff. Hm? Oh I found the church finally! So without further a due I walk into under stealth as I don''t want stopped. I moved around the hallways till I found the hour glass room finally in this place.


    Uselessly big church like building fu?k you for delaying me! Sighing I walk up to the hour glass and touch it with my gun. Seeing an interesting screen appear before me as I do so.


    [ Gun Hero registered at dragons hourglass, Unlocking waypoint for travel amongst network. ]


    [ Warp Gun unlocked


    Teleport to six saved locations of your choice, these can be deleted. Shoot bullets that will wound and teleport enemiescat random. Option to harmlessly shoot and teleport allies away from danger. ]


    With that done I leave this place till I need to come back her after reaching max level for my current levels. Leaving the building I proceed to ask around about that black smith. Once I finally found the place I walked into the shop. While it was around two in the afternoon and looked around the place. Erhard the old man who helped Naofumi a majority of the time came out the front.


    E:"Hello there what can I do for you today?"


    BC: "Hi you must be Erhard the blacksmith I was told about."


    E: "mhm Yes I''m Erhard what can do for you young man?"


    BC: "I''m Biazar Chimera I''m the gun hero, I was summoned along with the other fourvas a fifth hero."


    E: "A new hero type huh? So then why are you here boy?"


    BC: "Eh people were giving me blood ?ust at the castle so I left after basically hurting a guard. That was gonna try something after sneaking up on me probably. But right now I need a ?h?st holster and probably a few materials to use on my gub to unlock forms, and any old smithy tools."


    Saying so I take out my gun from my pants placing it down onto the shop counter. Which the old man soon picked it up and began measuring it. Before coming around the counter to measure my torso as well.


    E: "Okay then I''ll start working on it for now so I''ll be done in a few minutes. For now just use the scraps from the barrel in the corner by the counter. Its all junk so feel feer to use it kid, as for tools that''ll be thirty silver."


    BC: "Seems fair enough I guess then I''ll wait around here for you."


    With that he headed into the back of the shop to get to work on my holster. As I started basically emptying the barrel of everything in it.


    [ Gun Sword unlocked, Rope Gun Unlocked, Ore Gun Unlocked, Cooking Gun Unlocked, Flame Gun Unlocked, Water Gun Unlocked, Lightning Gun Unlocked, Earth Gun Unlocked, Air Gun Unlocked, Assassin Gun Unlocked, Herbal Gun Unlocked, Alchemy Gun Unlocked ]


    With a very questioning face I question what this barrel had in it. As I began questioning this barrels contents Erhard came back out front. As I picked up a broken alchemy set item that was for some reason in it.


    E: "Here you go kid your ?h?st holster that''ll be five silver. Along with your tools you wanted hope you like them all."


    Checking over the tools I nod satisfied with them and pay him the thirty five silver. While I strap on my ?h?st holster that also has tool solts attached. Thoughtful old man you are pretty nice huh? Chuckling softly I inspect my new dark brown leather holster. Finding it to fit nicely and feel nice on my ?h?st I holster my gun in it. As I put the tools on it next in order of the sizes and priority. After thats all done I now have a detective looking holster over my shirt. Saying my thanks I left Erhard''s shop and go looking for an inn. After finding one relatively close to his shop I rent a room for fifteen copper a night with meals.


    Getting that over with I head off to find that slave merchant as I want a slave and big poofy bird. As I thought of such things though a flaming black Phoenix emerged from my shadow. Landing on my left shoulder and I can only bitterly smile at him.


    BC: "Well hello Emporer guess you know what happened? Or did you get affected some how as well with forgetting stuff?"


    At my questions the death phoenix only nodded his head. So that means we both remember nothing much huh? Oh well but I''ll ask the system about those four companions.


    [ They are Kelpy, Hallow, Dreamy, and Myriad all of them are currently under going changes. They shall appear in ten days after everything is done. Also sneaky phoenix I completely forgot about you as you never really appeared on the system list. ]


    Heh so he must be a hidden soul bound animal huh? Guess thats why he was affected by the memory thing. Then its no of no use to ask him anything or worry about the others yet. For now slave or slaves and a Filolial! With that objective in mind I hunt for the slave merchant with Emporer''s help. Soon after ducking through six back way streets in the city I arrived at his tent store. Entering through the front entrance I come face to face with the large fat merchant.


    Bel: "Hello! I''m slave trader Beloukas! How can I help you today sir?"


    BC: "Hello I''d like to buy two filolial eggs and look at your slaves."


    Bel: "Oh hohoho! very well sir! Follow me to the cages to see my current stock!"


    Beloukas happily started walking away into the back as I followed him. Where we took a look at many slaves but in the end I decided on two. A female minotaur beast man and male rabbit beast man. The female is a still a child so she''s about the height of my ?h?st. Thats about six feet I guess as I''m surprisingly nine feet tall in this world. Her name is Alurra, the male is Dafran he''s twelve years old roughly. So I''ll count on him to teach Alurra somethings as she is I guess six years old? After getting them registered as my slaves and buy the two eggs with crest as well.


    I escort them back to the inn in some new fresh clothing. I bought along the way so thinking about it from the ten thousand I nabbed. I''ve spent roughly nine hundred fifty-seven, leaving me with nine thousand and twenty-five left in my coin ?ssortment. So after dropping them off at the inn I go by an alchemy and potion making set. Which on top of the kids clothing it made me lose sixty-two more silver, so eight thousand nine hundred and sixty-three coins left in my wallet huh?

 Chapter 104 - The Gun Hero Discovers Fun Through Tazing

    Returning back to the inn I go fetch Alurra and Dafran for supper as its late. I asked to use the inn kitchen to cook as, on my way back I haggled down prices on ingredients. So I wanted to make some sweets and supper with them for the kids. Which luckily I was allowed to use the kitchen so I used the cooking gun form while my gun was holstered to improve my cooking. Which its pretty fun heh heh never thought I''d use a gun to buff my cooking. But with a few flashy movements I had made hamburger steaks by grounding up monster meat.


    With a nice Dark gravey and fried onion topping added to it on top. With a dash of pepper and a little spicey kick to it that soon turns mild. To go with it I made a mild yet sweet monster meat curry. For desert its brownies and for me a rukor fruit tart type of desert as they taste pretty good. So I can get why Naofumi likes to eat them at times honestly. Once I brought the dishes out two trays in my hands as, I balanced the drink tray masterfully on my head serving the two kids first. Who I had forced to sit at the table with me before I sat down with my own food eating. The two were greatly surprised at my cooking though as to them it tasted great.


    To me though it tasted normal enough for some reason. While we were eating though Naofumi came in like how he was after being framed. Guess time flew by quickly with how long I''ve been running around? Waving him over as I toss a rukor fruit at him he walks over dis gruntled.


    N: "Hello again Biazar, haven''t seen you since you disappeared from the castle."


    BC: "Yea I''ve been running around that I apparently lost track of time. So I''m guessing shit hit the fan for you?"


    N: "Yes it did very much that fu?k?n? bitch I''ll pay her back in kind."


    He scowled as he ate the rukor fruit which we both sat next to each other. My desert being gone I was also eating some rukor fruit with him. Which this stunned everyone as there''s two people calmy eating a gross fruit to them. So we looked at them funnily and asked in unison what. Before Alurra quickly explained in a hurried manor hearing her. Naofumi was surprised but I just ate another bite of it followed by Naofumi.


    Inn Keeper: "S-sirs how can you eat such a thing so calmly and who are you b-both?"


    N: "Naofumi the shield hero and this doesnt taste bad why?"


    BC: "Biazar the gun hero, the new hero of of the line up."


    Hearing our names everyone turned hostile but my two brats. In accordance to their hostility me and Naofumi reacted in kind to them. He threw a ballon monster at a male trying to pick a fight. While I used a fun little new gun form I got the lightning gun form. It took on the form of a tazer and even had the things for voltage control but thats decoration. Its just a tazer that shoots either lethal or non lethal volts at creatures. So i tackled a big brawny guy in armor tazing him repeatedly as I grinned widely. Seeing such a sight people hushed and said sorry so we returned to eating.


    Enjoying our little conversation till Naofumi went to bed for the night. So we also packed it up and went to our room where I began silently working on the kids armors. I''ll have Erhard give them weapons or a shield sometime tomorrow afternoon. After I had finished their armors I went to sleep and woke up six hours later as the sun rose up. Where I gave the two sleepy kids their new armor to wear till they grow faster due to being "raised by a hero". Which is a unique thing honestly as any monster or slave raised by heroes grows faster. Is what I remember from the materials from my original world clearly.


    So I expect the Filolial eggs to hatch pretty soon due to this fact as well. Thus after cleaning up and eating breakfast me and the kids left while carrying the eggs safely in a bag. Our first stop is Erhard''s shop to get the kids some weapons and probably a shield. Thinking such things we proceeded through the streets with me ocassionally eating a rukor fruit. Which attracted attention but I didn''t mind at all really about it. Since I like this fruit a bit so I''ll take the looks of disgust and interest.


    Arriving at Erhard''s shop five minutes later we entered with the kids going off to look. Erhard was at the counter look at me blankly till he sighed.


    E: "Welcome back kid not only you but the shield hero are being framed."


    BC: "I haven''t really noticed it really till last night as I buy things normally, while thinking about other things. But I did meet Naofumi last night and he looked rough. But we made a potential fight die off after reacting to the hatred and bloodlust."


    E: "Haaaa you boy''s are worrisome but at least your fine and seem to be friendly. So whats with the kids?"


    BC: "Their slaves I bought I want one to be a tank of sorts, the other a thief or ?ssassin like fighter. So I was wondering if you could help me out there Erhard."


    E: "Sure thing kid just let me check things out with them."


    So as he dealt with them I leaned up against a wall closing my eyes. Till Naofumi with Raphtalia came in, the racoon girl still a child for now. But she''ll be an ?du?t soon basically due to the hero raising effects. So I lazily waved at Naofumi who held his hand up in return as a greeting. Soon both of our brats got their weapons sorted out. So we left Erhard''s store to hunt with our own groups for a bit. We however met up once again at his store six hours later after hunting. Just my group looked dirty as I was having fun shocking things to death. But looking at my level and stats I was pleased with todays hunting.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 20(Physical)


    Titles: 2nd Lt., Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Death and Life Blacksmith, Fallen Reaper, Gun Hero


    Stats


    HP: 1,200/1,200


    Mana: 4,800/4,800


    Str: 59


    Agi: 58


    Con: 110


    Def: 112


    Cha: 54


    Dex: 128


    Int: 120


    Luk: 69


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max, Blacksmith- Common lv max Deaths Aura- Unique lv max, Limitless Scythe- Unique Lv max


    Gun forms


    Four Barreled Flint Lock(Base Form)


    Four Barreled Scythe Gun Blade(Reaper Gun Form)


    Four Barreled Medical Flint Lock(Lifes Gift Form)


    Gun of Time(Controls Time)


    Warp Gun(Teleports user or others)


    Rope Gun(Priduces usable rope or shoots a living rope)


    Ore Gun(Improves quality of ores and minerals mined)


    Cooking Gun(Increases the quality of cooking)


    Flame Gun(Shoots fire or super heated bullets)


    Water Gun(Shoots a deadly torrent of water or a playful squirt)


    Lightning Gun(Shoots highly lethal volts of lightning or produces volts enough to stun)


    Earth Gun(Shoots bullets of hardened earth that destructively explode)


    Air Gun(Shoots highly compressed balls of air or blades of wind to cut things down)


    Assassin Gun(Silently kill everything)


    Alchemy Gun(Increases Alchemy production results)


    ==================================


    So I''m pretty happy even though its a small increase I''ll be find eventually. As in the the shield hero spin off apparently riding filolial''s can increase your level. So this will be fun to test out soon enough as I''d probably use it alot. So with a chuckle I pat the bag carrying the two eggs I bought. As I''ll surely enjoy these two new additions once they hatch from their eggs. As we walked through the street a guy from the church cult tried mugging me. So I jamed the lightning gun into his necl tazing him till he dropped. Even then I kept tazing till I was stopped by Dafran hurriedly.


    Thus we fled the crime scene with Alurra screaming we''re sorry! But i''m not sorry that man tried stealing my future poofy birds! He had it coming I say! Can''t tell me other wise!! After we fled and returned to the inn I started drinking some rukor fruit juice. Naofumi joining me even as the whole inn and our brats looked at us weirdly.

 Chapter 105 - Gun Hero Stays At Riyute Village

    Today I''m taking a carriage ride along with Alurra and Dafran towards Riyute Village. As its beens close to a week of leveling up and hanging out with Naofumi. Which I''ve managed to do pretty well with the kids who''ve like Raphtalia grown. Due to the raising effect of the heroes just Naofumi refuses to realize even her age changed to eighteen. Alurra is now closer to nineteen and Dafran is twenty now so the brats grew up. That Alurra now carries around a tower shield, barbarian armor and a battle axe. Drafran he is moving more like an ?ssassin as he wields two short swords in main chain leather armor.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 20(Physical)


    Titles: 2nd Lt., Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Death and Life Blacksmith, Fallen Reaper, Gun Hero


    lvl-  16 0/1600


    Stats


    HP: 9,600/9,600


    Mana: 38,400/38,400


    Str: 122


    Agi: 122


    Def: 208


    Cha: 86


    Dex: 352


    Wis: 156


    Int: 160


    Luk: 141


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max, Blacksmith- Common lv max Deaths Aura- Unique lv max, Limitless Scythe- Unique Lv max


    Gun forms


    Four Barreled Flint Lock(Base Form)


    Four Barreled Medical Flint Lock(Lifes Gift Form)


    Gun of Time(Controls Time)


    Warp Gun(Teleports user or others)


    Gun Sword(A gun and sword combination)


    Rope Gun(Priduces usable rope or shoots a living rope)


    Ore Gun(Improves quality of ores and minerals mined)


    Cooking Gun(Increases the quality of cooking)


    Flame Gun(Shoots fire or super heated bullets)


    Water Gun(Shoots a deadly torrent of water or a playful squirt)


    Earth Gun(Shoots bullets of hardened earth that destructively explode)


    Air Gun(Shoots highly compressed balls of air or blades of wind to cut things down)


    Assassin Gun(Silently kill everything)


    Herbal Gun(Increases quality or herbs and plants collected)


    Alchemy Gun(Increases Alchemy production results)


    ==================================


    My dex seems to be my biggest as it grew the most mainly by twenty-eight for every level up. So guess I''m a dexterous gunman speaking of which I made two sniper bullprints through my phone. Ones basically a dragnauv sniper that rapid fires bullets of element after reading weaknesses. The other is the big power house fifty cal sniper that does the same but more destructive! So without waiting as we travel by carriage I throw them into my hero gun. Getting two great forms out of it so next I feed it a fully kitted out carbine.


    [ Elemental Dragnauv unlocked, Elemental 50 Cal. Unlocked, Carbine Rifle Unlocked ]


    Smiling softly I rstart relaxing and enjoying our carriage ride. Until a minute later some bandits showed up being annoying insects.


    B1: "Hahaha gives all your money and your women!"


    B2: "I''d prefer a boy toy to be honest as women don''t satisfy my needs."


    B3: "Your just a sick fu?k that likes cutting off d??ks as you **** men."


    B4: "I agree with our senior your just sick man! I mean who the fu?k cuts of a mans d??k, then eats it as they pound the poor bastard?!"


    B2: "Hmph uncultered swine!"


    BL: "SHUT THE FUCK UP AND JUST ATT-"


    I was getting annoyed with their bickering so I fed my gun a combat shotgun blueprint. Then proceeded to blow off the biggest one''s upper head. Before discounting from the carriage with Drafran as, Alurra pulled the other passengers and driver into the back.


    BC: "Dafran take the third one and first one, I''ll kill the other two okay?"


    D: As you say Biazar just blow that sickos lower half away."


    BC: "Thats do able very much so."


    So without any further delays as my gun returned to its base form. We continued onto our destination ignoring the bodies. Luckily the rest of the ride was peaceful and pleasant with scenery. That we occasionally stopped and enjoyed with our lunches during the trip. On the last rest break an elderly couple who was onboard with us. Came up to us while carrying some rukor fruit and other nice little fruit.


    Granma: "Thank you kiddos for dealing with those bandits. Though who exactly are you kiddos?"


    Granpa: "Mhm so please take one of our fruit baskets as thanks. Sorry we can''t spare more but we don''t have much on us."


    Dafran: "Ah no no its fine thank you very much so please don''t worry!"


    Alurra: "Yea don''t worry! Also I Alurra a Minotaur and front line fighter! The bunny guy is Dafran he''s our sneaky guy! Then there''s master he''s the fifth hero the gun hero!!"


    I grab Alurra by her cheeks and pull on them roughly since she''s sitting. Otherwise I''d taze her knees since she grew to be over twelve feet!


    Biazar: "Don''t yell you dumb girl! How many times do I need to tell you this?!"


    Alurra: "I''m sorry! Stop pulling my cheeks they hurt!!"


    Granma: "Fufufu lively bunch and glad those silly rumor about the strange fifth hero. Being a demon are just rumors as you clearly treasure these two."


    Biazar: "Well of course I do they may be noisy and strange but these two have been helpful."


    Grandpa: "Gahahaha! Glad to here it but why are you all heading to Riyute Village?"


    Biazar: "I just have a bad feeling about the area so I came. Also it seems the wave timer is at the fifteen hour mark you two, so soon we''ll be fighting like hell."


    Hearing me my two companions and the old couple got serious. So the old couple shuffled off to tell the coachman to hurry up. Guess they are superstitious enough to believe a heroes words. So then lets hope we can defend this place with Naofumi during the wave. Thus with the old couples badgering we left early to finish our trip. The driver of course was grumbling as he was interrupted while fondling his wife''s ?h?st. But his feelings don''t matter in this situation at all really. Since he may not even be alive soon once the wave hits this place!


    Which he really may not be alive once it does as his body is being shrouded in death. The old couple was being shrouded in it till they acted on my words. So they may of just avoided trouble and saved others by taking my words as a warning. Heh seeing the essences of death and life is handy so thank you Forgotten for this. As your old powers are proving useful in saving people. With a small demonic chuckle as i looked at my gun barrels I swear. That I saw my reflection glitch up and showed. Me a twisted demonicly happy but at peace version of my face.


    Forgotten are you really gone or just clawing your way back ever so slowly? Looking silently and contemplativly at my gun barrels we shortly arrive at Riyute Village. So I holstered my gun and got off one final time from the carriage. The old couple apparently waiting for me and my two companions.


    Granma: "Could you three please follow us to the mayors residence? If your bad feeling and the wave appearing soon are connected. We''d to warn everyone and set things up before then so please."


    The couple bowed to us and it''d be useful to check things out. So I ushered the two grown brats along as I nodded at the couple. Who were happy and started guiding us as quickly as they could. However while they did so a notification from the heroes system popped up.


    [ The Gun Hero Has arrived on sight of the second wave. ]


    That was all it didn''t bother telling the others where I''m at. It only announced I''m at the sight of the upcoming wave sadly. But at least I can now be sure that stuff hasn''t changed yet anyways. Sighing loudly I caught the attention of my group who looked at me questioningly.


    Biazar: "Seems the wave really is going to happen in this region. But the heroes system didn''t notify the others so its best we hurry up. Since defense is a must we can worry about calling for the useless castle army later."


    My words were like a trigger firing a bullet through everyone''s hearts. Even the passerbys started rushing to get ready or to flee from the village.


    [ Time Till Next Wave 00:14:35 ]


    The wave timer was decreasing still so as I already caused a panic. I took a deep breath and shouted towards the sky the remaining time left. As loud as I could that I crouched over the ground afterwards coughing a lot. But my words stirred up the people and those who were set on defending their homes. Into a frenzy as they started preparing in a hurried manner to defend. My shouting had also caused the village mayor to come running over angrily. From wherever he was just at doing whatever it is he does.


    VM: "Who the hell are you?! What do you thinking your doing causing people to panic like that!!"


    The village mayor tried to punch me as he screamed angrily. Only for his fist to get caught by Alurra who''s hand and arm wouldn''t budge an inch.


    Grandpa: "Mayor what do you think your doing?! Thats the gun hero!! He came out here expressly because of a bad feeling!! When just now he was notified that the wave is going to happen here!!"


    VM: "So what?! This punk just caused an uproar and people are panicking!! All because of his stupid mouth everyone is rushing to leave or fight to the death!!"


    Dafran: "If my master didn''t so you would of tried doing things at a later time. Which could of costed you time you had to use in order to prepare. So retract your fist and shut up before I cut your hand off okay?"


    Dafran was usually calm and collected but even though he spoke. Using his normal blank and sleepy looking unmotivated face. His words were gruff and his hands on his sword hilts. So he was most certainly ticked off, Alurra on the other hand. Simply looked down at the village mayor with a face devoid of emotion. As this girl is the up beat and kind type that suffered through the first wave. So hearing and seeing someone trying stop me from warning people. Seems to have made her debate about possibly crushing their bones. Which sure I was b?r?ly am nice to the two during the time we''ve been together.


    As like Naofumi I threw them head long into danger with a smile. But I did feed and treat them normally and not like a slave. As really the thought never crossed my mind that their expendable tools. Just two useful brats I brought from a slave merchant to be my party. Though at times I would oddly treat them like my kids randomly. Which I don''t have kids so I don''t know why I did so really when I don''t. But regardless they seem to have come to enjoy our mostly lazy time. With a dash of blood and gore enough to act like this I guess. But seriously do I have kids? Because I still don''t think I do have any really.


    The bickering though went on for a few more minutes till I stood up eating rukor fruit. Seeing me eat the fruit everyone shutup till I shoved it into the mayors mouth. That made everyone laugh and hold their stomachs as tears formed. The mayor however started screaming and washing their mouth out from the awful taste I caused. This helped lighten the mood and get everything else underway. That entailed training the willing villagers to fight and lugging defenses around. Which both Dafran and Alurra did perfectly well as I sat on top of a watch tower.


    Randomly pop shooting monsters through the skull with my guns dragnauv form. The gunshots startled people at first but after they saw a giant flying wasp loose its head. Over the village walls they understood I was cleaning up unwanted monsters. Sadly I''m only getting about ten experience for every kill as they seem weak. After the forty-eighth kill though the sky started to blood red with blue ripples.


    [ Time Till Next Wave 00:06:12 ]

 Chapter 106 - The Wave Commences and Party Invite

    As the wave timer hits zero completely on all the numbers by now. The sky is already a corruptee blood red with blue ripples in it. But I don''t get teleported from the village at all surpringly. So I keep my place on top of the watch tower I got on a while ago. Feeding my gun the blueprint to to a triple barrel minigun, three long rotating barrels of death. A fine minigun if I must say so my self that I chuckle at the notification.


    [ Tri-Barrel Minigun(For each round fired the impact and penetration power increase) Unlocked ]


    With that beauty of a trump card in place I start firing like crazy. As monsters are already coming towards the village but just as they appeared. Naofumi and Raphtalia are also coming violently bashing and cutting monsters down. So as they take care of the small fries with Alurra and Dafran I focus on the big ones. Who are toting around giant spiked shields ramming them into villagers.


    Biazar: "Hey Naofumi! how do you like your cheese?"


    Naofumi: "Filled with holes!!"


    Biazar: "Righto then Swiss Cheese monsters coming up!!"


    With our useless banter I stand up on the watch tower roof. My gun switching from the dragnauv to the tri-barrel minigun form. Seeing my new toy Naofumi cursed but laughed like a madman. Bashing airshields into monsters violently so as not to lose to him in the fun. The barrels start rotating and spinning faster till the first siege of magic bullets rain. Hitting against three big guys shields till eventually turning them to mush. The monsters around them following suite promptly.


    So as those three uncooperative iditos and their parties fight the boss. Me, Alurra, Dafran, Naofumi, and Raphtalia are having a fun time slaughtering monsters. That at some point me and Naofumi had started singing together. With minigun, screams, and loud slashing as our musical accompaniment.


    Bia/Nao: "You dare get our way, you dare be a damn problem, you dare to show your ugly faces to us! Then you can die under our feet you damn accursed monsters! We shall bash, slash, and shoot your lives awaaaaay! We are the two unfavorable heroes that are called as demons by Trash and Bitch!!"


    Our little musical and continued fighting had made some people laugh. While others were questioning how we can be so relaxed. Well Naofumi has reliable fighters and a gunsman watching his back. While I have reliable fighters and a monsterous tank protecting me. So we can both fight relaxedly with such companions in this fight. As Naofumi pinned down a very large undead rotting orge I unceremoniously. Hopped to a new roof. Where I proceeded to gun it down with the minigun as Dafran jumped pass me cutting a giant beetle in half.


    Alurra and Raphtalia were working in tandem to corral and slaughter monsters. As the villagers pulled back behind a big barricaded line to guard the others. Leaving us five to fight off against numerous monsters. Although I soon remembered a certain fact thats to come so I hurriedly fed my gun. Giving it two separate blueprints a tranquilizer and fast acting sleep gas grenade launcher.


    [ Tranquilizer gun(Five seconds for effects to appear) Unlocked, Sleep Grenade Launcher(Smoke spreads out to twenty feet, acts within three seconds) Unlocked ]


    Biazar: "Naofumi! Raphtalia! Alurra! Dafran! Twenty feet!"


    I had to give everyone a warning or else they''d fall asleep too. Which luckily the figured out my cryptic twenty feet warning as the knights started crumbling. Which I''m glad that I made it in time as they would''ve of kept burning this place while smiling! Seeing the knights starting to all finally sleep I had Dafran cover me since I''m going to restrain them all. So jumping down from the roof after buying a rebreather I advance into the smoke. My gun switching to the rope gun that I swiftly start using to tie up the knights in bundles of six.


    After I had finished such a task the smoke was clearing up. So I took of my rebreather putting it into my pockets safely. The sky starting to clear up from its demonic color soon after. Everyone kills the last monsters in the village while putting out fires caused by the knights. So while everyone is busy I duck in between houses. Where I talk directly to the surrounding shadows and wait for anything to happen.


    Biazar: "Hey any hidden shadow units of the queen secretly here? If your working for that king and the lying pig then scram. Otherwise please come out to speak with me before things happen. I may just execute some soldiers for endangerment of civilians and attempted murder of a hero."


    My words didn''t go unanswered as from the shadows emerged four figures. They all looked exactly like the secret unit under the queen of Melromarc. The one speak up though was one that if you paid attention had a slightly changed uniform.


    Shadow Captain: "Gun hero it seems you''ve noticed us all along. What can we help you with then hero?"


    Biazar: "Guess the queen was secretly watching us heroes after news of the waves. Then since you four have listened to my unreasonable demands of coming out. I''d like to ask that you do something about those knights over there. As they happily tried destroying this village and murdering the shield hero. You''ll find them back at the castle or near it probably. Afterwards please tell the queen that till she can come back to the castle. That the gun and shield heroes will try their best to keep this kingdom from collasping."


    Shadow Unit: "As you wish hero!!" x4


    With that the shadows vanished quickly to carry out my request. As I turned back and left back out into the open where I kicked the most pompous looking knight. Right in the balls making them squeal awake like a pig thats been smacked. Sure I was glared at by the knight but after kicking his balls I walked away. To rejoin Naofumi and the others as they were prepping to help out if needed. So as they were getting ready I remembered my task to do so I switched gun forms. Turning my gun into its warp gun form I shoot all the knights sending them to a saved spot. Which is the plaza of the capital after putting a sign around their bindings.


    "We happily tried burning down a village and murdering a hero while laughing. Under the kings orders to do so at Riyute Village."


    I believe my sign was a nice touch to add as I sent them off on their way. Naofumi was chuckling like demon after seeing my handiwork. That we both enjoyed a good laugh together as we are "Demons in arms" by that king and pigs standards! Although we all stayed at the village for around two days helping to fix things. Before we eventually left towards the capital as we were summoned for a party. Leaving though I was pleased with our levels as it seems. That we had fought far enough apart to actually gain them.


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Race: Human


    Age: 20(Physical)


    Titles: 2nd Lt., Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Death and Life Blacksmith, Fallen Reaper, Gun Hero


    lvl-  26 0/2,600


    Stats


    HP: 3,900/3,900


    Str: 130


    Agi: 100


    Con: 167


    Def: 189


    Cha: 110


    Dex: 369


    Wis: 146


    Int: 136


    Luk: 100


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max, Blacksmith- Common lv max Deaths Aura- Unique lv max, Limitless Scythe- Unique Lv max


    Gun forms


    Four Barreled Flint Lock(Base Form)


    Four Barreled Scythe Gun Blade(Reaper Gun Form)


    Four Barreled Medical Flint Lock(Lifes Gift Form)


    Gun of Time(Controls Time)


    Warp Gun(Teleports user or others)


    Gun Sword(A gun and sword combination)


    Rope Gun(Priduces usable rope or shoots a living rope)


    Ore Gun(Improves quality of ores and minerals mined)


    Flame Gun(Shoots fire or super heated bullets)


    Water Gun(Shoots a deadly torrent of water or a playful squirt)


    Lightning Gun(Shoots highly lethal volts of lightning or produces volts enough to stun)


    Earth Gun(Shoots bullets of hardened earth that destructively explode)


    Air Gun(Shoots highly compressed balls of air or blades of wind to cut things down)


    Assassin Gun(Silently kill everything)


    Herbal Gun(Increases quality or herbs and plants collected)


    Alchemy Gun(Increases Alchemy production results)


    Sleep Grenade Launcher(Smoke spreads out to twenty feet, acts within three seconds)


    combat shotgun(Fire high powered blast from midrange that decreaes the further you get. From up close it causes devistating results when fired)


    Elemental Dragnauv(Studies weakness then fires corresponding bullets)


    Elemental 50 Cal.(Studies weakness then fires corresponding bullets)


    Carbine Rifle(Fires in rapid or single shot burst from primarily long range)


    Tri-Barrel Minigun(For each round fired the impact and penetration power increase)


    ==================================


    This is good in my opinion but seems my stats were a little weird this time. Hm speaking of which my bag is shaking that the eggs are in. So as our two groups travel back together via carriage towards the capital. I take out the two filolial eggs out from my bag as cracks started appearing on them. Which the eggs hatching has caught everyone''s attention so I set them onto my ??p. While we travel after two minutes the eggs finally hatch and out came two small fluffy birds. One''s a black and red female the other is a silvery gold male, with a chuckle I look at the others.


    Biazar: "Name suggestions guys?"


    Alurra: "Dremfil and Mith!"


    Dafran: "Nixia and Vengul?"


    Raphtalia: "I like Nixia but the other one how about Haze?"


    Naofumi: "Trick and Gift"


    Naofumi is a simple man in naming as always huh? But I do like Nixia but the boy I''ll just call Valor. So with that decided I point at the black and red filolial calling her Nixia. Then towards the silvery gold one I said Valor which caught everyone off guard a but. But they eventually accepted it but Naofumi made a slightly mad face. As he shrugged his shoulders so I guess he''s upset that his name suggestions were turned down. So to cheer him I give the sulking violent shield hero a rukor fruit bag. That like this our trip back was pretty relaxing together as friends.

 Chapter 107 - Castle Party Act One: Singing Disrespectfully

    It took us about a good five hours to arrive at the capital city as I didnt wanna teleport. But I enjoyed talking with Naofumi, Raphtalia and my brats while playing the hatchlings. Which during the ride me and Naofumi did something questionable after helped me design a gun to attack the mind. What we did was kill monsters then used Forgotten''s necromancy skill I inherited. To well bluntly raise some undead as disposable pawns though one just acted to cute. It was a half rotted crow monster the size of a hawk that I put everything into preserving.


    As it honestly just sat on my head once it revived and acted like some puppy. I''ll be calling it Nevermore as a reference to a thing I''ve b?r?ly watched. Like that our group of eight oh sorry nine approached the castle. When I suddenly got a notification from the system about something.


    [ It took longer than needed as Hallow and Myriad had absurd demands. But the modifications to the appearances and race are complete. Your five old companions shall appear once you get through with this party. So do get to a secluded place afterwards to greet them back into your miserable life soon. ]


    I feel insulted but my life honestly from before in my original world. Was mundane and miserable at times then this life has some miserable times. While thinking such things I walked through the castle with Naofumi, Raphtalia, Dafran and four birds sitting on my shoulders. On the left should was Nixia and Emporer snuggling together. On the right shoulder were Nevermore and Valor chirping up a random song. My bird friends are precious but dangerous heh heh I wonder how Bitch will look being eaten by Emporer? My cute dark flaming death phoenix may actually catch a diesease if it eats her though so never mind!


    Oooh yea while were walking to castle and even now while inside. Those knights have all mysteriously died from heart attacks. Guess the shadows did my request respectfully as asked. So I left them a delicious cake in one of the city alley ways. After making sure at least one was following me as a thank you for them. As we walked through the castle halls towards the ball room. People would look at us rudely and attempt to bump into us on purpose.


    One a noble lady even had the audacity, to try slapping one of the hatchlings on my shoulders. So I broke her entire arm while smiling at her sweetly. Sure enough she ran away crying and screaming in pain as I waved at her. My eye''s subtly glowing crimson red as I watched her flee. I debted if I should suddenly murder her but I shook of those feelings that crept up. As those weren''t exactly mine but at the same time they felt rightfully mine.


    Raphtalia: "Mr. Biazar? Are you okay? Your eye''s have been releasing this demonic red light for a bit now."


    Biazar: "Haha I''m fine Raphtalia don''t worry your little maiden heart! I''m just thinking of things and debating over some other things is all! Though honestly I feel sorry for you and getting through that dense defense. Oh the worries of watching a girl have a one sided love~!"


    Raphtalia: "STOP TEASING ME MR. BIAZAR!!"


    I just couldnt help teasing the usually brave girl that admires Naofumi. That I give the flustered beet red girl a soft playful chuckle with my hands raised. My antics got stifled laughter from Alurra and Dafran while Naofumi was well being Naofumi. He was deep in thought not even registering our banter one bit. As he ate a rukor fruit from the bag I gave him a while ago. Like this our little group arrived at the ball room looking not so fancy. Well aside from Raphtalia and probably me the rest of us looked like hoodlums!


    As Naofumi is in his barbarian armor with his face scowling constantly. Alurra was in some scratched up full plate armor with a battle axe and shield on her back. Her hair was a mess but her horns were well maintained. Dafran well was wearing a cloak and underneath was armor. Along with poison, crowbows, bolts, scrolls, potions, poison, and dismembered fingers. His hair was pretty messy yet neat some how as he had a bored face. Then there is me still in my black bu??on up shirt with an untied red tie hanging around under the collar.


    Some black fingerless kevlar gloves with studs on the knuckles. Some partly torn up black jeans that have a chain belt on them. Some black and red boots on his feet that have steel toes in them. Some worn down high tech military glasses with dark tinted lenses. A slightly scratched up and repaired Augma device from sao in my right ear. A mainly black ?h?st gun holster with smithy tools on it as well. Then well on my shoulders were two filolial hatchlings, a death phoenix, and an undead crow being cute. So yea we probably look like a bunch of hoodlums compared to Raphtalia!


    Naofumi basically hung out by a window with Raphtalia near by watching him. Alurra was chugging down barrels of wine anx eating meat. Dafran was sneaking around while eating a orc meat sandwich. Now me however I was in a fight with Bitch that I started singing a song. The song was called God by House of Heroes and I was singing it disrespectfully. When she said that the god who brought us here through the summoning ritual will strike me and Naofumi down.


    Biazar: "Maybe God is a rich man


    Who saved up his money and moved out the city


    Then settled in the suburbs


    And built up his fences to protect his possessions


    And nobody sees him


    But the church spreads rumors that he''s coming back again


    But if God is a rich man, why am I so poor?


    If I forsake my family


    If I forsake my blood


    Tell me, what''s in it for me?


    What''s in it for me?


    If I forsake my demons


    If I forsake my love


    Tell me, what''s in it for me?


    What''s in it for me?


    Who can show you mercy but it won''t come free


    And he offers protection


    If you stay on the take and you take what he needs


    And nobody sees him


    But they pray wholehearted when they need forgiven


    But if God is a hard man, why am I still alive?


    If I forsake my family


    If I forsake my blood


    Tell me, what''s in it for me?


    What''s in it for me?


    If I forsake my demons


    If I forsake my love


    Tell me, what''s in it for me?


    What''s in it for me?"


    As I sang the song I would dance and be dramatic in taunting her. That I had caught some attention but people mostly seemed to like my performance. Though when that insect tried Stabbing Nixia on my shoulder with a knife. Something snapped inside my head, my soul pulsed. As I looked at the lower life form in front of me my voice changed, sounding like two people were speaking. The world in my view slowed down turning gray as I grabbed her wrist.


    Biazar/Forgotten: "What do you think your trying to do with that knife?"


    Bitch: "LET GO OF ME YOU DISGUSTING USELESS FIFTH HERO!! AND LET ME STAB THAT BIRD!! AS A LESSON TO YOU TO NEVER TALK BACK TO ME!!"


    Biazar/Forgotten: "So you want hurt my dear little freshly hatched Nixia? Then I hope your ready for the consequences~."


    I leaned forward whispering such words into her ear as my voiced still sounded as two people. This had terrified the rotten princess as she could feel the well hidden blood ?ust. As she saw the eerily demonic red glow in my eyes. So with a playful mocking chuckle I suddenly vanished with my feathery friends. Only to reappear outside the window handing on the wall by Naofumi. As I just realized that wasn''t my blood ?ust or sole d?s?r? but it was more maddening. Like it was smiling and screaming to murder that rotten princess after bitting her ear off.


    [ Oh trust me that shitty snarky system has them so do the gods! But they wont tell you at all after all can''t have you become me heh heh hahahaha!!! ]


    In my head a deranged voiced sounded off so cheerfully. That I silently listened to it ramble on about things that clearly I don''t remember.


    [ So what if I used a couple of wannabe villians to farm life and death energies?! So wgat if the fu?k?n? energies went made as my mind was corroded by death?! I was having fun seei g them become brain dead puppets!! Its not my fault a whole region was destroyed by the energies I released!! I''m innocent I only did what was right and fun!! I still do want to eat that bitch of a goddess rhough for looking down on me!!


    I mean I think she ate one of my fingers and was happily ???k?n? my blood! SO WHAT THE FUCK IS WRONG WITH WANTING TO MURDER EVERYTHING AND DEVOUR THAT BITCH?! I ONLY WANTED TO PROTECT MY PEOPLE EVEN IF IT MEANT COLLECTING THEIR HEADS!! SO WHY WAS I PUNISHED?! TELL ME YOU DAMN FAKE TELL ME!! TELL ME!! TEEEEEELLLL MEEEEE!!! ]


    The voice abruptly stopped but I silently vomited while hanging on the wall. Onto the ground below as a notification appeared before me with a new skill.


    [ Unique skill earned, granting you "Rewrite Resistance" ]

 Chapter 108 - Castle Party Act Two: A Proposition From The Helping Hands

    After a while of hanging on the wall outside I went back inside. Just when Naofumi was challenged to a duel and seeing my sudden appearance. Everyone was surprised well expect for Naofumi who grabbed Motoyasu by the head. Proceeding to head bu?? him violently as he accepted the duel with a snarl. Which that must of hurt since Naofumi is basically harder than steel! Raphtalia was blankly staring at the scene till playboy spear grabbed her hands.


    Motoyasu: "See Raphtalia my dear the shield hero is a dangerous fellow!! So ditch him and come with me and let''s fall in love!!"


    Raphtalia shook him off with a disgusted look and went to check on Naofumi. When everything froze for me suddenly as my gun turned into its time version. Next I knew I was in a white room with seventy different cards floating around me. So plucking one from the air I see what it is and if its important.


    [ Chimera card: Chimera Swarm the undead siege tyrant made by Biazar R. Chimera ]


    So these cards are my chimera''s huh? Then guess this is the skill "Chimera''s Call" protecting me? But why are they protecting me is important as well to know. I got my answer soon though as to my right a cackling demonic voice sounded off. Looking over I saw myself but bound by chains, the chains that I believe are called Endoke? Don''t remember if thats what their called but they''ve bound that me.


    Forgotten: "Ooooohhhhh?!?! Its the fake its the fake!! How are you doing this fine evening heh heh heh?"


    When the maddened version lurched forward with a insane grin. The cards around me spun faster and started growling? Are cards growling? Suddenly a tower shield barrier of an opposing energy blocked a fist of death energy.


    Forgotten: "Tsk! Don''t block me you shitty barrier master!! Who''s side are you on you damn chimera''s?!"


    As if to answer the cards all formed an arrow towards me. Which made the maddened version twitch a stiff smile on his face. Before he could say or do more though two separate voices spoke up.


    Prometheus: "Good to see you both so lively at this time!! Hahaha want some wine?"


    Dantalian: "Interesting a skill that holds intelligence is protecting one of them!!"


    The two voices caused both of us to look towards them. On our lefts suddenly was one of Solomon''s seventy-two demons and though he looked different it was Prometheus a god. Prometheus look like a blond haired seventeen year old teen. His eye''s were a hazy blue in color, while his skin was almost pale. He wore a blue hoodie, black jeans and sandals not looking like his real self. Dantalian however, looked as depicted in most things as a guy. Just he ditched his usual demon lord garments and wore basically a office worker get up. Which oddly suited him fairly enough inbmy opinion as he''d fit in.


    Forgotten: "What the hell do you two want? More importantly what the hell is going on?"


    Dantalian: "Oh just a little redo and a deal for you both which benefits you both greatly!"


    Forgotten: "Don''t spout nonsense!!"


    With a growl the chains binding Forgotten were forced undone. His target wasn''t Dantalian or Prometheus but me for some reason. When he took the fourth step however, he was suddenly pinned violently by two figures as two stood by me. When he realized who they were he simply grinned and asked a question.


    Forgotten: "Oh hi Hallow, Kelpy, Dreamy, and Myriad! Can I take your lovely heads to keep you safe forever?"


    Hearing him everyone spat out a sigh well expect for Myriad who debated it. Which the one called Myriad look like a six feet and twenty inches tall women. Her was waist legnth in all its ?usterous black and red streaks glory. Her skin was a nice dark briwn tan with silver and gold tattoo markings. Going up along her arms in a flaming fashion then there are two folded up larg avain wings. On her back as from just above her pert looking bu?? comes out a wolf tail matching her hair color. Her eye''s shined brightly with a frosty blue color to them as she looked down. On her head was of course two twitching wolf ears but the most curious was her wrist. As there are two strange spiked golden bracelets on them that feel off.


    Her outfit was off throwing as she wore a gray tank top that was being stretched out. By her br??st that were probably about aa cup sized in bra''s? Next up was her torn blue slightly baggy jeans that have chains dangling off them. Her feet were covered just by some plain black sneakers. This woman was standing directly on top of him unmoving at all despite his struggling. The other woman was probably Hallow as she had hair going down to her shapely bu??. That matched the hair color of a zoroark for some reason. She had a some golden colored eyes with a light tan skin complexion. Her ?h?st was the same size as Myriad''s or maybe slightly bigger?


    She wore a simple red bu??on up shirt with a black bow tie. Some black gray dress pants and dress shoes, making her look professional? But the gloves on her hands were the kind you''d see from a biker just with brass knuckles on them. She looked down at Forgotten as she sat on him with a michevious smile. Then what about the two by me that are looking at this a little worriedly? One is girl that looks like Fuutaba from persona five but different as well. Her skin was pale of course like Fuutaba''s skin. She wore some circular glasses which emphasized her murky green eyes.


    Her hair wasn''t orange like Fuutaba''s but black with purple streaks. Her head phones looked exactly like noivern ears that I nearly groped them. But I held back and kept studying the girl who''s likely Kelpy.... why''d I ?ssume so? Anyways she''s wearing a dark green t-shirt with some palm sized br??st poking it out a bit. Her coat is well exactly like that of Fuutaba''s, same with jeans and foot wear. Just she had a long noivern tail coming out above her pert yet slim bu??. Tue last person was a girl in a blue green sundress. With a sunhat on her head covering a bit of her silky black and red streaking hair.


    Her skin was pale, her eyes are a pretty frosty green color though. Her ?h?st is well flat but thats fine she''s still a pretty girl. Though she has a ghostly lizard tail coming from underneath her sun dress. On her feet are some simple gray flip flops, weird choice but I won''t judge! Anyways guess she is Dreamy, just where''d these four come from exactly?


    Prometheus: "Ah you girls are here finally, welcome to the talks. Want some red wine?"


    Seems Prometheus had a hand in this now did he? The girls however shoke their heads no while Dantalian cheerfully strolled towards Forgotten.


    Dantalian: "Thank you ladies for interfering just at the right time! Now please make sure he stays still I have to fix him after all~!"


    Without waiting for a response he suddenly jabbed a cane into his forehead. Doing something as Forgotten started screeching out in agony. This went one for a good ten minutes before he retracted the cane and tried stabbing my forehead. Only to get blocked by one of my chimera''s that suddenly materialized. The one to block him was Halbrand one of my randomly made witcher chimera''s. Which Halbrand is a chimera of the Minotaur, the Cyclops, the Titan, and Phoenix. He looks like a twelve feet tall humanoid bull. His eye color is a fiery golden orange, his bull horns are reddish black in color.


    He has the strength of a Minotaur, the excellent sight and senses of a Cyclops, then his height is due to the titan part being predominant, finally when hurt or extremely mad fire of the Phoenix burst from his armor and wounds. His armor is a giant and three layered full steel plate armor set. Underneath such armor is a white plain shirt and brown pants. On his arms are two spiked giant tower shields, strapped securely in place on his arms. He wears the witcher school of the bear medallion. He was deflecting the persistent cane strikes of Dantalian with his shields with no openings.


    Prometheus: "Dantalian come now that boy is fine he''s oddly not got any hidden tricks. So the system didn''t implement the things Hade''s suggested."


    Dantalian suddenly stopped with a surprised face that quickly turned into a grin. While he retracted his cane and Halbrand turned back into a card. He whistled loudly in amazement before walking back towards Prometheus. When he was finally back by his side Forgotten twitched once more. Lifting his head up after it had fell to the ground he looked calmer. Like he was never mad to begin with though he has a lazy look now.


    Forgotten: "Hm? Oh new faces then another me? Guess I fu?k?d up huh?"


    He was completely different but Dantalian in a grand manner spread his arms. While Prometheus drunk a bottle of winr smirking happily.


    Dantalian: "Weeeelcome back to the sane side kekeke!!! To answer your question you screwed up royally! That everything you loved well expect for those four ladies was erased!! Then heh well you were nearly erased but we helped you! That you over there is the you after your erasal!"


    Forgotten: "Ah then nice to meet you I''m the Joking Reaper. But it seems my memories are shot to hell sadly man. But seeing these four ladies I can remember clearly who they''re supposed to be."


    Myriad: "You better you mad master!"


    Hallow: "Great then you can serve me popcorn master!"


    Kelpy: "Welcome back....."


    Dreamy: "Head pats?"


    Hearing the four we couldn''t help but laugh loudly. Myriad sounded like a sultry temptress with a slightly mischievous tone. Hallow sounded like a gruff yet feminine trouble maker. Kelpy well sounded like a shy girl with a calming voice. Dreamy she was a little emotionless in speaking but sounded calming. Two of the four were true to their d?s?r?s it seems though!


    Prometheus: "Hahahaha!! All laughs and jokes aside we''d like for you both to merge. Becoming one person as right now you both are fighting for control of your body! Or you could simply become a two faced person like Dantalian here."


    Dantalian: "Ooooohhhh!! Marvelous idea! Let them share each others memories but be two separate personalities!! I love your thinking old man! Although we''d have to make one a sin as they are still different!"


    Prometheus: "Hmm true there''s merit to your twisted words Dantalian. Ones actively trying to help while one seems to have become like a sloth."


    Dantalian: "Perfect then lets have. our forgotten friend there become the sin of sloth. As it seems I messed up and made him want to be a lazy bum. After reversing and purging that corrosion to his mind."


    Forgotten: "I get to be a lazy man and relax as a personality? Deal~!"


    Forgotten agreed so quickly that he was smiling and completely being lazy! He wasn''t even trying to get up but sleep instead! Though itvseems like that settled everything as soon the white space was crumbling. As Forgotten turned into light zipping into my head with eagerness. Giving me the memories he remembered while yawning sleepily. The girls turned towards me as the demon lord and god left peacefully smiling.


    Dreamy/Hallow/Myriad/Kelpy: "We''ll be seeing you soon master~!!"


    Thus like that I returned to the ball room time still frozen as a new message appeared.


    [ Deadly Sins series unlocked: Slothful Gun Unlocked ]

 Chapter 110 - My Characters Personalities and Stuff

    Biazar Chimera


    Personality: Motivated and casual killer


    Preference: Bisexual


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over even small things like stealing a pencil


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Weapons, Blacksmithing, Torturing, Traveling, Blood, Family, Friends


    Dislikes: The world, Stupid people, Himself at times, Random math


    ----------------------------


    Sloth


    Personality: Lazy and casual killer


    Preference: Bisexual


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over even small things like stealing a pencil


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Weapons, Blacksmithing, Torturing, Traveling, Blood, Family, Friends, Sleeping, Genocide


    Dislikes: The world, Stupid people, Himself at times, Random math, Sleep Disturbed, The System


    ------------------------------------


    Alurra Grandbul


    Preference: Straight


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over you taking things given by master


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Shields, Sweets, Children, Seeing master kill


    Dislikes: The Waves, Evil people, Motoyasu, Random math, Broken shields


    ---------------------------


    Dafran Blood


    Personality: Unmotivated and casual killer


    Preference: Straight


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over fingers


    Dislikes: The world, Stupid people, Himself at times, Random Puzzles, Destroyed Fingers


    ---------------------


    Nixia Harbinger


    Personality: Motivated


    Preference: Straight


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over insults to family


    Likes: Music, Animals


    Dislikes: Rude People


    ---------------------


    Personality: Motivated


    Preference: Straight


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over family


    Likes: Reading, Music


    Dislikes: Stupid people, Random math


    -----------------------


    Emporer Chimera


    Personality: Bored


    Preference: Bisexual


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Torturing, Traveling, Blood, Family, Friends, Flesh


    Dislikes: No flesh to eat


    -----------------


    Nevermore Undying


    Personality: Upbeat


    Preference: None


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over flesh


    Likes: Master, Dancing


    Dislikes: No Flesh


    Myriad Chimera


    Personality: Motivated and casual killer


    Preference: Bisexual


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over even small things like stealing a pencil


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Weapons, Blacksmithing, Torturing, Traveling, Blood, Family, Friends


    Dislikes: The world, Stupid people, Herself at times, Random math, The System


    -----------------------


    Hallow Chimera


    Personality: Motivated and Prankster


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over Interruptions when flirting


    Likes: Reading, Music, Murder, Animals, Traveling, Popcorn, Family, Friends


    Dislikes: The System, Thiefs, Questioning


    ------------------


    Kelpy Chimera


    Personality: Motivated and shy


    Preference: Straight?


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over needless death


    Likes: Reading, Music, Animals, Blacksmithing, Traveling, Singing, Family, Friends, Flying, Children


    Dislikes: Random Violence, Having to kill suffering creatures, The System


    -------------------


    Dreamy Chimera


    Personality: Aloof


    Preference: Bisexual


    Grudge Level: Hold grudges over Stealing Master


    Likes: Reading, Music, Animals, Traveling, Flying, Family, Friends, Children, Head Pats


    Dislikes: Annoying noises, The System

 Chapter 111 - Bandit Fort? Act One: A Suiting Song

    Today is the fourth day since the party at the castle. My group is currently moving towards an abandoned fort captured by thieves. In the territory Naofumi will in the future sometime soon. But for now my goal is a partly destroyed fort I heard about thats been taken over by bandits. Why do I want such a fort? Because the gun hero wants a base of operations! Also I mean who hasn''t dreamed of owning a fort one day? Although there''s a slight problem the area has how do I put this nicely it has undead. That can infect you and do scary things so I''ve been nominated to go alone.


    That''s right my group is happily having food outside the area infested by undead. While me, Emporer, and Nevermore traverse this hell towards our future home! I am having fun though as I''m killing undead through healing shotgun and four barreled medic flintlock pistol. Ack!! A Flying undead head just tried bitting me! So I involuntarily repeatedly shot it to nothing. Scary things shouldn''t go after me but others as I''m more scary. While I mulling over such things while shooting undead bandits showed up.


    B1: "You hear that shit? Who or whats causing continuous explosions?!"


    B2: "Maybe you on a winter night after eating your wifes cooking."


    B3: "Hahaha!! Good one Philk!"


    B4: "It sadly seems true as last winter I heard Gran shitting his life out."


    B5: "Yea.... Yea..... Never again never again I say...."


    B6: "Hok?! You okay speak to us man don''t look like your ready to die!"


    With a small evil smile I enter stealth standing out in the open. As six bandits made their way over to my murder scene I caused happily. They all looked scrawny and weak as hell but the one called Hok? I believe he''ll do nicely to suddenly cause trouble hehehe be a good puppet okay? Thus I silently strolled my way over to the bandits as they inspected the scene. My puppet being cared for by one of his friends so I smiled widely. Going behind him I place my right hand a top his head as I leaned down whispering into his ears.


    Biazar: "Be a good puppet for me and turn your friends okay?"


    Before he could even ask or make a peep I directly used necromancy on his brain. Making him an undead that when it bites or scratches. It''ll only take three milla seconds to turn people into undead. With that done I release his head as he oh so happily ripped out his friends throat. When they leaned in to check his forehead as he started sweating suddenly. Once their throat had been torn out by him he got up stumbling to his next victim. His friend soon joining him as well and so no survivors escape this. I released some previous undead to surround this area just in case.


    Once the man once known as Hok grabbed his friends shoulder they turned around. Only to get their jaw ripped off then turning undead as well. The first victim had tackled another person ripping out their kidney. Before changing targets as their victim pounced the last person ripping them up. The last person was the one who was insulted, right now he''s fleeing for his life. Sadly as he reached the tree''s a big burly undead hand yanked him aside. His screams soon echoes out like a symphony as he was devoured by a undead orge.


    Biazar: "Don''t need a weapon in hand


    When the weapon I am


    Trekking through treacherous land


    Standing together but we ain''t a band, without an


    ANTHEM - Kick back and listen


    Learn quickly - Never practice pacifism


    Strap into a javelin


    You got a vast selection, gonna have to pick one


    Blast off into a cataclysm


    Freelancers, saddle up - Calvary''s comin''


    Humanity won''t have extinction


    Least resistant path? I will fly it


    Bringing wrath from the skies - I maximize it


    Cuz'' I''m a swift maverick fighter pilot


    Talk to me goose - target is locked, now ice it


    Prime it and light it , with engines ignited


    Altimeter rising - The antes have heightened


    And we''re never planning for downtime


    This EXOSUIT so fresh


    Built it with my own hands


    Where am I cruising next?


    I''m just to fly to land


    No time to cool my jets


    Now I''m on fire, damn


    I''m quite a MARVEL


    Twice as strong as any IRON MAN


    Energy Flows, Energy Flows, Energy Flows... Through...


    It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy... You...


    Echoes of the ANTHEM sing...


    ANTHEM of creation; Power of a GOD


    Relic of the ANCIENT; RISE until we fall


    Freedom we''ve been CHASING; HOPE they got it wrong


    OPEN up the gates; The ANTHEM of us all


    I''m livin'' large, hitting hard as a colossus


    Pack enough punch to knock a HULK unconscious


    I''m irate giant, like a mad TITAN


    If you wanna throw down, I''ll trow flames


    Spit a bit of venom right in your face


    Whatever kind of damage you try to deal


    It ain''t ever get past my riot shield


    I''m elementally tethered


    To fire, ice and lighting - Light as a feather


    I''m bringing a storm - Think you may weather?


    Ever heard of hurricane Floyd? Mines way better


    Blinkin'' in and out of sight, bringin'' thunder from above


    Dishin'' out the frostbite, need some heat? I''ll give ya some!


    To me, a gun is uncivilized


    Forecasting Natural forces - Just arrived!


    In a flash, I''m slippin'' past your defenses


    Try to escape - Too late, intercepted


    Plan on a little man-to-man


    Toe to toe, do you wanna go, hand-to-hand?


    Instead, I could send shurikens


    Can you handle them? Sure ya can!


    After splashing you with acid - sorry


    I''ll hang back, let my wraith crash your party


    This ranger is packing nothing but stark power


    Whatever kind of danger, I''m a hard-counter


    The ironclad wildcard


    Yippee Ki-Yay, I''m dyin'' hard


    Summed up, I''m a gun nut - What a marksman


    Time for the fireworks - Light up all targets


    Get close, I deliver shocks like a tazer


    Let there be light if by light you mean lazer


    Energy Flows, Energy Flows, Energy Flows... Through...


    Echoes of the ANTHEM sing...


    It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy... You...


    Echoes of the ANTHEM sing...


    ANTHEM of creation; Power of a GOD


    Relic of the ANCIENT; RISE until we fall


    Freedom we''ve been CHASING; HOPE they got it wrong


    OPEN up the gates; The ANTHEM of us all


    Within the walls of Tarsis


    We''re safe from harm, but I''m not at home


    Because I wanna travel the farthest


    Javelin started up, let''s go!


    Hit the jets, freelancers, ready soar


    We ain''t settling for Kansas anymore


    Humanity''s lack of faith - We can restore


    Like Thunder from the hand of THOR


    We''re gonna strike back at ''em with a hammer''s force


    None of us are coming back without a scar


    Establish out dominion - Proudly guard


    Blast my ANTHEM louder than powered bard


    Our planet''s in shambles - Fell apart


    But we can reshape it from the shards


    I''ll guide my flock like birds of a feather


    Strong alone, Stronger together...


    ANTHEM of creation; Power of a GOD


    Relic of the ANCIENT; RISE until we fall


    Freedom we''ve been CHASING; HOPE they got it wrong


    OPEN up the gates; The ANTHEM of us ALL!


    ANTHEM of creation; Power of a GOD


    Relic of the ANCIENT; RISE until we fall


    Freedom we''ve been CHASING; HOPE they got it wrong


    OPEN up the gates; The ANTHEM of us all


    Energy Flows, Energy Flows, Energy Flows... Through...


    (RISE until we fall)


    It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy, It''ll destroy... You...


    (ANTHEM of us all!)"


    I think my song choice was a little fitting for this occasion! As right now I''m creating undead from patrols and their screams are the symphony! So with a growing small army of undead I advance on the fort. Singing the song I remembered from my past oh so happily with a crooked grin on my lips. My eye''s glowing intensely from pure excitement!

 Chapter 112 - Bandit Fort? Act Two: Ding Dong The Artillery Cannons Came Knocking

    After getting a sixeable undead army of three hundred to siege the fort. I almost felt like a Spartan commander with his two hundred ninety-nine troops. But I''m a little different I have guns at my disposal freely for the most part. So with a chuckle I start humming when Sloth does something suddenly. That makes me question if this is allowed since he''s doing so to be lazy.


    [ ERROR ERROR ERROR... Autherization Accepted Deadly Sins Sloth! Interpreting request for mobile gun vehicles by Sin of Sloth. Request has been cleared by the hero system thank you. ]


    [ Minigun Bike Added, Mortarbike added, Artillery Truck added ]


    Biazar: "You lazy bum but your also a genius....."


    Sloth: "Let the laziness corrupt you~!"


    Biazar: "Hey don''t you try a Bane voice on me! Which how''d you even change your voice?!"


    Sloth: "When you live for nearly a thousand years and spy a lot on people. You start picking up hobbies and planning how to use said hobbies for fun or murder. Because one time I acted like a high ranking member of the Japanese Special Defense Force. To sneak into the office of a lieutenant that was a laughing coffin member to murder them violently. It was a very fun time as I sealed off sound in the room then made it look like she was spirited away!"


    Looking back on said memory as he spoke I could only chuckle. As that event certainly looked fun but why are memories of murder the most remembered thing?! Sighing I see what exactly the mortarbike is and welp its as I imagined. Its a fu?k?n? motorcycle towing a mortar around on it! But I can use it remotely if I have a second gun summoned. For this endvour I''ll be using the mind gun to track everyone''s movements. As since these are bandits lets torture them a little bit yea?


    Thinking such a thing I try three guns out and felt a bit of pressure on my brain. But three manageable just hope I never have to increase the akimbo limits. Though against the Spirit Tortoise I may very well have to as it has the highest defense power. Sighing in frustration I have two artillery trucks transport everyone with cannons ready. But the weight on the trucks also causes pressure good to learn early on. But thinking right now is useless! Charge forward my four barreled artillery trucks crush all tree''s and small fries!!


    As I thought charge forward and crush I noticed something abnormal between the truck front grills. Are those lancers from gears of war with larger chain saws? Ah! One nicked my bu??!! With the nicking of my bu?? I scurry up onto the truck roof. As I don''t wanna be inside but ride dangerously like the weirdo I am!


    Biazar: "You hear the rustling of tree leaves and the rumbling of thunder off in the distance. The sounds wakes everyone from their sleep as the dead raise up from their graves. The thunder getting more violent and prominent by the second. The crows sound off like an alarm of dead night with deafening shrieks and crys.


    The horse men War and Strife have both arrived in town. To reap your lives and ride through the night causing trouble! Lock your doors, lock your minds, lock your hearts tonight! The dead roam these streets growling and feasting on the unlucky souls caught outside!"


    When started singing. we were already at the gates so I blew them wide open! As the trucks halted I flew into the fray turning one truck into my combat shotgun. Blowing off a near by bandits head as my feet made contact with another''s ?h?st. Caving it in with a violent crushing sound as I used to them kill my momentum. My undead flooding in from everywhere as the leaders, women and childern hid in a room. However I wasn''t done so I kept signing and killing!


    Biazar: "War and Strife are galloping on their horses through these dead streets. The dead and other monsters of the night at their beck and call waiting for their words.


    When they give their permission to go mad like the monsters they are. The monsters of the night start their blood bath with the humans still living. It doesn''t matter where you hide at or where you take your last hurrah at. As the monsters are growing in number while you dwindle in number!


    You try to run and hide from the monsters but you only get dragged to despair. As the grab you through the areas you deemed safe at first. Your last hurrah turns into a blood curdling cry for blood. War and Strife watching silently from a top their horses as Pestilence rides up beside them smirking."


    As I sang I moved and gunned people down sometimes even my own undead. As the fresh borns were acting like feral savages towards me. I moved towards the room in the fort those people had holed up thinking it''ll be safe. Till as soon as I confirmed the area was in no blockage of the artillery cannon. I blew the wall wide open as I walked in through the rubble on the floor. Undead clogging all exits I finished singing the last lines of my song. As I caught a throwing knife between my fingers smiling at the captives.


    Biazar: "And so with three horsemen of the apocalypse on your door steps. Running or fighting is a futile endeavour to do. As you no longer have a choice but, to silently become their entertainment till you die a painful death."


    Like my smile shook the fourty-eight captives that I had corned. My smile curling up wider on my lips as I looked at them. My eye''s flickering with bright crimson emerald like glowing. Driving dread into the hearts of these bandits as the fun has truly just begun!


    Biazar: "Hope you all have said your prayers as we''re about to have a bloody good time together!"


    [ Title: Demonic Gun ]


    [ Title: Fifth Horseman of the apocalypse Dread ]


    [ Title: Tag Team Demons of Sin ]

 Chapter 113 - (Short and Sorry) Bandit Fort? Act Three: Torture and Capture

    [ 150 Cal. Magnum Unlocked ]


    Hm? Sloth went added a non-sin form of his gun for me? Fishy but I''ll accept your generosity for now till you say something weird. Thinking so I keep the mind gun holstered as I change my shotgun. As I summoned out two guns, now holding two very beefy but deadly magnums. I tap one on my left shoulder while smiling at my captive bandits. Their thoughts are annoyingly in disarray but thats fine. Walking away from the wall rubble as I step on the cold hand of a kid. That was unluckily flattened by the initial explosion to knock out the wall.


    Biazar: "Greetings ladies and gents, I''m the gun hero Biazar! I''m here to take this fort and erase you all before you do something stupid. So any last words? Ah but I''ll try not killing more of the kids though, as I can probably get them to do good or neutral things."


    When the bandits heard me some of the kids looked relieved. Which they make up the majority of people here in this room. After I finished speaking a woman ran up to me trying to latch on. But I just pressed the cold barrel of one gun to her head to stop her from advancing.


    BW1: "Hero please save me I never wanted to be here I was kidnapped from my village!" (Buy my lie you shitty hero and let me close so I can stab you! My village was a fu?k?n? shit hole so I helped the bandits destroy it as I laughed in joy! But if they can be useful I''ll use their deaths to kill this hero and then boss will sleep with me! )


    Hearing her disgusting inner thoughts I pulled the trigger with no other thoughts. Her face warped a bit before the pressure of the bullet made her neck and head pop. As the bullet dented the wall several feet behind her. Blood spraying everywhere and onto my face in little splotches. But I turned to the other bandits smiling my guns trained on them with a cruel sneer. Replacing my smile as I look at them all disgusted to core.


    Biazar/Sloth: "I hate liers and back stabbers so all of you begone."


    As soon as my last words were said my guns started firing off. Blowing off heads or creating gapping holes in bodies. One of the more loyal kids that was heavily influenced by the bandits. Tried rushing to stab me so I blew her upper torso off with both guns trained on her. Seeing that if they come to kill me I''ll exterminate them. The kids who were about to rush towards me sat back down in fear. As they heard me say I won''t trying killing the kids they thought I''d be open. Sadly life isn''t like that you dumb shits if you go with the intention to kill prepare to die yourself.


    With a spin of the gun in my right hand I aimed at a bandit. Geared towards ?ssasin work that was trying to escape, their body fell missing everything but the legs. My slaughter fest was going strong and it irritated the main boss of these pest. As from a pile of bodies a giant woman wielding a great sword jumped at me aiming to cut me down. Sadly even though her hair was a beautiful crimson red, her skin tan, with solid built muscles and huge br??st. Her corpse soon littered the floor. With holes riddled in it as her sword was completely destroyed.


    This clean up didn''t even take five minutes as all the ?du?ts and one kid died. Leaving only twenty-eight kids alive so rounding them I let Sloth do his magic. As he apparently copied the slave branding magic down to the core some how. So like that I had gained twenty-eight hands able to help manage this place. The undead I stored with the necromancy skill for later use. As through my phone I used the terrian editing app and fixed this place up instantly. Looking over the kids I take note of them all closely for now.


    Biazar: "Hm so eighteen girls and ten boys, all either are wolf, human, elf, tiger, and snake type beast humans. General age range is five to twelve..... All right all of you brats starting now until you''ve actually changed for what I judge the better. You''ll be slaves and have to earn your freedom by truly actually doing something besides being bandits. I won''t regret what I''ve done so resent me if you want, it''ll only hurt you if you dwell on it."


    My words made some of the kids have hardened faces, some hopeless faces, some grateful for some reason, and only one sleepy face. Guess that kid really doesn''t give a shit what they become they just wanna sleep! Anyways after signalling my group its clear they all soon joined us. Like that this not so fun trip has ended pretty well just with blood everywhere!


    ===================================


    Name: Biazar Reaper Chimera


    Age: 20(Physical)


    Titles: 2nd Lt., Undead Emporer, Death and Life Incarnate, Death and Life Blacksmith, Fallen Reaper, Gun Hero, Tag Team Demons of Sin, Fifth Horseman of the apocalypse Dread, Demonic Gun


    lvl-  41 0/4,100


    Stats


    HP: 6,150/6,150


    Mana: 24,600/24,600


    Str: 200


    Agi: 160


    Con: 199


    Cha: 171


    Dex: 666


    Wis: 166


    Int: 193


    Luk: 156


    Abilities: Gamer''s Mind- passive lv Max, Gamer''s Body- passive Lv Max, Appearance Default- Passive Lv Max, CQC- passive lv 110, leadership- passive lv max,  marksmanship- passive lv max, Blade Mastery- passive lv max, Stealth- active lv max, Observe- active lv max, Spy- passive lv Max, Negotiating- active lv max, Necromancer- unique lv max, Undead Commander- unique lv max, Chimera''s Call- unique lv max, World''s Road- unique lv max, Legion- unique lv max, Deaths Incarnation- unique lv max, Plague Doctor- unique lv 40, Tame- Unique lv 10, Cooking- Common lv max, Night Vision- Uncommon lv Max, Blacksmith- Common lv max Deaths Aura- Unique lv max, Limitless Scythe- Unique Lv max


    Gun forms


    Four Barreled Flint Lock(Base Form)


    Four Barreled Scythe Gun Blade(Reaper Gun Form)


    Gun of Time(Controls Time)


    Warp Gun(Teleports user or others)


    Gun Sword(A gun and sword combination)


    Rope Gun(Priduces usable rope or shoots a living rope)


    Ore Gun(Improves quality of ores and minerals mined)


    Cooking Gun(Increases the quality of cooking)


    Flame Gun(Shoots fire or super heated bullets)


    Water Gun(Shoots a deadly torrent of water or a playful squirt)


    Lightning Gun(Shoots highly lethal volts of lightning or produces volts enough to stun)


    Air Gun(Shoots highly compressed balls of air or blades of wind to cut things down)


    Assassin Gun(Silently kill everything)


    Herbal Gun(Increases quality or herbs and plants collected)


    Alchemy Gun(Increases Alchemy production results)


    Sleep Grenade Launcher(Smoke spreads out to twenty feet, acts within three seconds)


    Tranquilizer gun(Five seconds for effects to appear)


    combat shotgun(Fire high powered blast from midrange that decreaes the further you get. From up close it causes devistating results when fired)


    Elemental Dragnauv(Studies weakness then fires corresponding bullets)


    Elemental 50 Cal.(Studies weakness then fires corresponding bullets)


    Tri-Barrel Minigun(For each round fired the impact and penetration power increase)


    150 Cal. Magnum


    healing sawed off shotgun


    Doom Artillery Cannon


    Minigun Bike


    Mortarbike


    Artillery Truck


    Bike Towed Rocket Trebuchae


    ==================================


    Sloth: "Yes as its funny!"


    Oh well I can''t complain really can I? Like that the day truly drew to a close.


    ==========================


    Sorry for this but I gotta say this as I wanna make some things clear about my situation since I b?r?ly ever do this so sorry as I know this is sudden and probably many other things.... I don''t really want to do this nor do I like asking for help but this current situation for me and everything got me thinking so I had to set aside the mindset of "If I just weather it I''ll do fine, I won''t burden others for help I''ll be fine! My problems are my own help won''t do me much good if it is burdensome to others."


    So I made a Ko-Fi thing as this is something I''m tired of watching and not really being able to help at all and I don''t like asking for more than I can bite off, may seem like I am going for sympathy but between running out of food, paying off school, bills, and my moms health.... as I''m just on the sidelines while managing this book and keeping some friends and well I guess as I haven''t really asked this yet my Aussie boyfriend?


    From going off the deep end from drama as I do like the blook for actually making my mind wander though it''ll take time for other things and I''m a guy almost 21 but I like both guys and girls so yea..... But all things aside I just wanna be useful this time around and not used just because I inherited a sturdy body from a man who has become a useless father so I''m sorry but I could use the help.... Sorry for the long random rant everyone just had to make the whole situation clear if I don''t write for a while suddenly during this! As there are plans to move if things take a serious dip in my moms health or me asking to suddenly try meeting my sister and niece''s that I''ve never really met as she avoided our dad for years and still is...


    ========================

 Chapter 114 - Making A New Fort Chronicle Yea

    Its the next day after capturing the bandit fort and things are rapidly changing. As right now we''re working on making several additions to things. Mainly a farm, radio tower, a satellite system which I already have one up in orbit. Its a global targeting one called "Bahumet" its a gun form. So right now I constantly have two guns out even as I sleep it stills orbits and follows me. Its my trump card as no one expects a death beam from space! Although people may start thinking the wrath of god happened which may be good.


    Anyways I''m gonna take a stroll around the fort checking on how every facility is coming along. With such as my motivation I roll out my bed in one of the rooms dodging a pouncing Hallow. Thats in a more military style getup today as aparty everyone here is my army. So I mass produced a red and black style military outfit. Through the workshop which this may sound bad but it wasnt inspired by good people.


    Biazar: "Morning to you as well Hallow so whats up?"


    Hallow: "Kekeke You dodged my pounce after I thought of giving you a morning kiss. Anyways guess I''ll be leading you around to everyone''s work stations?"


    Biazar: "Please do so and I may reward you depending on things."


    After I had said reward her fox like ears went alter as her eyes shined. The first thing I thought of was she wants popcorn most likely heh. Anyways as everyone else is to be wearing their uniforms I''ll wear mine as well. So making the michevious fox wait I start dressing up. Which my uniform only has one difference thats I have a shogun mask. So I put that on first before sliding on my long yet simple trench coat which Hallow. Had helped her self to bu??oning up thats where it ended for me as. I already wear military style shoes and black dress pants with a black bu??on up shirt and red tie. Once this was finished looking in a mirror I put up last night.


    I tied up my red tie as I admired the militaristic style trench coat. That I had copied a few features from the nazi''s, a manga called "Bastard Magic Instructor", and "A Returners Magic Should Be Special". As I had liked those military style coat design''s a bit so I had made a mix up of the three. Although through the workshop I also added a few effects such as temperature control. So wearing them constantly wouldn''t be so bad although, Dafran quickly modified somethings and hid his stuff on it. Mainly what was hidden was gathered up fingers which number more than a hundred now.


    Which I don''t even wanna know why he has that many! Sighing I head for the door of my room Hallow following behind with her arms behind her head.


    --------------------------


    [ Agriculture Section ]


    Our first stop was the farm that surpringly Dreamy was motivated to do. So to see her progress I decided to checl here first. What I saw on the western wall was a to quickly made farm. But according my glasses its structurely sound scarily enough some how. The culprit was soon spotted though as in one of the fields was Dreamy making crop rows.


    Biazar: "Dreamy did you um build this all in a night?"


    I asked this question just in case as we approached the dirty dragon girl. Who looked up at us both while still plowing the ground with a hand made hoe.


    Dreamy: "Yes"


    Hallow: "Are you alright better yet are you sane?"


    Dreamy: "Yes I''m fine, no I''m border insane as sane breaks around master."


    She responded so aloofly and care freely that we smiled wryly. As this girl is scarily eager yet aloof to farm for some reason.


    Biazar: "You do know this fort is only, a thousand feet wide and a thousand one hundred feet in legnth right? So please don''t go farm happy Dreamy, that aside why such a big farm?"


    Dreamy: "Fifty kids"


    Biazar: "Ha?"


    Her answer made me stupified till Hallow broke out laughing. As she started teasing the dragon girl which made me understand the reason. This girl is dangerous I''ll need to lock my door at night. So I made a hasty retreat before she got the courage to try anything today. The farm however has impressed me as she made a full blown one in this confined space.


    ------------------------


    [ Medical Bay ]


    Entering the medical bay of the fort next with Hallow no longer following. I''m greeted by Kelpy who is in a more surgical style of our uniform. Same with a few of the kids that are working here with her. Kelpy suited this work kind of as she uses echo location waves or studies the sound a body makes. So I let her run this area after she hesitantly volunteered to do so. To her greeting though I stroke her head a bit. Which was cute as she started shyly wiggling and making happy bat noises and purrs.


    Which got her helpers attention as the six kids helping her. Were three girls and three boys who were the most caring of the bunch although one boy and girl. Acted jerks I saw them constantly taking care of the others secretly last night. So I had forced them into being "Care Staff" under Kelpy. Which worked out splendidly but right now all six are making many kinds of motions behind Kelpy. That I couldn''t up but glare at them to stop before another preaching happens about being kind! Kelpy is surprisingly a long winded preacher when it comes to being nice.


    I remember those bandits that showed up at midnight last night. They were caught hitting one of the older kids a few times trying to capture them. But when Kelpy got her hands on them..... It almost felt wrong to have them join us while shouting we repent. I feel genuinely sorry for them as it was like they got brain washed with no hopes of escape. So I put those eight brain washed into kindness bandits to work at the armory. To try to roughen them back up a bit while I implemented a thought into them.


    "I will never betray the gun hero or his people, betrayal means a fate worse than gods wrath."


    Into their minds subtly every nanosecond to reinforced it. To the degree they''ll mutilate themselves if they try to do so. So i am satisfied to have such loyal puppets working hard for me. Focusing back in on Kelpy she starts showing me around the area which was being set up slowly. After seeing everything I left with a chuckle after pinching her bu?? causing a ruckus. Of laughter and whistling from the kids who promtly teased the shy now human noivern.


    -----------------------


    [ Training Grounds ]


    Peaking on the training grounds I see Myriad and Alurra. Both training twelve kids harshly together yet effectively to their current builds. So chuckling I left as the training grounds are in safe hands with those two. Hope you survive long enough kids as you''ll be covered in gore soon enough.


    ----------------------


    [ Intelligence Room ]


    Heading through a hidden passage I enter the forts intelligence room. Where Dafran and the missing Hallow are both teaching the remaining kids. About spy and ?ssassination work just Dafran please stop using the fingers as finger puppets. Its creepy to see a grown man using severed fingers to act out their profession! There''s even a kid pulling away from youbas you try to approach them! So please stop and put up your finger collection you sadistic bunny!


    Sadly Dafran didn''t stop even with Hallow restraining him he continued by dislocating joints. So I left with a blank face praying to war that those kids don''t become like him. Later on would I regret to learn that one of them became a foot collector.


    -------------------------


    [ A Top The Fort Gates ]


    The knights and carriage approached the gates and one with uselessly shiny armor. Screamed up at me while I pet Emporer who was ready to kill.


    K1: "Open your gates! Open your gates I say! For the fourth daughter of the Machutie family wants those filolial!"


    The voice was feminine and the person was just a plain looking lioness beast woman. But I silently ignored her dumb request and sent Emporer off with a note for Naofumi. Seeing my uncaring attitude the woman was about to scream at me again. But I shot the slothgun by her head just missing a bit on purpose.


    Biazar/Sloth: "Wow an impudent and a different countries knight at that. Is making demands of one of the heroes and even demanding their companions. Thought Siltvelt was smart but it seems they have trash and dumb people working for them too."


    K1: "Y-y-you heathen! You dare defy the Machutie family?! Hero or not you should heed our demands you-"


    I didn''t even let her finish as artillery cannon barrels suddenly loomed over her. Ready to erase the knight just like that as I looked at the whole damn convoy darkly.


    Biazar/Sloth: "Leave right now before I erase everyone of you shits."


    My icy stare and cold voicr rang loud and clear as every knight froze up. But coming out from the carriage was a tomboyish sixteen vyear old Eagle girl. Who grinned as she fearlessly looked at me with a crooked smile. Only to do a triple air flip as a rubber bullet impacted her head without warning.


    Biazar: "Don''t look at me like I''m prey you creepy shit head."

 Chapter 115 - Short Story: The Gun, The Worm, and The Dragon

    [ After Clearing The Fort ]


    After cleaning up the fort of bandits and expanding it a bit. I went out to explore the wood woods around the fort alone. As even I need a break from everyone at times since their so unique. So times like these are great and peaceful, looking around at the lush flora and undead occasionally. Although I could do with not hearing the "Lazy Song" from Sloth really. Since I don''t really want to be lazy and leave everything to the others.


    Sloth: "Lets be lazy clap clap lets be lazy bums and sleep the day away. We are the lazy bums, we are the lazy bums, so lets be lazy forever. Lets leave all the boring and tedious work others and just sleep the day away."


    Such song he sings even in his sleep like he''s trying to brainwash me! Just stop damn you! Stop trying to brainwash ne into being a lazy bum you stupid sin slash forgotten original! While screaming at the side who used be the a very violent piece of shit, that was punished by people now a bum. That I didn''t notice that there was a giant corpse eating worm following me. As it ate undead around me, I really didnt notice it since Sloth is distracting! When I turned to face the giant critter that was probably around the size of a car and fairly long.


    I poked its body while it simply stared at me presumably wanting something.


    Biazar: "Uh hi? why are you following me?"


    *Scauuuea*


    Biazar: "I don''t speak worm sorry but I guess you smell my necromancy some how?"


    *Scuuuuua*


    Biazar: "Okay then what do you want?"


    Biazar: "You uh.... want me to supply corpses?"


    *Scuuuuuuuuuuuu!!!!*


    [ Giant Corpse Monger wishes to become your familiar! Yes/No ]


    I question this notification so very much but I think of yes and next came another screen.


    [ Name: Squuial, Race: Corpse Monger, Gender: Male/Female, Familiar Conditions: 1) Provide corpses as food, 2) Be gentle, 3) Pet me ]


    This... is a rather unique thing that just happened. Ooooookay then. Guess I have a giant worm as a pet? Wonder if there is a Nidhogg dragon since they enjoy corpses too if I remember right. Anyways while processing this and questioning if there''s a corpse loving dragon. I absentmindly stroke my new friends head as I stare off into space.


    [ After exploring a while riding Squuial a encounter! ]


    Did me thinking of this certain creature summon it? As right now as I sit on a stump I''m being rubbed on by two corpse lovers. One''s a giant Corpse Monger, a worm monster, the other is a huge and very long bodied Nidhogg dragon. That appeared basically two hours into ridding around on Squuial. When it appeared it divided or more like slithered towards us with great haste. Then well it ended up just like with Squuial, just they argued apparently. As when they met there were a lot of squua''s and hissing till they came to a compromise? Now I have two strange corpse eaters as familiars!


    [ Name: Reckal, Race: Nidhogg, Gender: Female, Familiar Conditions: 1) Give corpses, 2) Pet me, 3) Groom me, 4) You can no longer escape your my companion forever ]


    I feel like I should just give up seeing this strange condition. As I can''t really figure out why the hell it even exist!


    [ A notice from Sloth!


    I''ll be killing some people soon on a grand scale so look forward to it. Also I am glad i was "Erased" and then basically turned lazy by accident! Now I can annoy the new guy while eating cold pizza! ]

 Chapter 116 - A Sight Many Wouldnt Like

    After dealing with that stupid noble brat and her would be knights. I left the fort after I had made them leave like mindless puppets via mind gun. My destination is where those idiots came from the border to Siltvelt, specifically near the brats house. I was going to give them a "thank you" for their daughters and knights harassment. So i hope they love undead because they''re about to REALLY love them. If you idiots wants to blame someone blame your daughter for trying to steal from me.


    [ Machutie Border Town: Main Residence ]


    In the inner study of the Machutie family residence the family head Rockwell. Was beating and cursing a young butler for breaking his favorite tea cup on accident.


    Rockwell: "YOU STUPID INCOMPETENT FOOL WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE TO BREAK MY CUP?! HUH WHO THE FUCK DO YOU THINK YOU ARE YOU STUPID BASTARD SON OF WHORE?! I''LL SENTENCE YOUR ENTIRE FAMILY TO DEATH FOR THIS YOU BASTARD!!"


    While Rockwell violently kicked or punched the young butler in his unnecessary rage. A loud explosion goes off some where in the town followed by panic screams. This had luckily saved the almost beaten to death butler from his master. As the sudden event had caught his attention, Rockwell storming out of the room to find his family. Sadly just as he was about six feet away from the study a loud panicked muffled scream began. This made him curse under his breath as he had just left there, yet that useless butler was being attacked?!


    With his annoyance still high Rockwell headed back to save to the butler. Planning to bring him along and use him as cannon fodder for suddenly being attacked. The thought of how was he suddenly being attacked never crossing Rockwell''s mind. When he stepped one foot into the study he halted his body stiff from the sight before him. As for some reason in the room were two children devouring the struggling butler. As he tried to crawl away they dragged him back to continue eating.


    Rockwell decided it''s best to leave now so he took one step back. Only to come in contact with two figures side by side together. When he turned to look Rockwell felt teeth sink into his side. Looking down it was his young son Denier with his wife beside him. Only once he made eye contact with his wife, Rockwell''s throat was bitten. His slowly went wide realizing his wife and son had some how become undead, dreaded and god forsaken undead. He tried lifting his arms up in one final resistance before his untimely death. Only to feel something bite his left ankle while two more mouths sunk into his back.


    The Machutie family and their servants save for the daughter and her knights. Had died this day for their daughters mistake in challenging a hero. One crazy enough to cause a genocide if needed to do some good or to save his loved one''s. The one''s who had left would soon learn of this tragic event. Only to despair and wonder why this suddenly happened while they were gone as a shadow watched them.


    [ Machutie Town Barracks ]


    Captain Harnal was running the normal weekly training practice. When an explosion was heard followed by screams and strange wails. All present knights which numbered fifty were distracted. Until from the ground undead suddenly burst up in various spots dragging in victims. Into the holes they had created as their eye''s glowed with a strong crimson light that illuminated the dark holes faintly. Harnal drew his sword and called out to a scrambling knight trying to get them.


    Only to witness undead grab his ankles, bitting as two more grabbed his sides from the ground. A fourth grabbing his head from behind yanking him violently into the ground. Ripping his upper half from the lower as guts spilled out before undead greedily. Dragged everything underground devouring the knight like a delicious pastry. Seeing this Harnal had no choice but to flee the barracks as staying there ment death. A death he would rather not experience not today any ways!


    As he ran from the barracks he saw many shops and homes a blaze already. The streets having moving half eaten corpses or undead shredding someone. Harnal decided he''d try to at least get his son and flee the already doomed town. Unfortunately the reaper controlling this situation had decided a cruel joke. He guided the knight captains son towards his father. His son was maybe just turning ten and once he was insight of his dad. The reaper closed the curtains on the boy as a horde of undead swarmed him from behind. The boys hand stretched out towards his dad while he was pulled into the center of the swarm. Tears streaming down his face as the first undead bit into his shoulder sealing his fate.


    Harnal: "U-wuah AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH YOU DAMNED UNDEAD! DIIIEEEE!!!"


    Harnal had snapped seeing his only son, his precious child die reaching out for him. Only to soon be feasted on like a snack for undead like rats to a dead body. As Harnal charged to slice up the undead feasting on his son, a scythe blade emerged from his ?h?st silently. He looked down the scythe blade as he felt four small barrel like objects against his back.


    ?????: "Sorry man you seemed like a good guy but your lord, his family, and a few of your knights made me mad. So I''m sorry but you''ll be dying here today captain Harnal, now join your son."


    Harnal: "Y-you bastard who are yo-"


    With four loud bangs of a gun captain Harnal had perished. Meeting the source of this undead outbreak in his final momments. As his body fell his attacker was already gone, undead swarming him. Feasting on his body not caring for the man who just died they only saw food and ate. After all the main figures of the town and all its citizens had perished or turned. All the undead suddenly popped like balloons painting anything unburnt in blood and fleshy bits.


    [ Machutie Border Town in Siltvelt Kingdom has been destroyed! ]


    [ Gained 34 levels! ]


    [ Title(s): Mass Murderer, Unforgiving Hero, One Who Punishes Sadisticly ]

 Chapter 117 - Siege The Cult Epic Part 1

    After I had erased a border town making it look like a undead attack. I was strolling around the capital of Melromarc talking to the usual people. Which involved mainly orphans trying to steal so I usually took them out to eat when I''m around. But today, today I''m severely pissed and a place is about to be erased. As in the center plaza are cultist from the three heroes church proudly parading around. With the heads of some of the brats I usually fed and a person that looked up to Naofumi. On fu?k?n? pikes while saying we''re devils while they blatantly are doing something disgusting.


    Before I knew Sloth had moved my body and I had already gunned down a third of the cultist. Some tried running off in terror or attacking me but those that fled I shot with the warp gun. Teleporting them into walls half way killing them off, the attackers i just grabbed their faces and violently jerked my hand left. Snapping their necks with loud and violent noises with their ripping a bit. So as their corpses fell their heads dangled off slightly as bones stuck out splintered. I caused a bloody scene killing around twenty cultist but I didn''t care I quitely collected the heads.


    Taking them with me outside the capital and burying each one with respect. After cremation of their heads to ensure no screwy undead spawn from them. After I finished doing so three certain characters approached silently.


    Biazar: "Naofumi, Erhard, and Beloukas what is it you three want?"


    as I spoke my voice was cold and emotionless in every sense of the way. Hearing me only Erhard spoke up mainly trying his best to make things not explode beyond needed.


    Erhard: "Biazar please calm down what those bastards from the church of three heroes did. Is very unforgivable in every sense of the world but whatever your about to do, don''t do it you''ll cause more harm than anything."


    Biazar: "Erhard I don''t care I''m erasing those pest, I''ll even be using a hidden ace. So if you hear something outrageous just know it far more so."


    Naofumi: "What are you going to use?"


    Biazar: "I can''t only summon gun related things you know? I can raise the dead and summon out some down right hazardous chimera''s."


    Naofumi: "Then I can''t stop you neither can the old man or Beloukas. So give them hell for me to since I was going to destroy them as well."


    Erhard: "Urgh you two are dangerous but good kids....."


    Beloukas: "Just know my company is always willing to help you Gun Hero, even if you become a demon lord."


    Biazar: "Roger that you two and sorry Erhard but thanks for worrying."


    [ Deadly Sin: Wrath''s Flamethrower unlocked ]


    Before they could reply I had used the warp gun and teleported near my fort. As I started using a skill that started shinning in my status. So without questioning why "Chimera''s Call" was glowing I used it. What I didn''t expect was for ten chimera''s to appear from it at one time, all of them looking grim with anger. The one that had come out were Swarm, Oracle, Dziwak, Zarazi?, Fragment, Haven, Coffin, Castalo, Dral''Fel and Elvis Skellington. Four of which were craftsmen but everyone save for Elvis had strong necromancy at their disposal. Elvis was a bard chimera that uses music to kill or something else that he decides.


    Appearance wise and what they''re chimera''s of I''ll briefly explain. As Sloth is trying to remember but failing to even though he should know them.


    -----------------


    Swarm is a chimera of the dracolich, the phantom, the vampire, and the wisp. A ruler of death and the darkness is how he is. With his body looking normal and everything. With horns sprouting from his head. Though the left is broken off midway. His right eye hollow with a burning rainbow flame. His left eye purple like amethyst with a ghostly glow. He has a more humanoid form making him. Stand at ten feet and fifteen inches. Emerald green scales on his arms and legs.


    Sharp claws that can cut through metal with a light scratch. If not careful, on his hands and feet that can retract. A long easter dragon style tail behind him. As his body emits a faint blue wisp glow. Multiple fangs inside his mouth, that forms a small muzzle. With whip like whiskers drooping from it.


    He wears a black tank top shirt as everyday attire. Black jeans with a few holes and patches in them. A chain around one wrist that droops a little from a shackle. Metal platings with inscriptions on them, along with his tail. Finally a pair of grey flip flops on his feet, so shoes never get destroyed.


    next up is Oracle!


    Oracle is a chimera of Quetzalcoatl, the Displacer Beast, the Nightwalker, and the Wendigo.


    Oracle is a huge chimera, standing at twelve feet. As shadowy mist lingers around his feet, sometimes a gold mist strand is seen. Oracle wears a butler like attire like Chaos, only with some armor on vitals, his wings, tails, and tentacles. Oracle is somewhat fit that his clothes stretch a bit.


    Covering most of Oracle''s head is a snake skull, with some black gold tribal markings on it. In the eye sockets rest some glowing white eyes. The rest of Oracle''s body is covered in some abyss colored fur. His hands are normal except for the occasional shift to blade fingers. That cause a deep stab mark in most things.


    From his shoulder blades sprout two displacer beast tentacles. That are loosely wrapped around his neck like a scarf. From the back sprout two wings with quetzalcoatl''s colors and feathers. From his lower back sprout two tails, one of a displacer beast and one of a serpent.


    Now for the craftsman team!


    Dral''Fel is a chimera of the Protogen, the Wisp, the Golem, and the Dryad.


    Dra''Fel stands a little above a protogens normal height. While he has the usual protogen face rig and style. He only shows two red glowing eyes on it, his mouth isn''t there. His body and the two horn like branches on his head. Look normal but green and metallic, the green shows his dryadic nature.


    While the metallic shine is chimeradite ore, a metal made by mixing some of the strongest ores. While his body is made out of along with his horns. He is soft to touch like flesh but hard to cut. At night he can be seen giving off a red luminous glow. Representing his wisp side yet also a hint to his craft. Dra''Fel is a craftsmen that uses souls to make items. So he carries around a Scythe and war hammer mixed tool. His symbol is his tool but surrounded by a glow of a wisp.


    ---------


    Castalo is a chimera of the Protogen, Tharizdun, The shadow, and the Oni.


    Castalo is average height and looking protogen. Her mask is purple, while her colorization is black and red. Castalo however has chains hanging off parts of her body. She does have the lean yet slightly muscular figure of an oni. Her craft is of making things to restrain and imprison things and creatures. Thus her symbol is chains around a sheathed dagger.


    --------------


    Haven is a chimera of the Protogen, Vincentius, The Phoenix, and the Oni.


    Haven is human sized, with their mask taking on a helmet approach. Their color scheme is white gold, their mask black gold. Havens wings aren''t normal in they don''t have a set form. They''re more like tendrils of flaming light freely moving. Haven specialises in making firearms to purge. So their Symbol is a bullet in a wreath of light.


    --------------


    Coffin is a chimera of the Protogen, Belzorak, the Dracolich, and the Dryad.


    Coffin is the size of a human as well like Haven. While his mask is in form of a silver dragon skull. His color scheme is dark blue and green for his body. While from his back are two boney dragon wings, with plants acting the parts for flight. Coffin is a craftsmen of demonic puppets. So his symbol is a coffin with a puppet hand sticking out holding the lid.


    Now for Fragment!


    Fragment is a chimera of the shadow, the gargoyle, the oni, and the reaper. Fragment is a six feet and five inches tall gargoyle. From his head are two curving up horns. His build is like that average trained soldier. Four wings on his back looking almost skeletal. He is blackish grey in coloring, his eyes a murky red.


    Over his body is a tattered grey robe with purple trimmings .Underneath is a black mafia looking suite with red trimmings in places.  His wings coming out freely from the robes back. Two medium sized hooked kyoketsu shoges, are tied around his arms under his sleeves. While a large scythe hangs from his back between his wings. Hanging there a little sloppy but easy for taking off of his back. At a moments notice for fighting or to guide the souls of the dead off to somewhere else.


    Next up Zarazi? and Dziwak!


    Zarazi? is a chimera of Slenderman, the Phantom, the Reaper, and the Barghest.


    Zarazi? is a twelve feet and twenty-six inches tall humanoid. He is like slenderman in every way but his tendrils are sharper like a scythe blade. With a slight cold metal like glimmer to them. His face has an amber glowing skull symbol on it. That if you gaze at it for even a second, it could seize your soul. Behind him is a long black and long furred tail at fifteen centimeters long. He spreads plagues while harvesting souls of those killed them.


    Dziwak is a chimera of slenderman, the Phantom, the Seraphim Angel, and the Barghest.


    Dziwak is a ten feet and twenty-four inches tall humanoid. His figure is that of Slenderman''s mainly, as six wings come out from behind. Mainly like a wispy liquid substance that changes into tendrils to impale victims. His face is all that devoid of anything, it has a blue glowing symbol. That looks like a computer''s power bu??on, with an eye like slit in the center. A long black and long furred tail at ten centimeter''s long rest behind him. He does not spread plagues, he cures them.


    Then finally the grimmest looking one of them all Elvis Skellington!


    Elvis Skellington is a chimera, of the Incubus, the Siren, the Exploud, and the Moth.


    Elvis is a six feet and twelve inches tall humanoid. He generally looks like an incubus in appearance. But his wings on his lower back have a hypnotic like moth pattern. His demon tail tail is replaced by two large tube like tails. While his hair looks like dreads but with some tubes mixed in. On his back are two protruding tubes, while above his elbows are two more.


    Between his fingers are a thin membrane for swimming. While his ears are sorta like fins as well. He wears a fancy black dress suit with purple edges. His shows are like an odd mix between dress shoes and boots. While on his hands are fingerless kevlar gloves with spikes on the knuckles.


    Strapped to his back is an ever changing instrument. That also counts as a weapon with his prowess. Since it can send out devastating sound waves, or become a dubstep gun. Combined with when he sings, his tubes amplifying his voice and instrumental weapon. He becomes one destructive but hard to resist bardic chimera.


    --------------------


    They had all wanted to appear for some reason but I''ll gladly accept their help. So with a small and almost unmistakable sadistic grin on my lips. I looked at these chimera''s and spread my arms wide in a dramatic way towards them.


    Biazar: "Slaughter time?"


    Fragment: "Genocide"


    Dra''Fel: "Six hundred feet under"


    Coffin: "Nothing left"


    Haven: "Torture"


    E.S: "Let me erase their souls with music"


    Dziwak: "Bloody paste"


    Zarazi?: "No survivors"


    Swarm: "No remains"


    Castalo: "No souls left untouched"


    With a soft almost eerily calm chuckle I look at my chimera''s. Giving them a nod and mouth silently the orders to march onto the cult.

 Chapter 117 - question that needs an answer

so would you like me to redo this whole thing one section at a time or scrap it all and start over?

 Chapter 118 - Cult Siege Epic Part 2

    Seeing my chimera''s being quite eager to murder some dumb cultist I almost felt pity for them oh who am I kidding I pity the damn building more! The building is just doing building things while its users are out bathing in blood of anyone not worshiping the Bow, Spear, and Sword heroes! That it is quite dis-concerning to know that as we sit here talking and planning out our actions that they are likely murdering more innocent people. All because the said people like me and Naofumi more than the other heroes as we actually help while they fu?k up everything around them and don''t take responsibility! Which around now Naofumi should be cleaning up the undead dragon emperor that Ren killed and would later regret. As he is the first of the idiot trio who truly would regret his actions at a very later time after a psychopathic vassal weapon holder from another world, the world guardian beast, and the sin of Greed would ruin him. While justice freak Itsuki and boy toy Motoyasu would be completely consumed by their sins. That justice freak basically became a mute after freed from it, while Motoyasu still roamed being led around by his sin like a puppet. Which from that book Naofumi found before being summoned the sword, bow, and spear were all tricked by a cunning and trickster princess. While the shield was treated as a demon and would mainly help those being negatively effected by the other three idiots that were led around by the nose.


    So my guess is that all previous heroes followed such a course and the shield was always forced into cleaning up the mess while branded as a demon. But there may have been one generation of heroes that was consistent with that as one the spirit tortoises back there was a town and in that town there was a wall. An ancient wall with Japanese written all over it but no one could figure it out mostly before having to go on the move so I''ll have to look into that. But right now our main priority is to genocide a cult to oblivion! Although this is bothering me so I''ll just ask this straight up to my very bardic like chimera that as someone once pointed out, was like the mind infinity stone since he can brainwash millions or everything through music.


    Biazar: "Hey Elvis why are you so mad out of everyone currently out and fuming with rage?"


    E.S: "Because I''m a entertainer sure I will kill using the art of music and being a tricky person but before that I''m a bard. I like watching people smile and have fun as I play my tune, dance the fool, be the star of the show since it makes them happy, turns a bad time into a good time. Especially with children they are much more easier to please and if you see them having fun you wanna try harder. I''m mad right now though because we''ve all been watching you through the skill and we''ve seen the rise and down fall of both you and Sloth. You and those kids occasionally were very lively together you''d even borrow my abilities or Krasi?''s ability to bring art to life and alter reality to play with them! YET THOSE FLIFTHY SCUM DARE RUIN IT!! YOU USED MY ABILITY TO SING AND STUFF FOR KIDS THAT MADE ME HAPPY YET THEY TOOK THE FUN AWAY AS A BARD I MUST ERADICATE THEM ALL!!"


    Ah so he''s pissed because even though I borrowed his musical talents and ability at times through the skill. He was technically the one being the musician and making those kids happy but the church of three heroes stepped in and murdered his audience. Thus his instincts as a chimera are reacting very strongly as an averse effect of his rage. So his body is screaming to murder those who dare steal from a chimera, which Krasi? is probably the same but he''s pretty laid back. Along with if he used his ability to alter reality through painting and sketching then that''d probably cause problems. As I did make him to be able to basically control the fabric of reality..... so did he fan the flames and make E.S angry enough for them both? Sighing I turn to the small part of the craftsmen team who all are designing ways to torture the souls of the cultist forever. While the others where checking their weapons so I temporarily spaced out and went into my mind to talk with Sloth. Which I learned this interesting little trick after he abruptly kidnapped me into it one night while I dancing around on corpses. Upon entering my own head I was put inside of a flat like room of a hotel building that was decorated like some president was visiting. In the main room on one of the sofa''s was Sloth and one other person..... Someone new and they look like another us. With a deadpan face I walk around the room before siting down in a comfy leather recliner looking at the two people that increased by one. Sensing my confusion and by noticing my deadpan look Sloth speaks up with a piece of pizza in his mouth as our new friend simply eats meat balls.


    Sloth: "So this is a new version of us that suddenly came to be... Say hi to our rep for the sin of Wrath its....."


    Wrath: "I''ll fu?k?n? gut you if you say anything bad after all we were trapped together between worlds chained up for six hundred years. After you went absolutely bat shit crazy from repeatedly reviving and killing some not so worthwhile villains. I mean who the fu?k does that? Couldn''t you have done that to someone worthwhile like a god? Gods sound like they''d be fun to hear squeal as you gut them and murder them."


    Biazar: "IT''S THE INSANE YOU?! HOW THE FUCK IS IT BACK?!"


    Wrath: "Names Wrath now you dumbass useless help freak of a dainty flower, demon lord Dantalian said you both met the requirements for the sin of wrath. So the calculative fu?ker sent me back and didn''t even make me the main host! I would''ve killed so many useless shits by now like those three useless heroes but no, I AM A DAMN PERSONALITY AND A DEADLY SIN WHILE YOUR IN CONTROL AND I HAVE TO DEAL WITH THIS LAZY SHIT BUM THAT MADE ME!!! I''M NOT A HAPPY MAN I''M PISSED AND WANNA BATH IN BLOOD SO I''LL BE ON THE OFFENSIVE THIS LITTLE FIGHT YOU SHITHEAD YOU UNDERSTAND ME?!"


    He''s literally foaming out the mouth and screaming at me... I feel like I need an ?du?t right now or at least a baseball bat to beat his skull in. Looking at Sloth he doesn''t want to help and is peacefully looking away going "Hey a pillow" leaving me to deal with the rabid sin. With a very tired sigh I grab the rabid fu?kers head and slam him through the table in the center of the main room. Then lift him and snap his neck a full three hundred and eighty degrees before dropping him as he went limp. He got up shortly after six seconds untwisting his neck and snapping it back in place as he scowled at me.


    Biazar: "Sure you can go wild and murder in this little cult extermination but your not in control, your not gonna be the big bad wolf, your gonna work with us. Not be some deranged rabid mutt waiting to rip off someones face suddenly for no real good reason okay?"


    Wrath: "You really are a violent wimp you know that? But at least we agree on that I can murder some people. Working with you however? Nah you''ll listen to me and let me have fun or I''ll kill you hahaha."


    Wrath chuckled like he had made clear was in charge around here before his head was suddenly buried literally up his own arse. His spin cracking loudly and even popping out of his back a little bit while some of it shredded his organs his own head also had caused heavy internal bleeding. As it was forced up a place it shouldn''t really be as Biazar looked at him rather heavily annoyed with a very blank emotionless face. Sloth the ever so lazy bum felt terrified and he was a deadly sin and the embodiment of death but for some reason he feels fear. Towards the usually laid back and helpful side that was to replace him after he was supposed to be erased. That same person was calmly standing in his mind watching the sin of wrath unbury his head from his own arse as he healed almost instantly. When he had successfully done so he was sent flying as his upper torso was severed then punched into a wall. Heavily denting and cracking the wall of the mindscape flat while he looked at the man who did so only blankly stare at him.


    Biazar?: "Initiating behavioral correction of deadly sin Wrath, host has allowed the hero system to use disciplinary force. So do learn to behave fast before you die mr. sin~ because if you endanger my host like that sarcastic bitch system I''ll make you be forgotten with no escape."


    Sloth: "I GIVE DON''T HURT ME I JUST WANT TO BE A LAZY BUM SPARE ME!!"


    Heros: "... You can put your arms down Sloth your fine...."


    Wrath: "How the fu?k are you here? ALSO HOW DARE-"


    Heros: "Shut up you rabid mutt your giving me a headache, also I''m here because unlike that bitch I''m directly connected to the heroes being for as long as they live. While that woman is watching from else where and enjoying her time with the gods even before the whole Sloth incident. She doesn''t really care to her this is just a job give by her father for some man who asked for a lot. She actively has tried to kill you guys you know? When she tried tampering with some skills on your soul the only reason some of those failed is because of those scarily loyal monsters you made in your original world. They''ve actively been halting her attempts and she can''t hurt them since those gods all forbid from angering so much as one chimera. So yes I''m able to freely come here because I''M ACTIVELY KEEPING YOU ALIVE AND TRYING TO HELP! BUT YOU SUDDENLY SHOW UP AND TRY TO ENDANGER THE HOST YOU STUPID MUTT SO BEHAVE NOW!!"


    The hero system as it ranted and insulted Wrath never once stopped attacking him, always keeping him in pieces as he healed. Sometimes even pumping him full of holes by summoning Biazar''s hero weapon to shoot him this scene went on for a good twelve days mind wise. All while poor Sloth was rocking on the sofa terrified while saying "I''m a good bum don''t hurt me" to the system. When Wrath had finally given in his head was caved into the wall as the room started repairing its self. Once the rabid dog was sufficiently beaten into submission Heros left with a smile silently mouthing "I''ll murder you the first chance you put the host in grave danger mutt." Meanwhile back in reality Biazar was messing with a spider drone that had wiggled its way into reality from his skill. Looking at the little drone he had guessed it was his two in one technology duo chimera and the others watching. As the little drone had literally suddenly sprung up through a random air painting that was the signature key to Krasi?''s role as a chimera. Seeing that their fellow monsters were watching the ones summoned out were grinning like the psychopathic monsters they truly are.


    Dral''Fel: "I say its about time we advance on the cult don''t you agree everyone?"


    With an amused chuckled from everyone present they nodded their heads as Elvis had them touch his shoulders. Before changing his instrument from a flute to a electric guitar and starting to play it like he was about to start a rock concert one man and ten chimera''s had all vanished. As they teleported via a musical performance by Elvis the place they all jumped to was directly on the roof of the three heroes church. Once their feet had touched the roof those that could use necromancy all acted rather quickly and summoned or raised an army of undead that slowly threatened to engulf the whole planet. But they were being reasonable and only focusing that dreadful scene to around the church to where if one undead dies they''ll just instantly be replaced. No matter the number they''ll keep being summoned until this place falls into the depths of despair picking one of the worst targets. The sight of undead ranging from small to huge and even air born alarmed everyone quickly as the culprits all descended from the roof into the midst of the undead army. Only to soon be raised up into the air as a titanic undead giant arose from the ground carrying the ?ssailants on its shoulders. Its hands causing a thundering boom as they made contact with the ground around it, its body fully rising up after fifteen seconds. The undead towered over the church building as its soulless eyes stared down at the priest, priestesses, soldiers, cardinals, and pope who all came rushing outside.


    The sight that greeted them was a motley crew of men and women well monsters and a human more so than that. Studying their attackers however, the popes face became very disgusting with a smug face of victory. Before he could speak though he was interrupted every time by someone going "NAAAAAAAAAAAAAA" from the attackers side. Which is insulting to him as he''s an important religious figure and yet these heathens dare interrupt his speech?


    Oracle: "Hey now don''t get so hot under the collar, it won''t make you s?xy or imposing you creepy old man."


    Some people on the popes side were stunned but some couldn''t help but to stifle their laughter at that comment. As the old man is quite a handful and occasionally did some very unneeded and unwanted stuff to even the church staff. So it was a little relieving to see someone even if they''re a monster make fun of the dirty old bastard that is always so high and mighty. Some of the female staff even gave the old bastard heavy glares as he''s probably done a lot of things due to having power. Alas though everything of his ends today and he shall no longer be the big bully in the sandbox but just the blood smear making the sand damp as it clumps together.


    C.P: "HOW DARE YOU MONSTERS MOCK ME!!! YOU SHALL DIE FOR YOUR DISRESPECT YOU DISDAINFUL EYE SORES! ALSO GUN HERO YOU SHALL NOT MAKE IT OF HERE UNAFFECTED OR ALIVE!!!"


    The old man barked a bunch of mighty words but sadly as he spook Biazar on picked his nose while looking bored. When he had finished speaking the only response he got only served to make him more enraged at the gun hero.


    Biazar: "Can you die yet? Your sorta boring I expected more...."

 Chapter 118 - NOTICE FOR BOOK UPDATE

So if you look at the walking dead area you see its basically empty, that is because I''ve deleted those chapters to rework, save, and add stuff in between them if needed to make that world a bit longer so this may be my way of updating the book

 Chapter 119 - Cult Siege Part 3 (Short because cliff!)

    This little undead, chimera, hero, and cult had garnered a fair of attention but no one really spoke ill of the gun of hero for some reason. This fact had disturbed him as right now he looks like the real villain here yet not so much as one person is bothered by it? What is going on here exactly as he asked him self that question he focused back on the battle that had begun. As right now priest and knights were fighting a losing battle against the endless normal undead that kept coming. The higher ranked church staff mean while were busy fending off any of the more special undead from advancing. As their oh so dear pop and his followers fled back into the church to likely cast a destructive ritual magic against their attackers. Thinking that if the lower ranking members could fend off the waves they could bombard them all to hell.


    Sadly for them a giant rotting undead hand punched its way through the churches roof making a gaping hole. That allowed the main attackers to lightly land on the rubble made by the undead who soon started a rampage outside killing both sides. When the main cast was all together the attacking side looked at the cornered rats who one was trying to escape, so his face got eaten by an undead clogging their escape route.


    Biazar: "Sorry we didn''t really plan to let anyone of you live we clogged up everything even the toilets! Which there were probably some who died by toilet zombies right about now so I pity them as they got dragged through a hole violently, which said hole probably smells horrendous! Before finally being devoured whole by undead that pulled them into there!"


    Woman Priestess 1: "That..... that sounds absolutely disgusting and terrible..... could you have spared us from that?"


    Fragment: "No then you''d escape through some bullshit sewer route!"


    They couldn''t argue as there was one and so any who had hoped they would agree to at least spare them from that. Clicked their tongues in annoyance as some planned to leave that way while their comrades died for their lives. They were instead forced to stay here and fight to the death with monsters who oddly were more like adventurers being bandits! With no other way out one who had been silently chanting a spell launched it towards the weakest looking one, Coffin. Only for it to be swallowed by this eerie puppet that suddenly appeared from no where and only cackled at them! The puppet looked like some hunched over old lady with long graying hair, a wrinkly face and a razor sharp nails. It wore a not so strangely head maid outfit that didn''t fit the puppet at all, while its eye were like glassy blue soul su?k?n? orbs that if your not careful they''ll steal your soul.


    While they focused on the sudden old lady puppet that appeared to protect Coffin they didn''t notice the wendigo puppet that came from the shadows. Until it had already impaled a woman from behind as it bit down onto her head ripping it off in a violent way that sprayed blood everywhere. This sudden intrusion had caused them look behind him which was another mistake as Castalo made her move making chains burst from the void around the group. The chains morphed and formed iron maidens that those who weren''t quick enough to dodge, well they met an impaling death. All this was happening as the pope disregarded being far away and instead had charged into the fray with his seemingly useless sword that he always carried around like when he framed Naofumi. When he swung that sword and it made slight contact with one of the chimera''s they were sent flying like a bullet at sonic speed. The one to get hit was Dral''Fel who once he made contact the with church walls next to the door leading out to the battle.


    He had managed to luckily use the souls that haven''t yet been led away to reinforce it before flying out through it. His condition however wasn''t so great as that one hit seems to have been destructive enough to break his body a little. Seeing the most sturdy of them be so easily flung away and not by this old mans strength but the sword was impressive.


    Dziwak: "Impressive sword but not so impressive user."


    Zarazi?: "I agree with you very much there about the user but not the sword!"


    The pope looked insulted as only the most holy figures of the church can wield this weapon and yet these mere monsters degrade him?! With a furious expression the pope had swung the sword again aiming for one of the two that just bad mouthed him. Only to be forced to retreat as a cackling skull was shot at him courtesy of Haven and her favorite hand cannon that had a sinister black color scheme and red lines glowing as they flowed along the gun.


    Haven: "I missed.... welp time for the quad rockets."


    Chuckling softly she changed her hand cannon in a very bulky rocket launcher firing at the pope who dodged when he could. With undead outside killing there ranks, then monsters in here killing them the church was crumbling apart at the foundation. So with a sudden suicide move formed between all the still living upper echelons, they casted the quickest ritual magic they knew that was also destructive. It took five minutes but even with countless more deaths in those five minutes they had casted the spell with deranged smiles of victory on their faces. The spell complete the inside of the church was engulfed in light followed by an explosion that shattered the windows and sent pieces of wall and roofing everywhere.

 Chapter 120 - Cult Siege Part 3 - The Talk Before The Gifts

    Being swallowed up by the blinding light that the pope and his cult freak friends had finished casting Biazar woke up in a familiar white space. With an old god sitting at a table drinking some tea as he watched him get up with a subtle smile on his lips. Looking closely at the old god it took a while but eventually he had remembered where he met this old man at before since well this is a troublesome second meeting. As beside the old man on his left is a bound up system with a face fuming with rage while to his right is a familiar one who''s been very helpful. More so than a certain snarky system that likes making fun of or torturing him for no real reason honestly! Chuckling wryly our not so heroic mc decided he might as well join them at the table for this talk they''ll be having. Once he had sat down two more familiar faces showed up and sat down with him taking up all available space at the table. The two familiar faces were Dantalion and Prometheus who both had intrigued faces as they saw the troublesome system bound while the one from his current world was casually drinking tea happily.


    Valis: "Seems like everyone is here now, first young man let me reintroduce my self I''m Valis the god of the void. The first time we met you had just blown up after running away with a bomb even though you weren''t fit. You soon died in explosion and for some reason your soul came to me so I decided to humor you as you were the first visitor in eons. Now I''ve seen you rise and fall as a good hearted man then become a demon like no other with what was starting to happen. Through all of this I neglected to realize that there was one problem, one thing that didn''t properly guide you. For this I am sorry young man so we shall deal with that problem right now and move on."


    Finishing his talk Valis looked over at the snarky system who tried to escape but it was futile as she was flicked out of existence. Nothing was left of her but the system screen was still the same when our mc checked on it to see what''d happen. With a playful chuckle Dantalion looked at Biazar as he put his elbows on the table with his chin resting in his hands. As a crooked and playful smile spread across his lips seeing him looking for anything weird with his system.


    Dantalion: "Your stuff is fine~ that runts death won''t effect you till your back in your body since heh you got bombed again!"


    Prometheus: "I have to say though that your quite unlucky to have been bombed twice as this current situation stands."


    Biazar: "Eh shit will happen can''t help it right?"


    The two gods and demon lord chuckled at his laid back response to essentially dying by bombing a second time. While Heros couldn''t help but grin at the anomaly the gods had introduced to his world as a fifth hero suddenly. This one man had mangled the loop of the story to his liking, calmly ?ssociated with monstrous people, summoned monsters, and many other un-hero like things simply because he doesn''t fit as one.


    Heros: "Haha sorry if this sounds rude master Biazar but why aren''t you trying to be a hero in the full sense of the word? You want to help people but your doing so many un-hero like things daily that its made me think about why."


    The hero system question had made the others look toward the man who is yawning as he rest on one hand looking at them all.


    Biazar: "What is a hero? Someone who is always supposed to selfishly help and save others? If so thats down right enslavement with no free will. I refuse to be someone fu?k?n? hero if they''ll get pissy for one single mistake! That just isn''t for me I''ll be more like a demon and a anti-hero before that stupid broke logic image. If someone wants to see me as a hero they can but it''ll be a disappointment if they think I''m all good, see me as a demon then thats perfectly fine I''ll accept that as I honestly do fit that a lot of the time! But if someone expects me to be some sort of fu?k?n? slave called a hero thinking "You have to help us and die for us that what a hero is!" But gets pissy and tries to kill me for not being the good little puppet then I''ll kill them."


    Hearing his anger filled tangent and rambling everyone there had realized his true outlook on what heroes are, nothing but slaves to peoples ideals. Heros could only smile bitterly as he remembers a few situations that were just like that with past heroes. Valis had a somber and lonely expression likely remembering some people he had known like that. Prometheus has a disgusted look on his face as he downed ten jugs of wine one after the other to forget the things mortals do. Dantalion however, had the most joyous and sadistic smile on his face as his eyes lit up with pure interest. As this man isn''t the first to say such things but he is the first to lazily yet spitefully bad mouth the concept heroes in the face of three supreme beings and a system meant to guide heroes.


    Dantalion: "Kekekekek!!! You are interesting you know that right human? You so gladly tarnished the concept of heroes in front of us!! But you are not wrong... There have been countless situations where any race turned on the one they once called "hero" for many reasons. Mortals are fickle and backstabbing creatures yet we can''t help but entertained by them regardless of our loathing towards them. You however although you are the same you''ve never truly backstabbed your companions or been fickle with them. You''ve only shown them your true self and the fact that your not afraid to do something to anyone that tries something funny."


    Biazar: "Whats the point in lying to them? They''d learn of it anyways so I just laid it out there in plain view about everything."


    Valis: "So you have young man so you have and because of that you''ve earned some trustworthy people. Now lets move onto the real reason on why I called you all here shall we?"

 Chapter 121 - Character Introductions

    Biazar & Myriad


    Biazar: "Well shit..... guess this is a hi after a while? Well if you don''t count cross dimension me from the Division!"


    Myriad: *Loud back of the head bitch slap*


    Biazar: "Ow!! I get it I''m sorry I''ll get my introduction done okay?! Stop glaring at me okay my murder pup?!..... Don''t chew on my head angrily..... Well anyways nice to meet you dorks who like this book even though the development is bad. I''m one of the "Main characters" thats basically the authors self insert! Now back before my whole journey began guess I should mention some things.


    Back in my world my old name used to be Dakota, I was a zoologist and a gunsmith. I had a pretty weird family that was mainly violent people though I love them. My dad however was a money grubbing ?ss blinded by love, my mom a cancer survivor, while i had two brothers and a sister. May not of been on the best of terms with everyone but i loved them.... the day I well blew up was the day I was getting my girlfriend Snow a gift. But then you sorta get the picture I got blown the fu?k up being a good guy for once! I was I think twenty-eight when I first died then met that god.


    Seeing as how I getting such a golden chance unlike most protagonist. I wanted things to be simple but thought out just in case the old man was a bastard. Since in a few things when some one dies or is summoned either the god, or people summoning them are absolute shit heads. Then well yea you know the rest of my story though I may marry my eternal companion since why not? When in Rome do as you please is all I got to say. Also yes I''m a chimera making addict so expect to see my lovely creations a lot!"


    Myriad: "That idiot..... Well my turn..... Names Myriad a mythological beast born of all the elements. I was made to keep this psychologically unstable killer under control since his soul is to unstable and growing. In the first world I didn''t really like him all that much you know? To me he was just some random guy I was soul bound to since birth honestly. But living there with him for what? Like sixty years and watching him grow old while having a family yet still pampering me like his own kid.... made me happy I guess. But well shit happens when a terrorist group called the "Salvation" poisons you with stuff you can''t cure.


    Which is scary since his almighty cure phone couldn''t cure poison heh. Once we got into the destiny world and we spent eons together feelings bud ya know? So yes things happened which I gladly abused as my right as his companion! Which if your thinking I''m not very lady like..... are you stupid? There are tomboys and women who just don''t care about being girly ya know? However all my past forced advancements aside its quite scary to watch your loved on become a monster. Ha.... even if his personality was split he still became drenched in blood and the smell of corruption. Since Sloth probably noticed this I''ll be blunt he has a pitch black halo lingering behind him seeping deaths corruption."


    Kelpy: "Hi.... I''m Kelpy.... I used to be a Noivern from the pokemon world in masters team. But since coming to this world my race has become uh.... Heart Bat Beastman? *Clicking on a system interface can be heard* Uuuuwwwaa..... Why does my race description sound so embarrassing? Anyways I''m the groups medic and m-m-mascot?? I don''t know why exactly.... Ah I need to go Claire just stabbed Sirus trying to get his foot again....."


    Hallow- Lonely Shadow


    Hallow: "Hello~! I''m Hallow a ex-Zoroark now Mystic Fox Beastman! I''m one of masters old pokemon before he went batshit crazy~~~ Now I don''t really know what all to say since I''m just his shadow.... his slightly lonely shadow. But! I make up for that by robbing a merchant of his popcorn!! In this world I''m masters head of Intelligence so I get to go to a lot of places and eat delicious stuff with beer! Dafran?! STOP YOU CAN''T TAKE THAT MANS FINGERS WE NEED HIM ALIVE YOU BASTARD!!!""


    Dreamy- Sleepy Farmer


    Dreamy: "I''m Dreamy..... I like farming and children.... ex-Dragapult.... I don''t know what all to say..... I want to mainly sleep and farm... bye...." *Sounds of crickets as she walks away with a hoe in hand to go farm. Completely losing interest in introductions fast due to introverted ways.*


    Dafran- Finger Collector


    Dafran: "Hello I''m Drafran Alvia Conten, I used to live in the village that was destroyed by the first wave. Afterwards I would get captured by a group of disgusting bandits who would use me as a toy sadly. Horny fu?ks couldn''t find a girl so they used me then sold me off after I had bitten ones throat out. His blood tasted like iron shit stained bread while his flesh was filthy as hell. Ah i forgot to mention I''m around twenty-one now after master bought me and Alurra.


    Alurra become the bloody beserking shield while I became the bloody beserking ?ssassin. So I lead masters ?ssassins from the intelligence gathering group. Recently I got a cute little disciple who likes collecting feet, her name is Roxy. Well that''s all I got for you weirdos I''m going to go murder some soldiers and take their fingers."


    Alurra- The Stalwart


    Alurra: "Hello~! I''m Alurra Salia Xeria masters blood drenched shield! I''m almost twenty I think.... hard to tell when I only really focus on being masters shield..... My role in masters base is to be his shield wall! Meaning I get to block enemies while smashing them into paste~! My village was destroyed by the first wave though then I was sold by some bandits, who recently got bit by a rabid bunny beastman! Now that I think about.... was the rabid bunny man brother Dafran?"


    Emporer- Deaths Fire


    Emporer: "Ah So I''ve been granted a human form for this introduction thing? Well then pleased to make your acquaintance I''m the Death Phoenix, Emporer Salisad. I''ve been with master Biazar since the SAO world where he was the Joking Reaper. My current age lets say I''m sixty okay darlings? Good because I don''t want to be the old man eating your flesh okay? Hm now lets skip me being scared of the corrupted master and move onto the current master shall we? For this current version I am his loyal and faithful seeing eyebird. As at times for some unknown reasons he goes completely blind. Ahh I must be going master just went blind and fell off a cliff, bye darlings~."


    Valor & Nixia


    Valor: "Hiiiiii I''m Valor! one of masters loyal guardian Filolial''s! I''m three and I like pancakes! But if you hurt master I''ll rip your guts out~!!"


    Nixia: "Hello I am Nixia.... one of masters guardian Filolial''s like Valor. I''m three and I like sitting in masters ??p as he reads me stories..... Hurt my family and I''ll devour you all....." *The air creaks a little as Nixia glitches between her normal appearance and that of a devil Filolial*


    Hyena- The Hero System


    Hyena: "Wow this is new I''m being treated as important and got a name! Well then hi I''m the Hero System that controls the heroes abilities and weapons! I''ve been around for quite a while... almost eons now I believe. Watching heroes and heroines die..... be used... be ripped to shreds!" *Blood ?ust visibly spikes as the air warps with Hyena''s eyes flashing red before dying down* "Ahem sorry for that I remembered some terrible things from the past..... I usually can''t act out like this but due to the gun hero, a irregular event, entering the world I can. Just I despise that system of his that bitch wants to kill one of my heroes!! I won''t let another hero die I''ll fu?k?n? gut that whore before she can!!! I just want the heroes to live.... I want them to be happy for once...."

 Chapter 122 - Siege The Cult Epic Part 5: The Gifts and Curses

    Biazar: "Oh the real reason? Please do tell me then Valis and Dantalion of this real reason."


    Dantalion: "Don''t get snarky I''ll torture you with quantum physics brat."


    Biazar: "Spare me....."


    Valis: "The real reason is..... that your very existence may destroy your current world quickly. If not then it''ll very likely summon fourth disasters not from the original world timeline. So that you can preserve this world you''ll sadly be given a few curses along with some gifts."


    Biazar: "Great is this because I''ve made the hero system awaken a personality and other shit?"


    Dantalion: "Right you are you world destroying corrupted bastard~ the curses are because your still on probation by the divine and demonic communities. So we can''t give you the good stuff without them, but I''ll do you a favor! I''ll trash that violent ai of your system for the sentient hero system ai!"


    Can''t complain then plus I have no love for my system ai. If I''m going to have HS with me forever though I''ll give the poor ai a name. Which can a system ai even have a gender? They can emulate genders but do they truly have one? Then again HS did call mine "Bitch" a lot so probably. Sighing I look at the gods and demon lord before holding my wrist out like a convict. Getting my gesture Prometheus sadly gives me my curses and gifts, that formed eerie purple and golden glowing handcuffs.


    Next thing I know is I''m a different space with two systems. One looking smug while the other is strapped to a chopping block screaming abusive curses at me. Sighing I look at the two and rub my temples at whats about to happen when an axe appears.


    Ralia: "YOU FUCKING DIPSHIT I''LL KILL YOU!! I''LL KILL YOU FOR GETTING ME INTO THIS MESS YOU FUCKING BASTARD!! YOU AND THAT OVER PROTECTIVE HERO SYSTEM WILL PAY FOR THIS!! DADDY WILL KILL-"


    Without further delay my old system ai gets her head chopped of as various weapons appear. Doing their work of completely erasing her from existence her dead eye''s glaring at me till the end.


    HS: "Good riddance..... So guess were permanently partner''s now hero. Sadly I''ll have to give out the curses that will torment you..."


    Biazar: "Its fine Hyena just do it, and yea I''m giving you a name..... its an animal but its still a name."


    With a small chuckle from us both I sigh loudly once the notifications appear with a hand swipe.


    Hyena: "Your hear by granted "Avenger" and "Barrier Master" as your two gifts. One stregnths you for everytime you die so if you die depending on damage you''ll revive at different times. The second will allow you to create barriers with little to no mana cost for cases like unexpected world barrier damage. Sadly it won''t fix the current one it must naturally be fixed somehow by you heroes. Now for the sad part of this job unfortunately....."


    Biazar: "Don''t worry man."


    Hyena: "As your still on probation and were given two easily abused abilities by other individuals. Your here by granted the curses "Mind Corruption" for everytime you time die by 0.05% your mind will slowly become that of beserkers. Next up is "Permanent Partial Body Damage", so once you go back to the real world you''ll have died once and most of your body will be scared with third degree burns, and your right eye will be gone by being vaporized. Third is *sigh* "Emotion Drain"... Every time you die or something breaks you to the core emotionally..... you''ll start losing your emotions and your attachments to people slowly. Luckily first death is a pass from this slightly as it''ll only effect your fear of dying. Wish I could help more but I can''t in this Situation."


    Biazar: "Whoever made these curses is counting on me becoming a monster aren''t they?"


    Hyena: "Well a demon lord called Bahamut made them and she''s sadistic. So she''s likely going to be watching your suffering while eating mutton and drinking blood wine."


    Biazar: "Ah that demon.... Okay yea... I can understand that now just glad it wasn''t someone more fu?k?d up."


    Hyena: "Good luck Bia, you''ll need it lest you become a target for extermination."

 Chapter 124 - Side story Biazar and Fish (Short)

    Its been a while since the cult thing and right now Biazar is poking a fish. A random water ball encased floating pufferfish just looking at him. No idea where it came from it just showed up and stared at him silently. Poking it with his gun didn''t even phase it much as it only swam around.


    Biazar: "Whats up with this fish?"


    ¡º He''s a fourthwall breaker and you new companion forever like me¡»


    Biazar: "Well your helpful Hyena and uh what can this guy do besides go between the walls of a story?"


    ¡º Uh spit poison and shoot poisonous spikes? While looking cute in his bubble?¡»


    Biazar: "Okay then guess he''ll work for the ?ssassin group, okay Merchant?"


    The pufferfish simply swam qround not showing much joy. Sighing Biazar looked at them and was very tempted to pistol whip the damn fish.


    ¡º Wouldn''t try Biazar he''s lvl 900 he won''t even feel a thing¡»


    ¡º Interdimensional update to chimera''s, imprinting knowledge into brain¡»


    Biazar: "Wow a me is still updating the chimera''s and made it to one hundred and twelve of them."


    ¡º Yea..... Why the hell are your ideas all murderous though?¡»


    Biazar: "Murder is fun"


    Merchant: "Oh great"


    Biazar: "The fish just talked!"


    ¡º Your imagining things¡»

 Chapter 124 - Siege The Cult Epic Part 6: Executioner (Short)

    Merchant and Prog this chapter is for you two strange dorks so expect a hidden or blatant mention and well I may put thi story on hiatus for some time but I''ll still be pretty active


    --------------------------


    Returning to the present situation after being swallowed up in the attack of blinding light. Spectators could only watch as a pure dome of light rapidly expanded more than a twenty thousand feet instantly. Anything caught in the blast was erased if it couldn''t withstand the attack long enough. Once it had disappated within the crator was two smoking figures completely burnt. One held a gun with a tranquil smile as he started healing quickly even his clothes fixed themselves. The other figure was miraculously the pope who was b?r?ly breathing anymore.


    The pope wordlessly watched the "demon" before him slowly return to normal. He could only watch as the gun hero slowly approached him with calm steps. Once he was right in front of him the pope only felt the weapon in his hands be gently taken. As a shotgun barrel pressed against his chin, looking at the hero the pope said his final words. As the sound of a gunshot and various other disgusting things sounded afterwards.


    Pope: "Fuck you demon....."


    Watching the headless body fall to the ground Biazar chuckled. Looking at the corpse he rested his gun against his shoulder before speaking.


    Biazar: "I may be into both parties but I refuse your invitation I have a crazy pup."


    Shrugging his shoulders he started making his way home from the crator. All while glancing towards the notifications displayed for him.


    ¡º Avenger has triggered - You"ve died in an attack due a strategic suicide spell¡»


    ¡º Your mind has eroded by 0.05%¡»


    ¡º Permanent injuries sustained, they have not been healed by Avenger¡»


    ¡º Avenger activating and causing you to revive has made you a little stronger¡»


    Sighing he accepted these dangerous sounding things calmly before leaving the area completely. Back at his stolen hide out he would return and receive many different reactions. The strangest thing though was that he had to visitors looking for him. One was a floating pufferfish in a water orb, the other a cloaked lich with a crown and air demanding respect. Chuckling softly he could only entertain these two while behind him was a clingy Myriad. Can''t blame her he had left and come back basically almost entirely physically scared.


    Talking with the lich and the pretending fish Biazar learned their reason for being here. With a wry smile and a sigh he accepted an undead and fish into his ranks. This had caused some confusion to most people but his people looked as if this was expected.

 Chapter 125 - Failed Joking Descriptions

    Now this isn''t a normal chapter or anything much but well I''ll be using the mc''s of my books and a side character to describe things but i failed horribly! Yet it is my randomness and trying to joke around while in a funk even though i suck at this social shit so here''s a scrapped filler


    ========================


    Myriad: "You done? Because I want to hear these reasons since admittedly you can''t just make a mythological beast from nothing. Well then again man s?ut Zeus is known for such circumstances."


    Knight: "Ha! God of lightning not really more like god of whores~! Odin is more lightning than him on that part than Zeus."


    Mazeo "Uncle Knight isn''t wrong there."


    Knight: "Kid were basically the same age....."


    Biazar/Biazar/Biazar: "Lets sort this out first, i the oldest one will be full on Biazar, well then guess since I''m the 2nd division shall be Bia, then me I''ll just be Zar."


    Myriad: I only like two of you so I don''t care for the third fake."


    Zar: "Ouch good thing I have a gun then as my soul bound partner."


    Mazo/Knight: "Pathetic old man"


    Bia: "The old man would be Biazar he''s what 2000yrs? old why bully the runt?"


    Biazar: "Shut the fu?k up! Lets get on with the topic of our stories and our personalities!"


    Mazo: "Yea listen to great gran-" *Gun shot gies off before Mazo is flung from his spot*


    Myriad: "Excellent reaction."


    Biazar: "Moving on I''ll let the kid revive before I execute him again while dead. For those who know me and Myriad guess you could say were the MC and Support MC from "A chimera wandering the dead roads" the first book. We don''t talk about Zeker from "A chimera''s tales" T


    that''s taboo. Anyway for us and our story you could say our story is both a dream and a wish with what occasionally happens. Myriad the mad mythological pup that is with me a lot was conceived off three things. The love for myths, a once treasured dog, and a good friend of the author.


    Her personality is like that of the friend the author forgets if they''re still in contact. A sweet little old toy poodle named Hubble who loyal always stayed by the author. Then well mythology love to spice things up is all. Me? I guess you could say I''m the accumulation of his experiences and what he has slowly become."


    Myriad: "WAIT I FEEL INSULTED HERE!! WHY. IS MY CHARACTER SO SIMPLE FIX IT YOU SHITTY AUTHOR!!!"


    *repeated gun shots till a body thuds against a table*


    Biazar: "Sleep a while pup your being noisy, now where was I? Ah yes so you could say my personality is the current one of the author. He isn''t really social so as you noticed likely because of this he isn''t great at..... expressing things. Well that''s all from me one of you brats can carry on."


    Zar: "Ha then well my story and personality will be next then. Sadly my personality is more towards the authors self learnt knowledge on technology. The story is just from an anime he enjoyed but with a twist of me using knowledge inspired by the MC of "The Legendary Mechanic" to add a more tech geek spin to it. Though the animal part is true the author has attacked people over animals.


    Even though he feels nothing much when he hurts a person unless they get pass his indifference, he regrets killing animals. I mean you don''t see a guy trying to free a mouse from a glue trap only to feel bad at being forced to break its neck!"


    Knight: "Eeer me and Mazo have nothing much to say but ones a random decision the other is because he likes the expanded nature people add to the universe. Our personalities are just a more mild version of his that aren''t so influenced by psychosis."


    Mazo: "Yea we''re like the d?s?r? to try being more open and all but aren''t good at it. Unless you ask about chimera''s which you''ve probably seen references."


    *A loud thud as multiple versions of a thick book with a chimera imprint hit a table*


    Bia: "Yea the author really loves chimera''s scarily enough to make 115! Its the one thing you can use to get him excited enough to not be a hermit! Although be ready for basically a lecture if you ask about them which you''ve likely read of a few due to me, Biazar, and Zar."


    Biazar: "Get on with it kid" *silent ???king of a gun*


    Bia: "See! The author is like that at times he isn''t flexible in having a free talk! Ack! Don''t aim at my crotch you grouchy old monster!!"


    Biazar: "In the words of the author, GET ON WITH IT YOU SHITTY BRAT I WANNA SLEEP!!"


    Bia: "THEN DON''T WTITE AT LIKE 3AM YOU FUCKING DUNCE! Anyways I''m basically the semi-agressively insane yet caring character based off his personality. My story is well from his like of the world setting the division offers."


    Myriad: "That''s all now goodbye, I''m going to shake down a violent old geezer."


    COMMENT 1 comment VOTE Load failed, please RETRY


    ¡ª New chapter is coming soon ¡ªWrite a review Privileged


    More Privileged Chapters


    Download the app and become a privileged reader today! Come take a sneak peek at our author''s stockpiled chapters! Download Weekly Power Status See Who Voted -- Power Ranking -- Power Stone Vote 1 Table of Contents Display Options


    Background default yellow dark


    Font Nunito Sans Merriweather


    Size


    Paragraph comments Chapter comments Write thought login liked newest Author:


    ? 0){ %>Chapter :


    Translator: Editor:

 Chapter 126 - Good News Everyone

So I''m slowly getting volume ones rework done, then I''ll be doing the same for Destiny which I''ll be starting that from right before the collaspe which means THE UNDEAD LEGION WILL GROW LARGE AND MIGHTY!